The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink About2002-094ORDINANCE NO. l%O -&"# AN ORDINANCE ACCEPTING COMPETITIVE BIDS AND AWARDING A PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF A 54" FINISHED TRANSMISSION WATERLINE; PROVIDING FOR THE EXPENDITURE OF FUNDS THEREFORE; AND PROVIDING AN EFFECTIVE DATE (BID 2811 — LAKE RAY ROBERTS 54" WATERLINE AWARDED TO S.J. LOUIS CONSTRUCTION OF TEXAS, LTD., IN THE AMOUNT OF $6,129,855). WHEREAS, the City has solicited, received and tabulated competitive bids for the construction of public works or improvements in accordance with the procedures of STATE law and City ordinances; and WHEREAS, the City Manager or a designated employee has received and recommended that the herein described bids are the lowest responsible bids for the construction of the public works or improvements described in the bid invitation, bid proposals and plans and specifications therein; NOW, THEREFORE, THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF DENTON HEREBY ORDAINS: SECTION 1. That the following competitive bids for the construction of public works or improvements, as described in the "Bid Invitations", "Bid Proposals" or plans and specifications on file in the Office of the City's Purchasing Agent filed according to the bid number assigned hereto, are hereby accepted and approved as being the lowest responsible bids: BID NUMBER CONTRACTOR AMOUNT 2811 S.J. LOUIS CONSTRUCTION OF TEXAS, LTD. $6,129,855 SECTION 2. That the acceptance and approval of the above competitive bids shall not constitute a contract between the City and the person submitting the bid for construction of such public works or improvements herein accepted and approved, until such person shall comply with all requirements specified in the Notice to Bidders including the timely execution of a written contract and furnishing of performance and payment bonds, and insurance certificate after notification of the award of the bid. SECTION 3. That the City Manager is hereby authorized to execute all necessary written contracts for the performance of the construction of the public works or improvements in accordance with the bids accepted and approved herein, provided that such contracts are made in accordance with the Notice to Bidders and Bid Proposals, and documents relating thereto specifying the terms, conditions, plans and specifications, standards, quantities and specified sums contained therein. SECTION 4. That upon acceptance and approval of the above competitive bids and the execution of contracts for the public works and improvements as authorized herein, the City Council hereby authorizes the expenditure of funds in the manner and in the amount as specified in such approved bids and authorized contracts executed pursuant thereto. SECTION 5. That this ordinance shall become effective immediately upon its passage and approval. PASSED AND APPROVED this the Os day of 12002 EULINE BROCK, MAYOR ATTEST: JENNIFER WALTERS, CITY SECRETARY IB�t- APPROVED AS TO LEGAL FORM: HERBERT L. PROUTY, CITY ATTORNEY BY: �_�Ca1:� l 4-ORD-BID 2811-lake Ray Roberts 54" Waterline ATTACHMENT TABULATION SHEET Date: 3/14/02 LAKE RAY ROBERTS 54 INCH WATER PIPELINE {fENCCDISI 'li I' 'il',i Base Bid - CCP Base Bid - MCSP Base Bid - PCSP ALT. A 1 S.J. Louis Construction of Texas, LTD. $ 6,222,160.00 $ 6,127,355.00 $ 7,328,720.00 $ 2,500.00 2 BRB Contractors, Inc. $ 6,595,870.00 $ 6,795,870.00 $ 6,861,870.00 $ 2,500.00 3 Oscar Renda Constracting, Inc. $ 6,773,965.00 $ 6,633,965.00 No Bid $ 2,000.00 4 KENKO, Inc. dba McGrand & Associates $ 7,001,655.00 $ 6,704,425.00 $ 7,175,790.00 $ 2,000.00 5 Gamey Companies, Inc. $ 6,903,510.00 $ 6,793,510.00 No Bid $ 5,000.00 6 Pate & Pate, LLC $ 6,936,392.75 $ 14,467,612.00 $ 8,104,760.00 $ 3,321.70 7 Jalco, Inc. $ 7,369,220.00 No Bid $ 7,726,085.00 $ 5,000.00 8 Archer Western Contractors, Inc. $ 7,373,510.00 No Bid No Bid $ 15,000.00 9 Johnson Bros. Corporation $ 7,816,350.00 $ 7,899,710.00 $ 8,345,800.00 $ 4,000.00 10 Laughlin Enivironmental $ 8,616,155.00 $ 9,325,015.00 $ 9,393,665.00 $ 50,000.00 11 ERS Constructors - Pipeline Division of TIC No Bid $ 8,624,092.50 No Bid $ 25,000.00 2-TS-BID-2811-LAKE RAY ROBERTS 54 WATERLINE "l j a 4 Y CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS F CONFORMED O. OR LAKE RAY ROBERTS 54-INCH FINISHED WATER PIPELINE 2002 "WANT CITY MANAGER OF MLITM HOWARD MARTIN DIREMOR OF WATER / WASTEWATER UTUX17M JIM COULTER . ASSISTANT DIRECTOR OF WATER UTHMES No Irm, FREESE • NICHOLS TIM FISHER, P.E. FRANK PAYNE, P.E. DTNO1444 CITY OF DENTON LAKE RAY ROBERTS 54-INCH FINISHED WATER PIPELINE BID NO. 2811 DTNo1444 OF ��Pt6 1,Pt! ADDENDUM NO. 1 i*4000 . March 4, 2002 :•••••..........: KELLY W. WOOD °...�................ ° 87944 BID DATE: Thursday, March 14, 2002, 2:00 p.m. The following additions, deletions, modifications, or clarifications shall be made to the appropriate sections of the plans and specifications and shall become a part of the Contract Documents. Bidders shall acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in the space provided on the Bid form. BIDDING REOUIREMENTS: Al-1 Section 00200 —WAGE RATES A. The Wage Rates were left out of the original contract documents. Wage Rates are included with this addendum. Al-2 Section 00300 —BID PROPOSAL A. TABLE A: TABLE A of the BID PROPOSAL has been reissued with this addendum. Bid Item 6.i (12-Inch Blowoff Valves) has been changed to Bid Item 6.j. Bid Item 6.i has been changed to a 6-Inch Combination Air Valve. This new Bid Item is different than Bid Item 6.14 where the 6-Inch Combination Air Valve is to be installed with a 24-Inch Manway. The Bid Item quantity for Bid Item 6.h has also been changed. CONTRACT FORMS AND AGREEMENTS: Al-3 Section 00800 — SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS A. Page 00800-16, SC-65: Clarify that the CONTRACTOR will not be required to pay for the Resident Project Representative's overtime pay. Under Item 4.b of SC-65 delete the following from the first sentence: ... overtime charges of Resident Project Representative..." TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS: Al-4 Section 02626 —STEEL PIPE A. Page 02626-1, Section 1.02.A: Add the following paragraph: Addendum No.l DTNO1444 "The ENGINEER will waive the requirement to have five years experience in manufacturing of the pipe, when at the sole discretion of the ENGINEER the manufacturer's experience and capabilities meet the intent of the experience requirements." B. Page 02626-13, Section 3.01.E.1: Add the following to the paragraph in Section 3.01.E.1: "It will be acceptable to weld the joint, after application of the field applied exterior joint coating and backfilling have been done, if it can be demonstrated that this will not damage the field applied exterior joint coating." DRAWINGS: Al-5 SHEET G2, SEQ. 2 of 48 A. Under the GENERAL NOTES add the following to NOTE 26: "Any mounding shall be covered with topsoil, in accordance with the project specifications." Al-6 SHEETS PP6, PP7, PP8, PP23, PP24 A. SHEET PP6, SEQ. 10 of 48: Manway at Station 85+00. B. SHEET PP7, SEQ. 11 of 48: Manway at Station 106+00. C. SHEET PP8, SEQ. 12 of 48: Manway at Station 116+00. D. SHEET PP23, SEQ. 27 of 48: Manway at Station 326+50. E. SHEET PP24, SEQ. 28 of 48: Manway at Station 345+00. Al-7 SHEETS PP6, PP8, PP17, PP24 Add a 6-Inch Combination Air Valve with a 24-Inch Add a 6-Inch Combination Air Valve with a 24-Inch Add a 6-Inch Combination Air Valve with a 24-Inch Add a 6-Inch Combination Air Valve with a 24-Inch Add a 6-Inch Combination Air Valve with a 24-Inch A. SHEET PP6, SEQ. 10 of 48: Add a 6-Inch Combination Air Valve at Station 90+90. B. SHEET PP8, SEQ. 12 of 48: Add a 6-Inch Combination Air Valve at Station 111+00. C. -SHEET PP 17, SEQ. 21 of 48: Add a 6-Inch Combination Air Valve at Station 244+70. D. SHEET PP24, SEQ. 28 of 48: Add a 6-Inch Combination Air Valve at Station 336+50. APPENDICES: Al-8 APPENDIX A, PERMITS: Included with this Addendum is the Permit for the County Road Crossings. END OF ADDENDUM NO. 1 Addendum No.1 DTN01444 GENERAL DECISION TX010045 03/02/2001 TX45 Date: March 2, 2001 General Decision Number TX010045 Superseded General Decision No. TX000045 State: TEXAS Construction Type: HEAVY HIGHWAY County(ies): COLLIN GRAYSON DALLAS JOHNSON DENTON KAUFMAN ELLIS PARKER ROCKWALL TARRANT WICHITA HEAVY AMD HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS IN WICHITA COUNTY ONLY HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS ONLY FOR REMAINING COUNTIES Modification Number Publication Date 0 03/02/2001 COUNTY(ies) COLLIN GRAYSON ROCKWALL D,ALLAS JOHNSON TARRANT DENTON KAUFMAN WICHITA ELLIS PARKER SUTX2043A 03/26/1998 . Rates AIR TOOL OPERATOR $ 9.00 ASPHALT RAKER 9.55 ASPHALT'SHOVELER 8.80 BATCHING PLANT WEIGHER 11.51 CARPENTER 10.30 CONCRETE FINISHER -PAVING 10.50 CONCRETE FINISHER -STRUCTURES 9.83 CONCRETE RUBBER 8.84 ELECTRICIAN 15.37 FLAGGER 7.55 FORM BUILDER -STRUCTURES 9.82 FORM LINER -PAVING & CURB 9.00 FORM SETTER -PAVING Sc CURB 9.24 FORM SETTER -STRUCTURES 9.09 LABORER - COMMON 7.32 LABORER -UTILITY 8.94 MECHANIC 12.68 OILER 10.17 SERVICER 9.41 PAINTER -STRUCTURES 11.00 PIPE LAYER 8.98 BLASTER 11.50 ASPHALT DISTRIBUTOR OPERATOR 10.29 ASPHALT PAVING MACHINE 10.30 BROOM OR SWEEPER OPERATOR 8.72 BULLDOZER 10.74 CONCRETE CURING MACHINE 9.25 CONCRETE FINISHING MACHINE 11.13 CONCRETE PAVING JOINT MACHINE 10.42 CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALER 9.00 Fringes CONCRETE PAVING SAW 10.39 CONCRETE PAVING SHREADER 10.50 SLIPFORM MACHINE OPERATOR 9.92 CRANE, CLAMSHELL, BACKHOE, DERRICK, DRAGLINE, SHOVEL 11.04 FOUNDATION DRILL OPERATOR CRAWLER MOUNTED 10.00 FOUNDATION DRILL OPERATOR TRUCK MOUNTED 11.83 . FRONT END LOADER - 9.96 MILLING MACHINE OPERATOR 8.62 MIXER 10.32 MOTOR GRADER OPERATOR FINE GRADE 11.97 MOTOR GRADE OPERATOR 10.96 PAVEMENT MARKING MACHINE - 7.32 ROLLER, STEEL WHEEL PLANT -MIX PAVEMENTS 9.06 ROLLER, -STEEL WHEEL OTHER FLATWHEEL OR TAMPING 8.59 ROLLER, PNEUMATIC, SELF-PROPELLED 8.48 SCRAPER 9.63 .TRACTOR -CRAWLER TYPE 10.58 - TRACTOR -PNEUMATIC 9.15 TRAVELING MIXER 8.83 WAGON -DRILL, BORING MACHINE 12.00 -- REINFORCING STEEL SETTER STRUCTURES - 13.31 _ - STEEL WORKER -STRUCTURAL 14.80 SPREADER BOX OPERATOR 10.00 WORK ZONE BARRICADE 7.32 TRUCK DRIVER -SINGLE AXLE LIGHT 8.965 - TRUCK DRIVER -TANDEM AXLE HEAVY - 9.02 TRUCK DRIVER -TANDEM AXLE SEMI TRAILER 8.77 TRUCK DRIVER-LOWBOY/FLOAT 10.44 TRUCK DRIVER -TRANSIT MIX 9.47 TRUCK DRIVER -WINCH 9.00 VIBRATOR OPERATOR -HAND TYPE 7.32 WELDER - _ 11.57 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classification listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29 CFR 5.5 (a)(1)(v)). ---------------------- --------------------------------------------------------- r In the listing above, the "SU" designation means that rates listed under that identifier do not reflect collectively bargained wage and fringe benefit rates. Other designations indicate unions whose rates have been determined to be prevailing. " WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESSf - - 1. Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: .* an existing published wage determination * asurvey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate ruling) On survey related matter, initial contact, including requests for summaries of . surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis - Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2 and 3 should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, ' initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20210 • 2. If the answer to the question in 1 is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) canrequestreview and reconsideration from the Wage andHour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position,and by an information (wage payment data, project description, area practice materials, etc) that the.requestor considers relevant to the issue. _ 3. If the decision. of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20210 4. All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. END of GENERAL DECISION Facilities Danny Brumley Division Manager 306 N. Loop 288 Suite 115 Denton, TX 76209 940-349-2970 940-349-2971(Fax) Planning Cathy Allcorn Division Manager 306 N. Loop 288 Suite 112 Denton, TX 76209 940-349-2990 940-349-2991(Fax) Brand Webb, Interim Division Manager 306 N. Loop 288 Suite 115 Denton, TX 76209 940-349-2960 940-349-2961 (Far) Denton. County Department of Public Works Facilities Planning Road & Bridge . Kelly Zwinggi, P.E,, Director 306 N. Loop 288, Suite 115, Denton, Texas 76209 Ph: (940) 349-2960 Fax: (940)349-2961 February 28, 2002 City of Denton Frank G. Payne, P.E. 601 E. Hickory, Suite B Denton, Texas, 76205 RE: Utility Request Approval and Specifications Dear Frank G. Payne: The following utility installation request for crossing (4) county roads (Burger Rd, Shepard Rd, Warschun Rd & Elm Bottom Cr.) in connection with the 54" treated water pipeline to generally run parallel to Burger Rd was approved by Denton County Public Works - Road and Bridge Division on February 28, 2002. Permission is granted as set forth from the Texas Practice, County and Special District Law Section 40.14 Utility lines: Utilities generally are discussed elsewhere in this work. However, as to county roads public utility companies generally have the right to lay their lines on or across the public right-of-ways and their relocation necessitated by road improvement must be made at their own expense unless the line was previously located in a private easement later acquired by the county. Also, generally speaking, the utility rhust notify the commissioner's court of its intention to place a line within a county road right-of-way and the court has the authority to designate its placement. In any event, the placement of utility lines either on, over, or under a public road right-of-way may not interfere with the public's use of that property for road purposes. Authorization for this installation is also based on adhering to the policies stated in the Denton County Subdivision Rules and Regulations, "Utility Installation Specifications" and also as outlined below: 1. Traffic control devices i.e., signs, cones, etc. must be used when work is being performed in the county right-of-way. 2. All utility lines shall be installed as near as practical to the outside limits of the County road right-of-way. This is also to include above ground installation and the setting of utility poles. No ditching machinery shall be operated upon the crown of any roadway unless specifically permitted. Page 2 City of Denton, Utility Request 3. All utility lines shall be buried at a depth of not less than forty-two (42) inches at top of conduit below the existing grade line of the area of installation. 4. - All utility lines crossing a county road shall be bored and encased in steel. Open cut trenches will only be permitted on a case -to -case basis. If an open cut is permitted, the utility line shall be encased in steel. All boring shall be inspected by the Quality Control Division prior to being back filled/covered. 5. At all points where excavations and boring are made in public right-of-way, the applicant will replace and recompact the subgrade and will restore the road way section to the same or better condition as existed prior to the excavation and bore. 6. The applicant will remove and relocate its utility lines should it become necessary in order to accommodate widening, realigning, and/or improving County roads at no cost to Denton County. . 7. The applicant shall, from the commencement of the installation of utility lines and thereafter for a period of twelve (12) months from the date the installation is completed and accepted, assume all responsibility for damages resulting to the landowner. to any other person caused by the installation of the utility lines and shall not hold Denton County harmless from any obligation or claim or damages that may be alleged or result from such utility construction or operation. Applicant agrees to indemnify Denton County for any costs or expenses including but not limited to reasonable attorney's fees, which Denton County may be legally required to pay, resulting from damages caused by the installation. The indemnity by the applicant shall cover claims occurring during the twelve (12) month period. The applicant shall also reimburse Denton County for its costs and expenses in repairing a cut bore during the twelve (12) month period, when the applicant cannot repair same, and, in the judgement of the Commissioner of the Precinct wherein.the road is located, the cut or bore must be immediately repaired, or when the applicant has been requested to repair same and either refuses or fails to repair same within three days from the date of the requested repair. 8. A copy of the applicant's Letter of Approval must be on location at each job site at all times. 9. Before commencing any work on County roads or County right-of-way under the authority of this Letter of Approval or by any other claimed authority (including such work as trimming and/or cutting trees, and/or right-of-way, etc.), the applicant Company shall notify the Public Works - Road and Bridge Division of the approximate time that work will commence, which notice shall be at least forty-eight (48) hours prior to commencing said work. Page 3 -City of Denton, Utility Request 10. Should Commissioners Court find it necessary to employ an inspector or inspectors to enforce these provisions, a charge will be made by the county to the applicant to pay the costs of, or a portion of the costs of, employing said inspector or inspectors. Permission is granted for the following installation based on the above conditions: Install the Lake Ray Roberts 54" treated water pipeline. The alignment for the pipeline runs from the new City of Denton Lake Ray Roberts Treatment Plant to Loop 288, generally parallel to Burger Road. This project will require crossing four (4) county roads: Burger Rd, Shepard Rd, Warschun Rd and Elm Bottom Cr. The crossings will be constructed in accordance with the plan profile and detail sheets prepared by the City's engineering consultant. Please have your contractor coordinate the subject installation with the Public Works - Road and Bridge Division (940-349-2960), at least forty-eight hours prior to beginning any construction. All boring shall be inspected by the Quality Control Division prior to being back filled/covered. Also, after completion of installation, notification must be given to the Road and Bridge Quality Control Division for final inspection. Sincerely, Brand Webb, Interim Road & Bridge Manager Public Works / Road & Bridge Division Attachments CC: Quality Control Division Utility File January 24, 2002 Mr. Kelly Zwinggi, P.E. Director of Public Works, Denton County Denton Government Center . 306 N. Loop 288, Suite 115 Denton, Texas 76209-4887 Dear Mr. Zwinggi: The City of Denton has completed design of its Lake Ray Roberts 54-Inch treated water pipeline. The.alignment for the pipeline runs from the new City of Denton Lake Ray Roberts Treatment Plant to Loop 288, generally parallel to Burger Road, FM 2153 and FM 428. The attached location map and plan sheets G3 and G4 show the overall alignment, which will require crossing four (4) county roads (highlighted on these two sheets). The City of Denton is requesting authorization to construct these four (4) road crossings in accordance with the following attached plan, profile and detail sheets prepared by the City's engineering consultant. 1. Location Map 2. Sheets G3 and G4 — As discussed above, these sheets show the overall alignment. 3. Sheet PP 1 — Burger Road Crossing 4. Sheet PP10 — Shepard Road Crossing 5. Sheet PP16 — Warschun Road Crossing 6. Sheet PP 19 — Elm Bottom Circle Crossing 7. Sheet SDI — Details showing the typical trench section at the road crossings 8. Sheet SD5 — Details showing the installation of the steel casing As noted on the drawings, the City of Denton is requesting that the crossings be installed by open -cut methods. Due to the size of the waterline, tunneling would be a costly alternative. The City of Denton is sensitive to the County's concerns about open -cut trench methods in County Right -of - Way. In consideration of the County's cooperation on this project, the City would propose to perform the following paving improvements in order to enhance the construction of the crossings. 1. At the Burger Road Crossing, the City would propose to overlay approximately 100 linear feet of roadway, centered on the proposed pipe alignment (Attached Sheet PP 1). 2. At the Shepard Road Crossing, the City would propose to overlay approximately 130 "Dedicated -to Quality Serzmice- aat7ncityofleatoreeom linear feet of roadway, extending from FM 2153 to 50' beyond the proposed pipe centerline (Attached Sheet PP10). 3. At the Warschun Road Crossing, the City would propose to overlay approximately 150 linear feet of roadway, extending from FM 428 to. 50' beyond the proposed pipe centerline (Attached Sheet PP16). 4. At the Elm Bottom Circle Crossing, the City would propose to overlay approximately 150 linear feet of roadway, extending from FM428 to 50' beyond the proposed pipe centerline (Attached Sheet PP 19). In support of this request to open cut the roadways, the following is noted: 1. The trench section shown on attached Sheet SDI shows the typical open cut trench section at the road crossings. For the limits of the new overlay sections described above, a 2-inch HMAC surface course will be added on top of the existing roadway surface. 2. The contractor will be required to prepare and implement a traffic control plan in accordance with the Texas Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices. 3. The contractor will be required to maintain at least one lane of traffic at all times. 4. The casing pipe will be steel with an interior and exterior lining of coal tar epoxy. 5. The carrier pipe will be either mortar -coated steel, polyurethane coated steel, or bar - wrapped concrete cylinder pipe. Carrier pipe will be rated to withstand the working pressure and any surge pressure of the waterline. Pipe class will be either 150 psi, 175 psi, or 200 psi. 6. The annular space between the steel casing pipe and the carrier pipe will be completely filled with grout. 7. Placement and compaction of embedment and backfill materials will be monitored through field density testing by an independent lab retained by the City of Denton. The City of Denton understands the County's need to maintain access and safety at the road crossings, in addition to maintaining the continuing integrity of the roadway surfaces. We appreciate your help and consideration regarding our work and look forward to working with you on this project. If you have any questions, please feel free to contact meat (940) 349-8910. Respectfully, CITY F DENTON Frank G. Payne, P.E. Engineering and Capital Projects Administrator Attachments 1/8 �J Aaio I A 21P 3163 , DENTON POP 66.270 ROPTR u V J`SIA7L. n` -4000 RAY ROBERTS LAKE / r NORMAL POOL ELEVATION 652.5, 951 a ° BEGIN PROD CT �V s OA . Po LOCATION MAP A CITY OF DENTON LAKE RAY ROBERTS 54-INCH FINISHED WATER PIPELINE BID NO.2811 DTN01444 = tE OF.,tf ADDENDUM NO ! •: , March 8, 2002 ......••••.... jKELLY W. WOOD .................... e� A'•: 87944 ; too BID.DATE: ' Thursday, March 14, 2002, 2:00 p.m. Gn 3/05/o2 The following additions, deletions, modifications, or clarifications shall be made to the appropriate sections of the plans and specifications and shall become a part of the Contract Documents. Bidders shall acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in the space provided on the Bid form GENERAL: Al-1 Pre -Bid Attendance List A. Included is the sign -in sheet for the Pre -Bid Meeting. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS: Al-2 Section 02314 — PIPELINES CROSSING HIGHWAYS AND STREETS BY TUNNELING OR OPEN CUT A. Clarify that the CONTRACTOR may use steel casing instead of tunnel liner plate at those road crossings called out to be tunneled. Materials for the steel casing shall be in accordance with all portions of Section 2.01.13, including having a minimum thickness of 0.50 inches and a coal tar epoxy lining and coating. B. 'Page 02314-3, Add the following paragraph as Section 1.07: "Bored crossings are to be accomplished by the "auger" or "dry bore" method and shall be accomplished by the use of a laser sighted bore machine requiring a pilot hole. The pilot hole will serve as the centerline of the larger diameter hole to be bored. The use of water or fluids in the boring operations shall only be allowed for lubricating the cutting head. The encasement pipe shall be approximately the same diameter as the bore hole. Over cutting in excess of one inch shall be remedied by pressure grouting the entire length of the installation between the outside of the casing pipe and the bore hole. The Contractor shall be fully responsible to insure the methods used are adequate for the protection of workers, pipe, property, and the public. Provide a finished product as required." Addendum No. 2 DTNO1444 C. Page 02314-5, Section 3.01.D: Clarify that this section will apply also to steel cased bored crossings. All references to tunnel liner plate should also be understood as pertaining to steel casing installations. D. Page 02314-5, Section 3.0l.D.3: Add the following sentence: "For bores with casing pipe, install pressure grout mix immediately upon completion of setting casing pipe." E. Page 02314-6, Add the following as Section 3.04: "3`.04 CROSSINGS INSTALLED BY BORING A. Perform the boring from the low or downstream end unless specified otherwise. Bore the holes mechanically and use a pilot hole. By this method, an approximate 2" pilot hole shall be bored the entire length of the crossing and shall be checked for line and grade. This pilot hole shall serve as the centerline of the larger diameter hole to be bored. Place excavated material near the top of the working pit and dispose of material as required. The use of water or other fluids in connection with the boring operation will be permitted only to the extent to lubricate cuttings. Jetting shall not be permitted. B. In unconsolidated soil formations, a gel -forming colloidal drilling fluid consisting of at least 10% of high grade carefully processed bentonite may be used to consolidate cuttings of the bit, seal the walls of the hole, and furnish lubrication for subsequent removal of cuttings and installation of the pipe immediately thereafter. C. In locations where the soil formation is other than consolidated rock, insert the casing pipe simultaneously with the boring operation. This requirement applies to all bored holes of 18" or greater in diameter. For smaller diameter bored holes, it is desirable that the casing be installed as the boring progresses, but because of differences in soil formations, the time for inserting the casing shall be the Contractor's responsibility. In the event that caving sand or water bearing materials are encountered, insert the casing pipe simultaneously with the boring operation regardless of the diameter of the bored hole. In all cases, the security and integrity of the roadway is the primary concern. The Contractor shall be held fully responsible for the continued integrity of the structure of the roadway being crossed, whether or not a casing pipe is inserted simultaneously with the boring operation." A1-3 Section 15103 —BUTTERFLY VALVES A. Page 15103-3, Section 2.0l.C: Clarify that butterfly valves will not require an extension stem, except for the 30-inch butterfly valve located at Station 404+83.96. Addendum No. 2 DTN01444 B. Page 15103-3, Section 2.0l.C: Add the following to Section 2.0l.C: "Butterfly valves with vertical. shafts shall have an operator with enclosed gearing such that the operating nut is truly vertical. Bevel gearing (if required) shall be grease packed." A14 Section 15117 —AIR RELEASE AND AIR AND VACUUM VALVES A. Page 15117-2, Section 3.03: Nine (9) combination air valves were added in Addendum Number 1. These should be reflected in the schedule of air valves. Add the following to the air valve schedule. Station Location 85+00 90 + 90 106 + 00 111 + 00 116+00 244 + 70 326 + 50 336 + 50 345 + 00 DRAWINGS: Working Minimum Size Type Pressure (PSI) Pressure (PSI) 6" CAV 200 50 6" CAV 200 50 6" CAV 200 50 6" CAV 200 50 6" CAV 200 50 6" CAV 175 50 6" CAV 175 50 6" CAV 175 50 6" CAV 175 50 Al-5 SHEETS PP20, PP21, PP22, PP23, PP24, PP25, PP26 A. Add the following Note to each sheet: "At least two (2) weeks prior to beginning work on the Carter Tract (Parcel N) or either of the Equestrian Dev. Corp. Tracts (Parcel 0-1 and Parcel 0-2), the CONTRACTOR shall coordinate with the Resident Project Representative notification of the Landowner's designated representative." Al-6 SHEET SD2, SEQ. 35 of 48: Clarify that the 6-Inch Combination Air. Valves will not require extension stems on the gate valves. Al-7 SHEET SD6, SEQ. 39 of 48: Add the following to Note 1 of the Notes for Pipeline Markers: "Aluminum signs may be used for the markers on the mainline valves, blowoff valves, buried outlets, horizontal bends and air valves and access manholes. However, all anode bed marker signs and pipeline marker signs shall be steel." END OF ADDENDUM NO. 2 Addendum No. 2 DTN01444 NAME OF CLIENT: NAME OF PROJECT City of Denton Lake Ray Roberts 54" Finished Water Pipeline EMMONS FREESE - NICHOLS Name Mailin Address Telephone Numbers oU c l ✓ Business Position/Title G FAX �97i)W G -7St3 Physical Address Home Or anization ym _ a 6 u� Mobile ' a4s efi Pager nc E-mail Name Mailing Address Tell e hone Numbers Tim -ts e r 0 e. x S Business o-3V?-7190 Position/Title t.4-o,, exa Zo 9 FAX ss ar,+ DireJar Physical Address Horne Organization Mobile W e U e Pager ci' of' DeK oot E-mail is o4e anent c�der,j Name Mailing Address Telephone Numbers F �yuE Business - o Position/Title ,k, rOP FAX - ENG Ar»y,turgE Ph ysical Address Home Organization Mobile r on 1 a Pager g E-mail Name Mailing Address Tel e hone Numbers Js Qa L`s �" Business 113-67f-bdG 6 Position/Title A~f^ T 770x-d FAX / G 7S- 7o zZ lea Physical Address Home Organization Mobile .,✓� c� �- Pager E-mail Name Mailing Address Telephone Numbers t� S arc.-t1, (6,AS'GI�f'ao3' Business 7),3= l7- 9fo7..'• Position/Title `yam A 1d6j-20 FAX a3- G - D,U8 - Physical Address Home Mobile —Organization LS r T, Pager E-mail Name Mailing Address Telephone Numbers Jai mv,-/,e.j, 1 35/ Lonv4orN Rol Business I jl74Gl_zq-74- Position/Title ; a e n a ;jy 7[ 1 7 02 FAX 6 1.7 B 3.5 L sJle s Re -Physical Address Home 4G 2 0) -74- Or anization 5 3W Mobile IrWt -. Pt. Pager E-mail UAFORMS1Canstmction Services FafmsWE FORMS\CorrespondenceNEETING SIGN IN SHEET.doc NAME OF CLIENT: NAME OF PROJECT: City of Denton Lake Ray Roberts 54" Finished Water Pipeline FREESE- NICHOLS Name Mailing Address Telephone Numbers s (y / . w.) Business el-2 73S 73vv• Posi on/Title FAX 0) 73 11qJ Physical Address Home organization Mobile �i1?tJa i/l/i %5 Pager E-mail 2 L I� C'FQFEsf. CoM Name Mailing Address Tell e hone Numbers L74u.e SowNiif s,,,z 93' Business. ;e. 79/-7-l73 Position/Title s e as 4.», ca s o 1 -7s' FAX I d3 S 7/ - Z a 9 9 Physical Address Home Organization Mobile tRS ccr ,7-ww rcR-r Pager Pwruw.E oju al-r/c E-mail !,n .✓iiroc rlCv✓. e, Name Mailing Address Telephone Numbers aue- c'. '2S y o Business 2p'r .2j;?- /.IU.r Position/Title fo e k, kr. G (1,7d" -o 516 FAX is r r v YS � D-_ Physical Address Home i ao- q_ ,lj47 Or anization2 -P01 AJU) S t. Mobile 6 /S 0 sky FJG��p Pager E-mail OaVe. Ay,,cc BYB�r Name Mailing Address Telephone Numbers ,8 UsdY s Business 7Es-za��-/aar Position/Title FAX -Pays— C sy� Physical Address Home Organization Mobile 79Z-20v-G3 ,. Pager E-mail {�„��« gz, Name Mailing Address Telephone Numbers 9•Pw �<,,r 162 Business Position/Title ins. % S/ rY6 FAX yc Physical Address Home Organization Mobile �34 J', Pager E-mail JSwf Cv� rrx GCS Name Mailing Address Telephone Numbers rnt[jS A 4e4k« Position/Title ID, (1 Wt S{-, r0,/e Sk Lo fo(1 D (0 Business FAX q7 d- Q 31 Q? ;i - q! 3 Physical Address Home Organization Wrote✓✓ PCS Mobile jCehko� c jpvI3, bvG Pager E-mail ^MUX —av it a UAFORMS\Construction Services FormslAE FORMSZorrespondence\MEETING SIGN IN SHEET.Aoc Yka Cv�'h NAME OF CLIENT: NAME OF PROJECT City of Denton Lake Ray Roberts 54" Finished Water Pipeline Rommel FREESE - NICHOLS Name Mailing Address Telephone Numbers a Business 8. Position/Title ,v / FAX -6'96 - ? 3 EST1M Physical Address Home Organization Mobile Pager k/Es E-mail rz Name Mailing Address Telephone Numbers p ue, o Business Position/Title I , FAX S 0 � sical Address Home -Organization Mobile C a,e �- Pager t'e`, -er,n E-mail Name Mailing Address Telephone Numbers Business Position/Title FAX Physical Address Home Organization Mobile Pager E-mail Name Mailing Address Telephone Numbers Business Position/Title FAX Physical Address Home Organization Mobile Pa er E-mail Name Mailing Address Telephone Numbers Business Position/Title FAX Physical Address Home Organization Mobile Pager E-mail Name Mailing Address Telephone Numbers Business —Position/Title FAX Physical Address Home Mobile —Organization Pager E-mail UIFORM=onsImcfion Services Forms%E FORMS%CorrespondenmWEETING SIGN IN SHEET.dw .b I TABLE OF CONTENTS BIDDING REQUIREMENTS Invitation for Bids Instructions To Bidders 00020-1 00100-1 00200-1 Wage Rates 00300-1 Bid Proposal ' CONTRACT FORMS AND AGREEMENTS Contract Agreement CA-1 BB-1 Bid Bond PB-1 Performance Bond PB-3 ' Payment Bond 00700-1 General Conditions 0000-1 Supplementary Conditions City of Denton, Insurance Requirements for Contractors TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 — GENERAL -REQUIREMENTS 01005 Definitions and Terminology 01005-1 01010-1 01010 Summary of Work 01030-1 01030 Special Procedures 01040 Project Administration 0104 -1 01041-1 01041 Job Management 01300-1 Measurement and Payment 01310-1 01300 Submittals 01310-1 '01130 01310 Progress Schedules 01400-1 01380 Project Photographs 01 0-1 01400 Quality Control 01510 Temporary Facilities 01510-1 Construction 01568-1 01568 Erosion and Sediment Control During 01656 Disinfection of Potable Water Facilities 01656-1 01666 Hydrostatic Test 01666-1 01700-1 01700 Contract Closeout 01730 Operations and Maintenance Manuals 01730-1 01800-1 01800 Forms DIVISION 2—SITE WORK 02202 Pipeline Excavation and Backfill . 02202-1 02220-1 02220 Trench Safety 02255-1 02255 Earth Fill Classification 02257-1 02257 Controlled Low -Strength Material (Flowable Fill) 02271 Riprap and Bedding Material 02271-1 02314-1 02314 Pipelines Crossing Highways and Streets by Tunneling or Open Cut 02488 Hydro -Mulch Seeding 02488-1 02614-1 02614 Bar -Wrapped Concrete Cylinder Pipe 02626-1 02626 Steel Pipe 02720 Biodegradable Erosion Control Mats 02720-1 02767 Gabions 02767-1 I Table of Contents DTNO1444 IUt:-7 DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 03305. Concrete DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL 15101 Gate Valves 15103 Butterfly Valves 15117 Air Release and Air and Vacuum Valves 15136 Miscellaneous Valves and Appurtenances 15640 Joint Bonding and Electrical Isolation 15641 Corrosion Control Test Stations 15642 Magnesium Anode Cathodic Protection System APPENDIX A: TxDOT Permits and TMPA Permit Application APPENDIX B: Corps of Engineers Nationwide Permit 12 03305-1 15101-1 15103-1 15117-1 15136-1 15640-1 15641-1 15642-1 Table of Contents TOC-2 DTN01444 11 i i 1 i 1 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS I F i i I 1 1 I 00020 INVITATION FOR BIDS n I 1 I 1 I P I I The City of Denton, Texas is soliciting proposals for the construction of the following project Lake Ray Roberts 54-Inch Finished Water Pipeline Bid No.2811 Proposals must be delivered to the office of the Purchasing Agent at the City of Denton Service Center/Warehouse at 901-B Texas'Street, Denton, Texas 76209 no later than 2:00 p.m., Thursday, March 14, 2002 to be accepted. The proposals will be publicly opened and read aloud at this time and place. Bids received after this time will be returned unopened. Address proposals to Tom Shaw City Purchasing Manager City of Denton. Contract Documents may be examined or purchased at the Fort -Worth Offices of Freese and Nichols, Inc. at the following address: Freese and Nichols, Inc. TO 4055 International Plaza, Suite 200 PURCHASE Fort Worth, Texas 76109-4895 DOCUMENTS Attention: Construction Services The costs of Contract Documents are: Full Size Documents $ 100 per set Half Size Documents $ 100 per set The cost of Contract Documents is not refundable. Submit check, cashier check or money order for payment. Cash will not be accepted. Contract Documents are on file and may be examined without charge in the City of Denton Purchasing office and the Fort Worth Offices of Freese and Nichols, Inc.: Denton Service CenterlWarehouse TO 901-B Texas Street EXAMINE Denton, Texas 76209 DOCUMENTS ATTN: Tom Shaw, Purchasing Manager Freese and Nichols, Inc. 4055 International Plaza, Suite 200 Fort Worth, Texas 76109-4895 ATTN: Construction Services Documents are NOT available for purchase at these locations. Contract Documents are also on file in the following Plan Rooms: AGC Offices in Fort Worth CMC/Texas Contractors, Attn: Connie, 11101 Stemmons Frwy., Dallas, Texas 75229 North Texas Construction, 11325 Pegasus, S-233 West, Dallas, Texas 75238 A prebid conference for the project will be held on Thursday, February 28, 2002, at 9:30 AM at the same location listed for delivery of the proposals. A site visit to the location of the project will follow the prebid conference. DIRECT ALL QUESTIONS REGARDING DISTRIBUTION of Contract Documents for this project to the Freese and Nichols Construction Services Department: Contact Donna Fowler at 817-735-7225. Invitation for Bids DTN01444 00020-1 I DIRECT ALL QUESTIONS RELATED TO THE DESIGN of the project to: Phone Number Fax Number E-Mail Kelly Wood, P.E. (817) 735-7317 (817) 735-7491 kww@freese.com Address: 4055 International Plaza, Suite 200, Fort Worth, Texas 76109-4895 Attention: Kelly Wood, P.E. Written questions may be submitted to the e-mail or building address' shown above or you may fax to Kelly Wood, P.E. at (817) 735-7491. Responses to questions received by e-mail will be prioritized over those received by other means. Only responses issued via Addenda are binding. This project includes construction of the Lake Ray Roberts 54-Inch Finished Water Pipeline. This project includes approximately 7.5 miles of 54-Inch pipeline near Denton, Texas. Alternate pipe materials include bar -wrapped concrete cylinder pipe, mortar -coated steel pipe and polyurethane -coated steel pipe. Bidders must submit a cashier's check, certified check, or acceptable bidder's bond with their proposal as a guarantee that the Bidder will enter into a contract for the project with the Owner within fifteen (15) days if awarded the contract. The security must be payable to the City of Denton in the amount of five (5%) percent of the bid submitted. Contractor must execute the contract, bonds and certificates of insurance on the forms provided in the Contract Documents. Contractors for this Project must pay no less than the prevailing wage rates for the area established by the Owner and included in the contract documents. Performance and Payment Bonds are required. The City reserves the right to adopt the most advantageous interpretation of the bids submitted in the case of ambiguity_ or lack of clearness in stating proposal prices, to reject any or all bids, and/or waive formalities. Bids may not be withdrawn within ninety (90) days from date on which bids are opened. CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS Tom Shaw, C.P.M. Purchasing Agent 11 E1 11 F U I I I Invitation for Bids 00020-2 r DTN01444 1 r00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 DEFINED TERMS ' Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions. 1.02 QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS A. Submit documentation within five (5) days of Owner's request to demonstrate that the Contractor is qualified by experience and capability to successfully construct the project within the Contract Time and for the Contract Amount. Include the following information: 1. Qualifications and experience of the Bidder, including key personnel to be assigned to the project Provide responses to the following questions with supporting documentation: A. How many years have you been engaged in the contracting business under your present firm or trade name? Give former names of firm or trade names, with dates of operation under each. B. What is the general character of the work performed by your company. C. Have you ever failed to complete any work awarded to you? If so, where and why? Give name and contact telephone number of Owner and Engineer/Architect. D. Have you ever defaulted on or failed to complete a contract? If so, where and why? Give name and,contact telephone number of Owner and Engineer/Architect. E. List your experience in construction work within the past ten years similar in cost and schedule to this project (include project name, Owner/Engineer, contract price, contact person and area code and telephone number). Include a MINIMUM of three large diameter water transmission projects that are currently substantially complete, each with a minimum construction cost of $5,000,000.00. F. On projects listed in response to Item E above, what were the final project change order amounts? Were the projects completed within the specified time frames (this includes both substantial and interim milestone dates)? If not, whynot, and were any damages or liquidated damages paid to the Owner as a result of the late completion? G. Provide background and experience information on the Project Manager and Superintendent that will be utilized on this project. Include Owner references and contact names with area code and telephone numbers indicating experience with projects similar in size to those listed in response to Item E above. 1 H. List the names of all Owners for whom you/your firm have/has constructed projects within the preceding 24 months. I. Provide background and experience information on the principal members of your organization, including the officers. J. Have you ever been terminated by the Owner of a project? If so, where and why? Give the name of the Owner. 2. Qualifications and experience of Subcontractors. 3. Qualifications of manufacturers proposed to furnish the principal items of material or equipment. 4. Financial data consisting of audited financial statements for the last five years. 5. Previous experience and present contracts. 6. List of available equipment 7. Evidence of authority to conduct business in the jurisdiction where the project is located. B. Owner may conduct investigations as considered necessary to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of the Bidders, proposed Subcontractors and other persons and organizations to do the work in accordance with the Contract Documents, to Owner's satisfaction, and within the prescribed time. Owner may reject the Bid of any Bidder who does not meet any such evaluation to Owner's satisfaction. Instructions to Bidders 00100-1 DTNO1444 r 1.03 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE A. Examine Contract Documents, make observations and investigations, correlate knowledge and observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents and consider these in preparation of a bid for the Project 1. Read the Contract Documents and related technical data and reports thoroughly. Use a complete set of Contract Documents in preparing Bids. Assume responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of partial or incomplete contract documents. 2. Visit the site to become familiar with general, local and site conditions that may affect cost, progress or performance of the work in any manner. 3. Become familiar with federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting cost, progress or performance of the work. B. Surveys and investigation reports of subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site, or conditions or situations affecting the design of the Project used by the Engineer in preparing the Contract Documents are referenced in the. Supplementary Conditions. 1. These reports are available for information only and neither the Owner nor Engineer guarantees their accuracy or that any opinions expressed in the report are correct. 2. Make additional surveys and investigations as necessary to determine the bid price for performanceof the work in compliance with the terms of the Contract Documents before submitting a bid. 3. Cost for these investigations is to be paid by the Bidders. C. Acknowledge sole responsibility forjob site safety, including trench excavation and confined space entry safety, by the submission of a Bid for this project D. The submission of a Bid is incontrovertible representation by the Bidder that he has complied with every requirement of this Section. 1.04 INTERPRETATIONS Submit all questions about the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents to the Engineer in writing. Replies are issued by Addenda to all parties recorded by Freese and Nichols, Inc. as having received the bidding documents. Only questions answered by formal written Addenda are binding. Oral, electronic response and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. Questions received less than 74 hours prior to the date and time for opening of Bids may not be answered. it il 11 ,I 1.05 BID SECURITY . ' A. Submit a bid security in the amount of five (5%) percent of the amount of the maximum total bid as a guarantee that the Bidder will promptly enter into a Contract and execute a Performance and Payment Bonds on the forms included in the Contract Documents if awarded the contract. B. Acceptable Bid security are: 1. Certified or cashier's check made payable to the Owner. 2. An approved Bidder's Bond underwritten by a surety named in the current list of "Surety Companies Acceptable on Federal Bonds" as published in the Federal Register by the Audit Staff Bureau of Accounts, U.S. Treasury Department C. Bid securities will be returned to bidders when the contract award is made or bids are rejected. 1.06 CONTRACTTIME A. Substantial Completion This project is to be substantially complete (ready for operation) on or before November 14, ' 2002. Substantial completion involves construction, testing, startup and full operational capacity of the Lake Ray Roberts 54-Inch Finished Water Pipeline as covered in Section 01700, Instructions -to Bidders 00100-2 DTN01444 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT. Liquidated damages are set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. B. Final Completion The project is to be complete in all manners of construction, and project documentation as covered in Section 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT, no later than January 1, 2003. Liquidated damages for Final Completion are set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. 1.07 BID FORM A. Submit bids on the Bid forms provided with the Contract Documents for each contract Bid. Include supplemental data to be furnished in the same sealed envelope with Proposal. B. Bid forms must be completed in ink. The Bid price of each item on the form must be clearly stated in words and/or numerals. Where a conflict exists between unit prices and extended amount subtotals, the unit price will take precedence. C. Execute bids by corporations in the corporate name by the president or a vice-president or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. Affix the corporate seal and attest by the secretary or an assistant secretary. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown below the signature. D. Execute bids by partnerships in the partnership name. Forms are to be signed by a partner. O Print the name below the signature. Write the title of the Partner and show the official address of the partnership shown below the signature. E. Acknowledge receipt of all Addenda on the bid form by signing beside the Addenda number. 1.08 SUBMISSION OF BIDS Submit bids at the time and place indicated in the Invitation for Bids. Submit bids in a sealed envelope, marked with the Project title and name and address of the Bidder. Include the bid security and other required documents in the envelope. 1.09 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS Modify or withdraw bids by submitting an appropriate document executed in the manner that a Bid must be executed. Deliver the modification or withdrawal to the place where Bids are to be submitted at any time prior to the opening of Bids. 1.10 OPENING OF BIDS A. Bids will be opened as indicated in the Invitation for Bids. B. All Bids shall remain open for the period of time set forth in the Invitation for Bids, but Owner may, in his sole discretion, release any Bid and return the Bid Security prior to that date. 1.11 AWARD OF CONTRACT A. Owner may reject Bids, waive formalities, or disregard nonconforming, conditional Bids or counter proposals. B. Owner may consider the following in evaluating the bids and awarding the contract: 1. Contractor's qualifications and ability to demonstrate current capability to complete the project in conformance with the requirements of the contract documents. 2. Compliance of the Bids with requirements of the Contract Documents 3. Alternates and unit prices if requested in the Bid forms. 4. The amount bid Instructions to Bidders 00100-3 DTN01444 5. Proposed date of completion and the ability to meet intermediate milestones that may have been established for the project. C. The basis for bid award will be the lowest responsible bidder for the Base Bid. 1.12 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT A. The successful Bidder must execute the formal Contract Agreement and required Bonds on the forms prepared and submitted by the Owner within fifteen (15) days after the Notice of Award. B. A Notice to Proceed authorizing the Contractor to commence work will be issued after the Contract Documents have been executed. 1.13 WAGE RATES Contractor must pay no less than the general prevailing rates for the Project location as determined in accordance with statutory requirements. 1.14 BONDS Performance and Payment Bonds are required for this project and shall be provided in accordance with the General Conditions. Bonds shall be underwritten by a surety named in the current list of "Surety Companies Acceptable on Federal Bonds" as published in the Federal Register by the Audit Staff Bureau of Accounts, U.S. Treasury Department. 1.15 SALES TAXES The Owner qualifies as an exempt agency as defined by the statutes of the State of Texas. Owner's purchasing department will issue exemption certificates. Comply with all statutes and rulings of the State Comptroller. 1.16 ALTERNATE BID ITEMS A. Items No. 1, 2 and 3 in Table A of the Bid Proposal are for alternate pipe materials to be considered by the Owner. Bidder shall bid at least one of the pipe material alternates, however, may provide a bid for more than one or all of the pipe material alternates. One of the Items No. 1, 2 or 3 may or may not be accepted by the Owner. The Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any and all alternates or any combination thereof. B. Additive Alternate A in Table A of the Bid Proposal is a line item for the cost to remove the existing tower pier located within the permanent easement along the pipe centerline alignment at Station 88+05, in accordance with the plans and specifications. This item must be bid in the proposal. The Owner reserves the right to authorize or not authorize this work. This work will only be paid if authorized by the Owner. The Owner may or may not consider this alternate in award of the Bid. END OF SECTION Instructions to Bidders 00100-4 DTN01444 11 I I 1 r 00300 BID PROPOSAL Mansfield , Texas March 14 120 02 PROPOSAL OF S.J. Louis Construction of Texas. Ltd. LLP , a partnership consisting of Les Whitman/ James Schueller. . TO: City of Denton PROPOSAL FOR: Lake Ray Roberts 54-Inch Finished Water Pipeline Bid No. 2811 The undersigned Bidder has carefully examined the Invitation for Bids, Instructions to Bidders, this Proposal, the Supplemental Conditions, the form of Contract Agreement and Bonds, the General Conditions of the Agreement, the Specifications, the Drawings, and the site of the work, and will provide all necessary labor, - superintendence, machinery, equipment, tools, materials, services and other facilities to complete fully all the work as provided in the Contract Documents; and will execute the contract: and bonds in the Contract Documents upon formal acceptance of his Proposal for the unit prices and amounts shown in the attached Table A. Bidder must submit a bid for either Item 1, 2 or 3. Bidder may bid only one of the pipe material alternates, more than one, or all of the pipe material Alternates. Bidder must submit a Bid for Items 4-16. Bidder must submit a bid for Additive Alternate A. The undersigned bidder will execute the Contract Agreement within fifteen (15) days after receiving a Notice of Award and will furnish approved bonds and insurance as required by tha Contract Documents for the faithful performance of the Contract. The attached bid security in the amount of five (5) percent of the amount bid is to become the property of the Owner as liquidated damages for the delay and additional work caused by the failure of the bidder to enter into a contract in the event the Contract Agreement and bonds are not executed within fifteen (15) days. The undersigned agrees to substantially complete all work covered by these Contract Documents by November 14, 2002. The undersigned agrees to achieve final completion by January 1, 2003. The date established for the start of work will be not less than ten (10) days or not more than thirty (30) days after the date of the Contract Agreement, except by mutual agreement of the Owner and the Contractor. Receipt is acknowledged of the following addenda: DATE Addendum No. 1 03/04/02 Addendum No. 2 03/08/02 Addendum No. 3 Addendum No.4 Addendum No.5 Addendum No. 6 Bid Proposal DTNO1444 BY DAD DAD 00300-1 Respectfully submitted, By Attested By: Secretary . (SEAL) If Bidder is a Corporation. (Print Name and Title) 520 S. 6t' Ave. Mansfield, Tx. 76063 Address NOTE: Do not detach bid forms from other papers. Fill in with ink and submit complete with attached papers. Bid Proposal 00300-2 DTNO1444 VENDOR COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW The 1985 Session of the Texas Legislature passed House Bill 620 relative to the award of contracts to non- resident bidders. This law provides that, in order to be awarded a contract as low bidder, non-resident bidders (out-of-state contractors whose corporate offices or principal place of business are outside of the state of Texas) bid projects for construction, improvements, supplies or services in Texas at an amount lower than the lowest Texas resident bidder by the same amount that a Texas resident bidder would be required to underbid a non-resident bidder in order to obtain a comparable contract in the state in which the non- residents principal place of business is located. The appropriate blanks it Section A must be filled out by all out-of-state or non-resident bidders in order for your bid to meet specifications. The failure of out-of-state or non-resident contractors to do so will automatically disqualify that bidder. Resident bidders must check the blank in Section B. A. Non-resident vendors in (give state), our principal place of business, are required to be percent lower than resident bidders by state law. A copy of the statute is attached. Non-resident vendors in (give state), our principal place of business, are not required to underbid resident bidders. B. Our principal place of business or corporate offices are in the Stat= of Texas: X BIDDER: S.J. Louis Construction of Texas, Ltd., LLP By: Company (please print) 520 S. 6th Ave. Mansfield, Tx. 76063 City State Zip Bid Proposal DTN01444 Signature: Title: (please print) THIS FORM MUST BE RETURNED WITH YOUR BID 00300-3 CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE TO TEXAS SALE.") TAX CODE Comply with all requirements of the Texas Sales Tax Code. The Contractor hereby certifies that the Contract Amount is divided as follows: Material incorporated into the Project (resold to the Owner as defined in Tax Code) All other charges and costs Total " The total must equal the total amount of the Contract. CONTRACTOR: S.J. Louis Construction of Texas Ltd., LLP Company (please print) 520 S. 6th Avenue Address Mansfield, Tx. 76063 City State Zip Bid Proposal DTN01444 $ 4,597,391.25 $ 1,532,463.75 $6,129,865.00 By: (signature of authorized person) THIS FORM SHALL BE EXECUTED AT TIME OF EXECUTION OF CONTRACT AND MADE A PART OF THE CONTRACT. 00300-4 TABLE A LAKE RAY ROBERTS 54-INCH FINISHED WATER PIPE_INE SASS MD ITEM NO DESCRIPTION UNIT .ESTIMATED QUANTITY UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT 1 BAR -WRAPPED C.C.P. a. 54-Inch Class 150 LF 4,595 b. 54-Inch Class 175 LF 6,300 c. 54-Inch Class 200 LF 28,600 d. Magnesium Anode Groundbeds EA 52 e. Corrosion Monitoring Test Stations EA 18 SU6I U IAL I I t-M 11 NIA I 2 MORTAR COATED STEEL PIPE a. 541nch Class 150 LF 4,595 $ 110.46 $ - 507,563.70 b. 54-Inch Class 175 LF 6,300 $ 112.78 $ 710,514.00 c. 541nch Class 200 LF 28,600 $ 123.59 $ 3,534,674.00 d. Magnesium Anode Groundbeds EA 52 $ 1,200.00 $ 62,400.00 e. Corrosion Monitorino Test Stations EA 18 $ 1,000.00 $ 18,000.00 5UBI0IALIItMZIi 4,504,101.1uI 3 POLYURETHANE COATED STEEL PIPE a. 54-Inch Class 150 LF 4,595 b. 54-Inch Class 175 LF 6,300 c. 54-Inch Class 200 LF 28,600 d. Magnesium Anode Groundbeds EA 32 e. Corrosion Monitorin Test Stations EA 18 $UB I U I PL I I tMJI rvIA I ITEMS COMMON TO BAR -WRAPPED C.C.P., MORTAR COATED STEEL PIPE P NO POLYURETHANE COATED STEEL PIPE 4 ROAD TUNNEL CROSSINGS a. F.M. 2153 LF 90 $ 400.00 $ 36,000.00 b. F.M. 428 - Sherman Drive North LF 142 $ 400.00 $ 56,800.00 c. F.M. 428 - Sherman Drive (South2. LF 185 $ 400.00 $ 74,000.00 5 OPEN CUT ROAD CROSSINGS a. Burger Road LF 35 $ 275.00 $ 9,625.00 b. Shepard Road LF 40 $ 275.00 $ 11,000.00 c. Warschun Road LF 45 $ 275.00 $ 12.375.00 d. Elm Bottom Circle LF 45 $ 275.00 $ 12,375.00 e. Lon Road LF 120 $ 275.00 $ 33,000.00 f. Future DISD Road LF 45 $ 275.00 $ 12,375.00 TABLE A (CONTINUED) LAKE RAY ROBERTS 54-INCH FINISHED WATER PIPE-INE RASF Rin fCONTINtlFnI ITEM NO DESCRIPTION UNIT ESTIMATED QUANTITY UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT 6 VALVES B APPURTENANCES a. 54-Inch Manual Operated Butterfly Valve w/ Type B Vault LS 1 $ 6D,000.00 $ 60,000.90 b. 54-Inch Manual Operated Butterfly Valve w/ Type A Vault EA 8 $ :15.000.00 $ 280,000.00 c. 42-Inch, Manual Operated Butterfly Valve w/ Type A Vault EA 1 $ 20,500.00 $ 20,500.00 d. 12-Inch Outlet w/ 12-Inch Gate Valve EA 11 $ 1,500.00 $ 16,500.00 e. 12-Inch Outlet w/ 12-Inch Gate Valve and Service Line Station 335+36 EA 1 $ 2.000.00 $ 2,000.00 f. 20-Inch Outlet w/ 20-Inch Gate Valve EA 1 $ 9,500.00 .$ 9,500.00 g. 30-Inch Outlet w/ 30-Inch Burled Manual Operated Butterfly Valve EA - 1 $ 11,000.00 $ 1-1,000:00 h. &Inch Combination Air Valve w/ 24-Inch Manwa EA 15 $ 6,500.00 $- .97,500.00 I. 6-Inch Combination Air Valve EA 4 $ 6,700.00 $ 26,800.00 12-Inch Blowoff Valve EA 7 $ 3,000.00 $ 21,000.00 7 CONCRETE ENCASEMENT LF 450 $ 55.00 $ 24,750.00 8 FLOWABLE FILL LF 375 $ 50.00 $ 18,750.00 9 COARSE GRAVEL EMBEDMENT LF 500 $ 0.01 $ 5.00 10 ROCK RIP -RAP CY 500 $ 58.00 $ 29,000.00 11 GABIONS CY 310 $ 122.00 $ 37,820.00 12 TRENCH SAFETY LF 39,500 $ 0.01 $ 395.00 13 2-INCH HMAC TYPE "D" SURFACE COURSE OVERLAY SY 1,400 $ 20.00 $ 28,000.00 14 TYPEA- PERMANENT FENCE GATES W/ BRACING EA 44 $ 1,000.00 $ 44.000,00 15 TYPE B - PERMANENT FENCE GATES W/ BRACING EA 6 $ 1,500.00 $ 9,000.00 16 IMOBILIZATION LS 1 $ 300,133.30 $ 300,133.30 SUBTOTAL ITEMS 4-161 $ 1,294,203.30 1 SUBTOTAL ITEM 1 PLUS ITEMS 4-16 ADD (+) OR DEDUCT (-) TOTAL AMOUNT BASE BID ITEM 1 PLUS ITEMS 4-16 1 WA SUBTOTAL ITEM 2 PLUS ITEMS 4-16 $ 6,127,355.00 • ADD (+) OR DEDUCT (-) TOTAL AMOUNT BASE BID ITEM 2 PLUS ITEMS 4-16 $ 0,127,365.00 SUBTOTAL ITEM 3 PLUS ITEMS 4-16 ADD (+) OR DEDUCT (-) TOTAL AMOUNT BASE BID ITEM 3 PLUS ITEMS 4-16 N/A Provision is made for Bidder to include an addition (+) or deduction (-) in his bid, If he so chooses, to reflect last minute adjustments In price. The addition or deduction, If made, will be applied proportionally to the bid items for the pipeline construction. ADDITIVE ALTERNATE A TOTAL AMOUNT BID, BASE BID PLUS ADDITIVE ALTERNATE A $ 6,129,265.00 CONTRACT FORMS AND AGREEMENTS CONTRACT AGREEMENT STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF DENTON THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this day of A.D., 2002, by and between The QW of Denton of the County of Denton and State of Texas , acting through thereunto duly authorized so to do, hereinafter termed "OWNER," and C T Innis Constmrtinn of Texas T.td LT .P of the City of Mansfield , County of Tarrant and State of Texas hereinafter termed "CONTRACTOR." WITNESSETH That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioneg to be made and performed by OWNER, and under the conditions expressed in the bonds attached hereto, CONTRACTOR hereby agrees with OWNER to commence and complete performance of the work specified below- Inke Rev Roberts 54_inch Finished Water P' ehzw_in the amount of Sir AtiIlion One Th n&ed Twenty Nine Thrnicrnrd Fight Hundred Fift Five Dollars ($ h I N Rss nn) all extra work in connection therewith, under the terms as stated in the General Conditions of the agreement; and at his (or their) own proper cost and expense to furnish all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance, and other accessories and services necessary to complete the work specified above, in accordance with the conditions and prices stated in the Proposal and the Performance tmd Payment Bonds, attached hereto, and in accordance with all the General Conditions of the ,Igreeinent, the Supplementary Conditions, the Notice to Bidders (Advertisement for Bids), and Instructions to Bidders, as referenced herein and on file in the office of the Purchasing Agent, and in accordance with the plans, which includes all maps, plats, blueprints, and other drawings and printed or written explanatory matter thereof, CA— 1 the Specifications therefore and, as prepared by all of which are referenced herein and made a part hereof and collectively evidence and constitute the entire contract. Independent Status It is mutually understood and agreed by and between City and Contractor that Contractor is an independent contractor and shall not be deemed to be or considered an employee of the City of Denton, Texas, for the purposes of income tax, withholding, social security taxes, vacation or sick leave benefits, worker's compensation, or any other City employee benefit. City shall not have supervision and control of Contractor or any employee of Contractor, and it is expressly understood that Contractor shall perform the services hereunder according to the attached specifications at the general direction of the City Manager of the City of Denton, Texas, or his designee under this agreement. Indemnification Contractor shall and does hereby agree to indemnify and hold harmless the City of Dentonftom any and all dcunages, loss, or liability of any kind whatsoever, by reason of injury to property or third persons occasioned by arty error, omission or negligent act of Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, invitees, and other persons for whom it is legally liable, with regard to the performance of this Agreement, and Contractor will, at its cost and expense, defend and protect the City of Denton against any and all such claims and demands. Choice of Law and Venue This agreement shall be governed by the law of the State of Texas and venue for its construction and enforcement shall lie in the courts of Denton County, Texas. The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to commence work on or after the elate established for the start of work as set forth in written notice to commence work and complete all work within the time stated in the Proposal, subject to such extensions of time as are provided by the General and Supplementary Conditions. Ae OWNER agrees to pay the CONTRACTOR in current funds the price or prices shown in the Proposal, which forms a part of this contract, such payments to be subject to the General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract. CA-2 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties of these presents have executed this agreement in the year and day first above written ATTEST: ATTEST: City af Denton OWNER 1M. (SEAL) 1 . Mr. a Mro .1. I M I EMMMITNIME APPROVED AS TO FORM: PRINTED NAME AND TITLE CITY ATTORNEY CA-3 (SEAL) PERFORMANCE BOND COUNTY OF DENTON KNOW ALL MF.NBY THESE PRESENTS: That C.I f-oui.c Canstrvctinn of Teray 1,0 TIP whose address is 520 S fish Ave Man.4field Tx 76063 hereinafter called Principal, and Lihert�z Mutual Fire Tnauranae Company a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Massachusetts and fully authorized to transact business in the State of Texas, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Denton, a municipal corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas, hereinafter called Owner, in the penal sum of Six Million One Hundred Twenty Nine Thousand Fight Hundred and Fifty Five DOLLARS ($ 6X91855 00 ) plus ten percent of the stated penal sum as an additional sum of money representing additional court expenses, attorneys' fees, and liquidated damages arising out of or connected with the below identified Contract, in lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Denton County, Texas, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we hereby bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. This. Bond shall automatically be increased by the amount of any Change Order or Supplemental Agreement which increases the Contract price, but in no event shall a Change Order or Supplemental Agreement which reduces the Contract price decrease the penal sum of this Bond. THE OBLIGATION TO PAY SAME is conditioned as follows: Whereas, the Principal entered into a certain Contract, identified by Ordinance Number with the City of Denton, the Owner, dated the day of — A.D. a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof, for NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall well, truly and faithfully perform and fu#111 all of the undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions and agreements of said Contract in accordance with the Plans, Specifications and Contract Documents during the original term thereof and any extension thereof which may be granted by the Owner, with or without notice to the Surety, and during the life of any guaranty or warranty required under this Contract, and shall also well and truly perform and fu#ill all the undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions and agreements of any and all duly authorized mod f cations of said Contract that may hereafter be made, notice of which modifications to the Surety being hereby waived, • and if the Principal shall repair and/or replace all defects due to faulty materials and workmanship that appear within a period of one (1) yearfrom the date of final completion and final acceptance of the Work by the Owner; and if the Principal shall fully indemnify and save harmless the Owner from all costs and damages which Owner may suffer by reason of failure to so perform herein and shall fully reimburse and repay Owner all outlay and expense which the Owner may incur in making good any default or deficiency, then this obligation shall be void, otherwise, it shall remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed upon this Bona exclusive venue shall lie in Denton County, State of Texas. AND PROVIDED FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms c f the Contract, or to the Work to be performed thereunder, or to the Plans, Specifications,. Drawings, etc., accompwong the same, shall in anywise affect its obligation on this Bong and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract, or to the Work to be performed thereunder, or to the Plans, Specifications, Drawings, etc. This Bond is given pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code, as amended, and any other applicable statutes of the State of Texas. The undersigned and designated agent is hereby designated by the Surety herein as the Resident Agent in Denton County to whom any requisite notices may be delivered and on whom service of process may be had in matters arising out of such suretyship, as provided by Article 7.19-1 of the Insurance Code, Vernon's Annotated Civil Statutes of the State of Texan . IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in _ copies, each one of which shall be deemed an original, this the —day of ATTEST: IM SECRETARY ATTEST: 1U;71U[yN\11 SURETY BY: BY: ATTORNEY -IN -FACT The Resident Agent of the Surety in Denton County, Texas for delivery of notice and service of the process is. 1 ■'u u I . .a ADDRESS: (NOTE. Date of Performance Bond must be date of Contract. If Resident Agent is not a corporation, give a person's name.) PB-2 PAYMENT BOND STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF DENTON KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That 1, T f .nnis C nnstmetinn of Texas Ltd T P whose address is 520 c 6th Avenue - Mansfield 1'x 76063 hereinafter called Principal, and T.iherty Mutual Fire Tnsuranne Company, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Massachusetts and fully authorized to transact business in the State of Texas, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Denton, a municipal corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas, hereinafter called Owner, and unto all persons, firms, and corporations who may furnish materials for, or perform labor upon, the building or improvements hereinafter referred to, in the penal sum of Six Million One Hundred Twenty Nine Thousand Fight Hundred and Fifty Five DOLLARS ($ 6 129 Ski 5 OI) in lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Denton, County, Texas, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we hereby bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. This Bond shall automatically be increased by the amount of any Change Order or Supplemental Agreement which increases the Contract price, but in no event shall a Change Order or Supplemental Agreement which reduces the Contract price decrease the penal sum of this Bond. THE OBLIGATION TO PAY SAME is conditioned as follows: Whereas, the Principal entered into a certain Contract, identified by Ordinance Number — with the City of Denton, the Owner, dated the attached and made a part hereof, for day of A.D. a copy of which is hereto NOW, THEREFORE if the Principal shall well, truly and faithfully perform its duties and make prompt payment to all persons, firms, subcontractors, corporations and claimants supplying labor and/or material in the prosecution of the Work provided for in said Contract and any and all duly authorized mod f cations of said Contract that may hereafter be made, notice of which modifications to the Surety being hereby expressly waived then this obligation shall be void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed on this Bo, d, exclusive venue shall lie in Denton County, Texas. AND PROVIDED FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration: or addition to the terms of the Contract, or to the Work to be performed thereunder, or to the Plans, Specifications, Drawings, etc., accompanying the same, shall in anywise affect its obligation on this Bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension: of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract, or to the Work to be performed thereunder, or to the Plans, Specifications, Drawings, etc. I1 This Bond is given pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code, as amendec4 and any other applicable statutes of the State of Texas. The undersigned and designated agent is hereby designated by the Surety herein as the Resident Agent in Denton County to whom any requisite notices may be delivered and on whom service of process may be had in matters arising out of such suretyship, as provided by Article 7.19-1 of the Insurance Code, Vernon's Annotated Civil Statutes of the State of Texas. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in -- copies, each one of which shall be deemed an original, this the — day of ATTEST: BY: SECRETARY ATTEST: BY: IMA SURETY ATORNEY--IN-FACT The Resident Agent of the Surety in Denton County, Texas for delivery of notice and service of the process is: STREETDD' I u-■ 1 Dallas, Texas (NOTE: Date of Payment Bond must be date of Contract. If Resident Agent is not a corporation, give a person's name) STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Prepared by ENGINEERS JOINT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS CONIM ITEE and Issued and Published Jointly By PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS IN PRIVATE PRACTICE a practice division of the NATIONAL SOCIETY OF PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS AMERICAN CONSULTING ENGINEERS COUNCIL EJCDC No. 1910-8 (1996 Edition) AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General Contractorsof America Construction Specifications Institute 00700 -1 Copyright C1996 National Society of Professional Engineer 1420 King Street, Alexandria, VA 22314 American Consulting Engineers Council 1015 15th Street N.W., Washington, DC 20005 American Society of Civil Engineers 345 East 47th Street, New York, NY 10017 00700 - 2 11 TABLE OF CONTENTS ' Page 1 ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY ............................................. 1.01 Defined Terms ...................... ... ..................................... 00700-.6. 1,02 Terminology................................................................00700-8 ' ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS ...................................................... 00700 - 9 2.01 Delivery of Bonds...........................................................00700-9 2.02 Copies of Documents .........................................................00700-9 2.03 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed ................................ 00700 - 9 2.04 Starting the Work ............................................................ 00700 - 9 2.05 Before Starting Construction................................................... 00700 - 9 2.06 Preconstruction Conference....................................................00700-10 ' 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules .............................. .................. 00700-10 ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE .......................... 00700 - 10 3.01 Intent........................................................... ......... 00700-10 3.02 Reference Standards........................................................00700-11 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies .......................................... 00700 - 11 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents ' . .. 00700 - 11 ' 3.05 .. . Reuse ofDocuments ......... ................. ............ 00700 - 11 ARTICLE 4 - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS, ..........bility 4.01 ...............................................................00700-12 Availability ofLands 00700 -12 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions ............................. :: 00700-12 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions ...................................... 00700 - 12 ' 4.04 Underground Facilities....'...........'............'.................00700-13 ....... 4.05 Reference Points .. 00700 - 14 4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site ....................................... 00700 - 14 ' ARTICLE 5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE..................................................... 00700 - 15 5.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds ......................................... 00700 - 15 - - 5.02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers ................................................ 00700 - 15 5.03 Certificates of Insurance ..................................................... 00700 - 15 ' 5.04 CONTRACTOR's Liability Insurance ............................................ 00700 - 16 5.05 OWNER's Liability Insurance ................................................. 00700 - 16 5.06 Property Insurance ' 5.07 Waiver of Rights .........................................................00700-17 .. 00700 -17 5.08 Receipt and Application oflnsurance Proceeds .................... 00700 - 18 5.09 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace .............................. 00700 - 18 5.10 Partial Utilization, Acknowledgment of Property Insurer ............................. 00700 - 18 ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES ........................................... 00700 - 19 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence............................................... 00700 - 19 6.02 Labor,- Working Hours.......................................................00700-19 ' 6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment ............................................. 00700 - 19 - 6.04 Progress Schedule . '............................ . ' 6,05 6.06 Substitutes and "Or -Equals" .................... Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others 00700 - 19 00700 - 21 ................................ 00700 - 3 ' 6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties .................................................... 00700 - 22 6.08 Permits ... ................................................................ 00700-22 6.09 Laws and Regulations.......................................................00700-22 6.10 Taxes....................................................................00700-22 6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas ................................................... 00700 - 22 6.12 Record Documents .................. :....................................... 00700-23 6.13 Safety and Protection........................................................00700-23 6.14 Safety Representative........................................................00700-23 6.15 Hazard Communication Programs..............................................00700-24 6.16 Emergencies...............................................................00700-24 6.17 Shop Drawings and Samples .................................................. 00700-24 6.18 Continuing the Work ........................................................ 00700-25 6.19 CONTRACTOR'S General Warranty and Guarantee ................................ 00700 - 25 6.20 INDEMIVIFICATION........................................................ 00700 - 25 ARTICLE 7- OTHER WORK..............................................................00700-26 7.01 Related Work at Site ........................................................ 00700-26 7.02 Coordination.............................................................. 00700-27 ARTICLE 8 - OWNER'S RESPONSEBILITIES................................................. 00700 - 27 8.01 Communications to Contractor ................................................ 00700 - 27 8.02 Replacement of ENGINEER ...................................................00700-27 8.03 Furnish Data..............................................................00700-27 8.04 Pay Promptly When Due.....................................................00700-27 8.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests .:....................................... 00700 - 27 8.06 Insurance.................................................................00700-27 8.07 Change Orders.............................................................00700-27 8.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals ................................................ 00700 - 27 8.09 Limitations on OWNER's Responsibilities ........................................ 00700 - 27 8.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition .................................. 00700 - 27 8.11 Evidence offinancial Arrangements ............................................ 00700 - 27 ARTICLE 9 - ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION ................................. 00700 - 28 0.01 OWNER'S Representative....................................................00700-28 9.02 Visits to Site............................................................... 00700 - 28 9.03 Project Representative.......................................................00700-28 9.04 Clarifications andInterpretations ............................. 7 ................. 00700 - 28 9.05 Authorized. Variations in Work ................................................. 00700-28 9.06 Rejecting Defective Work ..................................................... 00700-28 9.07 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments ..................................... 00700 - 28 9.08 Determinationsfor Unit Price Work ............................................. 00700-29 9.09 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work ............ 00700 - 29 9.10 Limitations on ENGINEER's Authority and Responsibilities .......................... 00700 - 29 ARTICLE 10 - CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS ............................................ 00700 - 29 10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work ............................................... 00700 - 29 10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work ............................................. 00700 - 30 10.03 Execution of Change Orders..................................................00700-30 10.04 Notification to Surety ........................................................00700-30 10.05 Claims and Disputes........................................................00700-30 ARTICLE 11 - COST OF THE WORK; CASH ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK ................... 00700 - 31 11.01 Cost of the Work...........................................................00700-31 00700-4 7 11.02 Cash Allowances...........................................................00700-32 11.03 Unit Price Work............................................................00700-33 ARTICLE 12 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES .................. 00700 - 33 12.01 Change of Contract Price....................................................00700-33 e 12.02 Change of Contract Times ................. 00700 - 34 12.03 Delays Beyond CONTRACTOR's Control ...... . ..... ' .. ' ... ' ................. 00700 - 34 12.04 Delays Within CONTRACTOR's Control ......................................... 00700 - 34 ' 12.05 Delays Beyond OWNER's and CONTRACTOR's Control ............................. 00700 - 34 12.06 Delay Damages......................................................... .... 00700-34 ARTICLE 13 - TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK ...............................................................................00700-34 ' 13.01 Notice of Defects ...........................................................00700-35 13.02 Access to Work ......................................................... .... 00700-35 ' 13.03 13.04 Tests and Inspections........................................................ Uncovering Work...........................................................00700-35 00700 - 35 13.05 OWNER May Stop the Work...................................................00700-35 - 13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work ............................... I ......... 00700 - 36 ' 13.07 Correction Period..........................................................00700-36 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work ................................................. 00700 - 36 13.09 OWNER May Correct Defective Work ........................................... 00700 - 36 I 1 I [1 j 1 ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION .............................. 00700 - 37 14.01 Schedule of Values ..........................:............................... 00700-37 14.02 Progress Payments..........................................................00700-37 14.03 CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title ............................................. 00700 - 39 14.04 Substantial Completion ......................................................00700-39 14.05 Partial Utilization.......................................................... 00700 - 39 14.06 Final Inspection............................................................00700-40 14.07 Final Payment.............................................................00700-40 14.08 Final Completion Delayed .................................................... 00700 - 40 14.09 Waiver of Claims...........................................................00700-41 ARTICLE 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION ................................... 00700 - 41 15.01 OWNER May Suspend Work..................................................00700-41 15.02 OWNER May Terminate for Cause .............................................. 00700 - 41 15.03 OWNER May Terminate For Convenience ........................................ 00700 - 41 15.04 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate ..................................... 00700 - 42 ARTICLE 16- DISPUTE RESOLUTION......................................................00700-42 16.01 Methods and Procedures ........ :............................................ 00700-42 ARTICLE 17-MISCELLANEOUS ................. ......................................... 00700-42 17.01 Giving Notice..............................................................00700-42 17.02 Computation of Times ....................................................... 00700 - 42 17.03 Cumulative Remedies........................................................ 00700 - 42 17.04 Survival of Obligations...................................................... 00700 - 42 17.05 Controlling Law............................................................00700-43 00700 - 5 e GENERAL CONDMONS ' ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY ' Defined Terms 1.01 A. Wherever used in the Contract Documents and printed with initial or all capital letters, the terms listed below will have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. 1 [1 S 1 1 [1 1 e L-J 1. Addenda --Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, - correct, or change the Bidding Requirements or the Contract Documents. 2. Agreement —The written instrument which is evidence of the agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR covering the Work. 3. Application for Payment —The form acceptable to ENGINEER which is to be used by CONTRACTOR during the course of the Work in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. 4. Asbestos —Any material that contains more than one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration. 5. Bid —The offer or proposal of a bidder submit- ted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work to be performed. 6. Bidding Documents —The Bidding Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). 7. Bidding Requirements —The Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, Bid security form, if any, and the Bid form with any supplements. 8. Bonds —Performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security. 9. Change Order —A document recommended by ENGINEER which is signed by CONTRACTOR and OWNER and authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. 10. Claim —A demand or assertion by OWNER or CONTRACTOR seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. A demand for money or services by a third party is not a Claim. 11. Contract --The entire and integrated written agreement between the OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work. The Contract supersedes prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, whether written or oral. - 12. Contract Documents —The Contract Documents establish the rights and obligations of the parties and include the Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents), CONTRACTOR's Bid (including documentation accompanying the Bid and any post Bid documentation submitted prior to the Notice of Award) when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement, the Notice to Proceed, the Bonds, these General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings as the same are more specifically identified in the Agreement, together with all Written Amendments, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders, and ENGINEER's written interpretations and clarifications issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. Approved Shop Drawings and the reports and drawings of subsurface and physical conditions are not Contract Documents. Only printed or hard copies of the items listed in this paragraph are Contract Documents. Files in electronic media format of text, data, graphics,. and the like that may be furnished by OWNER to CONTRACTOR are not Contract Documents. 00700 - 6 13. Contract Price --The moneys payable by OWN- ER to CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in the Agreement (subject to the provisions of paragraph 11.03 in the case of Unit Price Work). 14. Contract Times —The number of days or the . dates stated in the Agreement to: (i) achieve Substantial Completion; and (ii) complete the Work so that it is ready for final payment as evidenced by ENGINEER's written recommendation of final payment. 15. CONTRACTOR —The individual or entity with whom OWNER has entered into the Agreement. 16. Cost of the Work --See paragraph 11.01.A for definition. 17. Drawings —That part of the Contract Documents prepared or approved by ENGINEER which graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work to be performed by CONTRACTOR Shop Drawings and other CONTRACTOR submittals are not Drawings as so defined. 18. Effective Date of the Agreement --The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effec- tive, but if no such date is indicated, it means the date on which the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the two parties to sign and deliver. 19. ENGINEER —The individual or entity named as such in the Agreement. 20. ENGINEER's Consultant —An individual or entity having a contract with ENGINEER to furnish services as ENGINEER's independent professional associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions. 21. Field Order --A written order issued by ENGI- NEER which requires minor changes in the Work but, which does not involve a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times. - 22. General Requirements —Sections of Division 1 of the Specifications. The General Requirements pertain to all sections of the Specifications. 23. Hazardous Environmental Condition --The presence at the Site of Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste, or Radioactive Material in such quantities or circumstances that may present a substantial danger to persons or property, exposed thereto in connection with the Work. 24. Hazardous Waste —The term Hazardous Waste shall have the meaning provided in Section 1004 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act (42 USC Section 6903) as amended from time to time. 25. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations — Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, and orders of any and all governmen- tal bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction. 00700 - 7 26. Liens —Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Project funds, real property, or personal property. 27. Milestone --A principal event specified in the Contract Documents relating to an intermediate comple- tion date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 28. Notice ofAward—The written notice by OWN- ER to the apparent successful bidder stating that upon timely compliance by the apparent successful bidder with the conditions precedent listed therein, OWNER will sign and deliver the Agreement. 29. Notice to Proceed —A written notice given by OWNER to CONTRACTOR fixing the date on which the Contract Times will commence to run and on which CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the Work under the Contract Documents. 30. OWNER --The individual, entity, public body, or authority with whom CONTRACTOR has entered into the Agreement and for whom the Work is to be performed. 31. Partial Utilization --Use by OWNER of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 32. PCBs —Polychlorinated biphenyls. 33. Petroleum —Petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof which is liquid at standard condi- tions of temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahren- heit and 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute), such as oil, petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, kerosene, and oil mixed with other non -Hazardous Waste and crude oils. 34. Project --The total construction of which the Work to be performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole, or a part as may be indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents, 35. Project Manual —The bound documentary information prepared for bidding and constructing the Work. A listing of the contents of the Project Manual, which may be bound in one or more volumes, is contained in the table(s) of contents. 36. Radioactive Material —Source, special nuclear, or byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy I J [1 1 1 I 1 7 1 1 1 i 1 Act of 1954 (42 USC Section 20" et seq.) as amended from time to time. 37. Resident project rind t representative of ENGINEER who may beutho- assigned to the Site or any Part thereof. 38. Samples —Physical examples of materials, or rkmanship that are representative of equipment, wo establish the some portion ofe Work on of the Work will be standards by which such po judged. 39. Shop Drawings —All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other assembled by or for ata or information which are specifically prepared or CONTRACTOR to CONTRACTOR and submitted by illustrate some portion of the Work. 40. Site --Lands or areas indicated upon Contract which Documents as being famished by ys_of-w the Work is to be performed, em includinguch and Basemen Of° ER which are designated other r the ss ther furnished by OWN of CONTRACTOR- 41. Specifications --That part of the Contract Documents coat. . of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment,systems, standards, and workmanship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto. 42. Subcontractor —An individual or entity having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a Part of the Work at the Site. 43. Substantial Completion —The time at h tcoh the Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed point where, in the opinion of ENGINEER, the Work (or a specified part the is sufficiently Complete,' accordance with the Con Documents,be utilized or the Work (or a specified part thereof) can purposes for which it is intended. The terms leted" "substantially complete" and "substantially comp as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. 44. Supplementary Conditions —That Part of the Contract Documents which amends or supplements these General Conditions. for to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor. 46. Underground Facilities—AllundeDuns pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing suches, facilities, including those that convey electricity, g steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems. 47. . Unit Price Work --Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. ction 48. Work�Thidentifiablepire completed artsthereofurequiredtoe be pro separatelyWork be provided under the Contract Documents• all includes and is the result of performing providing cessary to produce labor, services, and documentation stalling, and such construction, and famishing' installing, into such incorporating all materials and equip construction, all as required by the Contract Documents. 49. Work Change Directive —A written statement to CONTRACTOR issued d b r after the OWNER and tive Date of the Agreement and sign an Randdeletion, mended by ENGINEER ordering anaddition, differing io or revision in the Work, or responding conditions under or unforeseen subsurface of physical which the eDirectiis to be perfoed or to ve will of changetheContract A Work Change Price or the Contract Times rdered or documet is evidence that the nted by parties expect that the change a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following on the negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, Contract Price or Contract Times. 50. Written Amendment —A written s a bment modifying the Contract Documents, sign Y OWNER ve and CONTRACTOR on or after the Etcti eDate of the Agreement and normally dealingly with nonengineering or nontechnicalct Doc tuments. construction -related aspects of the Contra 45. Supplier —A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materiahnan, or vendor having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any Subcontrac- 1.02 ' Terminology A. Intent of certain Terms or Adjectives 1. Whenever inthe Contract or terms oDocuments like effect terms .,as allowed," ,as approved," or import are used, or the adjectives `reasonable," ro er," "satisfactory," or „suitable,,, "acceptable,,, `p P 00700 - 8 adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe an action or determination of ENGINEER as to the Work, it is intended that such action or determination will be solely to evaluate, in general, the completed Work for compliance with the requirements of and information in the Contract,Documents and conformance with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement indicating Otherwise). The use of any such term or adjective shall not be effective to assign to ENGINEER any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of paragraph 9.10 or ny other provision of the Contract Documents, B. Day I, The word "day" shall constitute a calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. C. Defective 1. The word "defective," when modifying the word "Work," refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it does not conform to the Contract Documents or does not meet the requirements Of any inspection, reference standard, test, or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to ENGINEER's recommendation of final Paymnt (unless responsibility for the protection thereof has been assumed by OWNER at Substantial Completion in accordance with paragraph ] 4.04 or 14.05). D. Furnish, Install, Perform, Provide 1. The word "famish," when used in connection with services; materials, or equipment shall men to supply and deliver said services, materials, or equipment to the Site (or some other specified location) ready for use or installation and in usable or operable condition. materials, intended use. , equipment complete and ready for 4• When "furnish," "install,"perform," or "pro- vide" is not used in connection with services, materials, or equipment in a context clearly requiring an obligation of CONTRACTOR, 'provide" is implied. E. Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, words or phrases which have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance meaning, with such recognized ARTICLE 2 - PREL&HNARy MATTERS 2.01 Delivery ofBands A. When CONTRACTOR delivers the executed Agreements to OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall also deliver to OWNER such Bonds as CONTRACTOR may be required to furnish. 2.02 Copies of Documents A. eCnclsh to CONTRACTOR ncop es offthContract Documents. Adioonalcop es willbe furnished upon request at the cost of reproduction. 2.03 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed A. The Contract Times will commence to ran on the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement or, if a Notice to Proceed is given, on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time within 30 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. In no event will the Contract Times com- mence to run later than the sixtieth day after the day of Bid opening or the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement, whichever date is earlier. 2. The word "install," when used in connection 2'04 Starting the Work with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to Put into use or place in final position t, s services, A. CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the Work on materials, or equipment complete and ready for the date when the Contract Times commence to run. No intended use. Work shall be done at the Site prior to the date on which the Contract Times commence to run. 3. The words "perform" or "provide," when used 2.05 Before Starting Construction in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to furnish and install said services, 00700 - 9 1 1 I A. CONTRACTOR's Review of Contract Documents: Before undertaking each part of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures therein and all applicable field measurements. CONTRACTOR shall promptly report in writing to ENGINEER any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy which CONTRACTOR may discover and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from ENGINEER before proceeding with any Work affected thereby; however, CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known thereof. B. Preliminary Schedules: Within ten days after the ' Effective Date of the Agreement (unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements), CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for its timely review: 11 1 I H LIi 1 H 1. a preliminary progress schedule indicating the times (numbers of days or dates) for starting and completing the various stages of the Work, including any Milestones specified in the Contract Documents; 2. a preliminary schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submittals which will list each required submit- tal and the times for submitting, reviewing, and pro- cessing such submittal; and 3. a preliminary schedule of values for all of the Work which includes quantities and prices of items which when added together equal the Contract Price and subdivides the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during performance of the Work Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work. . C. Evidence oflnsurance: Before any Work at the Site is started, CONTRACTOR and OWNER shall each deliver to the other, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance which either of them or any additional insured may reasonably request) which CONTRACTOR and OWNER respectively are required to purchase and maintain in accordance with Article 5. 2.06 Preconstruction Conference A. Within 20 days after the Contract Times start to run, but before any Work at the Site is started, a conference attended by CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER, and others as appropriate will be held to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedules referred to in paragraph 2.053, procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other submittals, processing Applications for Payment, and maintaining required records. 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules A. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu- ments, at least ten days before submission of the first Application for Payment a conference attended by CON- TRACTOR, ENGINEER, and others as appropriate will be held to review for acceptability to ENGINEER as provided below the schedules submitted in accordance with paragraph 2.05.B. CONTRACTOR shall have an additional ten days to make corrections and adjustments and to complete and resubmit the schedules. No progress payment shall be made to CONTRACTOR until acceptable schedules are submitted to ENGINEER. 1. The progress schedule will be acceptable to ENGINEER if it provides an orderly progression of the Work to completion within any specified Milestones and the Contract Times. Such acceptance will not impose on ENGINEER responsibility for the progress schedule, for sequencing, scheduling, or progress of the Work nor interfere with or relieve CONTRACTOR from CONTRACTOR's full responsibility therefor. 2. CONTRACTOR's schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submittals will be acceptable to ENGINEER if it provides a workable arrangement for. reviewing and processing the required submittals. 3. CONTRACfOR's schedule of values will be acceptable to ENGINEER as to form and substance if it provides a reasonable allocation of the Contract Price to component parts of the Work ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE 3.01 Intent A. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. B. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete Project (or. part thereof) to be constmctedinaccordance with the Contract Documents. Any labor, documentation, services, materials, or equipment that may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to 00700 - 10 produce the intended result will be provided whether or not specifically called for at no additional cost to OWNER C. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by ENGINEER as provided in Article 9. 3.02 Reference Standards A. Standards, Specifications, Codes, Laws, and Regulations 1. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals, or codes of any technical society, organization, or association, or to Laws or Regulations, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the standard, specification, manual, code, or Laws or Regula- tions in effect at the time of.opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. 2. No provision of any such standard, specification, manual or code, or any instruction of a Supplier shall be effective to change the duties or responsibilities of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, or ENGINEER, or any of their subcontractors, consultants, agents, or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents, nor shall any such provision or instruction be effective to assign to OWNER, ENGINEER or any of ENGINEER's Consultants, agents, or employees any duty or authority to supervise or, direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of the Contract Documents. 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies A. Reporting Discrepancies 1. If, during the performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any standard, specification, manual or code, or of any instruction of any Supplier, CONTRACTOR shall report it to ENGINEER in writing at once. CONTRACTOR shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by paragraph 6.16.A) until an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods indicated in paragraph 3.04; provided, however, that CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any such conflict, error, ambiguity, or dis- crepancy unless CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known thereof. B. Resolving Discrepancies 1. Except as maybe otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents, the provisions of the Contract Documents shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and: a. theprovisions of any standard, specification, manual, code, or instruction (whether or not specifi- cally incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents); or b. the provisions of any Laws or Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work (unless such an interpretation of the provisions of the Contract Documents would result in violation of such Law or Regulation). 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents A. - The Contract Documents maybe amended to provide for additions, deletions, and revisions in the Work or to modify the terns and conditions thereof in one or more of the following ways: (i) a Written Amendment; (ii) a Change Order, or (iii) a -Work Change Directive. B. The requirements of the Contract Documents maybe supplemented, and minor variations and deviations in the Work may be authorized, by one or more of the following ways: (i) a Field Order; (ii) ENGINEER's approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample; or (iii) ENGINEER's written interpreta- tion or clarification. 3.05 Reuse of Documents A. CONTRACTOR and any Subcontractor or Supplier or other individual or entity performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with OWNER: (i) shall not have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications, or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of ENGINEER or ENGINEER's Consultant, including electronic media editions; and (ii) shall not reuse any of such Drawings, Specifications, other documents, or copies thereof on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of OWNER and ENGINEER and specific written verification or adaption by ENGINEER. This prohibition will survive final payment, completion, and acceptance of the Work, or termination or completion of the Contract. Nothing herein shall preclude CONTRACTOR 00700 - 11 H 1 e 1 1 1 1 1 from retaining copies of the Contract Documents for record purposes. ARTICLE 4 - AVAMABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 4.01 Availability of Lands A. OWNER shall furnish the Site. OWNER shall notify CONTRACTOR of any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of the Site with which CONTRACTOR must comply in performing the Work. OWNER will obtain in a timely manner and pay for casements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities. If CONTRACTOR and OWNER are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of any delay in OWNER's furnishing the Site, CONTRACTOR may make a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. B. Upon reasonable written request, OWNER shall furnish CONTRACTOR with a current statement of record legal title and legal description of the lands upon which the Work is to be performed and OWNER's interest therein as necessary for giving notice of or filing a mechanic's or construction lien against such lands in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations. C. CONTRACTOR shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. 4:02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions A. Reports and Drawings:, The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site that ENGINEER has used in preparing the Contract Docu- ments; and 2. those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site (exceptUndergroundFacilities)that ENGINEERhas used in preparing the Contract Documents. B. Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR on Technical Data Authorized: CONTRACTOR may rely upon the general accuracy of the 'technical data" contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such "technical data," CONTRACTOR may not rely upon or make any. Claim against OWNER, ENGINEER, or any of ENGINEER's Consultants with respect to: 1. the completeness ofsuchreports and drawings for CONTRACTOR's purposes, including, butnot limited to, anyaspects ofthe means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by CONTRACTOR, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or 2. other data; interpretations, opinions, and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3. any CONTRACTOR interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such other data, interpretations, opinions, or information. 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions A. Notice: If CONTRACTOR believes that any subsur- face or physical condition at or contiguous to the Site that is uncovered or revealed either. 1. is of such a nature as to establish that any `technical data" on which CONTRACTOR is entitled to rely as provided in paragraph 4.02 is materially inaccurate; or 2. is of such a nature as to require a change in the Contract Documents; or 3. differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; or 4. is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents; then CONTRACTOR shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing the subsurface or physical conditions or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by paragraph 6.16.A), notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing about such condition. CONTRACTOR shall not further disturb such condition or perform any Work in connection therewith (except as aforesaid) until receipt of written order to do so. 00700 -12 J B. ENGINEER'sReview: After receipt of written notice as required by paragraph 4.03.A, ENGINEER will promptly review the pertinent condition, determine the necessity of OWNER's obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect thereto, and advise OWNER in writing (with 'a copy to CONTRACTOR) of ENGINEER's findings and conclusions. C. Possible Price and Times Adjustments 1.. The Contract Price or the Contract Times, or both, will be equitably adjusted to the extent that the existence of such differing subsurface or physical condition causes an increase or decrease in CONTRACTOR's cost of, or time required for, perfor- mance of the Work; subject, however, to the following: a. such condition must meet anyone or more of the categories described in paragraph 4.03.A; and b. with respect to Work that is paid for on a Unit Price Basis, any adjustment in Contract Price will be subject to the provisions of paragraphs 9.08 and 11.03. 2. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times if: a. CONTRACTOR knew of the existence of such conditions at the time CONTRACTOR made a final commitment to OWNER in respect of Contract Price and Contract Times by the submission of a Bid or becoming bound under a negotiated contract; or b. the existence of such condition could reasonably have been discovered or revealed as a result of any examination, investigation, exploration, test, or study of the Site and contiguous areas required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents to be conducted by or for CONTRACTOR prior to CONTRACTOR'smaking such final commitment; or c. CONTRACTOR failed to give the written notice within the time and as required by paragraph 4.03.A. 3. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. However, OWNER, ENGINEER, and ENGINEER's Consultants shall not be liable to CONTRACTOR for any claims, costs, losses, or damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals 1 and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution ' costs) sustained by CONTRACTOR on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. 4.04 Underground Facilities A. Shown or indicated: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Site is based on information and data furnished to OWNER or ENGINEER by the owners of such Underground Facilities, including OWNER or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions: 1. OWNER and ENGINEER shall- not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and 2. the cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price, and CONTRACTOR shall have full responsibility for: a. reviewing and checking all such information and data, b. locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, C. coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities, including OWNER, during construction, and d. the safety and protection of all such Under- ground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. B. Not Shown or Indicated 1. If an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the Site which was not shown or indicated, or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by paragraph 6.16.A), identify the owner of such Underground Facility and give written notice to that owner and to OWNER and ENGINEER ENGINEER will promptly review the Underground Facility and determine the extent, if any, to which a change is required in the Contract Documents to reflect and document the consequences of the existence or location of the Underground Facility. During such time, 00700 - 13 CJ II II 11 II 1 1 1 I LJ I 1 [1 1 1 I 1 1 CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the safety and protection of such Underground Facility. 2. If ENGINEER concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required, a Work Change Directive or a Change Order will be issued to reflect and document such consequences. An equitable adjustment shall be made in the Contract Price of Contract Times, or both, to the extent that they are attributable to the existence or location of any Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents and that CONTRACTOR did not know of and could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of or to have anticipated. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any such adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. , 4.05 Reference Points A. OWNER shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction whichin ENGINEER's judgment are necessary to enable CON- TRACTORto proceed with the Work. CONTRACTORshall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and property monuments, and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall report to ENGINEER whenever any reference point or property monument is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement orrelocation of such reference points or property monuments by professionally qualified personnel. 4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site A. Reports and Drawings: -Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for the identification of those reports and drawings relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition identified at the Site, if any, that have been utilized by the ENGINEER in the preparation of the Contract Documents. B. Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR on Technical Data Authorized: CONTRACTORmay relyupon the general accuracy ofe "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such "technical data;' CONTRACTOR may not rely upon or make any Claim against OWNER, ENGINEER or any of ENGINEER's Consultants with respect to: 1. the completeness of suchreports anddrawings for CONTRACTOR's purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by CONTRACTOR and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or 2. other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3. any CONTRACTOR interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such other data, interpretations, opinions or information. C. CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible for any Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. CONTRACTOR shall be responsiblefor allazardous Environmental Condition created with any materials brought to the Site by CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or anyone else for whom CON- TRACTOR is responsible. D. If CONTRACTOR encounters a Hazardous Environmental Condition or if CONTRACTOR or anyone for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition, CONTRACTOR shall immedi- ately: (i) secure or otherwise isolate such condition; (ii) stop all Work in connection with such condition and in any area affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by paragraph 6.16); and (iii) notify OWNER and ENGINEER (and promptly thereafter confirm such notice in writing). OWNERshall promptly consultwithENGINEER concerning the necessity for OWNER to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such condition or take corrective action, if any. E. CONTRACTOR shall notbe requiredto resume Work in connection with such condition or in any affected area until after OWNER has obtained any required permits related thereto and delivered to CONTRACTOR written notice: (i) specifying that such condition and any affected area is or has been rendered safe for the resumption of Work; or (ii) specify- ing any special conditions under which such Work may be re- sumed safely. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of such Work stoppage or such special conditions under which Work is agreed to be resumed by CONTRACTOR, either party may make a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. F. Ifafterreceipt of such written notice CONTRACTOR does not agree to resume such Work based on a reasonable 00700 - 14 1 belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to resume such Work under such special conditions,.then OWNER may order the portion of the Work that is in the area affected by such condi- tion to be deleted from the Work. If OWNER and CON- TRACTOR cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times as a result of deleting such portion of the Work, then either party may make a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. OWNER may have such deleted portion of the Work performed by OWNER's own forces or others in accordance with Article 7. G. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, OWNER shall indemnify and hold harmless CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, other consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and .against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition, provided that such Hazardous Environmental Condition: (i) was not shown or indicated in the Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be included within the scope of the Work, and (ii) was not created by CONTRACTOR or by anyone for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible. Nothing in this paragraph 4.06.E shall obligate OWNER to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual's or entity's own negligence. H. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, other consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition created by CONTRACTOR or by anyone for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible. Nothing in this paragraph 4.06.17 shall obligate CONTRACTOR to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual's or entity's own negligence. I. The provisions ofparagraphs 4.02, 4.03, and 4.04 are not intended to apply to a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site. ARTICLE 5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds A. CONTRACTOR shall furnish performance and payment Bonds, each in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract Documents. These Bonds shall remain in effect at least until one year after the date when final paymentbecomes due, except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations or by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall also furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Contract Documents. B. All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations,. and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of"Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Fedetal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Financial Management. Service, Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. All Bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agent's authority to act. C. If the surety on .any Bond famished by CON- TRACTOR is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of paragraph 5.01.11, CONTRACTOR shall within 20 days thereafter substitute another Bond and surety, both of which shall comply with the requirements ofparagraphs 5.0 LB and 5.02. 5.02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers A. All Bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by OWNER or CONTRACTOR shall be obtained from surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located to issue Bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverages so required. Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such additional requirements and qualifications as maybe provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 5.03 Certificates oflnsurance A. CONTRACTORshalldelivertoOWNER,withcopies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by OWNER or any other additional insured) which CONTRACTOR is required to purchase and 11 11 11 11 i r] 1 LI I i I 1 00700 - 15 1 L1 I 1 U 1 L] 1 L P 1 J 1 1 C i 1, 1 1 k maintain. OWNER shall deliver to CONTRACTOR, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supple- mentary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evi- dence ofinsurance requestedby CONTRACTOR orany other additional insured) which OWNER is required to purchase and maintain. 5.04 CONTRACTOR's Liability Insurance A. CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain such liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Work being performed and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work and CONTRACTOWs other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed by CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractoror Supplier, orby anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: 1. claims under workers' compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts; 2. claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of CONTRACTOWs employees; 3. claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than CONTRACTOWs employees; 4. claims for damages insured by reasonably available personal injury liability coverage which are sus- tained: (i) by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by CONTRACTOR, or (ii) by any other person for any other reason; 5. claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; and 6. claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. B. The policies of insurance so required by this paragraph 5.04 to be purchased and maintained shall: 1. with respect to insurance required by paragraphs 5.04.A.3 through 5.04.A.6 inclusive, include as additional insureds (subject to any customary exclusion in respect of professional liability) OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, all of whom -shall be listed as additional insureds, and include coverage for the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and. any of all such additional insureds, and the insurance afforded to these additional insureds shall provide primary coverage for all claims covered thereby; 2. include at least the specific coverages and be written for not less than the limits of liability provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws or Regulations, whichever is greater, 3. include completed operations insurance; 4. include contractual liability insurance covering CONTRACTOR's indemnity obligations under para- graphs 6.07, 6.11, and 6.20; 5. contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days prior written notice has been given to OWNER and CONTRACTOR and to each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the CONTRACTOR pursuant to paragraph 5.03 will so provide); 6. remain in effect at least until final payment and at all times thereafter when CONTRACTOR may be correcting, removing, or replacing defective Work in accordance with paragraph 13.07; and 7. with respect to completed operations insurance, and any insurance coverage written on a claims -made basis, remain in effect for at least two years after final payment (and CONTRACTOR shall furnish OWNER and each other additional insured identified in the Supple- mentary Conditions, to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued, evidence satisfactory to OWNER and any such additional insured of continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter). 5.05 OWNER'sLiability Insurance A. In addition to the insurance required to be providedby CONTRACTOR under paragraph 5.04, OWNER, at OWNER's option, may purchase and maintain at OWNER's expense OWNER's own liability insurance as will protect OWNER against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract Documents. 00700 -16 11 5.06 Property Insurance A. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, OWNER shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon the Work at the Site in the amount of the full replacement cost thereof (subject to such deductible amounts as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws and Regulations). This insurance shall: 1. include the interests of OWNER, CONTRAC- TOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, and any other individuals or entities identi- fied in the Supplementary Conditions,. and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an additional insured; 2. be written on a Builder's Risk "all-risk" or open peril or special causes of loss policy form that shall at least include insurance for physical loss or damage to the Work, temporary buildings, false work, and materials and equipment in transit, and shall insure against at least the following perils or causes of loss: fire, lightning, extended coverage, theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, earthquake, collapse, debris removal, demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations, water damage, and such other perils or causes of loss as may be specifically required by the Supplementary Conditions; 3. include expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers and architects); 4. cover materials and equipment stored at the Site or at another location that was agreed to in writing by OWNER prior to being incorporated in the Work, provided that such materials and equipment have been included in an Application for Payment recommended by ENGINEER; 5. allow for partial utilization of the Work by OWNER; 6. include testing and startup; and 7. be maintained in effect until final payment is made unless otherwise agreed to in writing by OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and ENGINEER with 30 days written notice to each other additional insured to whom a certifi- cate of insurance has been issued. B. OWNERshall purchase and maintain such boiler and machinery insurance or additional property insurance as may be required by the Supplementary Conditions or Laws and Regulations which will include the interests of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER ENGINEEWs Consultants, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed,as an insured or additional insured. C. All the policies of insurance (and the certificates of other evidence thereof) required to be purchased and maintained in accordance with paragraph 5.06 will contain provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to OWNER and CONTRACTOR and to each other additional insured to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued and will contain waiverprovisions in accordance with paragraph 5.07. D. OWNER shall not be responsible for purchasing.and maintaining any property insurance specified in this paragraph 5.06 to protect the interests of CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, or others in the Work to the extent of any deductible amounts that are identified in the Supplementary Conditions. The risk of loss within such identified deductible amount will be home by CONTRACTOR. Subcontractors, or others suffering any such loss, and if any of them wishes property insurance coverage within the limits of such amounts, each may purchase and maintain it at the purchaser's own expense. E. If CONTRACTOR requests in writing that other special insurance be included in the property insurance policies provided under paragraph 5.06, OWNER shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof will be charged to CONTRACTOR by appropriate Change Order or Written Amendment. Prior to commencement of the Work at the Site, OWNER shall in writing advise CONTRACTOR whether or not such other insurance has been procured by OWNER 5.07 Waiver of Rights A. OWNER and CONTRACTOR intend that all policies purchased in accordance with paragraph 5.06 will protect OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, and all other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds (and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils or causes of loss covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of the insureds or additional insureds thereunder. OWNER and CONTRACTOR waive all rights against each other and their respective officers, 00700 - 17 I 11 I 1 1 1 F L �I H directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the Work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, and all other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds (and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance held by OWNER as trustee or otherwise payable under any policy so issued. B. OWNER waives all rights against CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER'S Consultants, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them for: 1. loss due to business interruption, loss of use, or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to OWNER's property or the Work caused by, arising out of, or resulting from fire or other peril whether or not insured by OWNER; and 2. loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of, or resulting from fire or other insured. peril or cause of loss covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by OWNER during partial utilization pursuant to paragraph 14.05, after Substantial Completion pursuant to paragraph 14.04, or after final payment pursuant to paragraph 14.07. C. Any insurance policy maintained by OWNER cover- ing any loss, damage or consequential loss referred to in paragraph 5.07.13 shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any such loss, damage, or consequential loss, the insurers will have no rights of recovery against CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, or ENGINEER'S Consultants and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them. 5.08 Receipt and Application oflnsurance Proceeds A. Any insured loss under the policies of insurance required by paragraph 5.06 will be adjusted with OWNER and made payable to OWNER as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgage clause and of paragraph 5.08.B. OWN- ER shall deposit in a separate account any money so received and shall distribute it in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no other special agreement is reached, the damaged Work shall be repaired or replaced, the moneys so received applied on account thereof, and the Work and the cost thereof covered by an appropriate Change Order or Written Amendment. B. OWNER as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within 15 days after the occurrence of loss to OWNER's exercise of this power. If such objection be made, OWNER as fiduciary shall make settlement with the insurers in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no such agreement among the parties in interest is reached, OWNER as fiduciary shall adjust and settle the loss with the insurers and, if required in writing by any party in interest, OWNER as fiduciary shall give bond for the proper performance of such duties. 5.09 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace , A. If either OWNER or CONTRACTOR. has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the Bonds or insurance required to be purchased and maintained by the other party in accordance with Article 5 on the basis of non-conformance with the Contract Documents, the objecting party shall so notify the other party in writing within 10 days after receipt of the certificates (or other evidence requested) required by paragraph 2.05.C. OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall each provide to the other such additional information in respect of insurance provided as the other may reasonably request. If either party does not purchase or maintain all of the Bonds and insurance required of such party by the Contract Documents, such party shall notify the other party in writing of such failure to purchase prior to the start of the Work, or of such failure to maintain prior to any change in the required coverage. Without prejudice to any other right or remedy, the other party may elect to obtain equivalent Bonds or insurance to protect such other party's interests at the expense of the patty who was required to provide such coverage, and a Change Order shall be issued to adjust the Contract Price accordingly. 5.10 Partial Utilization, Acknowledgment of Property Insurer A. If OWNER finds it necessary to occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work as provided in paragraph 14.05, no such use or occupancy shall commence before the insurers providing the property insurance pursuant to paragraph 5.06 have acknowledged notice thereof and in writing effected any changes in coverage necessitated thereby. The insurers 00700 - 18 providing the property insurance shall consent by endorse- ment on the policy or policies, but the property insurance shall not be canceled or permitted to lapse on account of any such partial use or occupancy. - ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence A. CONTRACTOR shall supervise, inspect, and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, andprocedures ofconstruction, but CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible for the negligence of OWNER or ENGINEER in the design or specification of a specificmeans, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to see that the completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. B. At all times during the progress of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall assign a competent resident superin- tendent thereto who shall not be replaced without written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be CONTRACTOR's representative at the Site and shall have authority to act on behalf of CONTRACTOR All communications given to or received from the superintendent shall be binding on CONTRACTOR 6.02 Labor, Working Hours A. CONTRACTOR shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey, lay out, and construct the Work as required by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the Site. B. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the Site shall be performed during regular working hours, and CONTRACTOR will not permit overtime work or the performance of Work on Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without OWNER's written consent (which will not be unreasonably withheld) given after prior written notice to ENGINEER 6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment A. Unless otherwise specified in the General Re- quirements, CONTRACTOR shall provide and assume full responsibility for all services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heal, telephone., water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, testing, start-up, and completion of the Work. B. All materials and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be as specified or, if not specified, shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. All warranties and guarantees specifically called for by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of OWNER If required by ENGINEER CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment. All materials and equipment shall be stored, applied, installed, connected, erected, protected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise may be provided in the Contract Documents. 6.04 Progress Schedule A. CONTRACTORshall adheretotheprogress schedule established in accordance with paragraph 2.07 as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below. 1. CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for acceptance (to the extent indicated in paragraph 2.07) proposed adjustments in the progress schedule that will not result in changing the Contract Times (or Milestones). Such adjustments will conform generally to the progress schedule then in effect and additionally Will comply with any provisions of the General Requirements applicable thereto. 2. Proposed adjustments in the progress schedule that will change the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 12. Such adjustments may only be made by a Change Order or Written Amendment in accordance with Article 12. 6.05 Substitutes and "Or -Equals" A. Whenever an item of material or- equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function, appearance, and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed 00700 - 19 I e i 1 1 bywords reading that no like, equivalent, or "or -equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be submitted to ENGINEER for review under the circum- stances described below. 1. "Or -Equal" Items: If in ENGINEER's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by CONTRACTOR is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by ENGINEER as an "or -equal" item, in which case review and approval of the proposed item may, in ENGINEER's sole discretion, be accomplished without compliance with some or all of the requirements for approval of proposed substitute items. For the purposes of this paragraph 6.05.A.1, a proposed item of material or equipment will be considered functionally equal to an item so named if. a. in the exercise of reasonable judgment ENGINEER determines that: (i) it is at least equal in quality, durability, appearance, strength, and design characteristics; (ii) it will reliably perform at least ' equally well the function imposed by the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole, and; b. CONTRACTOR certifies that: (i) there is no increase in cost to the OWNER; and (ii) it will conform substantially, even with deviations, to the detailed requirements of the item named in the Contract Documents. 2. Substitute Items ' a. If in ENGINEER's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by CONTRACTOR does notqualify as an `or -equal" item under paragraph 6.05.A.1, it will be considered a proposed substitute item. b. CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient ' information as provided below to allow ENGINEER to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and an acceptable substitute therefor. Requests for review ofproposed substitute items of material or equipment will not be accepted by ENGINEER from anyone other than CONTRACTOR. c. The procedure for review by ENGINEER will be as set forth in paragraph 6.05.A.24 as supplemented in the General Requirements and as ENGINEER may decide is appropriate under the circumstances. d. CONTRACTOR shall first make written application to ENGINEER for review of a proposed substitute item of material or equipment that CONTRACTOR seeks to furnish or use. The application shall certify that the proposed substitute item will perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called forby the general design, be similar in substance to that specified, and be suited to the same use as that specified. The application will state the extent, if any, to which the use of the pro- posed substitute item will prejudice CONTRACTOR's achievement of Substantial Completion on time, whether or not use of the proposed substitute item in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with OWNER for work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute item and whether or not incorporation oruse ofthe proposed substitute item in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty. All variations of the pro- posed substitute item from that specified will be identified in the application, and available engineering, sales, maintenance, repair, and replacement services will be indicated. The application will also contain an itemized estimate of all costs or credits that will result directly or indi- rectly from use of such substitute item, including costs of redesign and claims of other.contmctors affected by any resulting change, all of which will be considered by ENGINEER in evaluating the proposed substitute item. ENGINEER may require CON- TRACTOR to famish additional data about the pro- posed substitute item. B. Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures: If a specific means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR may furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction approved by ENGINEER. CON- TRACTOR shall submit sufficient information to allow ENGINEER, in ENGINEER's sole discretion, to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that expressly called for by the Contract Documents. The procedure for review by ENGINEER will be similar to that provided in sub- paragraph 6.05.A.2. C. Engineer's Evaluation: ENGINEER will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposal or submittal made pursuant to paragraphs 6.05.A and 6.05.13. ENGINEER will be the sole judge of acceptability. No "or -equal" or substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized until ENGINEER's review is complete, which will be evidenced by either a Change Order for a substitute or an 00700-20 approved Shop Drawing for an "or equal." ENGINEER will advise CONTRACTOR in writing of any negative determination. D. Special Guarantee: OWNER may require CON- TRACTORto furnish at CONTRACTOR's expense a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any substitute. E. ENGINEER'sCostReimbursement: ENGINEERwill record time required by ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants in evaluating substitute proposed or submitted by CONTRACTOR pursuant to paragraphs 6.05.A.2 and 6.053 and in making changes in the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with OWNER for work on the Project) occasioned thereby. Whether or not ENGINEER approves a substitute item so proposed or submitted by CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR shall reimburse OWNER for the charges of ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants for evaluating each such proposed substitute. F. CONTRACTOR's Expense: CONTRACTOR shall provide all data in support of any proposed substitute or "or -equal" at CONTRACTOR's expense. 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others A. CONTRACTOR shall not employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity (including those acceptable to OWNER as indicated in paragraph 6.063), whether initially or as a replacement, against whom OWNER may have reasonable objection. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity to famish or perform any of the Work against whom CONTRACTOR has reasonable objection. B. If the Supplementary Conditions require the identity of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities to be submitted to OWNER in advance for acceptance by OWNER by a specified date prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement, and if CONTRACTOR has submitted a list thereof in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions, OWNER's acceptance (either in writing orby failing to make written.objection thereto by the date indicated for acceptance or objection in the Bidding Documents or the Contract Documents) of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity so identified may be revoked on the basis of reasonable objection after due investigation. CON- TRACTOR shall submit an acceptable replacement for the rejected Subcontractor, Supplier, orotherindividual or entity, and the Contract Price will be adjusted by the difference in the cost occasioned by such replacement, and an appropriate Change Order will be issued or Written Amendment signed. No acceptance by OWNER of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, whether initially or as a replacement, shall constitute a waiver of any right of OWNER or ENGINEER to reject defective Work. C. CONTRACTORshallbefullyresponsibletoOWNER and ENGINEER for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities perforating or famishing any of the Work just as CONTRACTOR is responsible for CONTRACTOR's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity any contractual relationship between OWNER or ENGINEER and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other individual or entity, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of OWNER or ENGINEER to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcon- tractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations. D. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with CONTRACTOR E. CONTRACTOR shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers, and such other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work to communicate with ENGI- NEER through CONTRACTOR F. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control CONTRACTOR in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade. G. All Work performed for CONTRACTOR by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreementbetween CONTRACTOR and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of OWNER and ENGINEER Whenever any such agreement is with a Subcontractor or Supplier who is listed as an additional insured on the property insurance providedin paragraph 5.06, the agreement between the CONTRACTOR and the Subcontractor or Supplierwill contain provisions wherebythe Subcontractor or Supplier waives all rights against OWNER, CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, and all other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds (and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of, relating to, or resulting from any of the 00700 - 21 I I I 1 1 1 I O I h I I I I I I 11 1 I r perils or causes of loss covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the Work. If the insurers on any such policies require separate waiver forms to be signed by any Subcontractor or supplier, CONTRACTOR will obtain the same. 6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties A. CONTRACTOR shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product, or device is specified in the, Contract Documents for use in the performance of the Work and if to the actual knowledge of OWNER or ENGINEER its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by OWNER in the Contract Documents. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, CONTRACTORshall indemnify andholdharmless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, and the officers, directors, partners, employees oragents, and otherconsultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device not specified in the Contract Documents. 6.08 Permits A. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. OWNER shall assist CONTRACTOR, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. CONTRACTOR shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids, or, if there are no Bids, on the Effective Date of the Agreement CONTRACTOR shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the Work, and OWNER shall pay all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto, such as plant investment fees. 6.09 Laws and Regulations A. CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither OWNER nor. ENGINEER shall be responsible for monitoring CONTRACTOR's compliance with anyLaws or Regulations. B. If CONTRACTOR performs any Work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall bear all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such Work; however, it shall not be CONTRACTOR's primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of CONTRACTOR's obligations under paragraph 3.03. C. Changes in Laws or Regulations not known at the time of opening of Bids (or, on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids) having an effect on the cost or time of performance of the Work may be the subject of an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any such adjustment, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. 6.10 Taxes A. CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes required to be paid by CONTRAC- TOR in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the place of the Project which are applicable during the performance of the Work. 6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas 1. CONTRACTOR shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of workers to the Site and other areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, and shall not unreasonably encumber the Site and other areas with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof, or of any adjacent land or areas resulting from the performance of the Work. 2. Should any claim be made by any such owner or, occupant because of the performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law. 00700 - 22 I 3. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultant, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges ofengineers, architects, attorneys, and otherprofessionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against OWNER, ENGINEER, or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work. B. Removal ofDehrisDuringPerformanceofth¢Work: During the progress of the Work CONTRACTOR shall keep the Site and other areas free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish, and other debris. Removal and disposal of such waste materials, rubbish, and other debris shall con- form to applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Cleaning: Prior to Substantial Completion of the Work CONTRACTOR shall clean the Site and make it ready for utilization by OWNER. At the completion of the Work CONTRACTOR shall remove from the Site all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials and shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. D. Loading Structures: CONTRACTOR shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall CONTRACTOR subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it 6.12 Record Documents A. CONTRACTOR shall maintain in a safe place at the Site one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Written Amendments, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders, and written interpretations and clarifications in good order and annotated to show -changes made during construction. These record documents together with all approved Samples and a counterpart of all approved Shop Drawings will be available to ENGINEER for reference. Upon completion of the,Work, these record documents, Samples, and Shop Drawings will be delivered to ENGINEER for OWNER. 6.13 Safety and Protection A. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions andprograms in connection with the Work. CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: 1. all persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work; 2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the Site; and 3. other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction. B. CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of persons or property, or to the protection of persons or property from damage, injury, or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. CONTRACTOR shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and other utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property. All damage, injury, or loss to any property referred to in paragraph 6.13.A.2 or 6.13.A.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by CON- TRACTOR, any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by CONTRACTOR (except damage or loss attributable to the fault of Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of OWNER or ENGINEER or ENGINEER's Consultant, or anyone employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the fault or negligence of CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them). CONTRACTOR's duties and responsibilities for safety and forprotection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and ENGINEER has issued a notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR in accordance with paragraph 14.07.B that the Work is acceptable (except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion). 6.14 Safety Representative A. CONTRACTOR shall designate a qualified and experienced safety representative at the Site whose duties and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and the MI II 11 I F KI I 00700 - 23 r I 1 it I I. 1 I maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and programs. 6.15 Hazard Communication Programs A. CONTRACTOR shallbe responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employers at the Site in accordance with Laws or Regulations. 6.16 Emergencies A. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, CONTRACTOR is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss. CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER prompt written notice if CONTRACTOR believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby or are required as a result thereof. If ENGINEER determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by CONTRACTOR in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued. 6.17 Shop Drawings and Samples A. CONTRACTOR shall submit Shop Drawings to ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance with the acceptable schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals. All submittals will be identified as ENGINEER may require and in the number of copies specified in the General Requirements. The data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimen- sions, specified performance and design criteria, materials, and similar data to show ENGINEER the services, materials, and equipment CONTRACTOR proposes to provide and to enable ENGINEER to review the information for the limited purposes required by paragraph 6.17.E. B. CONTRACTOR shall also submit Samples to ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance with the acceptable schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals. Each Sample will be identified clearly as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers, and the use for which intended and otherwise as ENGINEER may require to enable ENGINEER to review the submittal for the limited purposes required by paragraph 6.17.E. The numbers of each Sample to be submitted will be as specified in the Specifications. C. Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by the Contract Documents or the schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals acceptable to ENGINEER as required by paragraph 2.07, any related Work performed prior. to ENGINEER's review and approval of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of CONTRACTOR. D. Submittal Procedures 1. Beforesubmittingeach ShopDmwingorSample, CONTRACTOR shall have determined and verified: a. all field measurements, quantities, dimen- sions, specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information with respect thereto; b. all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; c. all information relative to means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures ofconstruction and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; and d. CONTRACTOR shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Docu- ments. 2. Each submittal shall bear a stamp or specific written indication that CONTRACTOR has satisfied CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to CONTRACTOR's review and approval of that submittal. 3. At the time of each submittal, CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER specific written notice of such variations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample submitted may have from the requirements ofthe Contract Documents, such notice to be in a written communication separate from the submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to ENGINEER for review and approval of each such variation. E. ENGINEER's Review 1. ENGTNEERwilltimely review and approve Shop Drawings and Samples in accordance with the schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals acceptable to ENGINEER ENGINEER's review and approval will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, con- form to the information given in the Contract Documents 00700 - 24 1 and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. 2. ENGINEER's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or Procedures of construction (except where a particular means, method, technique, sequence, orprocedure of con- struction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) orto safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. 3. ENGINEER's review and approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall.not relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for any variation from the require- ments ofthe Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR has in writing called ENGINEER's attention to each such variation at the time of each submittal as required by paragraph 6.17.D.3 and ENGINEER has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor will any approval by ENGINEER relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for complying with the requirements of paragraph 6.17.D.1. F. Resubmittal Procedures 1. CONTRACTOR shall make corrections required by ENGINEER and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit as required, new Samples for review and approval. CONTRACTOR shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by ENGINEER on previous submittals. 6.18 Continuing the Work A. CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with OWNER. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as permitted by paragraph 15.04 or as OWNER and CONTRACTOR may otherwise agree in writing. 6.19 CONTRACTOR's General Warranty and Guarantee A. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees to OWNER, ENGINEER, and ENGINEER's Consultants that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. CONTRACTOR's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: 1. abuse, modification, or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than CONTRACTOR, Sub- contractors, Suppliers, or any other individual or entity for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible; or 2. normal wear and tear under normal usage. B. CONTRACTOR's obligation mperform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Docu- ments: 1. observations by ENGINEER; 2. recommendation by ENGINEER or payment by OWNER of any progress or final payment; 3. the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion by ENGINEER or any payment related thereto by OWNER; 4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by OWNER; 5. any acceptance by OWNER or any failure to do 6. any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of acceptabil- ity by ENGINEER; 7. any inspection, test, or approval by others; or 8. any correction of defective Work by OWNER 6.20 INDEMNIFICATION A. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAWS AND REGULATIONS, CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER'S CONSULTANTS, AND THE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, PARTNERS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, AND OTHER CONSULTANTS AND SUBCONTRACTORS OF EACH AND ANY OF THEM FROM AND AGAINST ALL CLAIMS, COSTS, LOSSES, AND DAMAGES (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ALL FEES AND CHARGES OF ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, ATTORNEYS, AND OTHER PROFESSIONALS AND ALL COURT OR ARBITRATION OR OTHER DISPUTE RESOLUTION COSTS) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK, PROVIDED THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, COST, LOSS, OR DAMAGE: 00700 - 25 11 1 I �I 1 1 1 I 1 I 11 L� 1 I 1. IS ATTRIBUTABLE TO BODILY INJURY, SICKNESS, DISEASE, OR DEATH, OR TO INJURY TO OR DESTRUCTION OF TANGIBLE PROPERTY (OTHER THAN THE WORK ITSELF), INCLUDING THE LOSS OF USE RESULTING THEREFROM; AND 2. IS CAUSED IN WHOLE OR IN PART BY ANY NEGLIGENT ACTOR OMISSION OF CONTRACTOR, ANY SUBCONTRACTOR, ANY SUPPLIER, OR ANY INDI V IDUAL OR ENTITY DIRECTLY OR INDIRECT- LY EMPLOYED BY ANY OF THEM TO PERFORM ANY OF THE WORK OR ANYONE FOR WHOSE ACTS ANY OF THEM MAY BE LIABLE, REGARDLESS OF WHETTER OR NOT CAUSED IN PART BY ANY NEGLIGENCE OR OMISSION OF AN INDIVIDUAL OR, ENTITY INDEMNIFIED HEREUNDEROR WIETHERLIABILITY IS IMPOSED UPON SUCH INDEMNIFIED PARTY BY LAWS AND REGULATIONS REGARDLESS OF THE NEGLIGENCE OF ANY SUCH INDIVIDUAL OR ENTITY. B. IN ANY AND ALL CLAIMS AGAINST OWNER OR ENGINEER OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE CONSULTANTS, AGENTS, OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, PARTNERS, OR EMPLOYEES BY ANY EMPLOYEE (OR THE SURVIVOR ORPERSONAL REPRESENTATIVE OF SUCH EMPLOYEE) OF CONTRACTOR, ANY SUBCONTRACTOR, ANY SUPPLIER, OR ANY INDIVIDUAL OR ENTITY DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY EMPLOYED BY ANY OF THEM TO PERFORM ANY OF THE WORK, OR ANYONE FOR WHOSE ACTS ANY OF THEM MAY BE LIABLE, THE INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATION UNDERPARAGRAPH 6.20.A SHALLNOT BE LIMITED IN ANY WAY BY ANY LIMITATION ON THE AMOUNT OR TYPE OF DAMAGES, COMPENSATION, ORBENEFITS PAYABLE BY ORFOR CONTRACTOR OR ANY SUCH SUBCONTRACTOR, SUPPLIER, OR OTHER INDIVIDUAL OR ENTITY UNDER WORKERS' COMPENSATION ACTS, DISABILITY BENEFIT ACTS, OR OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFIT ACTS. C. The indemnification obligations of CONTRACTOR under paragraph 6.20.a shall not extend to the liability of ENGINEERandENGINEER'S consultants or to the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them arising out of: 1. The preparation or approval of„or the failure to prepare or approve, maps, drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, change orders, designs, or specifications; or 2. Giving directions or instructions, or failing to give them, if that is the primary cause of the injury or damage. ARTICLE 7 - OTHER WORK 7.01 Related Work at Site A. OWNER may perform other work related to the Project at the Site by OWNER's employees, or let other direct contracts therefor, or have other work performed by utility owners. if such other work is not noted in the Contract Documents, then: 1. written notice thereof will be given to CON- TRACTOR prior to starting any such other work; and 2. if OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, ofany adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times that should be allowed as a result of such other work, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. B. CONTRACTOR shall afford each other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract and each utility owner (and OWNER, if OWNER is performing the other work with OWNER's employees) proper and safe access to the Site and a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work and shall properly coordinate the Work with theirs. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, CON- TRACTOR shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work that may be required to properly connect or otherwise make its several parts come together and properly integrate . with such other work. CONTRACTOR shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of ENGINEER and the others whose work will be affected. The duties and responsibilities of CONTRACTOR under this paragraph are for the benefit of such utility owners and other contractors to the extent that there are comparable provisions for the benefit of CONTRACTOR in said direct contracts between OWNER and such utility owners and other contractors. C. If the proper execution or results of any part of CONTRACTOR's Work depends upon work performed by others under this Article 7, CONTRACTOR shall inspect such other work and promptly report to ENGINEER in writing any delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of CONTRACTOR's Work 00700 - 26 1 CONTRACTOR's failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit andproper for integration with CONTRACTOR's Work except for latent defects and deficiencies in such other work. 7.02 Coordination . A. If OWNER intends to contract with other; for the performance of other work on the Project at the Site, the following will be set forth in Supplementary Conditions: 1. the individual or entity who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various contractors will be identified; 2. the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and A. OWNER's duties in respect of providing lands and easements and providing engineering surveys to establish reference points are set forth in paragraphs 4.01 and 4.05. Paragraph 4.02 refers to OWNER's identifying and -making available to CONTRACTOR copies ofreports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions in orrelating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site that have been utilized by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents. 8.06 Insurance A. OWNER's responsibilities, if any, in respect to pur- chasing and maintaining liability and property insurance are set forth in Article 5. 8.07 Change Orders 3. the extent of such authority and responsibilities A. OWNER is obligated to execute Change Orders as will be provided. indicated in paragraph 10.03. B. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary 8.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals Conditions, OWNER shall have sole authority and respon- sibility for such coordination. A. OWNER's responsibility in respect to certain inspec- tions, tests, and approvals is set forth in paragraph 13.03.13. ARTICLE 8 - OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 8.01 Communications to Contractor A. Except as otherwise provided in these General Condi- tions, OWNER shall issue all communications to CONTRACTOR through ENGINEER. 8.02 Replacement of ENGINEER A. In case of termination of the employment of ENGI- NEER, OWNER shall appoint an engineer to whom CONTRACTORmakes no reasonable objection, whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former ENGINEER 8.03 Furnish Data 8.09 Limitations on OWNER's Responsibilities A. The OWNER shall not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CON- TRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. OWNER will not be responsible for CONTRACTOR's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 8.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition A. OWNER's responsibility in respect to an undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition is set forth in paragraph 4.06. 8.11 Evidence offinancial Arrangements. A. OWNER shall promptly furnish the data required of OWNER under the Contract Documents. A. If and to the extent OWNER has agreed to furnish CONTRACTOR reasonable evidence that financial 8.04 Pay Promptly When Due arrangements have been made to satisfy OWNER's obligations under the Contract Documents, OWNER's A. OWNER shall make payments to CONTRACTOR responsibility in respect thereof will be as set forth in the promptly when they are due as provided in paragraphs Supplementary Conditions. 14.02.0 and 14.07.C. 8.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests 00700 - 27 II II It 11 11 i I I I I 1 I 1 I ARTICLE 9 - ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.01 OWNER'S Representative A. ENGINEER will be OWNER's representative during the construction period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of ENGINEER as OWNER's representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and will not be changed without written consent of OWNER and ENGINEER. 9.02 Visits to Site - A. ENGINEER will make visits to the Site it intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction as ENGINEER deems necessary in order to observe as an experienced and qualified design professional the progress that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of CONTRACTOR's executed Work. Based on information obtainedduring such visits andobservations, ENGINEER, for the benefit of OWNER, will determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. ENGINEER will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections on the Site to check the quality or quantity of the Work. ENGINEER's efforts will be directed toward providing for OWNER a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform generally to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and observations, ENGINEER will keep OWNER informed ofthe progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard OWNER against defective Work. B. ENGINEER'svisits and observations are subjecttoall -the limitations on ENGINEER's authority and responsibility set forth in paragraph 9.10, and particularly, but without limitation, during or as a result of ENGINEER's visits or observations of CONTRACTOR's Work ENGINEERwill not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work 9.03 Project Representative A. If OWNER and ENGINEER agree, ENGINEER will furnish a Resident Project Representative to assist ENGINEER in providing more extensive observation of the Work. The responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of any such Resident Project Representative and assistants will be as provided in paragraph 9.10 and in the Supplementary Conditions. If OWNER designates another representative or agent to represent OWNER at the Site who is not ENGINEER's Consultant, agent or employee, the responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of such other individual or entity will be as provided in the Supple- �mentary Conditions. 9.04 Clarifications and Interpretations A. ENGINEER will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of the require- ments of the Contract Documents as ENGINEER may deter- mine necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from the ContractDocuments. Such written clarifications and interpretations will be binding on OWNER and CONTRACTOR If OWNER and CON- TRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, that should be allowed as a result of a written clarification or interpretation, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. 9.05 Authorized Variations in Work A. ENGINEER may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and are compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on OWNER and also on CONTRACTOR, who shall perform the Work involved promptly. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of a Field Order, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. 9.06 Rejecting Defective Work A. ENGINEER will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which ENGINEER believes to be defective, or that ENGINEER believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. ENGINEER will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work as provided in paragraph 13.04, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed, or completed. 9.07 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments A. In connectionwithENGINEER's authority as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see paragraph 6.17. 00700 - 28 I B. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to Change Orders, see Articles 10, 11, and 12. C. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to Applications for Payment, see Article 14. 9.08 Determinations for Unit Price Work A. ENGINEER will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR ENGINEER will review with CON- TRACTORthe ENGINEER's preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written decision thereon (by recommendation of an Application for Payment or otherwise). ENGINEER's written decision thereon will be final and binding (except as modified by ENGINEER to reflect changed factual conditions or more accurate data) upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR, subject to the provisions of paragraph 0.05. 9.09 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work A. ENGINEER will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents andjudge of the acceptability of the Work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the acceptability of the Work, the quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work, the interpretation of the requirements ofthe Contract Documents pertaining to the performance of the Work, and Claims seeking changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times will be referred initially to ENGINEER in writing, in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 10.05, with a request for a formal decision. B. When functioning as interpreter andjudge under this paragraph 9.09, ENGINEER will not show partiality to OWNER or CONTRACTOR and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by ENGINEER pursuant to thisparagraph 9.09 with respect to any such Claim, dispute, or other matter (except any which have been waived by the making or acceptance of food payment as provided in paragraph 14.07) will be a condition precedent to any exercise by OWNER or CONTRACTOR of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such Claim, dispute, or other matter. 9.10 Limitations on ENGINEER's Authority and Respon- sibilities A. - Neither ENGINEER's authority or responsibility under this Article 9 or under any other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by ENGINEER in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise, or performance of any authority or responsibility by ENGINEER shall create, impose, or give rise to any duty in contract, tort, or otherwise owed by ENGINEER to CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. B. ENGINEER will riot supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. ENGINEER will not be responsible for CONTRACTOR's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. C. ENGINEER will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of CONTRACTOR or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other individual or -entity performing any of the Work. D. ENGINEER's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all mainte- nance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates of inspection, tests and approvals, and other documentation required to be delivered by paragraph 14.07A will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of, and in the case of certificates ofinspections, tests, and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with, the Contract Documents. E. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph 9.10 shall also apply to ENGINEER's Consultants, Resident Project Representative, and assistants. ARTICLE 10 - CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS 10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work A. Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, OWNER may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions, or revisions in the Workby a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, CONTRACTOR shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically provided). B. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to, or on the amount or extent, if any, of an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, 00700 - 29 I 11 I 11 11 it u 11 11 I that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. 10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work A. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to any work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in paragraph 3.04, except in the case of an emer- gency as provided in paragraph 6.16 or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in paragraph 13.04.B. 10.03 Execution of Change Orders A. OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall execute appropriate Change Orders recommended by ENGINEER (or Written Amendments) covering: 1, changes in the Work which are: (i) ordered by OWNER pursuant to paragraph 10.0l.A, (ii) required because ofacceptance ofdefective Workunderpamgmph 13.08.A or OWNER's correction of defective Work under paragraph 13.09, or (iii) agreed to by the parties; 2. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which are agreed to by the parties, including any undisputed sum or amount of time for Work actually performed in accordance with a Work Change Directive; and r I I I U I 3. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which embody the substance of any written decision tendered by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraph 10.05; provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule as provided in paragraph 6.18.A. 10.04 Notification to Surety A. Ifnotice of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Times) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be CONTRACTOR's responsibility. The amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted to reflect the effect of any such change. 10.05 Claims and Disputes A. Notice: Written notice stating the general nature of each Claim, dispute, or other matter shall be delivered by the claimant to ENGINEER and the other party to the Contract promptly (but in no event later than 30 days) after the start of the event giving rise thereto. Notice of the amount or extent of the Claim, dispute, or other matter with supporting data shall be delivered to the ENGINEER and the other party to the Contract within 60 days after the start of such event (unless ENGINEER allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of such Claim, dispute, or other matter). A Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 12.01.B. A Claim for an adjustment in Contract Time shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions ofparagmph 12.02.B. Each Claim shall be accom- panied by claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant believes it is entitled as a result of said event. The opposing party shall submit any response to ENGINEER and the claimant within 30 days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal (unless ENGINEER allows additional time). B. ENGINEER's Decision: ENGINEER will render a formal decision in writing within 30 days after receipt of the last submittal of the claimant or the last submittal of the opposing party, if any. ENGINEER's written decision on such Claim, dispute, or other matter will be final and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR unless: 1. an appeal from ENGINEER's decision is taken within the time limits and in accordance with the dispute resolution procedures set forth in Article 16; or 2. if no such dispute resolution procedures have been set forth in Article 16, a written notice of intention to appeal from ENGINEER's written decision is delivered by OWNER or CONTRACTOR to the other and to ENGINEER within 30 days after the date of such decision, and a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction within 60 days after the date of such decision or within 60 days after Substantial Completion, whichever is later (unless otherwise agreed in writing by OWNER and CONTRACTOR), to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such Claim, dispute, or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations. C. If ENGINEER does not render a formal decision in writing within the time stated in paragraph 10.05.13, a decision denying the Claim in its entirety shall be deemed to have been issued 31 days after receipt of the last submittal of 00700 - 30 the claimant or the last submittal of the opposing party, if any. D. No Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times (or Milestones) will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this paragraph 10.05. ARTICLE 11 - COST OF THE WORK; CASH ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK 11,01 Cost of the Work A. Costs Included: The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs necessarily incurred and paid by CON- TRACTOR in the proper performance of the Work. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order or when a Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, the costs to be reimbursed to CONTRACTOR will be only those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the Work or because of the event giving rise to the Claim. Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by OWNER, such costs shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall include only the following items, and shall not include any of the costs itemized, in paragraph 11.01.13. 1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of CONTRACTOR in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by OWNER and CONTRACTOR. Such employees shall include without limitation superintendents, foremen, and other personnel employed full time at the Site. Payroll costs for employees not employed full time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall include, but not be limited to, salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits, which shall include social security contributions, unem- ployment, excise, and payroll taxes, workers' compensation, health and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, vacation and holiday pay applicable thereto. The expenses of performing Work outside of regular working hours, on Saturday, Sunday, or legal holidays, shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by OWNER 2. Cost of all materials and equipment famished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers' field services required in connection therewith. All cash discounts shall accrue to CONTRACTOR unless OWNER deposits funds with CONTRACTOR with which to make payments, in which case the cash discounts shall accrue to OWNER All trade discounts, 00700-31 rebates and refunds and returns from sale of surplus ' materials and equipment shall accrue to OWNER, and CONTRACTOR shall make provisions so that they may be obtained. 3. Payments made by CONTRACTOR to Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. ' If required by OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall obtain competitive bids from subcontractors acceptable to OWNER and CONTRACTOR and shall deliver such bids to OWNER, who will then determine, with the ' advice of ENGINEER, which bids, if any, will be acceptable. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee, the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work and fee shall be determined in the same manner as CONTRACTOR's Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this paragraph 11.01. 4. Costs of special consultants (including but not - limited to engineers, architects, testing laboratories, surveyors, attorneys, and accountants) employed for - , services specifically related to the Work. 5. Supplemental costs including the following: a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of CONTRACTOR's employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work h. Cost, including transportation and mainte- nance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facili- ties at the Site, and hand tools not owned by the - workers, which are consumed in the performance of the Work, and cost, less market value; of such items used but not consumed which remain the property of - CONTRACTOR Rentals all construction equipment and ' c. of machinery, and the parts thereof whether rented from CONTRACTOR or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by OWNER with the , advice of ENGINEER, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, assembly, dismantling, and removal thereof. All such costs shall be in accordance with the terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment, ma- chinery, or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work d. Sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work, and for which CON- , II 11 li 1% 1 1 1 i 1 I 1 1 TRACTORis liable, imposedbyLawsandRegulations. e. Deposits lost for causes other than negli- gence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses. f. Losses and damages (and related expenses) caused by damage to the Work, not compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by CONTRACTORin connectionwiththeperformance of the Work (except losses and damages within the deductible amounts of property insurance established in accordance with paragraph 5.06.1)), provided. such losses and damages have resulted from causes other than the negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such losses shall include settlements made with the written consent and approval of OWNER. No such losses, damages, and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining CONTRACTOR's fee. g. The cost of utilities, fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site. h. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long distance telephone calls, telephone service at the Site, expressage, and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work. i. When the Cost of the Work is used to detemdne the value of a Change Order or of a Claim, the cost of premiums for additional Bonds and insurance required because of the changes in the Work or caused by the event giving rise to the Claim. j. When all the Work is performed on the basis of cost-plus, the costs of premiums for all Bonds and insurance CONTRACTOR is requiredby the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain. B. Costs Excluded: The term Cos t ofthe Work shall not include any of the following items: 1. Payroll costs and other compensation of CONTRACTOR's officers, executives, principals (of partnerships and sole proprietorships), general manag- ers, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expedit- ers, timekeepers, clerks, and other personnel employed by CONTRACTOR, whether at the Site or in CONTRACTOR's principal or branch office for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreedupon schedule ofjob classifications referred to in paragraph 11.0l.A.1 or specifically covered by paragraph 11.0l.A.4, all of which are to be considered administrative costs covered by the CONTRACTOR's fee. 2. Expenses of CONTRACTOR's principal and branch offices other than CONTRACTOR's office at the Site. 3. AnypartofCONTRACTOR'scapital 'expenses, includingintereston CONTRACTOR's capital employed for the Work and charges against CONTRACTOR for delinquent payments. 4. Costs due to the negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them maybe liable, including but not limited to, the correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied, and making good any damage to property. 5. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and expressly included in paragraphs 11.01.A and 11.01.11. C. CONTRACTOR's Fee: When all the Work is performed on the basis of cost-plus, CONTRACTOR's fee shall be determined as set forth in the Agreement. When the value of any Work covered by s Change Order or when a Claim foranadjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, CONTRACTOR's fee shall be determined as set forth in paragraph 12.01.C. D. Documentation: Whenever the Cost of the Work for any purpose is to be determined pursuant to paragraphs I1.01.A and 11.01.13, CONTRACTOR will establish and maintain records thereof in accordance with generally accepted accountingpractices and submit in aform acceptable to ENGINEER an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data. 11.02 Cash Allowances A. It is understood that CONTRACTOR has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be performed for such sums as may be acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR agrees that: 00700 - 32 1. the allowances include the cost to CONTRACTOR (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment requiredby the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and 2. CONTRACTOR's costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances, and no demand for additional payment on account of any ofthe foregoing will be valid. B. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as ,recommended by ENGINEER to reflect actual amounts due CONTRACTOR on account of Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.03 Unit Price Work A. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the unit price for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agree- ment. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison ofBids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR will be made by ENGINEER subject to the provisions of paragraph 9.08. B. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by CONTRACTOR to be adequate to cover CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. C. OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with paragraph 10.05 if: 1. the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement; and 2. there is no corresponding adjustment with respect any other item of Work; and 3. if CONTRACTOR. believes that CONTRACTOR is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result ofhaving incurred additional expense or OWNER believes that OWNER is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the patties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. ARTICLE 12 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES 12.01 Change of Contract Price A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on written notice submitted by the party making the Claim to the ENGINEER and the otherparty to the Contract in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 10.05. B. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: - 1. where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by applica- tion of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (subject to the provisions of paragraph 11.03 ); or 2. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with paragraph 12.0l.C.2); or 3. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agree- ment to a lump sum is not reached under paragraph 12.0l.B.2, on the basis of the Cost of the Work (determined as provided in paragraph 11.01) plus a CONTRACTOR's fee for -overhead and profit (deter- mined as provided in paragraph 12.0LQ. C. CONTRACTOR's Fee: The CONTRACTOR's fee for overhead and profit shall be determined as follows: 00700 - 33 1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or 2. if a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: a. for costs incurred under paragraphs I1.01.A.1 and I1.0l.A.2, the CONTRACTOR's fee shall be 15 percent; b. for costs incurred under paragraph 11.01.A.3, the CONTRACTOR's fee shall be five percent; 11 II 11 !1 11 J 1 1 Lj 1 G 1 1 1 1 12.02 c. where one or more tiers of subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of paragraph 12.0l.C.2.a is that the Subcontractor who actually performs the Work, at whatever tier, will be paid a fee of 15 percent of the costs incurred by such Subcontractor under paragraphs 11.0l.A.1 and 11.01.A.2 and that any higher tier Subcontractor and CONTRACTOR will each be paid a fee of five percent of the amount paid to the next lower tier Subcontractor; d. no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under paragraphs 11.0LAA, 11.0I.A.5, and 11.01.13; e. the amount of credit to be allowed by CONTRACTOR to OWNER for any change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease in cost plus a deduction in CONTRACTOR's fee by an amount equal to five percent of such net decrease; and ." f. when both additions and credits are in- volved in any one change, the adjustment in CONTRACTOR's fee shall be computed on the basis of the net change in accordance with para- graphs 12.0l.C.2.a through 12.0l.C.2.e, inclusive. Change of Contract Times ' A. The Contract Times (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times (or 1 Milestones) shall be based on written notice submitted by the party making the claim to the ENGINEER and the otherparty to the Contract in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 10.05. 1 B. Any adjustment of the Contract Times (or Milestones) covered by a Change Order or of any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times (or Milestones) will be 1 determined in accordance with the provisions of this Article 12. 1 1 1 12,03 Delays Beyond CONTRACTOR's Control A. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of CONTRACTOR, the Contract Times (or Milestones) will be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a Claim is made therefor as provided in paragraph 12.02.A. Delays beyond the control of CONTRACTOR shall, include, but not be limited to, acts or neglect by OWNER, acts or neglect of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by Article 7, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, or acts of God. 12.04 Delays Within CONTRACTOR's Control A. The Contract Times (or Milestones) will not be extended due to delays within the control of CONTRACTOR. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of CONTRACTOR. 12.05 Delays Beyond OWNER's and CONTRACTOR's Control A. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented froth complet- ing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control ofboth OWNER and CONTRACTOR, an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. 12.06 Delay Damages A. In no event shall OWNER or ENGINEER be liable to CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any other person or organization, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them, for damages arising out of or resulting from: 1. delays caused by or within the control of CON- TRACTOR; or 2. delays beyond the control of both OWNER and CONTRACTOR including but not limited to fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God, or acts or neglect by utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by Article 7. B. Nothing in this paragraph 12.06 bars a change in Contract Price pursuant to this Article 12 to compensate CONTRACTOR due to delay, interference, or disruption directly attributable to actions or inactions of OWNER or anyone for.whom OWNER is responsible. ARTICLE 13 - TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 00700 - 34 1 13.01 NoticeofDefects A. Prompt notice of all defective Work of which OWNER or ENGINEER has actual knowledge will be given to CONTRACTOR All defective Work may be rejected, corrected, or accepted as provided in this Article 13. 13.02 Access to Work A. OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, other representatives and personnel of OWNER, independent testing laboratories, and governmental agencies with jurisdictional interests will have access to the Site and the Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspecting, and testing. CONTRACTOR shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of CONTRACTOR's Site safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable.. 13.03 Tests and Inspections A. CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests, or approvals and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. B. OWNER shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents except: 1. for inspections, tests, or approvals covered by paragraphs 13.03.0 and 13.03.1) below; 2, that costs incurred in connection with tests or inspections conducted pursuant to paragraph 13.04.13 shall be paid as provided in said paragraph 13.04.11; and 3. as otherwise specifically provided in the Con- tract Documents. C. If Laws or Regulationsof any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested, or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body, CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests, or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish ENGINEER the required certificates of inspection or approval. D. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests, or approvals required for OWNER's and ENGINEER's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; or acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to CONTRACTOR's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. Such inspections, tests, or approvals shall be performed by organizations acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER E. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested or approved is covered by CONTRACTOR without written concurrence of ENGINEER, it must, if requested by ENGINEER, be uncovered for observation. F. Uncovering Work as provided in paragraph 13.03.E shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense unless CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER timely notice of CONTRACTOR's intention to cover the same and ENGINEER has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to'such notice. 13.04 Uncovering Work A. If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of ENGINEER, it must, if requested by ENGINEER, be uncovered for ENGINEER's observation and replaced at CONTRACTOR's expense. B. If ENGINEER considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by ENGINEER or inspected or tested by others, CONTRACTOR, at ENGINEER's request, shall uncover, expose; or otherwise make available for observation, inspection, or testing as ENGINEER may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material, and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, CONTRACTOR shall pay all Claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all courtorarbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, and testing, and of satisfactoryreplacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs ofrepair or replacement ofwork of others); and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement, and reconstruction. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. 13.05 OWNER May Stop the Work A. If the Work is defective, or CONTRACTOR fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or 00700 - 35 I i t I 1 Perform the Work in such a way that B. In special circumstances where e )a rticular item of tial ents, equipment is placed in continuous service befoeriod fornthat equipment or fails top Completion of all the Work the come ifs p the completed Workwill con uroutoKCTO the Stop pthe workm s� to run from an earlier due if so provided in the OWNEgmayorderCON[RACTORtostoPtheWeenelmi-, or any itemmay Rto stop the Work shall Specifications or by Written Amendment portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been clime- to other Work nated; however, this right of OWNS g t. exercise and damage give rise to any dun' °n ti1e part of OWNS C. Where defective Work not any therefrom) -has been corrected or removedinperiod this right for the benefit of CONTI�CT0 or resulting h 13.07, the correction p Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, replaced under this pamgraPsu or agent of any of them. hereunder with respect to such Work will be do extended r for aal n any surety for, or employeeadditional period of one year after such completed, rem 13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work and replacement has been satisfactorily comp D CONTRACTOR's Obligations' this paragraph A. CONTRACTOR shall correct all defective or, if the other obligation or warranty. The installed, or comp 13.07 are in addition to any whether or not fabricated, GINEER, remove it from theparagraph 13.07 shall not be y construed re rejected by EN provisions of this awivervisions of any Work has been ] a substitute for or a waiver of the pro project and replace it with Work that is n, losses, P repose. CON RACTOR shall Pay all Claims, costs, statute of limitation of damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other Professionals and all court or arbitration or io su It correctionr dispute uororemoval arisag out of or relating "'or replacement (includingbutnotlirriitedto all costs ofrep of work of others). 13.07 Correction Period A. If within one year after the date Substantial ay be Completion or such longer period of timea as mof any prescribed by Laws or Regulations by the it theterContract applicable special guarantee required of the Contract Documents or by any specific provision the Documents, any Workisfoundtobedefemade avaiablepfo Of any damages to the 1OWNERorper ittedbyl awsand CONTRACTOR's useby h 6.11.A is found to Regulations as contemplated inparagraphPrep tl without cost to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall promp Y, ccordance with OWNER'S written OWNER and in a instructions: (i) repair such defective land or areas, or (tr) correct such defective Work or, if the defective Workhasbeen rejected by OWNER, remove it from the Project and it with Work that is not defective, and (ill) satisfactorily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage f thers or other land or areas resultin replace other 13.Og Acceptance of Defective Work A. If, instead of requiring correctiongnrremovalrior and repacement of .defective Work, OWNS (and, payment, ENGINEER'S recommendation of fingalm do so. ENGINEER) prefers to accept it, OWNS CONTRACTOR shall pay all ed to all costand s, charge' har a of damages (including but not limited all r professionals a s and engineers, architects, attorneys' and other p all court or arbitrateon or other dispute resolution costs) attributable to OWNER'S evaluation of and determinationaproed by accept such defective Work (such toss a diminished nis ENGINEER as to reasonableness) and the otherwise pa value of the Work to the extent not otherwise paid by CONTRACTOR pursuant to this sentence. If any such acceptance occurs prior a ENGINEER'S recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Cogntrael,Documents a titled to an respect a the Work, and OWl`IE reflecting the appropriate decrease in the Contxptteract dn If the parties are rk so act diminished value Of to theoamount thereof, OWNER may make unable to agree rovided in paragraph 10.05. If the a Claim therefor asp recommendation, appropriate g acceptance occurs after CONTRACTOR to OWNER. CT'OR does not promptly comp y amount will be paid by Work, to the work o 0 therefrom. If CONTRA or in an emergency where with the terms of such instructions, aired or may delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, OWNER may have the defective morkaana ep aced,andallClaims, - havetherejeced.Workrem but not limited to all costs, losses, and damages (including attorneys and other fees and charges of engineers, architects, professionals and rising out of orr retration or other dispute lating a su h correction resolution costs) l8eement(in,Irdingbutnot or repair or sucb removal and rep lhnied to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by CON RACTOR 00700 - 36 13.09 OWNER May Correct Defective Work A. If CONTRACTOR fails within a reasonable time rrect due after written notice from ENGINEER to coreby Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as re4 or if ENGINEER hr accordance with parawork in graph 13.06.A CONTRACTOR fails to perform the NTT CTOR fails to with the Contract Documents, or if CONTRA ents, comply with any other provision of the Contract Docum OWNER may, after seven days written notice to 14.02 Progress Payments CONTRACTOR, correct and remedy any such deficiency. B. In exercising the rights and remedies under this Paraconnection OWNER shall emceed expeditiously, In OWNERmayexcludeith ccorrechve and remedial action, Site, take possession of all oCONTRACTOR art oe Wok and fiend CONTRACTOR's services related thereto, takepossession of CONTRACTOR's tools, app nerliances, construction equipment and machiy at the Site, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which OWNER has Paid CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere. CONTRACTOR shall allow OWNER, OWNER's representatives, agents and employees, OWNER's other contractors, and ENGINEER and ENGMEER's Consultants access to the Site to enable OWNER to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph C. All Claims, costs, losses, and damages (includingbut not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) incurred or sustained by OWNER in exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 9will reedt�CTOk and as Change Order bissueinorpting the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount ofthe adjustment, OWNER may make a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include n limited to all costs of repair, orreplacement of others not be of wbut destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of CONTRACTOR's defective Work, D. CONTRACTOR shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones) because ofan the performance of the WO y delay in rk attributable to the exercise by OWNER of OWNER" rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09. ARTICLE 14 - PAYAMNTS COMPLETION TO CONTRACTOR AND 14.01 schedule of Values A. The schedule of values established as provided in Paragraph 2.07.A will serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a fort of Application for Payment acceptable to ENGINEER. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work willl be be based on the n of units completed: umber 00700 - 37 A. ilpplicationsforPayments 1. At least 20 days before each Progress payment the date established for (but not more often than once a month),CONTpAC TORshallsubmittoENGINEERfor review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by CONTRACTOR covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such suPPorting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. If payment i materials and equs requested on the basis of ipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the Site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale invoice, or other documentation warranting that OWNER has received the materials and equipment free and clear ofall Liens and evidence that the materials and egpipmentare covered by aPpropriatelimperty ins or other arrangements to protect uranceOWNER's interest therein, all of which must be satisfactory to OWNER 2. Beginning with the second Application for Payment, each Application shall include an affidavit of CONTRACTOR stating that all previous progress Payments received on account of the Work have been applied on account to discharge CONTRACTOR's legitimate obligations associated with priorgpplicatione for Payment. 3. The amount of retainage with respect to pro- gress payments will be as stipulated in the Agreement. B. Review ofApplicadons 1 • ENGINEER will, within 10 days after receipt of each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing a recommendation of payment and present the Application to OWNER or return the Application to CONTRACTOR indicating in writing ENGINEER's reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In theake the necessary latter case, CONTRACTOR may m corrections and resubmit the Application 2. ENGINEER's recommendation of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a representation by ENGINEER to OWNER based on ENGINEER's observations on the Site of the executed Work as an experienced and qualified design profession- al and on ENGINEER's review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that 10 the best belief ofENGINEER's knowledge, information and be I 11 I I I 1 I 7 I1 r, I� l� e t 1 1 1 J lJ a. the Work has progressed to the point indicated; b. the quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial Completion, to the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, to a final determination of quantities and classifications for Unit Price Work under -paragraph 9.08, and to any other qualifications stated in the recommendation); and c. the conditions precedent to CONTRACTOR's being entitled to such payment appear to have been fulfilled in so far as it is ENGINEER's responsibility to observe the Work. 3. By recommending any such payment ENGI- NEER will not thereby be deemed to have represented that: (i) inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or involved detailed inspections of the Work beyond the responsibilities specifically assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents; or 0i) that there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle CONTRACTOR to be paid addition- ally by OWNER or entitle OWNER to withhold payment to CONTRACTOR 4. Neither ENGINEER's review of CONTRACTOR's Work for the purposes of recom- mending payments nor ENGINEER's recommendation of any payment, including final payment, will impose responsibility on ENGINEER to supervise, direct, or control the Work or for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for CON- TRACTOR's failure to comply with Laws and Regu- lations applicable to CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work. Additionally, said review or recommendation will not impose responsibility on ENGINEER to make any examination to ascertain how or for what purposes CONTRACTORhas used the moneys paid on account of the Contract Price, or to determine that title to any of the Work, materials, or equipment has passed to OWNER free and -clear of any Liens. 5. ENGINEERmay refuse to recommendthewhole or any part of any payment if, in ENGINEER's opinion, it would be incorrect to make the representations to OWNER referred to in paragraph 14.02.B.2. ENGI- NEER may also refuse to recommend any such payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the 00700 - 38 results of subsequent inspections ortests, revise orrevoke any such payment recommendation. previously made, to such extent as may be necessary in ENGINEER's opinion to protect OWNER from loss because: a. the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged, requiring correction or replace- ment; b. the Contract Price has been reduced by Written Amendment or Change Orders; - c. OWNER has been required to correct defect- ive Work or complete Work in accordance with paragraph 13.09; or d. ENGINEER has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in para- graph 15.02.A. C. Payment Becomes Due 1. Ten days after presentation of the Application for Payment to OWNER with ENGINEER's recom- mendation, the amount recommended will (subjectto the provisions ofparagraph 14.02.D) become due, and when due will be paid by OWNER to CONTRACTOR. D. Reduction in Payment 1. OWNERmay refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by ENGINEER because: a. claims have been made against OWNER on account of CONTRACTOR's performance or fur- nishing of the Work; b. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where CONTRACTOR has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to OWNER to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens; c. there are other items entitling OWNER to a set-off against the amount recommended; or d. OWNERhas actual knowledge ofthe occur- rence of any of the events enumerated in paragraphs 14.02.B.S.a through 14.02.B.5.c or paragraph 15.02.A. 2. If OWNER refuses to make payment of the full amount recommended by ENGINEER, OWNER must give CONTRACTOR immediate written notice (with a copy to ENGINEER) stating the reasons for such action and promptly pay CONTRACTOR any amount 1 remaining after deduction of the amount so withheld. OWNER shall promptly pay CONTRACTOR the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by OWNER and CONTRACTOR, when CONTRAC- TOR corrects to OWNEWs satisfaction the reasons for such action. 3. If it is subsequently determined that OWNER's refusal of payment was not justified, the amount wrongfully withheld shall be treated as an amount due as determined by paragraph 14.02.C.1. 14.03 CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title A. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials, and equipment covered by any . Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to OWNER no later than the time of payment free and clear of all Liens. 14.04 Substantial Completion A. When -CONTRACTOR considers the entire Work ready for its intended use CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete (except for items specifically listed by CONTRACTORas incomplete) andrequestthatENGINEER issue a certificate of Substantial Completion. Promptly thereafter, OWNER, CONTRACTOR, andENGINEER shall make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion. If ENGINEER does not consider the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER will notify CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons therefor. If ENGINEER considers the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER will prepare and deliver to OWNER a tentative certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to the certificate atentative list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment. OWNER shall have seven days after, receipt of the tentative certificate during which to make written objection to ENGINEER as to any provisions of the certificate or attached list If, after considering such objections, ENGINEER concludes that the Work is not substantially complete, ENGINEER will within 14 days after submission of the tentative certificate to OWNER notify CONTRACTOR in writing, stating the reasons therefor. If, after consideration of OWNER's objections, ENGINEER considers the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER will within said 14 days execute and deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a definitive certificate of Substantial Completion (with a revised tentative list of items to be completed or corrected) reflecting such changes from the tentative certificate as ENGINEER believes justified after consideration of any objections from OWNER Atthe time of delivery of the tentative certificate of Substantial Completion ENGINEER will deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a written recommendation as to division of responsibilities pending final payment between OWNER and CONTRACTOR with respect to security, operation, safety, and protection of the Work, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance, and warranties and guarantees. Unless OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree otherwise in writing and so inform ENGINEER in writing prior to ENGINEER's issuing, the definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, ENGINEER's aforesaid recommendation will be binding on OWNER and CONTRACTOR until final payment. B. OWNER shall have the right to exclude CONTRACTOR from the Site after the date of Substantial Completion, but OWNER shall allow CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct items on the tentative list. 14.05 Partial Utilization A. Use by OWNER at OWNER's option of any substantially completed part of the Work which has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or which OWNER, ENGINEER, and CONTRACTOR agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by OWNER for its intended purpose without significant interference with CONTRACTOR's performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished priorto Substantial Completion of all the Work subject to the following conditions. . 00700 -. 39 1. OWNER at any time may request CON- TRACTORin writing to permit OWNER to use any such part of the Work which OWNER believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If CONTRACTOR agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, CONTRACTOR will certify to OWNER and ENGINEER that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request ENGINEER to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion forthat part of the Work. CONTRACTOR at any time may notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that CONTRACTOR considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request ENGINEER to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request, OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and ENGINEER shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status ofcompletion. If ENGINEER does not considerthat part of the Work to be substantially complete, ENGINEER will notify OWNER and CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons therefor. If ENGINEER considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of paragraph 14.04 will apply with respect to I 1 I certification of Substantial Completion of that part ofthe Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. 2. No occupancy or separate operation ofpart ofthe Work may occur prior to compliance with the requirements of paragraph 5.10 regarding property insurance. ' 14.06 Final Inspection 1 11 I 1! I I �I A. Upon written notice from CONTRACTOR that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, ENGINEER will promptly make a final inspection with OWNER and CONTRACTOR and will notify CON- TRACTOR in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. CONTRACTOR shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Workorremedy such deficiencies. 14.07 Final Payment A. Applicationfor Payment 1. After CONTRACTOR has, in the opinion of ENGINEER, satisfactorily completed all corrections identified during the final inspection and has delivered, in accordance with the Contract Documents, all main- tenance and operating instructions, schedules, guaran- tees, Bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance certificates of inspection, marked -up record documents (as provided in paragraph 6.12), and other documents, CONTRACTOR may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. 2. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (i) all documentation called for in the .Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by subparagraph 5.04.B.7; (ii) consent of the surety, if any, to final payment; and (iii) complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to OWNER) of all Lien rights arising out of or Liens filed in connection with the Work. 3. In lieu of the releases or waivers of Liens specified in paragraph 14.07.A.2 and as approved by OWNER, CONTRACTOR may furnish receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of CONTRACTOR that: (i) the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material, and equipment for which a Lien could be filed; and (ii) all payrolls, material and equipment bills, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which OWNER or OWNER's property might in any way be responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release orreceipt in full, CONTRACTORmay furnish a Bond or other collateral satisfactory to OWNER to indemnify OWNER against any Lien. B. Review of Application and Acceptance 1. If, on the basis of ENGINEER's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and ENGINEER's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation as required by the Contract Documents, ENGINEER is satisfied that the Work has been completed and CONTRACTOWs other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, ENGINEER will, within ten days after receipt of the final Application for Payment, indicate in writing ENGINEER's recommendation of payment and present the Application for Payment to OWNER for payment. At the same time ENGINEER will also give written notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions ofpamgraph 14.09. Otherwise, ENGINEER will return the Application for Payment to CONTRACTOR, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case CONTRACTOR shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application for Payment. C. Payment Becomes Due 1. Thirty days after the presentation to OWNER of the Application for Payment and accompanying docu- mentation, the amount recommended by ENGINEER will become due and, when due, will be paid by OWNER to CONTRACTOR 14.08 Final Completion Delayed A. If, through no fault of CONTRACTOR, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed, and if ENGINEER so confirms, OWNER shall, upon receipt of CONTRACTOR's final Application for Payment and recommendation of ENGINEER, and withoutterminating the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by OWNER for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement,. and if Bonds have been furnished as required in paragraph 5.01, the written consent of the surety to the. payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by CON- TRACTOR to ENGINEER with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of Claims. 00700 - 40 11 14.09 Waiver of Claims A. The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: 1. a waiver of all Claims by OWNER against CONTRACTOR, except Claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection pursuant to paragraph 14.06, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from CONTRACTOR's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and 2. a waiver of all Claims by CONTRACTOR against OWNER other than those previously made in writing which are still unsettled. ARTICLE 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.01 OWNER May Suspend Work A. At any time and without cause, OWNER may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than 90 consecutive days by notice in writing to CON- TRACTORand ENGINEER which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. CONTRACTOR shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both,, directly attributable to any such suspension if CONTRACTOR makes a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. 15.02 OWNER May Terminate for Cause A. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events will justify termination for cause: 1. CONTRACTOR's persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress schedule established under paragraph 2.07 as adjusted from time to time pursuant to paragraph 6.04); _ 2. CONTRACTOR's disregard ofLaws orRegula- tions of any public body having jurisdiction;. 3. CONTRACTOR's disregard of the authority of ENGINEER or 4. CONTRACTOR's violation in any substantial way of any provisions of the Contract Documents. B. If one or more of the events identified in paragraph 15.02.A occur, OWNER may, after giving CONTRACTOR (and the surety, if any) seven days written notice, terminate the services of CONTRACTOR, exclude CONTRACTOR from the Site, and take possession of the Work and of all CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances, construction equipment, and machinery at the Site, and use the same to the full extent they could be used by CONTRACTOR (without liability to CONTRACTOR for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as OWNER may deem expedient. In such case, CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by OWNER arising out of or relating to completing the Work, such excess will be paid to CONTRACTOR If such claims, costs, losses, and damages exceed such unpaid balance, CONTRACTOR shall pay the difference to OWNER Such claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred by OWNER will be .reviewed by ENGINEERas to theirreasonableness and, when so approved by ENGINEER, incorporated in a Change Order. When exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph OWNER shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. C. Where CONTRACTOR's services have been so terminated by OWNER, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of OWNER against CONTRACTOR then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment ofmoneys due CONTRACTOR by OWNER will not release CONTRACTOR from liability. 15.03 - OWNER May Terminate For Convenience A. Upon seven days written notice to CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER, OWNER may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of OWNER, elect to terminate the Contract. In such case, CONTRACTOR shall be paid (without duplication of any items): 00700 - 41 1. for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; 2. for expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing 11 it 11 L I e 1 1 1 i 1 1 F 1 I I labor, materials, or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; 3. for all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers, and others; and 4. for reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. B. CONTRACTOR shall notbe paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. 15.04 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate A. If, through no act or fault of CONTRACTOR, the Work is suspended for more than 90 consecutive days by OWNER or under an order of court or other public authority, or ENGINEER fails to act on any Application for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, or OWNER fails for 30 days to pay CONTRACTOR any sum finally determinedto be due, then CONTRACTOR may, upon seven days written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER, and provided OWNER or ENGINEER do not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Contract and recover from OWNER payment on the same terms as provided in paragraph 15.03. In lieu of terminating the Contract and withoutprejudice to any other right or remedy, if ENGINEER has failed to act on an Application for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, or OWNER has failed for 30 days to pay CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined to be due, CONTRACTOR may, seven days after written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER, stop the Work until payment is made of all such amounts due CONTRACTOR, including interest thereon. The provisions of this paragraph 15.04 are not intended to preclude CONTRACTOR from making a Claim under paragraph 10.05 for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to CONTRACTOR's stopping the Work as permitted by this paragraph. ARTICLE 16 - DISPUTE RESOLUTION 16.01 Methods and Procedures A. Dispute resolution methods and procedures, if any, shall be as set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. If no method and procedure has been set forth, and subject to the provisions ofparagraphs 9.09 and 10.05, OWNER and CON- TRACTOR may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute. ARTICLE 17 - MISCELLANEOUS 17.01 Giving Notice A. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving ofwritten notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation. for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. 17.02 Computation of Times . A. When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day will be omitted from the computation. 17.03 Cumulative Remedies A. The duties and obligations imposedby these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to, and are not to be construed, in any way as a limitation, of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regulations, by special warranty or guarantee, or by other provisions of the Contract Documents, and the provisions of this paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right, and remedy to which they apply. 17.04 Survival of Obligations A. All representations, indemnifications, warranties, and guarantees made in, required by, or given in accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Documents, will survive final payment, completion, and acceptance of the Work or termination or completion of the Agreement. 00700 - 42 17.05 Controlling Law A. This Contract is to be govemed by the law of the state in which the Project is located. 00700 - 43 I 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS ' The terms in the Supplementary Conditions will have the same meaning as in the General Conditions of the Construction Contract (EJCDC No. 1910-8, 1996, Edition) ' SC-1 r SC-2 The following modifications shall be made to 1.01 A; Delete 1.01 A. 19. and insert the following: 19. ENGINEER shall mean Freese and Nichols, Inc. Architects and Engineers, 4055 International Plaza, Suite 200, Fort Worth, Texas 76109, or its designated representative. Add the following to 1.01 A. 20.: The ENGINEER'S Consultants are: Corrpro Companies, Inc. Advantica Technologies, Inc. Surveyors & Engineers of North Texas Insert the following in 1.01 A as definition number 28. Renumber the definitions to reflect the change (ie; "Modification" is number 28; 28 is 29; etc.): 28. MODIFICATION - (a) Written Amendment; (b) Change Order; (c) Field Order; (d) Work Change Directive Delete 1.02 B. and insert the following: B. Day 1. A "calendar day" shall be a day of twenty-four hours measured from midnight to the next midnight, and is any day of the year, no days being excepted " 2 A "working day" shall be a day, not including Saturdays, Sundays or any of the following holidays: New Year's Day, President's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day, in which weather or other conditions not under the control of the CONTRACTOR will permit construction of the principal units of the work for a period of not less than seven hours between 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. SC-3 Delete Paragraph 2.05 A. of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: A. CONTRACTOR's Review of Construction Documents: Before undertaking each part of the 1 Work, CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures therein and all applicable field measurements. CONTRACTOR shall promptly report'in writing to ENGINEER any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy which CONTRACTOR may discover and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from ENGINEER before proceeding with any work affected thereby. In the event of a conflict in the Drawings, Specifications, or other portions of the Contract Documents which were not reported prior to the Bidding of the Contract, the CONTRACTOR shall be deemed to have included the most expensive in his Bid." t SC-4 Delete Paragraph 2.05 C. of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: Supplementary Conditions 00800-1 DTN01444 C. Evidence of Insurance: Before any Work at the Site is started, CONTRACTOR shall deliver to the OWNER, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance which OWN ER or any additional insured may reasonably request) which CONTRACTOR is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with Article 5. SC-5 Amend Paragraph 2.07 A. by adding the following: Such acceptance of the contract completion schedule in no way affects the Contract Times. SC-6 Add a new paragraph immediately after paragraph 2.07 of the General Conditions which is to read as follows: SC-7 SC-8 SC-9 SC-10 2.08 Change in Contract Time A. The Contract Times maybe changed only asset forth in Article 12 of the General Conditions, and a progress schedule shall not constitute a change in the Contract Times. Amend Paragraph 3.01 A. by adding the following: The title and headings contained in the contract documents and the subject organization are used only to facilitate reference, and in no way define or limit the scope of intent of any of the provisions of this contract. Add to paragraph 3.01 D. The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. The Contract Documents may be altered only by a Modification. Amend paragraph 3.03. A.1. of the General Conditions by striking out the following words: - "; provided, however, that CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any such conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy unless CONTRACTOR_ knew or reasonably should have known thereof." and add the following: In the event of a conflict in the Drawings, Specifications, or other portions of the Contract Documents which were not reported prior to the Bidding of the Contract, the CONTRACTOR shall be deemed to have included the most expensive in his Bid. Delete Paragraph 4.02 "of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: 4.02 Examination of Plans, Specifications and Site of the Work A. Bidders are advised that the plans, specifications and other documents listed in Paragraph 4.02 C shall constitute all the information which the OWNER shall furnish. Bidders are required, prior to submitting any proposal, to review the plans and read the specifications, proposal, contract and bond forms carefully; to visit the site of the work; to examine carefully local conditions; to inform themselves by their independent research, tests and investigations of the difficulties to be encountered and judge for themselves the accessibility of the work and all attending circumstances affecting the Supplementary Conditions DTN01444 00800-2 11 1 11 11 11 I 1 cost of doing the work or time required for its completion; and to obtain all information required to make an intelligent proposal. B. No information given by the OWNER or any official thereof, other than that shown on the plans and contained in the specifications, proposals and other contract documents, shall be binding upon the OWNER. Bidders shall rely exclusively upon their own estimates, investigations, tests and other data which are necessary for full and complete information upon which the proposal may be based. Any bidder, by submitting his bid, represents and warrants: that he has prepared his bid in accordance with the specifications, with full knowledge and understanding of the terms and provisions thereof, that he has reviewed, studied and examined the bid prior to the signing and submission of same; and that he was cognizant of the terms of his proposal, verified his calculations and found them to be correct and agrees to be bound therebyy. SC-11 C. Asset forth in paragraph 4.02, ENGINEER OR ENGINEER's Consultants in the preparation of Drawings and Specifications have relied upon: 1. Report dated February 2002, prepared by Freese and Nichols, Inc. based upon field work performed by Groundwater Monitoring, entitled: "Lake'Ray Roberts 54-Inch Finished Water Pipeline Geotechnical Investigation Report". CONTRACTOR recognizes that the technical data listed reflect only the conditions for the day the data was collected and reflects only conditions existing at the exact location of Samples. CONTRACTOR is not entitled to rely upon other information and data utilized by ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants in preparation of Drawings and Specifications. 2. Copies of this report are provided at no cost with the purchase of the Bidding Documents. A copy of the report may also be examined at the offices of Freese and Nichols located at 4055 International Plaza, Suite 200 Fort Worth Texas and City of Denton Purchasing Office during regular business hours. Delete Paragraphs 4.03 and 4.04. of the General Conditions in their entirety. ' SC-12 Delete Paragraph 4.06. of the General Conditions in its entirety: SC-13 Delete Paragraph 5.02 A. of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: ' 5.02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers A. All Bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by, CONTRACTOR shall be obtained from surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located to issue Bonds or insurance policies for -the limits and coverages so required. Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such additional requirements and qualifications as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions. ' SC-14 Delete the following from Paragraph 5.03 A.: ' OWNER shall deliver to CONTRACTOR, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by CONTRACTOR or any other additional insured) which OWNER is required to purchase and maintain. ' Supplementary Conditions 00800-3 ' DTN01444 SC-15 The limits of liability for the insurance required by Paragraph 5.04 of the General Conditions shall provide as a minimum the coverage indicated in the document entitled "City of Denton Insurance Requirements for Contractors" that follows these Supplementary Conditions, and not less than the amounts required by Laws and Regulations. Add at the end of Paragraph 5.04 B.1 - The following are to be listed as additional insured on all insurance policies: SC-16 City of Denton, Texas Freese and Nichols, Inc. Corrpro Companies, Inc. Advantica Technologies, Inc. Surveyors & Engineers of North Texas Amend paragraph 5.04 B.7. by changing "two years" to "three years". SC-17 [NOT USED] SC-18 [NOT USED] SC-19 Amend paragraph 5.06 C by revising the last sentence to add the following: and will contain a waiver of subrogation by the insurance company against the OWNER and each additional insured. . SC-20 Delete Paragraph 5.06 D. of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: D. OWNER shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any insurance to protect ' the interest of the CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, or others in the Work. The stated limits of insurance required are minimum only. CONTRACTOR shall determine the limits that are adequate. These limits may be basic policy limits or any combination of basic limits and umbrella limits. In any , event, CONTRACTOR is fully responsible for all losses arising out of, resulting from or connected with operations under this contract whether or not said losses are covered by insurance. The acceptance of certificates or other evidence of insurance by the OWNER, ENGINEER, and/or others listed as additional insured in Paragraph 5.04 BA (SC-15) that in any respect do not comply with the Contract requirements does not release the CONTRACTOR from compliance herewith. SC-21 ' Delete Paragraph 5.06 E. of the General Conditions in its entirety. SC-22 Delete Paragraph 5.07 of the General Conditions in its entirety. SC-23 , Delete Paragraph 6.05. A. of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: "Or Equals" 6.05 Substitutes and A. Where equipment and products are specified by name, no substitutes or "or -equal" will be Supplementary Conditions 00800-4 , DTN01444 H 1 ' SC-24 1 1 1 SC-25 considered or approved unless the term "or -equal" is included in the acceptable manufacturer section of that Specification. 1. If substitutes or "or equals" are specifically permitted for consideration by the individual Specifications, they must be submitted and will be reviewed and evaluated in accordance with the provisions established in General Condition paragraph 6.05 and in Division 1 of the Specifications. Any determination made by the ENGINEER is subject to the review and approval of the OWNER and the OWNER's determination shall be final. Amend.paragraph 6.05 B. by changing the reference in the last sentence from 6.05.A.2 to 6.05.A.1 Amend paragraph 6.05 C. by deleting the third sentence and replacing it with the following sentence: No "or -equal" or substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized until ENGINEER's review is complete, which will be evidenced by either a Change Order or Field Order. SC-26 Amend paragraph 6.05 E. by changing the reference in the first sentence from 6.05.A.2 to 6.05.A. In . addition, amend paragraph 6.05-E. by deleting the word "substitute" in all locations and replacing it with the phrase "substitute or "or -equal"". ' SC-27 SC-28 I h I II Amend paragraph 6.06 A. by adding the following to the last sentence: unless called for in the Contract Documents. Add a new paragraph immediately after paragraph 6.06 G of the General Conditions which is to read as follows: H. OWNER or ENGINEER may furnish to any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other person or organization, to the extent practicable, information about amounts paid to CONTRACTOR in accordance with CONTRACTOR's Application for Payment on account of the particular Subcontractor's, Supplier's, other person's or other organization's Work. SC-29 Add a new paragraph immediately after paragraph 6.09 C. of the General Conditions which is to read as follows: D. All Bidders are required to complete and submit with their Bid the Vendor Compliance to State Law form, which follows the proposal. SC-30 Add the following language at the end of the first sentence of paragraph 6.10 A. of the General Conditions: The OWNER qualifies as an exempt agency as defined by the statutes of the State of Texas. The CONTRACTOR shall comply with all statutes and rulings of the State Comptroller. Supplementary Conditions 00800-5 DTN01444 SC-31 Amend paragraph 6.16 by revising the last sentence to read: If ENGINEER determines that the incident giving rise to the emergency action was not the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR and that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by CONTRACTOR in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued. SC-32 Delete Paragraph 6.17. D. 2. of th&General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: 2. All Shop Drawings shall be in strict compliance with the Contract Documents. The CONTRACTOR may seek a deviation by requesting a Modification. All approved Written Amendments, Change orders, Field Orders and/or Work Change Directives shall be incorporated into the Shop Drawings. The CONTRACTOR may submit a Shop Drawing or sample that varies from strict compliance with the Contract Documents providing the submittal is accompanied by a Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. If the proposed Modification is approved by the ENGINEER, the submittal will be considered to be in strict compliance with the Contract Documents and it will be reviewed in accordance with the Contract Documents. If the proposed Modification is not approved, the submittal will be returned to the CONTRACTOR with appropriate comments. All Shop Drawings shall bear a duly executed statement by the CONTRACTOR as set forth hereinunder. THIS SHOP DRAWING HAS B=APPROVAL AND DETERMINED TO BE IN ❑ COMPLIANCE ❑ COMPLIANCE SUBJECT ATTACHED CHANGE ORDERIFIELD ORDER AND WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AS MODIFIED BY ADDENDA, CHANGE ORDER AND FIELD ORDER. CONTRACTOR BY DATE SC-33 Delete Paragraph BAT D. 3. of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: 3. The CONTRACTOR may submit a Shop Drawing or Sample that varies from strict compliance with the Contract Documents providing the submittal is accompanied by a proposed Change Order or Field Order. If the proposed Change Order or Field Order is approved by the ENGINEER, the submittal will be considered in strict compliance with the Contract Documents. Submittals under this provision shall bear a duly executed statement by the CONTRACTOR as set forth in paragraph 6.17 D.2. as modified in these Supplementary Conditions. If the Supplementary Conditions 00800-6 DTN01444 r 11 proposed Change Order or Field Order is approved by the ENGINEER, the submittal will be reviewed in accordance with the Contract Documents. If the Change Order or Field Order is not approved, the submittal will be returned to the CONTRACTOR with appropriate comments. SC-34 Delete the following from 6.17E.3. "unless CONTRACTOR has in writing called ENGINEER's attention to each such variation at the time of each submittal as required by paragraph 6.17D.3. and ENGINEER has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval" 1 SC-35 Delete the last sentence in paragraph 6.17 F. The following shall be added: 11 II 11 1 1 All resubmittals shall be in strict compliance with the Drawings, Specifications and Contract Documents, and only the changes permitted from the prior submittal shall be modifications or additional information addressing specifically the ENGINEERS's previous comments. SC-36 Delete the following from paragraph 6.18 - "or as OWNER and CONTRACTOR may otherwise agree in writing. Add the following language at the end of the second sentence of paragraph 6.18 of the General Conditions: CONTRACTOR assumes and bears responsibility for all costs and time delays associated with any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents. - SC-37 Delete Paragraph 6.20. A.2. of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: 1 1 1 SC-38 i i 1 1 SC-39 2. IS CAUSED IN WHOLE OR IN PART BY ANY NEGLIGENT ACT OR OMISSION OF CONTRACTOR, ANY SUBCONTRACTOR, ANY SUPPLIER, OR ANY INDIVIDUAL OR ENTITY DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY EMPLOYED BY ANY OF THEM TO PERFORM ANY OF THE WORK OR ANYONE FOR WHOSE ACTS ANY OF THEM MAY BE LIABLE, RFrnRDLESS OF WHETHER OR NOT CAUSED IN PART BY ANY NEGLIGENCE OR OF :UNDER OR WHETHER LAWS AND . SUCH INDIVIDUAL OR Delete Paragraph 8.01 of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: 8.01 Communications to Contractor. A. Owner will issue project communications related to the administration of the Construction contract through the ENGINEER. Delete Paragraph 8.02 A of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: A. In the case of termination of the employment of the ENGINEER, OWNER will notify the CONTRACTOR of their intent to appoint a different engineer to the Project. CONTRACTOR may voice any objections with regard to the OWNER's replacement engineer within a reasonable time set Supplementary Conditions DTNO1444 00800-7 1 SC-40 SC-41 SC-42 SC-43 by the OWNER and OWNER will take these objections (if any) into consideration before appointing the new engineer. Amend Paragraph 8.09 A. by adding the following: Any failure or neglect on the part of OWNER, or ENGINEER to enforce provisions herein dealing with supervision, control, inspection, testing or acceptance and approval of the work shall never operate to relieve CONTRACTOR from full compliance with the contract documents nor render OWNER liable to CONTRACTOR for money damages, extensions of time or increased compensation of any kind. Delete paragraph 8.10 in its entirety. Delete Paragraph 9.01 of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: 9.01 Authority of ENGINEER A. ENGINEER is the OWNER's representative during the construction period. However, any determination made by the ENGINEER is subject to the review and approval of the OWNER and the OWNER's determination shall be final. Delete Paragraph 9.03 of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place:, 9.03 Project Representative A. The ENGINEER or OWNER may elect to have a Resident Project Representative on the Site. The ENGINEER or OWNER may also have an assistant Resident Project Representative on the Site that will report directly to the Resident Project Representative. The duties, responsibilities,and the limitations of.authority of the Resident Project Representative, and designated assistants, are as follows: 1. Resident Project Representative is either OWNER's or ENGINEER's agent at the site, will act as directed by and under the supervision of either the OWNER or ENGINEER, and will confer with OWNER or ENGINEER regarding Resident Project Representative's actions. Resident Project Representative's dealings in matters pertaining to the on -site Work shall in general be'with either the OWNER or ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR, keeping all parties advised as necessary. _ Resident Project Representative's dealings with Subcontractors shall only be through or with full knowledge and approval of CONTRACTOR. Resident Project Representative shall generally communicate with OWNER with the knowledge of and under the direction of ENGINEER. B. Duties and Responsibilities of Resident Project Representative and designated assistants: 1. Schedules: Review the progress schedule, schedule of Shop Drawing submittals and schedules of values prepared by CONTRACTOR and consult with OWNER or ENGINEER concerning acceptability. 2. Conferences and Meetings: Attend meetings with CONTRACTOR, such as preconstruction conferences, progress meetings, job conferences and other project -related meetings, and prepare and circulate copies of minutes thereof. Supplementary Conditions- DTN01444 00800-8 11 I 3. Liaison: a. Serve as ENGINEER's and OWNER'S liaison with CONTRACTOR, working principally through CONTRACTOR's superintendent and assist in understanding the intent of Contract Documents; and assist ENGINEER in serving as OWNER's liaison with CONTRACTOR when CONTRACTOR's operations affect OWNER's on -site operations. b. Assist in obtaining from OWNER additional details or information, when required for proper execution of the Work. 4. Shop Drawings and Samples: a. Record date of receipt of Shop Drawings and Samples. b. Receive Samples which are furnished at the Site by CONTRACTOR, and notify OWNER or ENGINEER of availability of Samples for examination. C. Advise OWNER or ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR of the commencement of any Work requiring a Shop Drawing or Sample if the submittal has not been approved by OWNER or ENGINEER. 5. Review of Work, Rejection of Defective Work, Inspections and Tests: ' a.. Conduct on -site observations of the Work in progress to determine if the Work is in general proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. b. Report to OWNER or ENGINEER whenever Resident Project ' Representative believes that anyWork will not produce a completed Project that conforms generally to the Contract Documents orwill prejudice the integrity of the design concept of ' the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged, or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, test or approval required to be made; and advise OWNER or ENGINEER of Work the Resident Project Representative believes should be corrected or rejected or should be uncovered for ' observation, or requires special testing, inspection or approval. C. Verify that tests, equipment and systems start-up and operating and maintenance training are conducted in the presence of appropriate personnel, and the CONTRACTOR maintains adequate records thereof; and observe, record and report to OWNER or ENGINEER appropriate details relative to the test procedures and start-ups. d. Accompany visiting inspectors representing public or other agencies having ' jurisdiction over the Project, record the results of these inspections and report to OWNER or ENGINEER. 6. Interpretation of Contract Documents: Report to OWNER or ENGINEER when clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents are needed and transmit to CONTRACTOR clarifications and interpretations as issued by OWNER or ENGINEER. 7. Request for Revisions: Consider and evaluate CONTRACTOR's suggestions for revisions to Drawings or Specifications and report with Resident Project Representative's recommendations to OWNER or ENGINEER. Transmit to CONTRACTOR in writing decisions as issued by OWNER or ENGINEER. 8. Records: 1 C a. Maintain at the job site orderly files for correspondence, reports of job conferences, Shop Drawings and Samples, reproductions of original Contract Documents, including all Work Change Directives, Addenda, Change Orders, Field Orders, Written Amendments, additional Drawings issued subsequent to the execution of the Contract, supplementary Conditions DTNO1444 00800-9 OWNER'S or ENGINEER's clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents, progress reports, submittals and correspondence received from and delivered to CONTRACTOR and other Project related documents. 9. Reports: a. Furnish to OWNER or ENGINEER periodic reports as required of progress of the work and of CONTRACTOR's compliance with the progress schedule and schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals. b. Consult with OWNER or ENGINEER in advance of scheduled major tests, inspections or start of important phases of the Work. C. Draft proposed Written Amendments, Change Orders and Work Change Directives, obtaining backup material from CONTRACTOR and recommend to OWNER or . ENGINEER Written Amendments, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, and Field Orders. d. Report immediately to ENGINEER and OWNER the occurrence of any accident 10. Payment Requests: Review Applications for Payment with CONTRACTOR for compliance with the established procedure for their submission and forward with recommendations to OWNER, noting particularly the relationship of the payment requested to the schedule of values, Work completed and materials and equipment at the Site but not incorporated in the Work. 11. Certificates, Maintenance and Operation Manuals: During the course of the Work, verify that certificates, maintenance and operation manuals and other data required to be assembled and furnished by CONTRACTOR are applicable to the items actually installed and in accordance with the Contract Documents, and have this material delivered to OWNER or ENGINEER for review and forwarding to OWNER prior to final payment for the Work. 12. Completion: a. Before OWNER or ENGINEER issues a Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit to CONTRACTOR a list of observed items requiring completion or correction. ' b. Observe whether CONTRACTOR has performed inspections required by laws or regulations, ordinances, codes or order applicable to the Work, including but not limited to those to be performed by public agencies having jurisdiction over the Work., C. Conduct a final inspection in the company of ENGINEER, OWNER and CONTRACTOR and prepare a final list of items to be completed or corrected. d. Observe whether all items on final list have been completed or corrected and make recommendations to OWNER or ENGINEER concerning acceptance. C. Limitations of Authority of Resident Project Representative and designated assistants: 1. Shall not authorize any deviation from the Contract Documents or substitution of materials or equipment (including "or -equal" items), unless authorized by OWNER or ENGINEER. 2. Shall not exceed limitations of ENGINEER's authority as set forth in Agree ment or the Contract Documents. 3. Shall not undertake any of the responsibilities of CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor, Supplementary Conditions DTN01444 00800-10 11 Suppliers, or CONTRACTOR's superintendent. 4. Shall not advise on, issue directions relative to or assume control over any aspect of the means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction unless such advice or directions are specifically required by the Contract Documents. 5. Shall not advise on, issue directions regarding or assume control over safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work or any activities or operations of ' OWNER or CONTRACTOR. 6. Shall not accept shop drawing or sample submittals from anyone other than the CONTRACTOR. 7. Shall not participate in specialized field or laboratory tests or inspections conducted by others, except as specifically authorized by OWNER or ENGINEER. 1 SC-44 Delete Paragraph 9.04 of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: 9.04 Clarifications and Interpretations A. ENGINEER will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of the requirements of the Contract Documents as ENGINEER may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents. . SC-45 ' Delete Paragraph 9.05 of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: 9.05 Authorized Variations in Work ' A. ENGINEER may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and are compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as ' indicated by the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER in writing prior to beginning any Work addressed in a Field Order if the CONTRACTOR does not agree that the Work involved represents no additional cost and/or time change in the Contract Documents. SC-46 Delete Paragraph 9.08 of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: 9.08 - Determinations for Unit Price Work ' SC-47 1 L A. ENGINEER will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR. ENGINEER will review with CONTRACTOR the ENGINEER's preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written decision thereon (by recommendation of an Application for Payment or otherwise). ENGINEER's written decision thereon is subject to the review and approval of he OWNER and the OWNER's determination shall be final as provided in 9.01 A. Delete Paragraph 9.09 of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: Supplementary Conditions DTN01444 00800-11 9.09 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work A. ENGINEER will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the Work thereunder. Claims, disputes, and other matters relating to the acceptability of the Work, the quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work, the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance of the Work, and Claims seeking changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times will be referred initially to ENGINEER in writing, in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 10.05, with a request for a formal decision. ENGINEER's formal decision thereon is subject to the review and approval of the OWNER and the OWNER's determination shall be final as provided in paragraph 9.01A B. The rendering of a decision by ENGINEER pursuant to this paragraph 9.09 and the review - and final decision by OWNER thereof, with respect to any such claim, dispute, or other matter (except any which have been waived by the acceptance of final payment as provided in paragraph 14.07) will be a condition precedent to any exercise by CONTRACTOR of any rights or remedies it may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulation in respect to any such claim, dispute, or other matter. SC-48 Delete Paragraph 10.05 of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: 10.05 Claims and Disputes A. Notice: Written notice stating the general nature of each Claim, dispute, or other matter shall be delivered by the claimant to ENGINEER promptly (but in no event later than 7 days) after the start of the event giving rise thereto. Notice of the amount or extent of the Claim, dispute, or other matter with supporting data shall be delivered to the ENGINEER within 30 days after the start of such event (unless ENGINEER allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of such Claim, dispute, or other matter). A Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 12.01.121. A Claim for an adjustment in Contract Time shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 12.02.B. Each Claim shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant believes it is entitled as a result of said event. B. ENGINEER will issue a written recommendation to the Owner in writing within 30 days after receipt of the last submittal of the claimant or the last submittal of the opposing party, if any. C. If ENGINEER does not issue a written recommendation within the time stated in paragraph 10.05.13, a decision denying the Claim in its entirety shall be deemed to have been issued 31 days after receipt of the last submittal of the claimant or the last submittal of the opposing party, if any. D. No Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times (or Milestones) will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this paragraph 10.05. SC-49 Amend paragraph 11.01 A. of the General Conditions by striking out the following words in the third sentence: "those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall include only the following items, and shall not include any of the costs itemized in paragraph 11.01 B." and adding the following: "those paid for the Work included in the Contract Price, shall include only the following items, and shall not include any of the costs itemized in paragraph 11.01 B. CONTRACTOR shall provide certified payroll records listing personnel classifications and salaries for all individuals involved in additional Work. Salaries for those not included in the certified payroll will be considered as being compensated under paragraph 11.01 B.". Supplementary Conditions 00800-12 DTN01444 7 i^I Li SC-50 Amend paragraph 11.01 A.1 of the General Conditions by striking out the following words in the second sentence: "without limitation superintendents, foreman" and adding the following: "one foreman (unless agreed upon prior to beginning Work). Amend paragraph 11.01 A.1 of the General Conditions by striking out the following words in the last ' sentence: "be included in the above" and adding the following: "not exceed 1.5 times regular pay and shall be included in the above" SC-51 Amend paragraph 11.01 8.1 by adding the following to the list of excluded personnel in the first ' sentence: superintendents ' SC-52 Amend paragraph 11.01 D. by modifying the sentence to read as follows; ..... and submit in a form and at intervals acceptable to ENGINEER..." SC-53 Delete Paragraph 11.03 C. of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: ' C. The unit price of an item of Unit Price Work shall be subject to reevaluation and adjustment in accordance with paragraph 10.05 under the following conditions: ' 1. if the total cost of a particular item of Unit Price Work amounts to twenty percent (20%) or more of the Contract Price and the variation in the quantity of that particular item of Unit Price Work performed by the CONTRACTOR differs by more than twenty percent (20%) from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement; and i2. if there is not corresponding adjustments with respect to any other item of Work; and 1 SC-54 3. if CONTRACTOR believes that CONTRACTOR has incurred additional expense as a result thereof, or if OWNER believes that the quantity variation entitles OWNER to an adjustment in, the Unit Price, either the OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with Article 11.01 if the parties are unable to agree as to the effect of any such variation in the quantity of the Unit Price Work performed. Add new paragraph following 11.03 11.04 No Claims for Delays A. The CONTRACTOR agrees to make no claims for damage for delay in the performance of the Contract occasioned by any act or omission to act of the OWNER, ENGINEER, or any of the ENGINEERS's or OWNER's agents, and agrees that any such claim shall be fully compensated by an extension of time, as set forth in a Change Order, to complete performance of the work as provided herein. Supplementary Conditions DTN01444 00800-13 SC-55 SC-56 Delete Paragraph 12.01 A. of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order or Written Amendment. Any claim by CONTRACTOR for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be in writing to the ENGINEER and will be processed in accordance with Article 10 hereof. Delete Paragraph 12.02 A. of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: A. The Contract Times (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or Written Amendment which shall be processed in accordance with Article 10 hereof. SC-57 Amend paragraph 12.03 A. by. deleting "abnormal weather condition." Add following: No time extension will be allowed for weather conditions. SC-58 Delete Paragraph 13.04 of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: 13.04 Uncovering Work SC-69 SC-60 A. If any Work is covered contrary to the request of ENGINEER, it must, if requested by ENGINEER, be uncovered for ENGINEER's observation and replaced at CONTRACTOR's expense. B. In circumstances different from 13.04 A above, if ENGINEER considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by the ENGINEER or inspected or tested by others, CONTRACTOR at ENGINEERS's request, shall uncover, expose, or otherwise make available for observation; inspection, or testing as ENGINEER may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, CONTRACTOR shall pay all Claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, and testing, and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. Add the following to paragraph 13.07 A.: When early acceptance of a Substantially Completed portion of the Work is accomplished in the manner indicated, the correction period for that portion of the Work shall commence at the time of substantial completion of that Work. Delete Paragraph 13.08 A. of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place A. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, OWNER (and, prior to ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment, ENGINEER) prefers to accept it, OWNER may do so. CONTRACTOR shall pay all Claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) attributable to OWNER's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by ENGINEER as to Supplementary Conditions DTN01444 00800-14 11 11 1 SC-61 I reasonableness) and the diminished. value of the Work to the extent not otherwise paid by CONTRACTOR pursuant to this sentence. If any such acceptance occurs prior to ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work, and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, reflecting the diminished value of Work so accepted. Delete Paragraph 13.09 C. of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: C. All Claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) incurred or sustained by OWNER in exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph 13.09 will be charged against CONTRACTOR, and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair, or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of CONTRACTOR'S defective Work. ' SC-62 Delete Paragraph 14.02 A.3. of the. General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: 3. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be five percent (5%) of the total amount of completed Work and properly stored materials on hand. In addition ' to the amount retained above, the OWNER may retain additional amounts as set forth elsewhere in the Contract Documents. SC-63 Amend the first sentence of paragraph 14.02 C.1. to read as follows: "Thirty days after presentation of the Application for Payment to OWNER ... " SC-64 ' Delete 14.02 D. 1. d. Add new paragraphs immediately after paragraph 14.02 DA.c. of the General Conditions which are to read as follows: d. OWNER has been notified of CONTRACTOR's failure to make payments to Subcontractors or Suppliers or for labor; e. CONTRACTOR's failure to submit up-to-date record documents as required by GC-6.12; f. CONTRACTOR's failure to submit monthly progress schedule updates or revised schedules as requested by the OWNER or ENGINEER; g. CONTRACTOR's failure to provide Project photographs required by Specifications; _ h. Unsatisfactory progress of the work not caused by conditions beyond the CONTRACTOR's control; ' I. CONTRACTOR's failure to carry out instructions of the OWNER or his representative; Supplementary Conditions 00800-15 ' DTN014" SC-65 SC-66 j. OWNER has a reasonable doubt that the contract can be completed for the balance then unpaid; k. Damage to another contractor, I. Claim filed by or against CONTRACTOR or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of claims; or M. Owner has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in paragraphs 14.02.B.5.a through 14.02.B.5.1 or paragraph 15.02.A. Add a new paragraph immediately after.14.02 D. 3.: . _ 4. OWNER may permanently withhold payment from Contract Price for a. liquidated damages incurred by CONTRACTOR, or b. compensation for ENGINEER for overtime charges of Resident Project Representative, third review of submittals, review of substitutions, reinspection fees, inspections or designs related to correction of defective Work, or other Services identified as requiring payment by the CONTRACTOR. Compensation will be based on the following rates: Position Hourly Rate Principal in Charge $178.00 Project Manager $153.00 Project Engineer $113.00 Construction Manager $113.00 Resident Project Representative $96.00 Design Engineer $96.00 Engineering Technician $88.00 Clerk $48.00 Other Direct Costs will be billed at the actual cost multiplied by 1.15. C. Costs for tests performed by the OWNER to verify that work previously tested and found to be defective has been corrected. Verification testing is to be provided at the CONTRACTOR's expense to verify products or constructed works are in compliance after corrections have been made. Delete Paragraph 14.04 of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: 14.04 Substantial Completion A. When CONTRACTOR considers the entire Work ready for its intended use CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete (except for items specifically listed by CONTRACTOR as incomplete) and request that ENGINEER issue a certificate of Substantial Completion. Promptly thereafter, OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and ENGINEER Supplementary Conditions DTN01444 00800-16 1 I I shall make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion. If ENGINEER does not consider the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER will notify CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons therefor. If ENGINEER considers the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER will prepare and deliver to OWNER a tentative certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to the certificate a tentative list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment. OWNER will thereafter review the tentative certificate of Substantial Completion and make a final determination as to substantial complefion which will be communicated to the CONTRACTOR in writing within 20 days after receipt of the tentative certificate. SC-67 Delete Paragraph 14.07 A.1. of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: SC-68 SC49 A. Application for Payment 1. After CONTRACTOR has satisfactorily completed all corrections identified during the final inspection and has delivered, in accordance with the Contract Documents, all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance certificates of inspection, marked -up record documents (as provided in paragraph 6.12), and other documents. CONTRACTOR may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. Add the following after paragraph 14.07 C. In the event the CONTRACTOR fails to attain Substantial Completion of the entire Project (all bid items except cathodic protection and final clean-up) within the Contract Time, the OWNER may withhold money permanently from the CONTRACTOR's total compensation a sum of $1,500 per day as liquidated damages and for added expenses including engineering services; etc. In the event the CONTRACTOR fails to attain Final Completion of the entire Project (all bid items) within the Contract Time, the OWNER may withhold money permanently from the CONTRACTOR's total compensation a sum of $1,000 per day as liquidated damages and for added expenses including engineering services, etc. The OWNER will be the sole judge as to whether the work has been completed within the allotted time. Accordingly, it is agreed and understood that said amount is to be assessed by the OWNER, not as a penalty, but as a predetermined and agreed upon liquidated damage. Additionally, assessment of liquidated damages by the OWNER shall not constitute a waiver of the OWNER's right to sue and collect additional damages which OWNER may sustain by the failure of the CONTRACTOR to perform in accordance with the terms of its Contract. Delete Paragraph 14.08. of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: 14.08 Final Completion Delayed - A. If after Substantial Completion of the Work final completion thereof is materially delayed though no fault of the CONTRACTOR, and the ENGINEER so confirms, OWNER, upon certification by ENGINEER, and without terminating the Agreement, may make payment of all or a portion of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance for the Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished as required in Paragraph 5.01, the written consent of the surety to payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by the CONTRACTOR to ENGINEER prior to certifications of such payment. Such payment, if approved, shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims. Supplementary Conditions 00800-17 DTN01444 1 SC-70 Delete Paragraph 14.09. of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: 14.09 Waiver of Claims A. The acceptance of final payment by the CONTRACTOR shall constitute a waiver of all claims by CONTRACTOR against OWNER. SC-71 Delete Paragraph 15.01 of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: 1 15.01 Owner's Right to Temporarily Suspend Work A. Reasons for Suspension. The OWNER shall have the right by written order to temporarily suspend the work, in.whole or in part, whenever, in the judgment of the OWNER, such temporary 1 suspension is required: 1. in the interest of the OWNER generally, 1 2. due to government or judicial controls or orders which make performance of this contract temporarily impossible or illegal, 1 3. to coordinate the work of separate contractors at the job site, 4. to expedite the completion of a separate contract even though the completion of this particular contract may be thereby delayed, 5. because of weather conditions unsuitable for performance of the work, or 1 6. because the CONTRACTOR is proceeding contrary to contract provisions or has failed to correct conditions considered unsafe for workmen. B. The written order of the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR shall state the reasons for 1 suspending the work and the anticipated periods for such suspension. Upon receipt of the OWNER'S - written order, the CONTRACTOR shall suspend the work covered by the order and shall take such means and precautions as may be necessary to properly protect the finished and partially finished , work, the unused materials and uninstalled equipment, including the providing of suitable drainage about the work and erection of temporary structures where necessary. The CONTRACTOR shall not suspend the work without written direction from the ENGINEER and shall proceed with the work promptly when.notified by the ENGINEER to, resume operations. . C No additional compensation shall be paid to the CONTRACTOR for such suspension under Paragraph 15.01 A.6. above or otherwise where same is caused by the fault of the CONTRACTOR. 1 Where such temporary suspension is not due to the fault of the CONTRACTOR, he shall be entitled to: 1. An equitable extension of working time for the completion of the work, not to 1 exceed the delay caused by such temporary suspension, as determined by the OWNER; and 2. the actual and necessary costs of properly protecting the finished and partially finished work, unused materials and uninstalled equipment during the period of the ordered ' suspension as determined by the OWNER as being beyond the contract requirements, such costs, if any, to be determined on the basis set forth in Article 12 of the General Conditions, and 3. where the CONTRACTOR elects to move equipment from the job site and then return it to the site when the work is ordered resumed, the actual and necessary costs of these 1 Supplementary Conditions 00800-18 DTN01444 1 moves, in an amount determined by the OWNER under the provisions of Article 12 of the General'Conditions SC-72 Delete Paragraph 15.02 of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: 15.02 Contractor Default., Owner's Right to Suspend Work and Annul Contract A. The work or any portion of the work under contract shall be suspended immediately on written order of the OWNER declaring the CONTRACTOR to be in default. A copy of such notice shall be served on the CONTRACTOR's surety. The contract may be annulled by the OWNER for any good cause or causes, _among others of which special reference is made to the following: ' 1. failure of the CONTRACTOR to start the work within 10 days from date specified in the written work order issued by the OWNER to begin the work; 2. substantial evidence that the progress of the work being made by the CONTRACTOR is insufficient to complete the work within the specified working time; 3. failure of the CONTRACTOR to provide sufficient and proper equipment, materials or construction forces for properly executing the work; 4.. substantial evidence that the CONTRACTOR has abandoned the work or discontinuance of the performance of the work or any part thereof and failure to resume performance within a reasonable time after notice to do so; 5. substantial evidence that the CONTRACTOR has become insolvent or bankrupt, or otherwise financially unable to carry on the work; 6. deliberate failure on the part of the CONTRACTOR to observe any requirements of these specifications or to comply with any orders given by the ENGINEER as provided for in these specifications; 7. failure of the CONTRACTOR to promptly make good any defects in materials or workmanship, or any defects of any nature, the correction of which has been directed in writing by the OWNER; B. substantial evidence of collusion for the purpose of illegally procuring a contract or perpetrating fraud on the OWNER in the construction of work under contract; 9. repeated and flagrant violations of safe working procedures; 10. the filing by the CONTRACTOR of litigation against the OWNER prior to final completion of the work. B. When the work is suspended for any, of the causes itemized above, or for any other cause or causes, the CONTRACTOR shall discontinue the work or such part thereof as the OWNER shall designate, whereupon the surety may either at its option assume the contract or that portion thereof which the OWNER has ordered the CONTRACTOR to discontinue and perform the same or, with the written consent of the OWNER, sublet the same, provided, however, that the surety shall exercise its option within two weeks after the written notice to discontinue the work has been served upon the CONTRACTOR and upon the surety or its authorized agents. The surety in such event shall assume the CONTRACTOR'S place in all respects and shall be paid by the OWNER for all work performed by it in accordance with the terms of the contract, but in no event shall such payments exceed the contract amount, regardless of the cost to the surety to complete the work. Supplementary Conditions 00800-19 DTN01444 SC-73 All monies remaining due the.CONTRACTOR at the time of his default shall thereupon become due and payable to the surety as the work progresses, subject to all terms of the contract. In case the surety does not, within the hereinabove specified time, exercise its obligation to assume the contract or that portion thereof which the OWNER has ordered the CONTRACTOR to discontinue, then the . OWNER shall have the. power to complete by contract or otherwise, as it may determine, the work herein described or such part thereof as it may deem necessary; and the CONTRACTOR hereto agrees that the OWNER shall have the right to take possession of or use any or all of the materials, plant, tools, equipment, supplies and property of every kind provided by the CONTRACTOR for the purpose of his work and to procure other tools, equipment and materials for the completion of the same and to charge to the account of the CONTRACTOR the expense of said contract for labor, - materials, tools, equipment and expenses incident thereto. The expense so charged shall be deducted by the OWNER out of such monies as may be due or may at any time thereafter become due the CONTRACTOR under and by virtue of the contract or any part thereof. C. The OWNER shall not be required to obtain the lowest bid for the work of completing the contract, but the expenses to be deducted shall be the actual cost of such work. In case such expense is less than the sum which would have been payable under the contract if the same had been completed by the CONTRACTOR, then in such case the OWNER may pay the CONTRACTOR the difference in the cost, provided that the CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to any claim for damages or for loss of anticipated profits. D. In case such expense shall exceed the amount which would have been payable under the contract if the same had been completed by the CONTRACTOR, the CONTRACTOR and his surety shall pay the amount of the excess to the OWNER on notice from the OWNER for excess due including any costs incurred by the OWNER, such as inspection, legal fees and liquidated damages. When any particular part of the work is being carried on by the OWNER by contract or otherwise under the provisions of this section, the CONTRACTOR shall continue the remainder of the work in conformity with the terms of the contract and in such a manner as not to hinder or interfere with the performance of workmen employed as above provided by the OWNER or surety. Delete Paragraph 15.03 of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: 15.03 Termination for Convenience of the Owner A. The performance of the work under this contract maybe terminated by the OWNER in whole or from time to time in part, in accordance with this section, whenever the OWNER shall determine that such termination is in the best interest of the OWNER. Any such termination shall be effected by mailing a notice of termination to the CONTRACTOR specifying the extent to which performance of work under the contract is terminated, and the date upon which such termination becomes effective. Receipt of the notice shall be deemed conclusively presumed and established when the letter is placed in the United States Mail by the OWNER. Further, it shall be deemed conclusively presumed and established that such termination is made with just cause as therein stated; and no proof in any claim, demand or suit shall be required of the OWNER regarding such discretionary action. B. After receipt of a notice of termination, and except as otherwise directed by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR shall: 1. stop work under the contract on the date and to the extent specified in the notice of termination; 2. . place no further orders or subcontracts for materials, services or facilities except as may be necessary for completion of such portion the work under the contract as is not terminated; Supplementary Conditions 00800-20 DTN01444 F- I_ L I 3. terminate all orders and subcontract to the extent that they relate to the performance of work terminated by the notice of termination; 4. transfer title to the OWNER and deliver in the manner, at the times; and to the extent, if any, directed by the ENGINEER: a. the fabricated or unfabricated parts, work in process, completed work, supplies and other material produced as a part of, or acquired in connection with the performance of, the work terminated by the notice of termination; and b: the completed or partially completed plans, drawings, information and other ' property which, if the contract had been completed, would have been required to be furnished to the OWNER. 5. complete performance of such part of the work as shall not have been terminated by the notice of termination; and 6.- take such action as may be necessary, or as the ENGINEER may direct, for the protection and preservation of the property related to its contract which is in the possession of the CONTRACTOR and In which the OWNER has or may acquire an interest. At a time not later than 30 days after the termination date specified in the notice of termination, the CONTRACTOR may submit to the ENGINEER a list, certified as to the quantity and quality, of any or all items of termination inventory not previously disposed of, exclusive of items the disposition of which has been directed or authorized by the ENGINEER. Not later than 15 days thereafter, the OWNER shall accept title to such items and remove them or enter into a storage agreement covering the same, provided that the list submitted shall be subject to verification by the ENGINEER upon removal of the items, or, if the items are stored, within 45 days from the date of submission of the list, and provided that any necessary adjustments to correct the list as submitted shall be made prior to final settlement. C. Within 60 days after notice of termination, the CONTRACTOR shall submit his termination claim to the ENGINEER in the form and with the certification prescribed by the -ENGINEER. Unless one or more extensions in writing are granted by the ENGINEER upon request of the CONTRACTOR, made in writing within such 60-day period or authored extension thereof, any and all such claims shall be conclusively deemed waived. I D. Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.03 C., the CONTRACTOR and OWNER may agree upon the whole or any part of the amount or amounts to be paid to the CONTRACTOR by reason of the total or partial termination of work pursuant hereto, provided that such agreed amount or amounts shall never exceed the total contract price as reduced by the amount of payments otherwise I made and as further reduced by the contract price of work not terminated. The contract shall be amended accordingly, and the CONTRACTOR shall be paid the agreed amount. No amount shall be due for lost or anticipated profits. Nothing in Paragraph 15.03 E., hereunder, prescribing the amount to be pain to the CONTRACTOR in the event of failure of the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER to agree upon the whole amount to be paid to the CONTRACTOR by reason of the termination of work pursuant to this section, shall be deemed to limit, restrict or otherwise determine or affect the amount or amounts which may be agreed upon to be paid to the CONTRACTOR pursuant to this paragraph. E. In the event of the failure of the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER to agree, as provided in Paragraph 15.03 D., upon the whole amount to be paid to the CONTRACTOR by reason of the I termination of work pursuant to this section, the OWNER shall determine, on the basis of information available to it, the amount, if any, due to the CONTRACTOR by reason of the termination and shall pay to the CONTRACTOR the amounts determined. No amount shall be due for lost or anticipated profits. F. In arriving at the amount due the CONTRACTOR under this section, there shall be deducted: Supplementary Conditions 00800-21 DTN01444 1 SC-74 SC-75 SC-76 6. SC-77 1. all unliquidated advance or other payments on account theretofore made to the CONTRACTOR, applicable to the terminated portion of this contract; 2. any claim which the OWNER may have against the CONTRACTOR in connection with this contract; and 3. the agreed price for or the proceeds of sale of any materials, supplies or other things kept by the CONTRACTOR or sold, pursuant to the provisions of this clause, and not otherwise recovered by or credited to the OWNER. G. If the termination hereunder be partial prior to the settlement of the terminated portion of this contract, the CONTRACTOR may file with the ENGINEER a request in writing for an equitable adjustment of the price or prices specified in the contract relating to the continued portion of the contract (the portion not terminated by the notice of termination), and such equitable adjustment as may be agreed upon shall be made in such price or prices; nothing contained herein, however, shall limit the right of the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR to agree upon the amount or amounts to be paid to the CONTRACTOR for the completion of the continued portion of the contract when said contract does not contain an established contract price for such continued portion. . H. Nothing contained in this section shall limit or alter the rights which the OWNER may have for termination of this contract under Paragraph 15.02 hereof entitled "CONTRACTOR Default; OWNER's Right to Suspend Work and Annual Contract" or any other right which OWNER may have for default or breach of contract by CONTRACTOR. Delete Paragraph 15.04 in its entirety. Delete Paragraph 16.01 of the General Conditions in its entirety. In paragraph 17.01 A, insert the words "return receipt requested" after the words."certified mail" in line In paragraph 17.02 A, remove "such day will be omitted from the computation" in line 6 and replace it with "then the last day of such period shall be the next working day." SC-78 SC-79 Add the following paragraph after paragraph 17.05 A.: B. Exclusive venue for any action under this Contract shall be a court of competent jurisdiction in Denton County, Texas. Add the following paragraph after paragraph 17.05: 17.06 Fixed Date Contracts A. All references and conditions for a "calendar contract" in the General Conditions shall apply for a "Fixed Date Contract." Supplementary Conditions 00800-22 DTNO1444 SC-80 Add the following paragraph after paragraph 17.06: 17.07 No Waiver of Legal Rights A. Inspection by the ENGINEER; any order, measurement, quantity or certificate by the ENGINEER; any order by the OWNER for payment of money; any payment for or acceptance of any work; or any extension of time or any possession taken by the OWNER shall not operate as a waiver of any provisions of the contract or any power therein reserved to the OWNER of any rights or damages therein provided. Any waiver of any breach of contract shall not be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach. The OWNER reserves the right to correct any error that may be discovered in any estimate that may have been paid and to adjust the same to meet the requirements of the contract documents. The OWNER reserves the right to recover by process of law sums as may be sufficient to correct any error or make good any deficiency in the work resulting from such error, dishonesty or collusion by the CONTRACTOR or his agents and the ENGINEER or his assistants, discovered in the work after the final payment has been made. Neither final acceptance of the work nor final payment shall relieve the CONTRACTOR of responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship, and the CONTRACTOR shall promptly remedy any defects due thereto and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom. Likewise, neither final acceptance nor final payment, nor partial or entire use or occupancy of the work by the OWNER shall constitute acceptance of work not done in accordance with the contract documents or relieve CONTRACTOR of liability with respect to any expressed or implied warranties or responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship, whether same be patently or latently defective. SC-81 Add the following paragraph after paragraph 17.07: ' 17.08 Equal Employment Opportunity A. During the performance of this contract the CONTRACTOR agrees as follows: 1. CONTRACTOR shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, age or national origin. The CONTRACTOR. shall take affirmative action to insure that applicants are employed and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, color, sex, religion, age or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer„ recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination, rates of pay . or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The CONTRACTOR agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees or applicants for ided setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. employment, notices to be prov ' 2. CONTRACTOR shall, in all solicitations or, advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the CONTRACTOR, state that all qualified applicants shall receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, national origin or age. 3. CONTRACTOR shall send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding a notice to be provided, advising the said labor union or workers' representatives of the CONTRACTOR'S commitments under this section, and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. 4. CONTRACTOR shall include the provisions of this section in all subcontracts pertaining to the work. 5.. During the course of the work, the CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER, on a monthly basis, a breakdown by minority group of all employees at the site of the work. Supplementary Conditions 00800-23 DTN01444 SC-82 Add the following paragraph after paragraph 17.08: , 17.09 Loss of Anticipated Profits A. Contractor will not be entitled to loss of anticipated profits pursuant to any claim under this Agreement. SC-83 Add the following paragraph after paragraph 17.09: 17.10 Obligation to Perform Functions A. Any failure or neglect on the part of OWNER, ENGINEER or inspectors to enforce provisions herein dealing with supervision, control, inspection, testing or acceptance and approval of the work shall never operate to relieve CONTRACTOR from full compliance with the contract documents nor render OWNER liable to CONTRACTOR for money damages, extensions of time or increased compensation of any kind. SC-84 [NOT USED] SC-86 SC-86 All bonds must be submitted on City forms. Copies are attached. Insurance Certificate must be submitted and issued with the City listed as the certificate holder. The Cancellation Policy must read as follows: "Said policy shall not be cancelled, non -renewed or materially changed without 30 days advance written notice being given to the Owner, except when the policy is being cancelled for nonpayment of premium in which case 10 days advance written notice is required." SC-87 By signing the proposal sheet, the representative has read and understands all plans, specifications, general design standards involved with this project. . SC-88 SC-89 A pre -bid meeting will be held on February 28, 2002. The following provisions are hereby added to the Contract Agreement (Section 00500): No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and, specifically but without limitation, moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment, no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents. Supplementary Conditions DTN01444 00800-24 n L 11 11 !I I 1 I I OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns, and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns, and legal representatives in respect to all covenants, agreements, and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Any provision or part of the Contract Documents held to be void or unenforceable under any Law or Regulation shall be deemed stricken, and all remaining provisions shall continue to be valid and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR, who agree that the Contract Documents shall be reformed to replace such stricken provision or part thereof with a valid and enforceable provision that comes as close as possible to expressing the intention of the stricken provision. It is the intent and agreement of the parties to this contract that all legal provisions of law required to be inserted herein shall be and are inserted herein. If through mistake or oversight, however, any such provision is not herein inserted, or is, not inserted in proper form, then upon application of either party, the contract shall be amended so as to strictly comply with the law and without prejudice to the rights of either party hereunder. SC-90 SUBCONTRACTORS Each bidder shall submit the names of the subcontractors and material suppliers proposed for such portions of the work as are designated in the bidding documents, and the names of the subcontractors proposed for the principal portions of work. The Bidder will be required to establish to the satisfaction of the Owner the reliability and responsibility of the proposed subcontractor to furnish and perform such portions of this work. Prior to the award of the contract, the Owner will notify the Bidder in writing if the Owner has a reasonable objection to any subcontractor on the list. If the Owner objects to any . subcontractor on the list in writing, the Bidder may, at its option, withdraw its bid without forfeiture of bid security, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein. The Bidder may submit an acceptable substitute without a change in the bid price. Subcontractors and other persons and organizations proposed by the Bidder and accepted by the Owner must be used on the work for which they were proposed and accepted and shall not be changed except with the written approval of the Owner. SC-91 Add the following text at the end of 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others, Part G: No work may be performed by any Subcontractor until the CONTRACTOR executes a subcontract with Subcontractor which, as provided in this paragraph, expressly incorporates the provisions of the contract documents as binding on and applying to the Subcontractor insofar as they are applicable to the work performed by the Subcontractor. The CONTRACTOR shall provide written documentation to the OWNER which indicates the name of the Subcontractor, the date the subcontract was executed and the value of the executed subcontract. No work may be performed by any Subcontractor until the written documentation is provided following execution of the subcontract. The CONTRACTOR also must provide written notification of any amendment or changes in any subcontract value. SC-92 Add the following paragraph after Paragraph 6.20 INDEMNIFICA70N: 6.21 Performance of Work by the Contractor Contractor Participation: Except as otherwise provided, the Contractor shall perform no less than 25 percent (25%) of the work with his own organization. The on -site production of materials produced by other than the Contractor's forces shall be considered as being subcontracted. If, during the progress of work hereunder, the Contractor requests a reduction in such participation percentage and the OWNER determines that it would be to the OWNER's advantage, the percentage of work required to be performed by the Contractor may be reduced; provided, written approval of such reduction is obtained by the Contractor from the OWNER. Supplementary Conditions DTNO1444 00800-25 1 i SC-93 , Add the following paragraph after Paragraph 10.05 Claims and Disputes, Part A Notice: B. SUBCONTRACTOR CLAIMS; DUTY OF CONTRACTOR ' As provided in paragraph.6.06 G, the provisions of the contract documents are binding on and apply to subcontractors insofar as they are applicable to the work performed by the subcontractor. This especially includes, without limitation, the terms of the general conditions, and any addendums or supplementary conditions modifying the general conditions. In regard to any claim for additional time, additional compensation, or other damages filed by a subcontractor against the CONTRACTOR, the CONTRACTOR agrees to thoroughly review and analyze the claim in good faith as to its merits and , amount. CONTRACTOR also agrees that it will not present or pass the claim through to the OWNER as if it were the CONTRACTOR's claim, if the claim is subject to any valid legal or equitable defenses the available to either OWNER or CONTRACTOR under the contract documents, the terms of subcontract, or applicable statutory or case law, which defenses include, but are not limited to, any and all notice and claim defenses arising under the subcontract or the contract documents. If the subcontractor claim is subject to any valid legal or equitable defense under the contract documents, the subcontract, or applicable statutory or case law, CONTRACTOR shall, as a condition precedent to the ' filing of any claim against the OWNER by virtue of any derivative liability of the OWNER under the contract documents or applicable law, defend against the invalid subcontractor claim in a court of competent jurisdiction, at CONTRACTOR's sole cost and expense. Failure of CONTRACTOR to defend against invalid subcontractor claims as required in this paragraph shall constitute a complete and unequivocal waiver of any right of CONTRACTOR to seek reimbursement from OWNER. Further, if the CONTRACTOR fails to provide the defense required above, CONTRACTOR shall be obligated to indemnify and reimburse OWNER for all expenses and costs, including but not limited to attorney's fees and expert witness costs, incurred by OWNER in defending any lawsuit based upon a subcontractor claim, in which lawsuit a valid legal or equitable defense was available under the contract documents, the subcontract or applicable statutory or case law. , SC-94 In Section 10.05 Claims and Disputes, revise the existing headings of Paragraphs B, C, and D to read C, D, and E. SECTION END OF r r r Supplementary Conditions 00800-26 DTN01444 I�- CITY OF DENTON INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTRACTORS e Bidder's attention is directed to the insurance requirements below. It is highly recommended that bidders confer with their respective insurance carriers or brokers to determine in advance of Bid submission the availability of insurance certificates and endorsements as prescribed and provided herein. If an apparent low bidder fails to comply strictly with the insurance requirements, that bidder may be disqualified from award of the contract Upon bid award,. all insurance requirements sham become contractual obligations, which the successful bidder shall have a duty to maintain throughout the course of this contract STANDARD PROVISIONS: 1 Without limiting any of the other obligations or liabilities of the Contractor, the Contractor shall provide and maintain until the contracted work has been completed and accepted by the City of Denton, Owner, the minimum insurance coverage as indicated hereinafter. As soon as practicable after notification of bid award, Contractor shall file with the.Purchasing Department satisfactory certificates of insurance, containing the bid number and title of the project. Contractor may, upon written request to the Purchasing Department, ask for clarification of any insurance requirements at any time; however, Contractors are strongly advised to make such requests prior to bid opening, since the insurance requirements may not be modified or waived after bid opening unless a written exception has been submitted with ' the bid. Contractor shall not commence any work or deliver any material until he or she receives notification that the contract has been accepted, approved, and signed by the City of Denton. All insurance policies proposed or obtained in satisfaction of these requirements shall comply with the following ' general specifications, and shall be maintained in compliance with these general specifications throughout the duration of the Contract, or longer, if so noted: • Each policy shall be issued by a company authorized to do business in the State of Texas with an A.M. Best Company rating of at least A. Any deductibles or self -insured retentions shall be declared in the bid proposal. If requested by the City, ' the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductibles or self -insured retentions with respect to the City, its officials, agents, employees and volunteers; or, the contractor shall procure a bond guaranteeing payment of losses and related investigations, claim administration and defense expenses. 1 Liability policies shall be endorsed to provide the following: o Name as additional insured the City of Denton, its Officials, Agents, Employees and volunteers. o That such insurance is primary to any other insurance available to the additional insured with respect to claims covered under the policy and that this insurance applies separately to each e insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought. The inclusion of more than one insured shall not operate to increase the insurer's limit of liability. o All policies shall be endorsed to read: "SAID POLICY SHALL NOT BE CANCELLED, NONRENEWED OR MATERIALLY CHANGED WITHOUT 30 DAYS ADVANCED WRITTEN NOTICE BEING GIVEN TO THE OWNER (CITY) EXCEPT WHEN THE POLICY IS BEING CANCELLED FOR NONPAYMENT OF PREMIUM WHICH CASE 10 DAYS ADVANCE WRITTEN NOTICE IS .REQUIRED". ' 1-of 6 • Should any of the required insurance be provided under a claims -made form, Contractor shall maintain 1 such coverage continuously throughout the term of this contract and, without lapse, for a period of three 1 years beyond the contract expiration, such that occurrences arising during the contract_term which give rise to claims made after expiration of the contract shall be covered. - • Should any of the required insurance be provided under a form of coverage that includes a general 1 annual aggregate limit providing for claims investigation or legal defense costs to be included in the general annual aggregate limit, the Contractor shall either double the occurrence limits or obtain Owners and Contractors Protective Liability Insurance. 1 • Should any required insurance lapse during the contract term, requests for payments originating after such lapse shall not be processed until the City receives satisfactory evidence of reinstated coverage as required by this contract, effective as of the lapse date. If insurance is not reinstated, City may, at its sole , option, terminate this agreement effective on the date of the lapse. SPECIFIC ADDITIONAL INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS: All insurance policies proposed or obtained in satisfaction of this Contract shall additionally comply with the following marked specifications, and shall be maintained in compliance with these additional specifications throughout the duration of the Contract, or longer, if so noted: [XI A. General Liability Insurance: =I General Liability insurance with combined single limits of not less than $2.000.000 shall be provided and maintained by the Contractor. The policy shall be written on an occurrence basis either in a single policy or in a combination of underlying and umbrella or excess policies. If the Commercial General Liability form (ISO Form CG 0001 current edition) is used: • Coverage A shall include premises, operations, products, and completed operations, independent contractors, contractual liability covering this contract and broad form property damage coverage. • Coverage B shall include personal injury. • Coverage C, medical payments, is not required. If the Comprehensive General Liability form (ISO Form GL 0002 Current Edition and ISO Form GL 0404) is used, it shall include at least: • Bodily injury and Property Damage Liability for premises, operations, products and completed operations, independent contractors and property damage resulting from explosion, collapse or underground (XCLI) exposures. • Broad form contractual liability (preferably by endorsement) covering this contract, personal injury liability and broad form property damage liability. 11 2 of 6 �I t� [X] B. Automobile Liability Insurance: Contractor shall provide Commercial Automobile Liability insurance with Combined Single Limits (CSL) of not less than $500,000 either in a single policy or in a combination of basic and umbrella or excess policies. The policy will include bodily injury and property damage liability arising out of the operation, maintenance and use of all automobiles and mobile equipment used in conjunction with this contract. Satisfaction of the above requirement shall be in the form of a policy endorsement for. any auto, or all owned, hired and non -owned autos. ' [X] C. Workers Compensation Insurance Contractor shall purchase and maintain Worker's Compensation insurance which, in addition to meeting the minimum statutory requirements for issuance of such insurance, has Employer's Liability limits of at least $100,000 for each accident, $100,000 per each employee, and a $500,000 policy limit for occupational disease. The City need not be named as an "Additional Insured" but the insurer shall agree to waive all rights of ' subrogation. against the City, its officials, agents, employees and volunteers for any work performed for the City by the Named Insured. For building or construction projects, the Contractor shall comply with the provisions of Attachment 1 in accordance with §406.096 ' of the Texas Labor Code and rule 28TAC 110.110 of the Texas Worker's Compensation Commission (TWCC). (] D. Owner's and Contractor's Protective Liability Insurance The Contractor shall obtain, pay for and maintain at all times during the prosecution of the work under this contract, an Owner's and Contractor's Protective Liability insurance policy naming the City as insured for property damage and bodily injury which may arise in the prosecution of the work or Contractors operations under this contract. Coverage shall be on an "occurrence" basis, and the policy shall be issued by the same insurance company ' that carries the Contractors liability insurance. Policy limits will be at least combined bodily injury and property damage per occurrence with a aggregate. ' [ ] E. Fire Damage Legal Liability Insurance Coverage is required if Broad form General Liability is not provided or is unavailable to the contractor or if a contractor leases or rents a portion of a City building. Limits of not less than each occurrence are required. [ ] F. Professional Liability Insurance Professional liability insurance with limits not less than per claim with ' respect to negligent acts, errors or omissions in connection with professional services is required under this Agreement. [ ] G. Builders' Risk Insurance Builders' Risk Insurance, on an All -Risk form for 100% of the completed value at each stage of progress shall be provided. Such policy shall include as "Named Insured" the City of Denton and all subcontractors as their interests may appear. 3of6 [ ] H. Additional insurance Other insurance may be required on an individual basis for extra hazardous contracts and specific service agreements. If such additional insurance is required for a specific contract, that requirement will be described in the "Specific Conditions" of the contract specifications. 4of6 ATTACHMENT [X] Worker's Compensation Coverage for Building or Construction Projects for Governmental Entities tCertificate A. Definitions: of coverage ("certificate") - A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self -insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC-81, TWCC- 82, TWCC-83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of.the project. Duration of the project - includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the contractor's / person's work on the project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity. Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor" in §406.096) - includes all persons or entitiesperforming all or part of the services the contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner -operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. B. The contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any overage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements ' of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the Contractor providing services on the project, for the duration of the project. C. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being ' awarded the contract. ' D. If the coverage period shown on the contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended. E. The contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the ' governmental entity: (1) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and ' (2) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project. F. The contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter. G. The contractor shalt notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project. 5of6 H. The contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. I. The contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to: (1) provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts , and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; , (2) provide to the contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (3) provide the contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current .. certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; , (4) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the contractor: (a) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (b) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of 1 the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; 1 (5) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (6) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 , days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and (7) contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (1) - (7), with take certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. 1 J. By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the contractor who will provide services on the project will be covered by workers' compensation coverage for the ' duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self -insured, with A commission's Division of Self -Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the contractor to , administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. K. The contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the contractor which entitles the governmental entity to declare the contract void if the contractor ' does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity. , 6 of 6 ' I i i DIVISION 7 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 11 1 F 1 01005 DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 SPECIFICATION TERMINOLOGY A. "Engineer' or "Architect" means Freese and Nichols, Inc. Architects and Engineers, 4055 ' Intemational Plaza, Fort Worth, Texas 76109-4895, or its designated representative. B. "Furnish" means to supply, deliver and unload materials and equipment at the project site . ready to install. C. "Install" means the operations at the project site including unpacking, assembly, erection, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, training and similar operations required to prepare the materials and equipment for use, verify conformance with Contract Documents and prepare for acceptance and operation by the ' Owner. D. "Provide" means to furnish and install materials and equipment. E. "Perform" means to complete the operations necessary to comply with the Contract Documents. F. "Indicated" means graphic representations, notes, or schedules on drawings, or other e requirements in Contract Documents. Words such as "shown", "noted", "scheduled", are used to help locate the reference. No limitation on the location is intended unless specifically noted. G. "Specified" means written representations in the bid documents or the technical A specifications. H. "Regulation" means laws, statutes, ordinances, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, as well as, rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of work, whether they are lawfully imposed by authorities having jurisdiction or not I. "Installer' means an entity engaged by Contractor, either as an employee, subcontractor, or sub -subcontractor to install materials and/or equipment. Installers are to have successfully completed a minimum of five projects similar in size and scope to this project, have a minimum of five years of experience in the installation of similar materials and equipment, and ' comply with the requirements of the authority having jurisdiction. J. "Manufacturer' means an entity engaged by Contractor, as a subcontractor, or ' sub -subcontractor to furnish materials and/or equipment. Manufacturers are to have a minimum of five years experience in the manufacture of materials and equipment similar in size, capacity and scope to the specified materials and equipment. ' K. "Project site" means the space available to perform the work, either exclusively or in conjunction with others performing construction at the project site. ' L. "Testing laboratory" means an independent entity engaged to perform specific inspections or tests, either at the project site or elsewhere, and to report and interpret the results of those inspections or tests. Definitions and Terminology 01005-1 DTNO1444 M. "Listed" means equipment is included in a list published by a nationally recognized laboratory ' which makes periodic inspection of production of such equipment and states that such equipment meets nationally recognized standards or has been tested and found safe for use in a specified manner. ' N. "Labeled" means equipment that embodies a valid label, symbol, or other identifying, mark of a nationally recognized testing laboratory such as Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. and ; production is periodically inspected in accordance with nationally recognized standards or tests to determine safe use in a specified manner. O. "Certified" used in context with materials and equipment means the material avid equipment ' has been tested and found by a nationally recognized testing laboratory to meet specification requirements, or nationally recognized standards if requirements are not specified, and is safe for use in the specified manner. Production of the equipment must be periodically inspected by a nationally recognized testing laboratory and the equipment must bear a label, 1 tag, or other record of certification. "Certified" used in context with labor performance or ability to install materials and equipment , means that the abilities of the proposed installer have been tested by an representative of the specified testing agency authorized to issue certificates of competency and has met the prescribed standards for certification. ' Certified" used in context with test reports, payment requests or other statements of fact means that the statements made on the document are a true statement as attested to by the certifying entity. ' 1.02 SPECIFICATION SENTENCE STRUCTURE A. Specifications are written in modified brief style. Requirements apply to all work of the same , kind, class, and type even though the word "all" is not stated. B. Simple imperative sentence structure is used which places a verb as the first word in the ' sentence. It is understood that the words "furnish", "install", "provide", or similar words include the meaning of the phrase "The Contractor shall..." before these words. C. It is understood that the words "directed", "designated", "requested", "authorized", "approved", ' "selected", or similar words include the meaning of the phrase "by the Engineer" after these words unless otherwise stated. Use of these words does not extend the Engineer's responsibility for construction supervision or responsibilities beyond those defined in the ' General Conditions. D. "At no additional cost to Owner', 'With no extra compensation to Contractor', "At Contractor's ' own expense", or similar words mean that the Contractor will perform or provide specified operation of work without any increase in the Contract Amount. It is understood that the cost for performing all work is included in the amount bid and will be performed at no additional , cost to the Owner unless specifically stated otherwise. 1.03 DOCUMENT ORGANIZATION A. The contract requirements described in the General Conditions, Supplemental Conditions and ' Division 1 apply to each and all specification sections unless specifically noted otherwise. B. Organization of Contract Documents is not intended to control or to lessen the responsibility ' of the Contractor when dividing work among subcontractors, or to establish the extent of work to be performed by any trade, subcontractor or vendor. Specification or details do not need to Definitions and Terminology ° 01005-2 , DTN01444 I ' be indicated or specified in each specification or drawing. Items shown in the contract documents are applicable regardless of location in the Contract Documents. C. Standard paragraph titles and other identifications of subject matter in the specifications are intended to aid in locating and recognizing various requirements of the specifications. Titles do not define, limit, or otherwise restrict specification text. D. Capitalizing words in the text does not mean that these words convey special or unique meanings or have precedence over other parts of the Contract Documents. Specification text governs over titling and it is understood that the specification is to be interpreted as a whole. E. Drawings and specifications do not indicate or describe all of the work required to complete the project. Additional details required for the correct installation of selected products are to be provided by the Contractor and coordinated with the Engineer. Provide any work, materials or equipment required for a complete and functional system even if they are not detailed or specified. ' 1.04 INTERPRETATIONS OF DOCUMENTS A. Comply with the most stringent requirements where compliance with two (2) or more standards is specified, and they establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, unless Contract Documents indicate otherwise. 1. Quantity or quality level shown or indicated shall be minimum to be provided or performed ' in every instance. 2. Actual installation may comply exactly with minimum quality indicated, or it may exceed that minimum within reasonable limits. ' 3. In complying with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum values, as noted, or appropriate for context of requirements. 4. Refer instances of uncertainty to the Engineer for a decision before proceeding. B. Provide materials and equipment comparable in quality to similar materials and equipment incorporated in the project or as required to meet the minimum requirements of the application if the materials and equipment are shown in the drawings but are not included in ' the specifications. 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS ' A. Comply with applicable construction industry standards as if bound or copied directly into the Contract.Documents regardless of lack of reference in the Contract Documents. Apply provisions of the Contract Documents where Contract Documents include more stringent ' requirements than the referenced standards. 1. Standards referenced directly in the Contract Documents take precedence over standards that are not referenced but recognized in the construction industry as ' applicable. 2. Comply with standards not referenced but recognized in the construction industry as applicable for performance of the work except as otherwise limited by the Contract ' Documents. The Engineer determines whether code or standard is applicable, or which of several are applicable. B. Consider a referenced standard to be the latest edition with supplements or amendments ' when a standard is referred to in an individual specification section but is not listed by title and date. ' Definitions and Terminology DTN01444 01005-3 II 1.06 C. Trade association names and title of general standards are frequently abbreviated. ' Acronyms or abbreviations used in the Contract Documents mean the recognized name of trade association, standards. generating organization, authority having jurisdiction, or other entity applicable in the context of the Contract Documents. Refer to "Encyclopedia of ' Associations;' published by Gale Research Company. D. Make copies of reference standards available as requested by Engineer or Owner. SUBSTITUTIONSA AND EQUAL PRODUCTS Provide materials and equipment manufactured by the entities specifically listed in each technical specification section. Submit a Contractor's Modification Request per Section 01300, SUBMITTALS for substitution of materials and equipment manufacturers not specifically listed or for materials and equipment that does not strictly comply with the Contract Documents. END OF SECTION Definitions and Terminology 01006-4 DTN01444 I r 11 11 II 1 1 1 i 1 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Construct work as described in the Contract Documents. 1. Provide the materials, equipment, and incidentals required to make the project completely operable. 2. Provide the labor, equipment, tools, and consumable supplies required for a complete project. 3. Provide the civil, architectural, structural, mechanical, electrical, instrumentation and all other work required for a complete and operable project. 4. Test and place the completed project in operation. 5. Provide the special tools, spare parts, lubricants, supplies, or other materials as required for the operation and maintenance of the Project. 6. Drawings and specifications do not indicate or describe all of the work required to complete the project. Additional details required for the correct installation of selected products are to be provided by the Contractor and coordinated with the Engineer. 1.02 JOB CONDITIONS A. The General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, and Division One specifications apply to each specificafion sections. B. Comply with all applicable state and local codes and regulations pertaining to the nature and character of the work being performed. 1.03 DESCRIPTION OF WORK The Project includes the installation of the Lake Ray Roberts 54-Inch Pipeline. 1.04 WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS The Owner has released a construction Contract for construction of the Lake Ray Roberts Water Treatment Plant. Activities for this contract will be ongoing, while this Contract is in progress. In addition, the Owner may release contracts for construction of other waterlines which may interconnect with the'54-inch waterline, and may be ongoing, while this contract is in progress. . Cooperate with other contractors as required with regard to scheduling, storage of materials, coordination, use of land, tie-ins, security, site restoration, and job site harmony. Report any potential conflicts between this work and other Contracts immediately to the Owner. 1.05 WORK BY OWNER 1 A. The Owner may perform items of work which are not included in this contract, but may impact construction scheduling. Contractor to coordinate construction activities through the 1 Engineer. 1.06 CONSTRUCTION OF UTILITIES A. Coordinate with Utility Companies or their contractors to provide all required utilities for this project. Summary of Work DTNO1444 01010-1 i B. Power and Electrical Services Pay for temporary construction power, including but not limited to construction cost, meter connection, fees and permits. C. Water Service Provide temporary water during construction. All work and materials necessary to tap, convey and pump water shall be provided by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. See Section 01666, HYDROSTATIC TEST, for water used to fill the pipeline. 1.07 OCCUPANCY A. As soon as any portion of the structure and equipment are ready for use, the Owner shall have the right to operate the portion upon written notice to the Contractor. B. Testing of equipment and appurtenances including specified test periods, training, and start-up does not constitute acceptance for operation. C. Owner may accept the facility for continued use after start-up and testing at the option of the Owner. If acceptance is delayed at the option of the Owner, shut down facilities per approved Operation and Maintenance procedures. D. The execution of bonds is understood to indicate the consent of the surety. E. Conduct operations to insure the least inconvenience to the Owner and general public. 1.08 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PROJECT SITE A. Limit the use of project site for work and storage to the areas at the site designated on the drawings. B. Coordinate the use of the premises with the Engineer. C. Assume full responsibility for the protection and safekeeping of products stored at the site. D. Store products to allow owner access for maintenance and operations. E. Obtain and pay for the use of any additional storage or work areas needed for construction. F. Any damage to existing facilities, including contamination, caused by the Contractor's personnel, visitors, materials, or equipment, shall be repaired or corrected at the Contractor's expense. G. No alcoholic beverages or illegal substances shall be permitted on the site at any time. H. No concealed or illegal weapons shall be permitted on the site at any time. 2.00 PRODUCTS. 2.01 MATERIALS Provide materials and products per the individual sections of the specifications. END OF SECTION Summary of Work 01010-2 DTN01444 11 II II I 01030 SPECIAL PROCEDURES 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE A. Perform the work as required to complete the entire project within the contract time B. Consider the sequences, duration limitations, and governing factors outlined in the Contract ' Documents to prepare the schedule for the work. _ C. Perform the work not specifically described in this Section as required to complete the entire project within the contract time. D. The Contractor shall start pipe laying at Station 10+00 and proceed to Station 404+99 +/-. After pipe laying, proceed with testing and disinfection. E. Testing and disinfection procedure shall be as follows: 1. Contractor shall clean and broom sweep the 54-inch pipeline as construction proceeds. ' 2. Contractor shall install temporary connections (if needed) to the 30-inch pipeline. The 30- inch line will be constructed by others. The 30-inch line will be used to fill the 54-inch pipeline. The Contractor will chlorinate and disinfect the 54-inch pipeline with water used ' to fill the pipeline for hydrostatic testing. The Contractor shall test the line per Section 01666, HYDROSTATIC TEST. 3. The Contractor will flush the chlorinated water from the pipeline, and dispose of the chlorinated water in an acceptable manner. As the chlorinated water is flushed, potable water from the 30-inch line will be used to fill the 54-inch pipeline. 4. The Contractor will provide testing of the water to verify the pipe has been properly disinfected per Section 01656, DISINFECTION OF POTABLE WATER FACILITIES. ' After testing, the 54-inch line shall be left full of water. 5. The Owner will provide water at no charge to fill the line one time for the hydrostatic test and chlorination and a second time to flush the chlorinated water. If additional water is ' needed due to the fault of the Contractor, the Owner will charge the Contractor for the additional water at its published rate. 1.02 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS ' Included in the Appendix is a copy of the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) Nationwide Permit 12 for utility line discharges. This permit and accompanying requirements are included and made a part of the requirements for this project. It is the Contractor's responsibility to meet these requirements. Included in the Appendix are road permits. The Contractor shall comply with the requirements at ' no additional cost to the Owner. 1.03 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS EXCAVATED MATERIAL ' The Contractor is responsible for properly disposing of all excess excavated material in accordance with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances, statutes, etc. Where indicated on the plans, excess material may be disposed on the site. Special Procedures DTNO1444 01030-1 11 1.04 NATIONAL SANITATION FOUNDATION All materials and equipment furnished for this project shall meet NSF 60/61 approval. The Contractor Shall advise the Engineer of any material requirements in these Contract Documents which conflict with NSF requirements. 1.05 PLANT SITE TIE-IN The Pipeline Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating with the Plant Site Contractor in order to field verify the location and elevation of the plant tie-in. Pipeline Contractor shall be responsible for confirming the type of connection necessary. These activities should take place prior to the manufacturing of pipe. Cooperate with the Plant Site Contractor in making the connection. If plant site work is not ready for connection, install a temporary plug. Pipeline Contractor shall confine his activities to the working space limits shown on the construction drawings. Pipeline Contractor shall cooperate with the Plant Site Contractor and coordinate his work in cooperation with the Plant Site Contractor, and not interfere with ongoing work at the plant site. In the event a conflict should exist between plant site work and pipeline work, plant site work shall take precedence. Any damage done to existing plant site work by Pipeline Contractor shall be immediately repaired by Pipeline Contractor at no additional cost to Owner. Due to scheduling of construction by the Plant Site Contractor, all work from Station 10+00 to Station 13+18 must be completed by August 1, 2002. In the event this work is not completed by the August 1, 2002 intermediate milestone date, liquidated damages in the amount of $1,500 a day will be assessed. 1.06 LOOP LINE TIE-INS The Owner may let contracts for construction of a 42-inch pipeline which will be into the 54-inch line near Station 405+18.44 and a 30-inch pipeline which will tie into the 54-inch line near Station 404+83.96. Contractor shall cooperate fully with other contractors in making the interconnection, as required, including coordinating the use of construction working space. 1.07 CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE The Contractor may use the sequence of construction he chooses, so long as he meets the substantial completion date, the intermediate completion date for plant site work, and final completion dates, and meets the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.08 HOMEOWNER NOTIFICATIONS At least two weeks prior to commencing construction activities on any property, the Contractor shall be required to coordinate with the Resident Project Representative in order to meet with the respective landowner. The purpose of the meeting will be to inform the landowner as to the Contractor's schedule, operations, and impact on the property and to answer questions from the landowner pertinent to the work. END OF SECTION Special Procedures DTNO1444 01030-2 1, I 01040 PROJECT ADMINISTRATION I 1 1 .1 I 1 1 1 fl 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED Administer contract requirements to construct the project. Provide documentation per the requirements of this Section. Provide information as requested by the Engineer or Owner concerning this project. 1.02 SUBMITTALS Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS. 1.03 COMMUNICATION DURING THE PROJECT A. The Engineer is to be the first point of contact for all parties on matters concerning this project. B. The Engineer will coordinate correspondence concerning: 1. Submittals, including requests for payment 2. Clarification and interpretation of the Contract Documents 3. Contract modifications 4. Observation of work and testing 5. Claims C. The Engineer will normally communicate only with the Contractor. Any required communication with suppliers or subcontractors will only be with the direct involvement of the Contractor. D. Written communications are to be directed to the Engineer at the address indicated in the Pre -construction Conference. Communications should include as a minimum: 1. Name of the Owner 2. Project name 3. Contract title 4. Project number 5. Date 6. A reference statement E. Submit communications on the forms referenced in this Section or in Section 01300, SUBMITTALS. 1.04 PROJECT MEETINGS A. Pre -construction Conference 1. Attend a pre -construction meeting. 2. The location of the conference will be determined by the Engineer. 3. The time of the meeting will be determined by the Engineer but will be after the Notice of Award is issued and not later than fifteen (15) days after the Notice to Proceed is issued. . 4. Meeting may be attended by the Owner, Engineer, representative of utility companies, the Contractor's project manager and superintendent, and representatives from major subcontractors and suppliers. 5. Contractor should provide and be prepared to discuss:. a) Preliminary construction schedule per Section 01310, PROGRESS SCHEDULE. Project Administration DTNO1444 01040-1 b) Preliminary Submittal Schedule. c) . Schedule of values and anticipated schedule of payments per Section 01130, MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT. d) List of Suppliers and Subcontractors. e) Contractor's organizational chart as it relates to this project. f) Letter indicating the agents of authority for the Contractor and the limit of that authority with respect to the execution of legal documents. B. Periodical Progress Meetings 1. Attend meetings with the Engineer and Owner. a) Meet on a monthly basis or as requested by the Engineer and/or Owner to discuss the project. b) Meet at the project site or other location as designated by the Engineer and/or Owner. c) Contractor's superintendent and, other key personnel are to attend the meeting. Other individuals may be requested to attend to discuss specific matters. 2. Provide information as requested by the Engineer or Owner concerning this project. a) Prepare to discuss: 1) Status of overall project schedule. 2) Contractor's detailed schedule for the next month. 3) Anticipated delivery dates for equipment. 4) Coordination with the Owner. 5) Status of submittals. 6) Information or clarification of the Contract Documents. 7) . Claims and proposed modifications to the contract. 8) Field observations, problems, or conflicts. 9) Maintenance of quality standards. b) Notify the Engineer of any specific items to be discussed a minimum of one (1) week prior to the meeting. 3. Review minutes of meetings and notify the Engineer of any discrepancies within ten (10) days of the date of the memorandum. a) Following that date, the minutes will stand as shown or as corrected. b) Corrections will be reflected in the minutes of the following meeting. c) Each item of'business shall be numbered to indicate the meeting number and the item number. Items discussed will be documented and old business items will remain on minutes of subsequent meetings until the item is resolved. 1.05 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION A. Submit Request for Information (RFI).to the Engineer to obtain additional information or clarification of the Contract Documents. 1. Submit a separate RFI for each item. 2. Attach adequate information to permit a written response without further clarification. Engineer will return requests which do not have adequate information for additional information. 3. A response will be made when adequate information is provided. Response will be made on the RFI form or in attached information. B. If the RFI indicates that a contract modification is required, the Engineer will initiate a Proposed Contract Modification (PCM) per Section 1.07. !I 11 1 1 Project Administration 01040-2 ' DTN01444 I'1 1 r I I [1 L U 1 1 1 i 1.06 NOTIFICATION BY CONTRACTOR A. Notify the Engineer of 1. Need for testing. 2. Intent to work outside regular working hours. 3. Request to shut down facilities or utilities. 4. Proposed utility connections. 5. Required observation by Engineer or inspection agencies prior to covering work. B. Notification must be provided in time for Owner and Engineer to respond appropriately to the notification. C. Use "Notification By Contractor" form shown in Section 01800, FORMS. 1.07 REQUESTS FOR MODIFICATIONS A. Submit a request to the Engineer for any change in the Contract Documents or approval of any deviations from the Contract Documents. 1. Use the "Contractor's Modification Request' (CMR) form shown in Section 01800, FORMS. 2. Assign a number to the CMR when issued. 3. Include with the CMR: a) A complete description of the proposed modification. b) The reason the modification is requested. A detailed breakdown of the cost of the change (necessary only if the modification requires a change in contract amount). The itemized breakdown is to include: c) 1) list of materials and equipment to be installed, 2) manhours for labor by classification, 3) equipment used in construction, 4) consumable supplies, fuels, and materials, 5) royalties and patent fees, 6) bonds and insurance, 7) overhead and profit, 8) field office costs, 9) home office cost, 10) and other items of cost. d) A revised schedule indicating the effect on the critical path for the project and a statement of the number of days the project may be delayed by the modification. 4. A CMR is required for field changes. a) Request must be made a minimum of two (2) weeks in advance of performing the work affected if less than $25,000. Request must be made a minimum of four (4) weeks in advance of performing the work affected if more than $25,000. b) Request for field changes will be submitted to the Engineer. 5. A CMR is required for all substitutes or deviations from the Contract Documents. 6. Engineer will evaluate the request for a contract modification. B. Owner will initiate changes through the Engineer. 1. Engineer will prepare a description of the proposed modifications to the Contract Documents. 2. Engineer will use the "Proposed Contract Modification" form shown in Section 01800, FORMS. Engineer will assign a number to the PCM when issued. Project Administration DTNO1444 01040-3 3. Return request with a proposal to incorporate the requested change. Include a breakdown of costs into materials and labor in sufficient detail to allow evaluation by the Engineer. C. If a contract modification is required, the Engineer will issue a Field Order per Article 10 of the General Conditions or a Change Order per Article 11 of the General Conditions. 1. Modifications to the contract can only be made by a Field Order or a Change Order. 2. Changes in the project will be documented by Field Order or by a Change Order. 3. Field Orders may be issued by the Engineer for contract modifications that do not change the contract amount or contract time. 4. Any modifications that require a change in contract amount or contract time can only be approved by Change Order. a) CMR's and proposals issued by the Contractor in response to a PCM will be evaluated by the Engineer. b) If a change order is recommended, the Engineer will prepare the change order. c) The Change Order will be sent to the Contractor for execution with a copy to the Owner recommending approval. d) Change Orders can only be approved by the Owner. 1) Work performed on the proposed contract modifications prior to the approval of the Change Order will be performed at the Contractor's risk. 2) No payment will be made for work on Change Orders until approved by the Owner. D. The Contractor maybe informed that the proposed modification is not approved and construction is to proceed in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.08 EMERGENCY WORK A. Notify the Owner and Engineer immediately of any additional work that must be performed to prevent injury or damage to existing structures, facilities, utilities, or work in place. B. When possible, obtain authorization from the Owner before proceeding. 1.09 CLAIMS A. Do not perform any work which is considered to be outside the scope of the Contract Documents without an approved Change Order. B. File notice of claims with the Engineer within 10 days of the event giving rise to the claim. C. Provide full documentation within 30 days of the notice. D. Items not reported within the stipulated time will not be considered. 1. Failure to notify the Owner of potential claims does not allow the Owner to take alternative action to prevent the Contractor from incurring the cost for the item or to perform the work in a different manner. 2. Failure to notify the Owner does not allow operations to be monitored for the actual cost of performing the work. E. When full documentation has been received by the Engineer, the claim will be reviewed in the context of the Contract Documents. 1. If the claim is valid, a Change Order will be prepared and payment of the Change Order will be recommended. 2. If the claim is not valid, then the claim will be denied with an explanation of the reasons. Project Administration 01040-4 DTN01444 ' 3. Should the Contractor disagree with the decision of the Engineer, the Contractor may refuse to do the work. a) If the Owner insists that the work be done, proceed with the work on a time and materials basis. b) The validity of the claim will be resolved at a later time in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.10 RECORD DRAWINGS copy of: A. Maintain at the site one (1) complete record 1. Drawings 2. Specifications 3. Addenda 4. Contract modifications 5. Approved shop drawings and record data ' 6. One (1) set of construction photographs 7. Test records 8. Clarifications and other information provided in RFI responses. B. Store documents and samples in the Contractor's field office. 1. Documents are to remain separated from documents used for construction. These documents are not to be used for construction. 2. Provide files and racks for the storage of documents. 3. Provide a secure storage space for the storage of samples. 4. File documents in accordance with the file schedule shown in Section 01800, FORMS. 5. Maintain documents in clean, dry, legible conditions, and in good order. 6. Make documents and samples available at all times for inspection by the Engineer and Owner. C. MARKING DRAWINGS 1. Label each document as "Project Record" in large printed letters. 2. Record information as construction is being performed. a) Do not conceal any work until the required information is recorded. b) Mark drawings to record actual construction, including the following: 1) Depths of various elements of the foundation in relation to finished first floor datum or the top of walls.. 2) Horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances constructed and existing utilities encountered during construction. 3) Location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in the construction. Make reference to permanent structure on the surface. Include the following ' equipment: - Piping t - Ductwork - Equipment and control devices requiring periodic maintenance or repair - Valves, unions, traps, and tanks - Services entrance - Feeders ' - Outlets - Changes of dimension and detail - Changes made by Field Order and Change Order ' - Details not on the original Contract Drawings c) Mark specifications and addenda to record materials and the equipment provided. Project Administration 01040-5 DTN01444 1) Record manufacturer name, trade name, catalog number, and each supplier (with address and phone number) of each product and item of equipment actually installed. 2) . Record changes made by Field Order and Change Order. d) Mark additional work or information in erasable pencil. 1) Use red for new or revised indication. 2) Use purple for work deleted or not installed (lines to be removed). 3) Highlight in yellow the items constructed per the plans. e) Submit record documents to Engineer for review and acceptance 30 days prior to final completion of the project. 1) Provide one (1) set of marked up drawings. 2) Provide six (6) sets of specifications. f) - Partial Payment Requests will not be recommended for payment if record documents are found to be incomplete or not in order. Final payment will not be recommended without record documents. END OF SECTION Project Administration 01040-6 DTN01444 ' 01041 JOB MANAGEMENT ' 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Fumish equipment, manpower, products, and other items necessary to complete the project with an acceptable standard of quality and within the contract time. The project shall be ' constructed in accordance with current safety practices. B. Manage project site to allow access to site and control construction operations. C. Provide labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to construct temporary facilities to provide and maintain control over environmental conditions at the job site, including the removal of temporary facilities when no longer needed. D. Temporary controls shall include the construction of temporary impounding works, channels, . diversions, furnishing and operation of pumps, installing piping and fittings, and other construction for control of conditions at the site. Remove temporary controls at the end of the project. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Notify the Engineer as required by the provisions of 01040, PROJECT ADMINISTRATION. ' B. Employ competent workmen, skilled in the occupation for which they are employed. Provide only first quality workmanship. Engineer shall determine if the quality of work is acceptable. ' C. A defective product is any product that has been found not to be in compliance with the Contract Documents or is damaged prior to final completion. Defective products shall be removed from the site immediately. D. Defective products may remain at the site if arrangements have been made to allow repair of the product at the site. Clearly mark the product as "defective" until removed or allowable ' repairs have been completed. 1.03 SUBMITTALS 1 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS, and shall include: 1. Copies of Manufacturers printed instructions to all parties involved in the installation of the product prior to beginning the work. Maintain one copy at the job site until completion of the project 2. Two (2) copies of reports prepared concerning accidents, injury, or death on the Project site to the Engineer as Record Data. 3. Field notes, sketches, recordings, and computations made by the Contractor as Record Data. 1.04 DUST CONTROL A. EXTERIOR 1. Provide positive methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations and provide positive means to prevent air-bome dust from disappearing into the atmosphere. 2. Wet materials and rubbish to prevent blown dust 3. Provide and maintain positive methods of dust control and apply dust control materials to minimize raising and spreading of dust and dirt from cutting and patching operations. Job Management DTNO1444 01041-1 1 1.05 1.06 STANDARDS Perform work to comply with local, State and Federal ordinances and regulations. COORDINATION A. Coordinate the work of various trades having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service such equipment. B. Coordinate requests for substitutions to provide compatibility of space, operating elements, effect on the work of other trades, and on the work scheduled for early completion. C. Coordinate the use of project space and the sequence of installation of equipment, elevators, walks, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, or other work that is indicated diagrammatically on the Drawings. 1. Follow routings shown for tubes, pipes, ducts, conduits, and other items as closely as practical, with due allowance for available physical space. 2. Utilize space efficiently to maximize accessibility for Owner's installations for maintenance and repairs. D. In finished areas, except as otherwise shown, conceal ducts, pipes, wiring, and other non - finish items within construction. Coordinate locations of concealed items with finish elements. E. Coordinate with architectural reflected ceiling plans the exact location and dimensioning of items which occur within hung ceilings. In event of conflict, request clarification from Engineer prior to proceeding with fabrication or installation. F. Where installation of one part of the work is dependent on installation of other components, either before or after its own installation, schedule construction activities in sequence required to obtain best results. G. .Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation, including accepted Bid Alternates, Owner -supplied, Contractor -installed items, work by others, and installation of products purchased with allowances. H. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate the various elements of mechanical, electrical, and other systems, materials, and equipment. Comply with the following requirements: 1. Coordinate mechanical and electrical systems, equipment, and materials installation with other building components. 2. Verify all dimensions by field measurements. 3. Arrange for chases, slots, and openings in other building components during progress of construction. 4. Coordinate the installation of required supporting devices and sleeves to be set in poured -in -place concrete and other structural components, as they are constructed. 5. Where mounting heights are not detailed or dimensioned, install systems, materials, and equipment to provide the maximum headroom possible. 6. Coordinate the connection of systems with exterior underground and overhead utilities and services. Comply with the requirements of governing regulations, franchised service companies, and controlling agencies. Provide required connection for each service. 7. Install systems, materials, and equipment to conform with approved submittal data, including coordination drawings, to the greatest extent possible. Conform to arrangements indicated by the Contract Documents, recognizing that portions of the work are shown only in diagrammatic form. Where coordination requirements conflict with individual system requirements, refer conflict to the Engineer. 8. Install systems, materials, and equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components. Job Management 01041-2 DTN01444 I L. 1 1 11 9. Install systems, materials, and equipment to facilitate servicing, maintenance, and repair ' or replacement of components. As much as practical, connect for ease of disconnecting, with minimum of interference with other installations. Extend grease fittings to accessible locations. • 10. Install access panel or doors where units are concealed behind finished surfaces. 11. Install systems, materials, and equipment giving right-of-way priority to systems required to be installed at a specified slope. 1.07 PERMITS - A. Obtain fees and permits necessary to conduct any part of the work. B. Arrange for inspections and certification by agencies having jurisdiction over the work. C. Make arrangements with private utility companies and pay for fees associated with obtaining services, or for inspection fees. 1.08 POLLUTION CONTROL ' A. Prevent the contamination of soil, water or atmosphere by the discharge of noxious substances from construction operations. Provide adequate measures to prevent the creation of noxious air -borne pollutants. Prevent dispersal of pollutants into the atmosphere. The Contractor shall not dump or otherwise discharge noxious or harmful fluids into drains or sewers, nor allow noxious liquids to contaminate public waterways in any manner. B. Provide equipment and personnel and perform emergency measures necessary to contain any spillage. 1. Contain chemicals in protective areas and do not dump on soil. Dispose of such ' materials at off -site locations in acceptable manner. 2. If contamination of the soil does occur, excavate contaminated soil and dispose at an off -site location. 3. Provide documentation to the Owner which states the nature and strength of the contaminant, method of disposal, and the location of the disposal site. 4. Disposal of the contaminant is to comply with local, State and Federal regulations regarding the disposal of pollutants. 5. Fill resulting excavations with suitable backfill and compact to the density of the surrounding undisturbed soil. C. Groundwater or run-off water which has come into contact with noxious chemicals, sludge, or sludge -contaminated soil is considered contaminated. Contaminated water must not be allowed to: 'a Enter streams or water courses. Leave the site in a non -contained form. Enter non -contaminated areas of the site. 1. Pump contaminated water to holding ponds constructed by the Contractor for this purpose, or discharge to areas on the interior of the site, as designated by the Engineer. ' 2. Construct temporary earthen dikes or take other precautions and measures as required to contain the contaminated water and pump to a designated storage area. 3. Any equipment used for handling contaminated water or soil within contaminated areas shall be washed three (3) times with uncontaminated water prior to using such equipment in an uncontaminated area. Wash water used to wash such equipment is considered "contaminated" and shall be pumped to the designated confinement area. Job Management DTN01444 010413 I 1.09 EARTH CONTROL Remove excess soil, spoil materials and other earth not required for backfill at the time of generation. Control stock pile material to eliminate interference with construction and Owner's operations. 1.10 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS A. Protect the safety and welfare of workmen on the project, the Owner and the general public around the construction site. The Contractor is solely responsible for safety at the project site. Provide and maintain barricades, guard rails, covered walkways, and other protective devices to warn and protect from hazards at the construction site. B. Trenches shall comply with the provisions of Section 02220, TRENCH SAFETY. C. Perform construction within buildings or structures occupied by the Owner per established fire codes and ordinances. 1.11 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PROJECT SITE A. Limit the use of site for work and storage to those areas designated on the Drawings (approved by the Owner). Coordinate the use of the premises with the Engineer. B. Any damage to existing facilities, including contamination, caused by the Contractor's personnel, visitors, materials, or equipment, shall be repaired or corrected at the Contractor's expense. C. No alcoholic beverages or illegal substances shall be permitted on the site at any time, nor will persons under the influence of same be permitted to remain on the premises. Persons on . site under the influence of alcoholic beverages or illegal substances will be permanently removed from the site in addition to possible criminal and civil penalties. D. Park equipment and employees' vehicles in designated areas only. E. Enter privately -owned land outside of the Owners property, rights -of -way, or easements only with written permission of the Owner. F. The use of loud radios, obnoxious vulgar or abusive language, or sexual harassment in any form will not be tolerated and will be cause for immediate removal of the offender from the premises permanently, in addition to possible criminal or civil penalties. G. Workers attire shall be professional and commensurate to the trade. Sleeveless shirts, shorts, exceedingly torn, ripped or soiled clothing shall not be permitted. H. Firearms are not permitted on the site under any conditions, including persons with concealed handgun permits. 1.12 ACCESS TO THE SITE A. Maintain access to the facilities at all times. Roads, pedestrian walks, or access to the various buildings, structures, stairways, or entrances shall not be obstructed. Provide safe temporary walks or other structures to allow access for normal operations during construction. B. Provide adequate and safe access for inspections. Leave ladders, bridges, and scaffolding in place until inspection has been completed. Construct access as required for inspections. Job Management DTN01444 01041-4 1 I 1.13 C. Provide security at the construction site as necessary to protect against vandalism and loss by theft. D. Maintain security of the site and access leading to it. 1. Close gates and keep locked. 2. Obtain permission of any landowners whose property must be crossed in gaining access to the site. 3. Install a gate lock consisting of a chain with two (2) locks. One (1) lock and key to be given to the landowner. One (1) lock shall be used by the Contractor, Engineer, and Owner. Provide keys to the Contractor's lock to Owner and Engineer. 4. At the close of the project, remove the Contractor's lock from the assembly. Leave Owner's lock on gate and give all keys to the Owner. DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Products shall be delivered to the site per the Progress Schedule to prevent delays. B. Deliver packaged products to site in original undamaged containers with identifying labels attached. Open cartons as necessary to check for damage and to verify invoices. Reseal cartons and store until used. Leave products in packages or other containers until installed. C. Deliver products that are too large to fit through openings to the site in advance of the time enclosing walls and roofs are erected. Set in place, raised above floor on cribs. D. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for the protection and safekeeping of products stored at the site. Protect the products until installed. E. Store products at location acceptable to the Engineer and to allow Owner access for maintenance and operations. Store immediately upon delivery in accordance with the Manufacturer's storage instructions and with seals and labels intact. Arrange storage to allow access for maintenance of stored items and for inspection. Store unpacked and loose products on shelves, in bins, or in neat groups of like items. F. Obtain and pay for the use of any additional storage for work areas needed for construction. Provide and maintain storage sheds as required for the protection of products. Remove at the completion of the project. Store products subject to damage by elements in substantial weather -tight enclosures or storage sheds of adequate dimensions. Maintain temperature and humidity within the ranges stated in the Manufacturer's instructions. Provide humidity control and ventilation for sensitive products as required by manufacturer's instructions. G. Provide adequate exterior storage for products that may be stored out-of-doors. 1. Provide substantial platforms, blocking, or skids to support fabricated products above ground; slope to provide drainage. Protect products from soiling or staining. 2. For products subject to dislocation or deterioration from exposure to the elements, cover with impervious sheet materials. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation below covering. 3. Store loose, granular materials on clean, solid surfaces, or on rigid sheet materials, to prevent mixing with foreign matter. 4. Provide surface drainage to prevent erosion and ponding of water. 5. Prevent mixing of refuse or chemically injurious materials or liquids with stored materials. 6. Pipes and conduits stored outdoors are to have open ends sealed to prevent the entrance of dirt, moisture, and other injurious materials. 7. Store light weight products to prevent wind damage. H. Maintain storage facilities. Inspect stored products on a weekly basis and after periods of severe weather to verify that Job Management 01041-5 DTN01444 1. Storage facilities continue to meet specified requirements. 2. Manufacturers required environmental conditions are continually maintained. 3. Surfaces of products exposed to the elements are not adversely affected and that weathering of finishes is within acceptable tolerances to provide a finished project meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents. I. Protect and maintain mechanical and electrical equipment in storage. 1. Provide Manufacturer's service instructions on the exterior of the package. 2. Service equipment on a regular basis as recommended by the Manufacturer. Maintain a log of maintenance services. Submit the log as Record Data at the completion of the Project. 3. Provide power to and energize space heaters for all equipment for which these devices are provided. 4. Provide temporary enclosures for all electrical equipment, including electrical systems on mechanical devices. Provide and maintain heat in the enclosures until equipment is energized. J. Replace at no additional cost any stored item damaged by inadequate protection or environmental controls. K. Payment maybe withheld for any products not properly stored. 1.14 MAINTENANCE OF WATER Manage water resulting from rains or ground water at the site. Maintain trenches and excavations free of water at all times. Provide and maintain pumps as necessary to remove excess water. Direct water away from the site to prevent damage to surrounding property. 1.15 'FLOOD CONTROL A. Build, erect, maintain, and operate cofferdams, drainage channels, flumes, sumps, or other temporary construction necessary to contain or otherwise divert storm water, streams, or flood water around the construction site so that flood waters are controlled during construction. B. At the conclusion of the work, remove the temporary construction and restore the site in a manner acceptable to the Engineer and to match surrounding material. C. Divert water into the same natural watercourse in which its headwaters are located, or other natural stream or waterway as approved by the Owner. D. Construct permanent work in an area that has been made free of water. The Contractor shall provide dewatering equipment as necessary to maintain the area free of water during construction. 1.16 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES A. Examine the project site and review the available information concerning the site. Locate utilities, streets, driveways, fences, drainage structures, sidewalks, curbs, and gutters. Verify the elevations of the structures adjacent to excavations. Report these to the Engineer before beginning construction. B. Prepare a Plan of Action per Section 01030, SPECIAL PROCEDURES. Determine if existing structures, poles, piping, or other utilities at excavations will require relocation or replacement. Coordinate work with Owner, Engineer, local utility company and others. Include cost of demolition and replacement or relocation of these structures in the price proposal (bid) amount. Job Management- 01041-6 DTN01444 C. Protect structures not to be replaced or relocated from damage during construction. Structure or utilities damaged during or as a result of construction shall be restored to a condition matching or better than that which existed before the start of construction. Include cost of restoration or replacement in the price proposal (bid). ' D. Protect existing trees and landscaping at the site. 1. Visit site with Engineer to identify trees that may be removed during construction. 2. Mark trees to be removed with paint. 3. Protect trees to remain from damage by wrapping trunks with 2 z 4 timber around the perimeter, securely wired in place, where machinery must operate around existing trees. Protect branches and limbs from damage by equipment. E. Protect buildings from damage when handling material or equipment. Protect finished surfaces, including floors, doors, and jambs. Remove doors and install temporary wood protective coverings over jambs. 1.17 CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Clean the project as work progresses and dispose of waste materials, keeping the site free from accumulations of waste or rubbish. Provide containers on site for waste collection. ' B. Use only those cleaning products that will not create hazards to health or property and those methods recommended by the Manufacturer on the surfaces to be cleaned. Use cleaning products only on those surfaces recommended by the cleaning product Manufacturer. C. Comply with codes, ordinances, regulations, and anti -pollution laws. Waste materials shall not be burned or buried. Volatile or hazardous waste materials shall not be disposed of in storm or sanitary sewers. D. Transport waste materials in a controlled manner with as few handlings as possible. Materials shall not be dropped from heights. ' E. Remove waste materials, rubbish and debris from the site and legally dispose of these at public or private dumping areas. F. Waste materials or debris shall not be allowed to blow off of the site. 1.18 CONSTRUCTION BARRIERS ' A. Separate construction areas in buildings from spaces continuously occupied by the Owner. Areas include: ' 1. Offices 2. Laboratories 3. Break rooms ' 4. Shop areas 5. Electrical switchgear and control panels 6. Equipment sensitive to dust 7. Other areas occupied by Owner or public 1.19 MAINTENANCE OF ROADS, DRIVEWAYS, AND ACCESS A. Construct temporary detours, including by-pass roads around construction to maintain the flow of traffic at all times. Public roads shall not be closed overnight. B. Maintain sufficiently clear width of the road for the free flow of traffic. Job Management 01041-7 DTN01444 C. The Contractor shall assume responsibility for any damage resulting from construction along roads or drives. 1.20 TRAFFIC MAINTENANCE A. Roads and streets shall remain open during all phases of construction, unless the Owner approves a street closing. B. Submit a written request for the Owner's approval of a street closing. The request shall state: 1. Reason for closing the street. 2. How long the street will remain closed. 3. Procedures to be taken to maintain the flow of traffic. C. Provide temporary access around the closed street by constructing a temporary paved road at locations necessary to allow the Owner access to the remainder of the site. D. Maintain barricades, signs, and safety features around the detour and excavations. 1.21 DISRUPTION TO SERVICES A. Disruptions to existing utilities, piping, process piping, or electrical services shall be kept to a minimum. 1. Prepare a Plan of Action in accordance with Section 01030, SPECIAL PROCEDURES. ; 2. Coordinate work with Owner, Engineer, local utility company, and others. 3. Comply with requirements of Section 01030, SPECIAL PROCEDURES for any operation which requires shut down of some portion of facility. ' B. Maintain storm sewers and sanitary sewers in service at all times. Provide temporary service around the construction or otherwise construct the structure in a manner that the flow is not curtailed. 1.22 FIELD MEASUREMENTS , A. Perform complete field measurements of the dimensions at the site for products required to fit existing conditions prior to purchasing products affected by that measurement or beginning construction. B. Verify property lines, control lines, grades, and levels indicated on the drawings. C. Verify pipe class, equipment capacities, existing electrical systems and power sources for ' existing conditions. D. Check shop drawings and indicate the actual dimensions available where products are to be installed. E. Include field measurements in record drawings as required in Section 01040, PROJECT ' ADMINISTRATION. 1.23 REFERENCE DATA AND CONTROL POINTS ' A. The following control points will be provided by the Engineer: 1. Base line or grid reference points for horizontal control. 2. Vertical control benchmark for vertical control. ' B. Locate and protect control points prior to starting the site work and preserve permanent reference points during construction. The Contractor shall not change or relocate points , Job Management 01041-8 DTN01444 ' without prior approval of the Engineer. Notify Engineer when the reference point is lost, _ destroyed, or requires relocation. Replace project control points on the basis of the original survey. C. Provide complete engineering layout of the work needed for construction. t1. Provide competent personnel. Provide equipment including accurate surveying instruments, stakes, platforms, tools, and materials. 2. Survey accuracy is to meet the requirements established for Category 5 Construction Surveying as established in the Manual of Practice of Land Surveying in Texas published by the Texas Society of Professional Surveyors, latest revision. 3. Record data and measurements per standards. 1.24 LOCATION OF PIPELINES The alignment of pipelines may be changed due to unanticipated variations in existing conditions, if approved by Engineer. 1.25 EXCESS EARTH Dispose of earth removed from excavations that is not required for backfill or embankments. Remove excess earth from the site within a reasonable time after completing excavation work. 1.26 BLASTING Blasting for excavations shall not be allowed. t1.27 ARCHAEOLOGICAL REQUIREMENTS A. If an historical or archaeological find is made during construction, cease operations immediately and contact the Engineer for instructions. B. Where significant historical or archaeological sites have already been identified within the project site, all construction activities must be conducted to avoid adverse impact on these sites. 1. The Contractor will be provided with details to assist in the work protection of these areas. ' 2. All information regarding the site shall remain confidential. 3. The Contractor shall assume responsibility for any unauthorized destruction that might result to such sites by construction personnel, and shall pay all penalties assessed by the State or Federal agencies for non-compliance with these requirements. 4. The Contractor shall adhere to the requirements of the Texas Historical Commission. C. Archaeological sites shall not be disturbed. 1. The Owner's archaeological contractor will be available to instruct construction personnel on how to identify and protect archaeological finds on an emergency basis. 2. Coordinate activities to permit Archaeological work to take place within the area. a. The Owner will attempt to archaeologically clear areas needed for construction as soon as possible. b. The Contractor shall provide a determination of priority for such areas. 1 D. Contract time will be modified to compensate for delays caused by such archaeological finds. No additional compensation shall be paid for delays. ' 1.28 PROTECTION OF LIVESTOCK Maintain barriers to prevent livestock from falling into open excavations, including trenches. The Contractor shall pay damages for losses resulting from failure to maintain such barriers or failure of barriers to exclude livestock. Job Management 01041-9 DTN01444 1.29 PRELIMINARY OCCUPANCY A. The Owner reserves the right to deliver, install and connect equipment, furnishings, or other apparatus in the structure. Preliminary occupancy shall not be construed as acceptance of any part of the structure, nor shall it in any manner affect the start of the guarantee periods. B. Protect the Owner's property after installation is complete. C. The Owner reserves the right of trial usage of any product for the purpose of testing or to ascertain that the equipment meets the requirements of the Contract Documents. This trial usage does not constitute acceptance by either the Engineer or the Owner. Trial usage in no way affects the Manufacturer's warranty or the guarantee period. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS Materials shall be in accordance with the requirements of the individual Sections. 3.00 EXECUTION Perform the work per the Manufacturer's published instructions. No preparatory step or installation procedure shall be omitted unless specifically exempted or modified by Field Order END OF SECTION Job Management DTNO1444 01041-10 11 I I 1 01130 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 1 1.00 GENERAL ' 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Payments for work shall conform with the provisions of the Contract Documents, including General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, the Proposal, the Agreement, and this eSection. B. Submit request for partial payment at the prices indicated in the Proposal. 1. Prices for each bid item in the proposal shall include but not be limited to cost for: a. Mobilization, demobilization, cleanup, bonds, and insurance. b. Professional services including but not limited to engineering and legal fees. c. The products to be permanently incorporated into the project. d. The products consumed during the construction of the project. e. The labor and supervision to complete the project. f. The equipment, including tools, machinery, and appliances required to complete the, project. g. The field and home office administration and overhead costs related directly or indirectly to the project. 2. Prices bid shall include the work not specifically set forth as an individual payment item. These items are considered to be a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor and the cost for these items shall be included in the bid prices. 3. Payment shall be based on the actual quantity of work completed per Contract ' Documents and measured per this Section. 4. Payment shall be made for Materials -on -Hand. a. Materials must be properly stored on site per Section 01041, JOB MANAGEMENT. b. Payment may be made for the invoice amount less the specified retainage. c. Invoices must be provided at the time they are included on the Materials -on -Hand tabulation. d. Documentation of payment for Materials -on -Hand must be provided for these items with the next payment request. Payment will be adjusted to the amount actually paid if this differs from the invoice amount. If this documentation is not provided the item must be removed from the Materials -on -Hand list and payment will be withheld. e. Payment for Materials -on -Hand is provided for the convenience of the Contractor and does not constitute acceptance of the product. 5. The work covered by Progress Payments shall become the property of the Owner at the time of payment. C. Application for payment shall be submitted per the provisions of this Section. 1.02 SCHEDULE OF VALUES AND PAYMENTS A. Submit a detailed schedule of values for the work to be performed on the project. ' 1. Submit schedule within 10 days prior to submitting the first request for payment 2. Line items in the proposal are to be used as line items in the schedule. 3. Payment will be made on the quantity of Work completed per Contract Documents during the payment period and as measured per this Section. a. Payment amount shall be the work quantity measured multiplied by the unit prices for that line item in the Proposal. ' b. Payment on a unit price basis will not be made for work outside finished dimensions shown in the Contract Documents. c. Partial payments will be made for lump sum line items in the Proposal. Measurement and Payment 01130-1 DTNO1444 , 1) Lump sum line items in the Proposal are to be divided to allow easy determination of the percentage of the item that has been completed. a) Provide adequate detail to allow easy determination of the percentage of ' work completed for each item. b) Items, with the exception of equipment packages are not to exceed - $50,000.00. ' c) Separate product costs and installation costs. 1. Product costs include cost for product, delivery and unloading costs, royalties and patent fees, taxes, and other cost paid directly to the ; supplier or vendor. 2. Installation costs include cost for the supervision, labor and equipment for field fabrication, erection, installation, start-up, initial operation and Contractor's overhead and profit. ' d) Lump sum items may be divided into an estimated number of units. 1. The estimated number of units times the cost per unit must equal the. lump sum amount for that line item. 2. Contractor will receive payment for all of the lump sum line item. ' e) Include a directly proportional amount of Contractor's overhead and profit for each line item. f) Divide principal subcontract amounts into an adequate number of line items ' to allow determination of the percentage of work completed for each item. 2) These line items may be used to establish the value of work to be added or deleted from the project. ' 3) Correlate line items with other administrative schedules and forms: a) Progress schedule b) List of subcontractors c) Schedule of allowances , d) Schedule of alternatives e) List of products and principal suppliers f) Schedule of submittals 4) The sum of all values listed in the schedule shall equal the total contract amount. 4. Submit a schedule indicating the anticipated schedule of payments to be made by the Owner. Schedule shall indicate: a. The payment request number. b. Date the request is to be submitted. c.. Anticipated amount of the payment request. 5. Schedule shall be updated quarterly or more often if necessary to provide a reasonably accurate indication of the funds that the Owner will need to have available to make payment to the Contractor for the work performed. Schedule Values, Payment Request Form, and method of ; B. Provide written approval of the of payment by the Surety Company providing bonds prior to submitting the first Payment Request. Payment will not be made without this approval. 1.03 PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Submit payment requests per the submittal procedures indicated in Section 01300, ' SUBMITTALS. B. Requestsmaybe submitted on a pre-printed form as indicated in Section 01300, SUBMITTALS or may be generated by computer. Computer generated payment requests must have the same format and information indicated in the pre-printed form and be approved by the Engineer. ' 1. Submit a Schedule of Values in the payment request format to be used. a. Request must include a completed Summary of Payment Request Values as indicated in Section 01800, FORMS with each estimate submitted. ' Measurement and Payment 01130-2 DTN01444 I 11 1 1 1 [1 1 71 lu 1 1 1 I 1) Each request must be sequentially numbered and the payment period indicated. 2) Total amounts for Value of Original Contract Performed, Extra Work on Approved Change Orders, and Materials -on- Hand are to be shown on the Summary Sheet and are to correspond to totals indicated on the attached tabulation for each. 3) The number of pages included in each tabulation is to be noted in the blank space on the Summary Sheet to allow a determination to be made that all sheets have been submitted. 4) Contractor's certification must be executed by the Contractor's agent of authority and notarized for each payment request. b. The Tabulation of Values for Original Contract Performed (Attachment "A") is to indicate the total contract amount and the work completed to date. c. The Tabulation of Extra Work on Approved Change Orders (Attachment "B") is to include only approved Change Order items. d. The Tabulation of Materials -on -Hand (Attachment "C") is to list all materials that are presented for payment. Once an item has been entered on the tabulation it is not to be removed. e. Project Summary Report (Attachment "D") is to be included with each payment request. Data included in the Project Summary Report are to be taken from the other tabulations. 2. The Schedule of Values and the form for the submission of requests may not be altered without the express written consent of the Engineer once these have been approved by the Engineer. 3. Final payment requires additional procedures and documentation per Section 01700, CONTRACT CLOSEOUT. C. Progress payments shall be made as the work progresses on a monthly basis. 1. The payment period shall end on the 28th day of each month and shall cover all work completed and materials received since the end of the last payment period. 2. After the end of the payment period, submit a draft copy of the payment request for that month to the Engineer. Agreement is to be reached on: a. The percentage of work completed for each lump sum item. b. The quantity of work completed for each unit price item. c. The percentage of work completed for each approved Change Order item. d. The amount of Materials -on -Hand. 3. On the basis of these agreements the Contractor is to prepare a final copy of the payment request and submit it to the Engineer for approval. a. The final copy is to be signed by the representative of the Contractor authorized to execute documents for the Contractor and notarized. b. The Engineer will review the payment request and if appropriate will recommend payment of the request, less applicable retainage, to the Owner. . D. Each payment request is to be accompanied by a revised and up-to-date progress schedule per, Section 01310 PROGRESS SCHEDULES. E. Each payment request is to be accompanied by Project Photographs per Section 01380, PROJECT PHOTOGRAPHS. 1.04 MEASUREMENTAND,PAYMENT A. Pipeline Construction 1. Pipeline Construction Measurement and payment for pipe of each diameter size, and pipe class shall be per linear foot of actual horizontal length from center of fitting to center or end of pipe without any deduction for the length of intermediate fittings, specials or valves. Payment made at Measurement and Payment DTNO1444 01130-3 1 a unit price bid shall include: furnishing, hauling, and laying of pipe, fittings, flexible joints, joint bonds, closure sections and tie-ins, welding joints, thrust restraint, shoring and pumping where necessary, trench excavation, backfilling, embedment material, pipeline and appurtenance markers, pavement, curb and gutter replacement, permanent grading, replacement of topsoil, diversion dikes, terracing, protecting or temporarily relocating existing structures or utilities, testing, disinfection, disposal of surplus materials, cleaning up and maintenance, sign replacement, temporary project signs, surveying and replacement of monuments, dust control, removal of mud from roadways, erosion and sedimentation control, test plugs and temporary piping, replacement of driveways, sidewalks, replacement of drainage structures, temporary fencing and gates, temporary and permanent relocations of power poles, mailboxes, street lights, fire hydrants; and any incidental work and materials not otherwise indicated in other pay items, all in strict accordance with the Plans and Specifications. 2. Protection and Relocation of Utilities Payment for main line pipeline shall include all extra precautions or construction requirements necessary to adequately protect and support existing utilities. Payment for main line pipe shall include all costs required to have utility companies repair any damage inflicted to their lines by the Contractor and any cleanup, property damages, fines, etc. resulting from damage inflicted to any utility line by the Contractor. Payment for mainline pipe shall include the cost for relocation of those power poles and guy wires noted on the construction drawings. 3. Partial Payment for Pipe Installation Upon completion of pipe laying, backfilling, and consolidation of trench backfill, payment for pipe installation will be allowed for ninety (90%) percent of the unit contract price per linear foot. An additional five (5%) percent will be allowed when the property affected by construction operations has been completely restored to its original, or required condition, including fence replacement, grading, and removal of all equipment or materials related to construction. An additional five (5%) will be allowed when all piping has been successfully tested and disinfected. The above amounts to be paid will be subject to retainage as specified in the Supplementary Conditions. 4. Rock Excavation All excavation shall be unclassified., No separate payment shall be made for rock excavation and the cost thereof shall be included in the unit price bid for main line pipe. 5. Grass Damage No separate payment shall be made for grass damage, seeding, sodding, hydro - mulching, or Biodegradable Erosion Control Mat. Within TxDOT and County Road Right - of -Way, reseed in accordance with the requirements of the TxDOT specifications and permits. Re -Seed and hydro -mulch those areas specifically designated on the construction drawings. Place Biodegradable Erosion Control Mat where designated on the construction drawings. Except for those areas noted, the cost of grass damage within the permanent and temporary easements shall be made by the Owner. Grass damage outside the easement shall be paid for by the Contractor. 6. Reconstruction of Roads and Drives No separate payment will be made for Reconstruction of Roads and Drives which do not require either tunneling or open -cut steel casing installations. The cost of these Road and Drive reconstructions shall be subsidiary to the cost of pipeline construction. Measurement and Payment 01130-4 DTN01444 i I �I I' 11 II I II II II I II B. Magnesium Anode Groundbeds Measurement and payment for Magnesium Anode Groundbeds and accessories shall be on a per groundbed basis at the price bid for the applicable pipe material type. Payment shall ' include all costs for anode beds, test stations, reference electrodes, wiring and wire connections, plastic warning tape, trenching and backfilling, marker sign, commissioning of the system, and all other work and materials necessary for the anode groundbed installation and accessories as shown on the plans and specifications. C. Corrosion Monitoring Test Stations Measurement and payment for corrosion monitoring test stations shall be on a per each basis at the unit price bid, for test stations not located at Magnesium Anode Groundbeds. The cost of test stations at anode groundbeds shall be included in the pay item for Magnesium Anode Groundbeds. Payment shall be for all work and materials as indicated including wiring, post, test station, concrete, wire connections, excavation, backfill, testing, and all other items as indicated on the plans and specifications. D. Road Tunnel Crossings Measurement and payment for Tunnel Crossings will be made at the unit price bid per linear foot of tunnel for the particular location in accordance with the details shown on the plans. Payment for the carrier pipe inside the casing including heavy wall or additional strength pipe (steel pipe) will be included in the price bid for main line pipe. Payment for tunnels shall include all costs of bulkheads, guardrails, tunnel liner, spacers, tunneling, access pits, flowable fill, exterior grouting, interior grouting, sealing ends of casing, pipe rails, and all other items for crossing as shown on the plans and required for installation, except the carrier pipe. Flowable fill required for embedment of pipe in access pits shall be paid under this item, and not under the line item for flowable fill. by Open -Cut E. Road Crossings Measurement and payment for Open -Cut Road Crossings will be made at the unit price bid per linear foot of casing in accordance with the details shown on the plans. Payment for the carrier pipe inside the casing including heavy wall or additional strength pipe (steel pipe) will be included in the price bid for main line pipe. Payment for Open -Cut crossings shall include ' all costs of bulkheads, guardrails, steel casing, spacers, flowable fill, interior grouting, sealing ends of casing, pipe rails, and all other items for crossing as shown on the plans and required for installation, except the carrier pipe. Flowable fill required for Open -Cut Crossings will be fill. This line item ' paid under this line item and not under the line item for flowable only , pertains to those roads or proposed roads specifically called to be open -cut steel casing installations. This line item does not pertain to Drives and Roads which are open -cut, but do not require a steel casing installation. The cost of these road crossings will be subsidiary to pipeline construction. F. Manual Operated 54" Butterfly Valve and Type B Vault ' Measurement and payment for the Type B Butterfly Valve Vault and Manual Operated 54- Inch Butterfly Valve located at Station 325+70 shall be on a lump sum basis at the price bid. Payment shall include all costs for the concrete structure, access hatch, excavation, pipe support, wall sleeves, valve, coupling, harness, manual air valves, associated piping appurtenances and grating. Since measurement for 544nch pipe does not include any Measurement and Payment 01130-5 DTN014" deduction through the valves, the cost included in the valve pay item should be the increase in cost associated with pipe specials and fittings. G. Manual Operated 54" Butterfly Valve Measurement and payment for Manual Operated 54" Butterfly Valves shall be per each at the price bid. Payment shall include all costs for the valve, supports,- coupling, harness, manual . air valves, wax tape, flowable fill, vaults and accessories. Since measurement for 54-inch pipe does not include any deduction through the valves, the cost included in the valve pay item should be the increase in cost associated with pipe specials and fittings. H. Manual Operated 42" Butterfly Valve Measurement and payment for the Manual Operated 42" Butterfly Valve at Station 405+00 +/- shall be per each at the price bid. Payment shall include all costs for the valve, supports, coupling, harness, manual air valves, wax tape, flowable fill, vault, accessories, 54" x 42 reducer, 42" 45 degree bend, 42" - 12 foot long spool piece, and blind flange. 12-Inch Outlets and Gate Valves, 20-Inch Outlet and Gate Valve, and 30-Inch Outlet and Butterfly Valve Measurement and payment for 12-inch outlets with 12-inch gate valves, 12-inch outlet with 12-inch gate valve and service line (station 335+36), 20-inch outlet with 20-inch gate valve, and 30-inch outlet with 30-inch buried manual operated butterfly valve shall be per each at the price bid for the various sizes, valve types, and additional piping and appurtenances required by the construction drawings. Payment shall include all costs for piping, flanged outlet, gate valve or butterfly valve (as required), wax tape, flowable fill, valve support, plug, operator extension, valve box, slab, PVC spool piece (as required), mechanical restraint (as required), thrust blocking (as required), and all other accessories as indicated. J. Blowoffs and Air Valves Measurement and payment for Air Valves and Blowoffs shall be per each at the price bid for the various sizes and types of air valves and blowoffs. Separate pay items are not included for various types of vault lids or various vault diameters, and these costs shall be included in the items provided. Payment shall include all costs for air valves, piping, flanged outlets, valves, fittings, vaults, lids, crushed gravel, structural backfill, and all other accessories as indicated. K. Concrete Encasement Measurement and payment for Concrete Encasement shall be per linear foot of pipe length at the price bid. No additional compensation will be made for concrete encasement quantities resulting from over -excavated trenches. Payment shall include the cost of furnishing concrete encasement in lieu of embedment in the pipe zone as indicated. L. Flowable Fill Measurement and payment for Flowable Fill shall be per linear foot of pipe length at the price bid. No additional compensation will be made for flowable fill quantities resulting from over - excavated trenches. Payment shall include the cost of furnishing flowable fill in lieu of Measurement and Payment 01130-6 DTN01444 11 11 1 II l_J 1 1 J embedment in the pipe zone as indicated. This pay item does not cover flowable fill for open - cut steel casing installations, nor flowable fill required for embedment in tunnel access pits. These will be paid under the respective pay items. Additional flowable fill may be requested by the Owner's Representative at select locations. M. Coarse Gravel Embedment Measurement and payment for Coarse Gravel Embedment shall be per linear foot of pipe length. Payment for Course Gravel Embedment will be made only at locations where Coarse Gravel Embedment is indicated on the plans or directed by the Engineer. No extra payment will be made for coarse gravel embedment quantities resulting from over excavation of the ' trench. No additional payment will be made for coarse gravel used to backfill the trench for faulty line and grade. No additional payment will be made for Coarse Gravel Embedment where the Contractor elects to use it for high depth of cover, or other situations. Payment shall include the cost of furnishing coarse gravel embedment in lieu of standard embedment in the pipe zone. ' N. Rock Rip -Rap Measurement and payment for Rock Rip -Rap shall be per cubic yard in place to the lines and grades called for in the construction drawings for the Rock Rip -Rap at the price bid. Payment. shall include furnishing, hauling, laying of Rock Rip -Rap, installation of gravel bedding, and any necessary grading at creek crossings or ditches as called out on the plans and specified herein. No separate payment will be made for gravel bedding, nor will this volume be counted ' towards measurement of the Rock Rip -Rap. Additional rip -rap may be requested by the Owner's Representative at select locations. ' O. Gabions ' Measurement and payment for Gabion Installation shall be per cubic yard in place to the lines and grades called for in the construction drawings, at the price bid, for either mattress or box - type gabions. Payment shall include furnishing, hauling, and installation of gabions, including PVC coated galvanized wire basket, rock and rock placement, tie wires, stiffeners, geotextile ' fabric, crushed stone and any necessary grading at creek crossings or ditches as called out on the plans and specified herein. 1 e P. Trench Safety Measurement and payment for Trench Safety shall be per linear foot at the price bid. Payment shall be based on the quantity of piping installed in trenches over five feet deep. Q. 2-Inch HMAC Type "D" Surface Course Overlay Measurement and payment for 2-Inch HMAC Type "D" Surface Coarse Overlay shall be per Square Yard in place at the price bid. Payment shall include furnishing, hauling and installation of HMAC, cleaning and preparation of existing surface, milling, tack coat, and traffic control as called out on the plans and specified herein. R. Permanent Steel Gates with Bracing Measurement and payment for Permanent Steel Gates shall be at the unit price bid per each for each type of gate (Type A or Type B). Payment shall include the cost for gates, fencing, Measurement and Payment DTN01444 01130-7 braces, and painting. No separate payment is provided for temporary gates, bracing, and t fencing, and the cost shall be included in such items as are provided. ' S. Mobilization Measurement and payment for Mobilization shall be on a lump sum basis at the unit price ' allowed. The amount shown in the proposal is the amount allowed to assist the Contractor in defraying the initial cost of operations. Partial payment for mobilization will be made as follows: Fifty (50%) percent of the lump sum amount is payable when bonds are furnished; the contract is executed; the certificate of insurance and insurance policies are provided; and , the notice to proceed is issued. One hundred (100%) percent of the lump sum amount is payable upon completion of the above; the Contractor has set up his field office; mobilized all equipment to the site necessary to begin pipeline constriction; and submitted his schedules. It is not intended that the lump sum amount allowed will cover all costs for bonds, insurance, mobilization, ufility invesfigations, and other costs associated with project start-up. Cost in excess of the amount shown shall be included in the unit price bid for pipeline construction. T. Additive Alternate A - Removal of Tower Pier at Station 88+05 Measurement and payment for Additive Alternate A - Removal of Tower Pier at Station 88+05 shall be on a lump sum basis at the price bid. Payment shall include all costs for the removal of the structure as indicated on the plans and specified herein, trench protection, and any other procedures or materials required for the work. This item is an additive alternate and the work may or may not be done, at the Owner's discretion. Work will only proceed when authorized by the Owner and will only be paid if authorized by the Owner. END OF SECTION Measurement and Payment 01130-8 DTN01444 LJ 01300 SUBMITTALS I 11 le 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Submit documentation as required by the Contract Documents and as reasonably requested by the Owner and Engineer to: 1. Record the products incorporated into the Project for the Owner. 2. Provide information for operation and maintenance of the Project. 3. Provide information for the administration of the Contract. 4. Allow the Engineer to advise the Owner if products proposed for the project by the Contractor conform, in general, with the design concepts of the Contract Documents. B. Contractor's responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents is not relieved by the Engineer's review of submittals. Contract modifications may only be approved by Change Order or Field Order. ' 1.02 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Review all submittals prior to submission. B. Determine and verify: 1. Field measurements. 2. Field construction requirements. ' 3. Location of all existing structures, utilities and equipment related to the submittals. 4. Submittals are complete for their intended purpose. 5. Conflicts between the submittals related to the various subcontractors and suppliers have ' been resolved. 6. Quantities and dimensions shown on the submittals. C. Submit information per the procedures described in this section and the detailed ' specifications. D. Furnish the following submittals: 1. As specified in the attached Submittal Schedule. 2. Schedules, data and other documentation as described in detail in this section or referenced in the General Conditions. 3. Documentation required for the administration of the Contract per Section 01040, PROJECT ADMINISTRATION. 4. Shop drawings required for consideration of a contract modification per Paragraph 1.08. 5. Submittals as required in the detailed specifications. ' 6. Submittals not required will be returned without Engineer's review. E. Submit a schedule indicating the date submittals will be sent to the Engineer and proposed dates that the product will be incorporated into the project. Make submittals promptly in ' accordance with the schedule so as to cause no delay in the project and to be in compliance with substantial completion, intermediate and final completion deadlines. 1. Submittals shall be sent to Engineer allowing a reasonable time for delivery, review and ' marking submittals. Time for review is to include time for resubmission if necessary and to allow adequate time for the ordering, fabrication, and delivery of the product. 2. Schedule submittal to provide all information for interrelated work at one time. No review ' will be performed on submittals requiring coordination with other submittals. Engineer will return submittals for resubmission as a complete package. Submittals 013004 ' DTN01444 F. Submittals for systems and related equipment shall include information for all of the components required for a complete and operational system. 1. Include electrical, mechanical, and other information required to indicate how the various components of the system function. 2. Where certifications, warranties, and written guarantees are required, they will be provided with the submittal package for review. G. Fabrication or installation of any products prior to the approval of shop drawings is done at the Contractors risk. Products not meeting the requirements of Contract Documents are defective and may be rejected at the Owners option. H. Payment will not be made for products for which submittals are required until the submittals have been received. Payment will not be made for products for which shop drawings or samples are required until these are approved by the Engineer. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Submit legible, accurate, complete documents presented in a clear, easily understood manner. Submittals not meeting this criteria will be returned without review. B. Demonstrate that the proposed products are in full and complete compliance with the design criteria and requirements of the Contract Documents including drawings and specifications as modified by Addenda, Field Orders, and Change Orders. C. Furnish and install products that fully comply with the information included in the submittal. D. Review and approve submittals prior to submitting them to the Engineer for review. Submittals will not be accepted from subcontractors, suppliers, or anyone other than the Contractor. 1.04 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Deliver submittals to the Engineer at the following address unless otherwise stated at the Pre - Construction Conference: FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Attn. Construction Services 4055 International Plaza Suite 200 Fort Worth, Texas, 76109-4895 Reference Project: DTN01444 B. Transmit all submittals, with a properly completed Submittal Transmittal Form as indicated in Section 01800, FORMS. 1. 'A separate transmittal form shall be used for each specific product, class of material, and equipment system. 2. Items specified in different sections of the specifications are to be submitted separately unless integrally related. C. Assign a Contractors submittal number to the documents originated to allow tracking of the submittal during the review process. Submittals DTN01444 1. Assign the number consisting of a prefix, a sequence number, and a letter suffix. Prefixes shall be as follows: h .gb. l*.zWuM 91JLatoCxv:w .. Change rder Engineer Contractors ntrac o s i o ca ion a uest Contractor i e e est e o Contractor Equipment Installation Report Contractor 01300-2 11 11 II ti_ re ri. ,. t : 3 y sen onti ..t, 'fi _„Originator mela UrGer Engineer o i ca ion on ractorContractor 0119— era on am enance anus s Contractor PCM Proose Contract o i ca ion Engineer a men a uest Contractor Project o o ra s Contractor RD Recorcl Data Contractor Request or Information --Contractor liample Contractor 6nop DrawingContractor Schedule of Progress on rector 2. Issue sequence numbers in chronological order for each type of submittal. 3. Issue numbers for resubmittals that have the same number as the original submittal followed by an alphabetical suffix indicating the number of times the same submittal has been sent to the Engineer for processing. For example:-SD-025-A represents a shop drawing that is the twenty-fifth submittal of this type and is the second time this submittal has been sent for review. 4. Clearly note the submittal number on each page or sheet of the submittal. 5. Correct assignment of numbers is essential since different submittal types are processed indifferent ways. D. Submit documents with uniform markings and page sizes. 1. Paper size shall allow for ease of reproduction. a: Submit documents on 8-1/2" X 11" paper where practical. b. Use 11" X 17" paper for larger drawings and schematics. c. Use full size blueline sheets for fabrications and layout drawings. Reproducible drawings may be submitted in lieu of bluelines. 2. Mark submittals to: a. Indicate Contractor's corrections in green. b. Highlight items pertinent to the products being furnished in yellow and delete items that are not when the Manufacturer's standard drawings or information sheets are provided. c. Cloud items and highlight in yellow where selections by the Engineer or Owner are required. d. Mark dimensions with the prefix FD to indicate field verified dimensions on the drawings. e. Provide a blank space 8" x 3" for Contractor's and Engineer's stamp. 3. Define abbreviations and symbols used in shop drawings. a. Use terms and symbols in shop drawings consistent with the Contract Drawings. b. Provide a list of abbreviations and their meaning as used in the shop drawings. c. Provide a legend for symbols used on shop drawings. E. Mark submittals to reference the drawing number and/or section of the specifications, detail designation, schedule or location that corresponds with the data submitted. Other identification may also be required, such as layout drawings or schedules to allow the reviewer to determine where a particular product is to be used. F. Deliver samples required by the detailed specifications to the project site. Provide a minimum of two (2) samples. G. Construct mock-ups from the actual products to be used in construction per detailed specifications. H. Submit color charts and samples for every product requiring color, texture or finish selection. 1. Submit all color charts and samples at onetime. Submittals 01300-3 DTN01444 1.05 1.06 2. Do not submit color charts and samples until all record data have been submitted or shop drawings for the products have been approved. 3. Submit color charts and samples not less than thirty (30) days prior to when these products are to be ordered or released for fabrication to comply with the schedule for construction of the project. I. Submit Contractor's Modification Request per Section 01040, PROJECT ADMINISTRATION to request modification to the Contract Documents. J. The number of copies of each submittal to be sent by the Contractor and the number of copies of each submittal to be returned are: yM_ 's _^k: �f' esorip i0n f �� weir wa, �`� rt '�p.wiy s.i }7 7, a�'y �•,.. ..�;�-r�,nh.ml�eturned�:: cCopiesSerr� � A� .Je [H^.r0,,.�cx �"� CopreSf 1 7F Contractors mocitication Kequest erb a es e o EIK ui mentInstallation a ort NBC o i cation Contractor re imma anua s ma manuals PR Pa men a ues ro ect oto ra s Record Data RFI e uest or n rma ion Sam le op rawin s SCH Schedule ot Progress REVIEW PROCEDURES. A. Shop drawingsshall be reviewed in the order received. 1. The Contractor may mark submittals as "Priority" for review. Contractor should use discretion in the use of "Priority" submittals as this may delay the review of submittals previously submitted. 2. Priority submittals will be reviewed before other submittals for this project which have been received but not reviewed. 3. Revise the Schedule of Contractor's Submittals for substantial deviations from the previous schedule. B. Review procedures vary with the type of submittal as described in Paragraph 1.06. SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Shop drawings are required for those products that cannot adequately be described in the Contract Documents to allow fabrication, erection or installation of the product without additional detailed information from the products manufacturer. 1. Shop drawings are requested so that the Engineer can: a. Assist the Owner in selecting colors, textures or other aesthetic features. b. Compare the proposed features of the product with the specified features so as to advise the Owner that the product does, in general, conform to the Contract Documents. c. Compare the performance features of the proposed product with those specified so as to advise the Owner that it appears that the product will meet the designed performance criteria. d. Review required certifications, guarantees, warranties, and service agreements for compliance with the Contract Documents. Submittals 01300-4 DTN01444 1 p 1 ,I ,I II II I II I 11 11 1 i 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 2. Contractor shall certify that he has reviewed the shop drawings and made all necessary corrections such that the products, when installed, will be in full compliance with the Contract Documents. Shop drawings submitted without this certification will be returned without review. 3. Submit shop drawings for: a. Products indicated in the submittal schedule following this section. b. When a substitution or equal product is proposed in accordance with Paragraph 1.08 of this Section. 4. Include a complete description of the material or equipment to be furnished. Information is to include: a. Type, dimensions, size, arrangement, model number, and operational parameters of the components. b. Weights, gauges, materials of construction, external connections, anchors, and supports required. c. Performance characteristics, capacities, engineering data, motor curves, and other information necessary to allow a complete evaluation of mechanical components. d. All applicable standards such as ASTM or Federal specification numbers. e. Fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams, manufacturing instructions, templates, patterns, and coordination drawings. f. Wiring and piping diagrams and related controls. g. Mix designs for concrete, asphalt, or other materials proportioned for the project. h. Complete and accurate field measurements for products which must fit existing conditions. Indicate on the submittal that the measurements represent actual dimensions obtained at the site. 5. All required statements of certification, guarantees, extended service agreements, and other related documents are to be provided with the shop drawing. The effective date of these documents shall be the date of acceptance of the work by the Owner. 6. Comments will be made on items called to the attention of the Engineer for review and comment. Any marks made by the Engineer do not constitute a blanket review of the submittal or relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors or deviations from the Contract requirements. a. Submittals that are reviewed shall be returned with one or more of the following designations: 1) Approved - Submittal is found to be acceptable as submitted. 2) Approved as Corrected - Submittal is acceptable with corrections marked by Contractor or notations made by Engineer and may be used as corrected. 3) Revise and Resubmit - Submittal has deviations from the Contract Documents, significant errors, or is inadequate and must be revised and resubmitted for subsequent review. 4) Not Approved - Products are not acceptable. b. Drawings with a significant or substantial number of markings by the Contractor may be marked "Approved as Corrected" and "Revise and Resubmit'. These drawings are to be revised to provide a clean record of the submittal. c. Dimensions or other data that do not appear to conform to the Contract Documents will be marked as "At Variance With" (AVW) the Contract Documents or other information provided. The Contractor is to make revisions as appropriate to comply with Contract Documents. B. Certifications, Warranties and Service Agreements include documents as specified in the detailed specifications, as shown in the submittal schedule or as follows: 1 Submittals DTN014" 1. Certified Test Reports (CTR) - A report prepared by an approved testing agency giving results of tests performed on products to indicate their compliance with the specifications. (Refer to Section 01400, QUALITY CONTROL.) 2. Certification of Local Field Service (CLS) - A certified letter stating that field service is available from a factory or supplier approved service organization located within a 300 mile radius of the project site. List names, addresses, and telephone numbers of approved service organizations on or attach to the certificate. 01300-5 1 3. Extended Warranty (EW) - A guarantee of performance for the product or system beyond the normal one (1) year warranty described in the General Conditions. Issue the warranty certificate in the name of the Owner. 4. Extended Service Agreement (ESA) - A contract to provide maintenance beyond that required to fulfill requirements for warranty repairs, or to perform routine maintenance for a definite period of time beyond the warranty period. Issue the service agreement in the name of the Owner. 5. Certification of Adequacy of Design (CAD) - A certified letter from the manufacturer of the equipment stating that they have designed the equipment to be structurally stable and to withstand all imposed loads without deformation, failure, or adverse effects to the performance and operational requirements of the unit. The letter shall state that mechanical and electrical equipment is adequately sized to be fully operational for the conditions specified or normally encountered by the products intended use. 6. Certification of Applicator/Subcontractor (CSQ) - A certified letter stating that the Applicator or Subcontractor proposed to perform a specified function is duly designated as factory authorized and trained for the application of the specified product C. Submit record data to provide information to allow the Owner to adequately identify the products incorporated into the project and allow replacement or repair at some future date. 1. Provide record data for all products. Record data is not required for items for which shop drawings and/or operations and maintenance manuals are required. 2. Provide information only on the specified products. Submit a Contractor's Modification Request for approval of deviations or substitutions and obtain approval by Field Order or Change Order prior to submitting Record Data. 3. Provide the same information required for shop drawings. 4. Record data will be received by the Engineer, logged, and provided to Owner for his record. a. Record data may be reviewed to see that the information provided is adequate for the purpose intended. Inadequate drawings may be returned as unacceptable. b. Record data is not reviewed for compliance with the Contract Documents. Comments may be returned if deviations from the Contract Documents are noted during the cursory review performed to see that the information is adequate. D. Provide samples for comparison with products delivered to the site for use on the project. 1. Samples shall be of sufficient size and quantity to clearly illustrate the functional characteristics of the product, with integrally related parts and attachment devices. 2. Indicate the full range of color, texture, and patterns. 3. Dispose of samples when related work has been completed and approved, and disposal is requested by the Engineer. At Owner's option samples will become the property of the Owner. E. Construct mock-ups for comparison with the work being performed. 1. Construct mock-ups of the size or area indicated in the detailed specifications. 2. Construct mock-ups complete with texture and finish to represent the finished product. 3. Protect mock-ups until work has been completed and accepted by the Owner. . 4. Dispose of mock-ups when related work has been completed and disposal is approved by the Engineer. F. Submit Operation and Maintenance manuals (O&M) for all equipment, mechanical devices, or components described in the Contract Documents per Section 01730, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS. Include copies of approved shop drawings in the manual. G. Submit Request For Information (RFI) in accordance with Section 01040, PROJECT ADMINISTRATION. H. Submit a Schedule of Values and Payment Requests (PR) in accordance with Section 01130, MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT. Submittals DTN01444 01300-6 11 5 I I I. Submit Progress Schedules (SCH) in accordance with Section 01310, PROGRESS ' SCHEDULES. J. Submit Certified Test Reports (CTR) from independent testing laboratories in accordance with Section 01400, QUALITY CONTROL. e1. Submit test reports for material fabricated for this project with shop drawings for that product. 2. Submit test reports produced at the point of production for standard production products with the record data for that product. K. Submit a list of Suppliers and Subcontractors as Record Data in accordance with Section ' 01040, PROJECT ADMINISTRATION. L. Submit Equipment Installation Reports (EIR). M. Submit Notifications by Contractor (NBC) in accordance with Section 01040, PROJECT ' ADMINISTRATION. N. Submit Project Photographs (PP) in accordance with Section 01380, PROJECT ' PHOTOGRAPHS. O. Submit Process Performance Bonds (PPB) in accordance with the Contract Documents and the detailed equipment specifications. ' 1.07 REQUESTS FOR DEVIATION A. Submit requests for deviation from the Contract Documents for any product that does not fully comply with the specifications. B. Submit request by Contractor's Modification Request (CMR) per Section 01040, PROJECT ADMINISTRATION. Identify the deviations and the reason the change is requested. C. Deviations that result in a reduction in cost shall also include the amount of the reduction to the Owner. D. A Change Order or Field Order will be issued by the Engineer for deviations approved by the ' Owner. Deviations from the Contract Documents may only be approved by Change Order or Field Order. FOR EQUAL NON PRODUCTS 1.08 SUBMITTALS -SPECIFIED A. The products of the listed suppliers are to be furnished where detailed specifications list several manufacturers but do not specifically list "or equal" or "or approved equal" products. Use of any products other than those specifically listed is a substitution and must be approved per Paragraph 1.09. 1 B. Contractor may submit other manufacturers' products that are in full compliance with the specification where detailed specifications list one or more manufacturers followed by the phrase "or equal" or "or approved equal". 1. Submit shop drawings of adequate detail to document that the proposed product is equal or superior to the specified product 2. Prove that the product is equal. It is not the Engineer's responsibility to prove the product is not equal. a. Indicate on a point by point basis for each specified feature that the product is equal to the Contract Document requirements. Submittals DTN01444 01300-7 1 1.09 b. Make a direct comparison with the specified manufacturer's published data sheets and available information. Provide this printed material with the submittal. c. The decision of the Engineer regarding the acceptability of the proposed product is final. 3. Provide a typewritten certification that. in furnishing the proposed product as an equal, the Contractor: a. Has thoroughly examined the proposed product and has determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to the product specified. b. Has determined that the product will perform in the same manner and result in the same process as the specified product. c. Will provide the same warranties and/or bonds for the product specified. d. Will assume all responsibility to coordinate any modifications that may be necessary to incorporate the product into the construction and will waive all claims for additional work which may be necessary to incorporate the product into the project which may subsequently become apparent. e. Will maintain the same time schedule as for the specified product. 4. A modification request is not required for any product that is incomplete compliance with the Contract Documents. 5. Engineer's determination shall be final. SUBMITTALS FOR SUBSTITUTIONS A. Substitutions are defined as any product that the Contractor proposes to provide for the Project in lieu of the specified product. B. If the Contractor desires to submit a manufacturer or product which is not specified, the Contractor must submit the following for consideration of approval of the substitution: 1. Contractor's Modification Request for deviation from the Contract Documents per Paragraph 1.07. 2. Prove that the product is acceptable as a substitute. It is not the Engineer's responsibility to prove the product is not acceptable as a substitute. a. Indicate on a point by point basis for each specified feature that the product is acceptable to meet the intent of the Contract Documents requirements. b. Make a direct comparison with the specified manufacturer's published data sheets and available information. Provide this printed material with the submittal. c. The decision of the Engineer regarding the acceptability of the proposed substituted product is final. 3. Provide a typewritten certification that, in making the substitution request, the Contractor: a. Has determined that the substituted product will perform in substantially the same manner and result in the same ability to meet the specified performance as the specified product b. Will provide the same warranties and/or bonds for the substituted product as specified or as would be provided by the Manufacturer of the specified product. c. Will assume all responsibility to coordinate any modifications that may be necessary to incorporate the substituted product into the project and will waive all claims for additional work which may be necessary to incorporate the substituted product into the project which may subsequently become apparent. d. Will maintain the same time schedule as for the specified product. C. Engineering cost for review of substitutions will be paid by the Contractor. 1. Cost for additional review time will be billed to the Owner by the Engineer for the actual hours required for the review and marking of shop drawings by Engineer and in accordance with the following rates: Submittals 01300-8 DTN01444 u 7 I 11 C 1 1 1 LJ F 1 H I i Principal -in -Charge $178/hr Project Manager $153/hr Project Engineer $113/hr Design Engineer $96/hr Engineering Technician $88/hr Clerk $48/hr 2. Cost for the additional review shall be paid to the Owner by the Contractor on a monthly basis. 3. Engineer's determination shall be final. 1.10 GUARANTEES A. Warranties and guarantees shall be submitted as required by the Contract Documents and submitted with the shop drawings or record data. B. Additional copies will be provided for equipment and will be included in the Operation and Maintenance Manuals. Refer to Section 01730, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS. 1.11 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A. Make all corrections or changes in the submittals required by the Engineer and resubmit until approved. B. For shop drawings: 1. Revise initial drawings or data and resubmit as specified for the original submittal. 2. Highlight in yellow those revisions which have been made in response to the first review by the Engineer. 3. Highlight in blue any new revisions which have been made or additional details of information that has been added since the previous review by the Engineer. C. For samples: 1. Submit new samples as required for the initial sample. 2. Remove samples which have been rejected. D. For mock-ups: 1. Construct a new mock-up as initially required. 2. Dispose of mock-ups which have been rejected. E. Engineering cost for excessive review of shop drawings will be paid by the Contractor. Submittals DTN01444 1. Excessive review of shop drawings is defined as any review required after the original review has been made and the first resubmittal has been checked to see that corrections have been made. 2. Cost for additional review time will be billed to the Owner by the Engineer for the actual hours required for the review and marking of shop drawings by Engineer and in accordance with the following rates: Principal -in -Charge $178/hr Project Manager $153/hr Project Engineer $113/hr Design Engineer $96/hr Engineering Technician $88/hr Clerk $48/hr 3. Pay cost for the additional review to the Owner on a monthly basis as billed by the Owner. 01300-9 11 4. Need for more than one resubmission or any other delay of obtaining Engineer's review of submittals, will not entitle the Contractor to an extension of Contract Time. All costs associated with such delays shall be at the Contractor's expense. 1.12 ENGINEER'S DUTIES A. Review the submittals and return with reasonable promptness. B. Affix stamp, indicate approval, rejection, and the need for resubmittal. C. Distribute documents. Submittals . 01300-10 DTNO1444 11 11 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE Ehploh�f _ r: i��. Sri d Descmptioni�Ls�k5a:A`S4�fDf «. 7G' 'tx (p a 'ts s Fj 'l ai Msla,if, t. rr„:j 01311 Progress Schedules X 01656 Disinfection of Potable Water Facilities X 01666 Hydrostatic Test X 02202 Pipeline Excavation and Backfill X 02255 Earth Fill Classifications X 02257 Controlled Low -Strength Material (Flowable Fill) X 02271 Riprap and Bedding Material X 02314 Pipeline Crossing [Hwy Tunnel, Open Cut] X X 02614 Bar -Wrapped Concrete Cylinder Pipe X X X X 02626 Steel Pipe X X X X 02720 Biodegradable Erosion Control Mat X X 03305 Concrete X X 15101 Gate Valves X X 15103 Butterfly Valves X X WX 15117 Air Release & Air and Vacuum Valves X X 15136 Miscellaneous Valves END OF SECTION Legend SD Shop Drawing CAD Certificate of Adequacy of Design SAM Sample CSQ Certification of Applicator/Subcontractor CTR Certified Test Report RD Record Data CLS Certification of Local Field Service OM Operation and Maintenance Manuals EW Extended Warranty EIR Equipment Installation Report ESA Extended Service Agreement PPB Process Performance Bond Submittals 01300-11 DTNO1444 11 1 01310 PROGRESS SCHEDULES ' 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS ' A. Prepare and submit a progress schedule for the work and update the schedule on a monthly basis for the duration of the project. ' B. Provide schedule in adequate detail to allow Owner to monitor the work progress, to anticipate the time and amount of progress payments, and to relate submittal processing to sequential activities of the work. C. Incorporate and specifically designate the dates of anticipated submission of submittals and the dates when submittals must be returned to the Contractor into the schedule. ' D. Assume complete responsibility for maintaining the progress of the work per the schedule submitted. E. Take into consideration when preparing schedule all requirements of Section 01030, SPECIAL PROCEDURES. ' 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit progress schedules in accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS. Submit schedules within the following times: ' 1. Preliminary schedule within 10 days after the Notice of Award. The schedule is to be available at the pre -construction conference. 2. Detailed schedule at least 10 days prior to the first payment request. ' B. Submit progress schedules with requests for partial payment. Schedules may be used to evaluate the requests for partial payment. Failure to submit the schedule may cause delay in the review and approval of progress payments. ' 1.03 SCHEDULE REQUIREMENTS A. Schedule is to be in adequate detail to: 1. Assure adequate planning, scheduling, and reporting during the execution of the work. 2. Assure the coordination of the work of the Contractor and the various subcontractors and ' suppliers. 3. Assist in monitoring the progress of the work. 4. Assist in evaluating proposed changes to the contract and project schedule. 5. Assist the Owner in review of Contractor's monthly payment requests. B. Provide personnel with five (5) years minimum experience in scheduling construction work comparable to this project. C. Provide the schedule in the form of a time scaled horizontal bar chart which indicates graphically the work scheduled at any time during the project. The graph is to indicate: 1. Complete sequence of construction by activity. 2. Identification of the activity by structure, location, and type of work. 3. Chronological order of the start of each item of work. 4. The activity start and stop dates. 5. The activity duration. Progress Schedules DTNO1444 01310-1 6. Successor and predecessor relationships for each activity. Group related activities or use lines to indicate relationships. 7. A clearly indicated critical path. Indicate only one (1) critical path on the schedule. The subsystem with the longest time of completion is the critical path where several subsystems each have a critical path. Float time is to be assigned to other subsystems. 8. Projected percentage of completion, based on dollar value of the work included in each activity as of the first day of each month. D. Submit.a separate submittal schedule indicating the dates when the submittals are to be sent to the Engineer. 1. List specific dates submittal is to be sent to the Engineer. 2. List specific dates submittal must be processed in order to meet the proposed schedule. 3. Allow a reasonable time to review submittals, taking into consideration the size and complexity of the submittal, the submission of other submittals, and other factors that may affect review time. 4. Allow time for re -submission of the submittals for each item. Contractor is responsible for delays associated with additional time required to review incomplete or erroneous submittals and for the time lost when submittals are submitted for products that do not meet specification requirements. E. Update the schedule at the end of each monthly partial payment period to indicate the progress made on the project to that date. 1.04 SCHEDULE REVISIONS A. Revise the schedule if it appears that the schedule no longer represents the actual progress of the work. 1. Submit a written report if the schedule indicates that the project is more than thirty (30) days behind schedule. The report is to include: a. Number of days behind schedule b. Narrative description of the steps to be taken to bring the project back on schedule c. Anticipated time required to bring the project back on schedule d. Submit a revised schedule indicating the action that the Contractor proposes to take to bring the project back on schedule. B. Revise the schedule to indicate any adjustments in contract time approved by change order. 1. Revised schedule is to be included with Contract Modification Request and in response to Proposed Contract Modifications by the Owner and Engineer for which an extension of time is requested. 2. Failure to submit a revised schedule indicates that the modification shall have no impact on the ability of the Contractor to complete the project on time and that the cost associated with the change of additional plant or work force have been included in the cost proposed for the modification. C. Updating the project schedule to reflect actual progress is not considered a revision to the project schedule. D. Payment estimates may not be recommended for payment without a revised schedule and if required, the report indicating the Contractor's plan for bringing the project back on schedule. Progress Schedules DTN01444 01310-2 1 I 1.05 FLOAT TIME ' A. Define float time as the amount of time between the earliest start date and the latest start date of a chain of activities on the construction schedule. ' B. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either the Contractor or Owner. C. Contract time cannot be changed by the submission of this schedule. Contract time can only be modified by approved change order. ' D. Schedule completion date must be the same as the contract completion date. Time between the end of construction and the contract completion date is to be indicated as float time. END OF SECTION 1 1 Progress Schedules 01310-3 DTN01444 01380 PROJECT PHOTOGRAPHS 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish an adequate number of photographs of the project site to clearly depict pre-existing conditions. 1. Provide a photo looking up station and down station every 500 feet along the pipeline, at all road crossings and where the pipeline is within 100 feet of structures. 2. Photograph areas of adjacent property, unusual site conditions, or other areas of special concern. R Furnish an adequate number of photographs of the project site monthly to clearly depict the progress of construction from the last time photographs were taken. 1. Provide a minimum of 24 different views. 2. Photograph significant areas of construction progress. 3. Submit photographs with the monthly pay request. C. Provide a video tape of the construction site (right-of-way) prior to the beginning of construction. 1. Record the condition of all existing facilities in or abutting the construction area (right-of- way) including but not limited to streets, curb and gutter, utilities, driveways, fencing, landscaping, etc. 2. Perform recording after construction staking when possible but prior to any clearing. 3. Provide one copy of the tape, dated and labeled to the Engineer before the start of construction. Provide additional taping as directed by the Engineer if the tape provided is not considered suitable for the purpose of recording pre-existing conditions. 4. Where the pipeline crosses in close proximity to existing houses, Contractor shall videotape exterior of house both prior to and after construction in the vicinity of the house. Contractor shall focus special attention on the house foundation. Contractor shall coordinate with homeowner and attempt to videotape the interior of the house, focusing particular attention on walls and the foundation. '. D. All photographs and negatives are to become the property of the Owner. Photographs may not be used for publication, or public or private display without the express written consent of the Owner. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE Photographs shall be clear with proper exposure. New photographs are to be taken immediately if photos of an adequate quality cannot be produced from the negative. Photographs shall be of a quality to permit enlargements. ' 1.03 SUBMITTALS Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS, and shall include: 1. Submit three (3) sets of preconstruction photographs and three (3) sets of each picture taken each month. 2. Submit one (1) set to the Owner, one (1) set to Resident Project Representative, and one (1) set to Engineer. Project Photographs 01380-1 DTNO1444 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 PHOTOGRAPHS A. Photographs shall be taken with quality 35 mm camera as a minimum. Polarized prints are not acceptable. Digital cameras and electronic photos will be allowed if photographs produced are of a quality comparable to that of a quality 35mm camera.. Should the Owner's Representative determine that the photographs produced are not of suitable quality, the Contractor shall be required to use a conventional camera. The use of a digital camera does not waive the responsibility of the Contractor to make submittals in accordance with specified procedures, including submitting hard copies of the photographs. B. Photographs shall be taken at locations acceptable to the Engineer. C. Provide 3" x 5" color prints and the negatives for each photograph taken. D. Identify each print on back with: 1. Project name. 2. Date, time, location, and orientation of the exposure. 3. Description of the subject of photograph. E. Submit photograph in clear plastic sheets designed for that purpose. Place only one (1) photograph in each section to allow description on the back to be read without removing the photograph. 2.02 VIDEO TAPE A. Provide VHS format video tape. B. Identifying project on tape by audio or visual means. END OF SECTION Project Photographs DTN01"4 01380-2 11 1 01400 QUALITY CONTROL 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Control the quality of work produced and verify that the work performed meets the standards of quality established in the Contract Documents. 1. Inspect the work performed by the Contractor, subcontractors and suppliers. Correct defective work. 2. Inspect products to be incorporated into the project. Provide only those products that comply with the Contract Documents. 3. Verify conformance of the work and products with the Contract Documents before notifying the Owner of need for testing. 4. Provide consumable construction materials of adequate quality to provide a finished product that complies with the Contract Documents. 5. Provide and pay for the services of an approved professional materials testing laboratory to insure that products proposed for use fully comply with the Contract Documents. 6. Perform tests as indicated in this and other sections of the specifications. Schedule the time and sequence of testing with the Owner and Engineer. Testing is to be observed by the Owner, Engineer, or designated representative. 7. Provide labor, materials, tools, equipment, and related items for testing by the Owner including, but not limited to temporary construction required for testing and operation of new and existing utilities. B. Provide Certified Test Reports on products or constructed works to be incorporated into the project as required by Section 01300, SUBMITTALS. Reports are to indicate that products or constructed works are in compliance with the Contract Documents. C. Provide and maintain a written Quality Control Program that establishes the methods of assuring compliance with the Contract Documents. D. Designate Quality Control personnel at the start of the project. These personnel shall have the authority to monitor the work effectively and to implement and enforce the Quality Control Program. E. Assist the Engineer, Owner, and Owner's testing organization to perform quality assurance activities. 1. Provide access to the work and to the Manufacturer's operations at all times work is in progress. 2. Cooperate fully in the performance of sampling, inspection, and testing. 3. Furnish labor and facilities to: a. Provide access to the work to be tested. b. Obtain and handle samples for testing at the project site or at the source of the product to be tested. c. Facilitate inspections and tests. d. Store and cure test samples. 4. Furnish copies of the tests performed on products. 5. Provide adequate quantities of representative product to be tested to the laboratory at the designated location. 6. Give the Owner adequate notice before proceeding with work that would interfere with testing. Quality Control DTN01444 01400-1 J 7. Notify the Engineer and the testing laboratory prior to the time that testing is required. Lead time is to be adequate to allow arrangements to be made for testing. 8. Do not proceed with any work until testing services have been performed and results of tests indicate that the work is acceptable. 9. Provide complete access to the site and make Contract Documents available. 10. Provide personnel and equipment needed to perform sampling or to assist in making the field tests. 11. Testing performed by the Owner will be paid for by the Owner. F. Provide a recognized testing laboratory capable of performing a full range of testing procedures complying with the standards or testing procedures specified. Obtain Owners's approval for the testing laboratory before testing is performed. G. Provide personnel certified to perform the test required. H. Should requirements of this Section of the specification conflict with the requirements of the detailed specifications, the technical specifications shall govern. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE ACTIVITIES BY THE OWNER A. Quality assurance activities of the Owner and Engineer through their own forces or through contracts with materials testing laboratories and survey crews are for the purpose of monitoring the results of the Contractor's work to see that it is in compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1. Quality assurance activities of the Owner and Engineer in no way relieves the Contractor of the obligation to perform work and furnish products and constructed work conforming to the Contract Documents. 2. Failure on the part of the Owner or Engineer to perform or test products or constructed works in no way relieves the Contractor of the obligation to perform work and furnish materials conforming to the Contract Documents. B. The Owner will provide density testing of embedment and backfill, at locations and frequency determined by the Owner's Representative. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS, and shall include: 1. The name of the proposed testing laboratory along with documentation of qualifications, a list of tests that can be performed, and a list of recent projects for which testing has been performed with references from those projects. 2. Test reports per Paragraph 1.07, TEST REPORTS of this specification. 1.04 STANDARDS A. Provide a testing laboratory that complies with the ACIL (American Council of Independent Laboratories) "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualifications". B. Perform testing per recognized test procedures as listed in the various sections of the specifications, standards of the State Department of Highways and Public Transportation, American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM), or other testing associations. Perform tests in accordance with published procedures for testing issued by these organizations. Quality Control 01400-2 DTNO1444 I r I1 1J II 1.05 DELIVERY AND STORAGE Handle and protect test specimens of products and construction materials at the construction site in accordance with recognized test procedures. 1.06 VERIFICATION TESTING A. Provide verification testing when tests performed by the Owner indicate that materials or the results of construction activities are not in conformance with Contract Documents. B. Verification testing is to be provided at the Contractor's expense to verify products or constructed works are in compliance after corrections have been made. C. Tests must comply with recognized methods or with methods recommended by the Owner's testing laboratory and approved by the Engineer. 1.07 TEST REPORTS A. Test reports are to be prepared for all tests. 1. Tests performed by testing laboratories may be submitted on their standard test report forms. These reports must include the following: a. Name of the Owner, project title and number, equipment installer and general contractor. b. Name of the laboratory, address, and telephone number. c. Name and signature of the laboratory personnel performing the test. d. Description of the product being sampled or tested. e. Date and time of sampling, inspection, and testing. f. Date the report was issued. g. Description of the test performed. h. Weather conditions and temperature at time of test or sampling. i. Location at the site or structure where the test was taken. j. Standard or test procedure used in making the test. k. A description of the results of the test. I. Statement of compliance or non-compliance with the Contract Documents. m. Interpretations of test results, if appropriate. 2. Submit reports on tests performed by Contractor or his suppliers or vendors on the forms provided in Section 01800, FORMS. B. Distribute copies of the test reports to: No. of Copies Owner Resident Project Representative Engineer Contractor 1.08 NON -CONFORMING WORK A. Immediately correct any work that is not in compliance with the Contract Documents or submit a written explanation of why the work is not to be corrected immediately and when the corrective work will be performed. B. Payment for non -conforming work shall be withheld until work is brought into compliance with the Contract Documents. Quality Control DTN014" 01400-3 1 1.09 LIMITATION OF AUTHORITY OF THE TESTING LABORATORY A. The testing laboratory representatives are limited to providing consultation on the test performed and in an advisory capacity. B. The testing laboratory is not authorized to: 1. Alter the requirements of the contract documents. 2. Accept or reject any portion of the work. 3. Perform any of the duties of the Contractor. 4. Stop the work. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01. TESTING APPARATUS Furnish testing apparatus:and related accessories necessary to perform the tests. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 PIPING SYSTEMS A. GENERAL For testing of the 54-Inch Pipeline, see Section 01666, HYDROSTATIC TEST. END OF SECTION Quality Control 01400-4 DTN01444 01510 TEMPORARY FACILITIES 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish temporary facilities, including field offices, storage sheds, and temporary utilities needed to complete the work. B. - Furnish, install, and maintain temporary project identification signs. Provide temporary on - site informational signs to identify key elements of the construction facilities. Do not allow other signs to be displayed. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. TESTING Inspect and test each service before placing temporary utilities in use. Arrange for all required inspections and test by regulatory agencies, and obtain required certifications and permits for use. 1.03 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Arrange transportation, loading, and handling of temporary buildings and sheds. 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS A. Locate buildings and sheds at the job site as indicated or as approved by the Owner. B. Prepare the site by removing trees, brush, or debris and performing demolition or grubbing needed to clear a space adequate for the structures. C. Pay for the utilities used by temporary facilities during construction. D. Provide each temporary service and facility ready for use at each location when the -service or facility is first needed to avoid delay in the performance of the work. E. Maintain, expand as required, and modify temporary services and facilities as needed throughout the progress of the work. F. Do not remove services and facilities until they are no longer needed. G. Operate temporary facilities in a safe and efficient manner. 1. Do not overload temporary services or facilities. 2. Do not let temporary services or facilities interfere with the progress of the work. 3. Do not allow unsanitary conditions, public nuisances, or hazardous conditions to develop or exist at the site. 4. Do not permit freezing of pipes, flooding, or the contamination of water. 5. Maintain site security and protection of the facilities. Temporary Facilities DTNO1444 01510-1 I 1.05 OPTIONS A. Construction offices may be prefabricated buildings on skids or mobile trailers. B. Storage sheds may be prefabricated buildings on skids or truck trailers. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 SIGN MATERIALS A. Provide new or used, wood or metal, in sound condition for structure and framing. Materials are to be structurally adequate and suitable for the indicated finish. B. Provide 3/4" exterior grade A/D face veneer plywood with medium density overlay for sign surface. C. Bolts, brackets, fasteners, and other hardware are to be galvanized or stainless steel. D. Provide exterior quality coatings per Manufacturer's recommendations. 2.02 TEMPORARY OFFICES A. Furnish afield office for Contractor's use of adequate size to allow meetings of about ten (10) people. B. Other trades may provide their own offices only when space is available on the site, and both the Owner and the Contractor agree. 2.03 TEMPORARY STORAGE BUILDINGS Furnish storage buildings of adequate size to store any materials or equipment delivered to the site that might be affected by weather. 2.04 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide sanitary facilities at the job site from the commencement of the project to its conclusion. Maintain these facilities in a clean and sanitary condition at all times, and comply with the requirements of the local health authority. B. Contractor's workmen shall use these sanitary facilities at all times. Rest rooms within existing or Owner -occupied buildings shall not be used. 2.05 TEMPORARY HEAT Provide heating devices needed to protect the building during construction. A. Provide fuel needed to service the heating devices. B. Heating devices shall be attended at all times. C. In no event shall heaters be allow to operate overnight without someone in attendance. Temporary Facilities DTN01444 01510-2 2.06 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. Provide the temporary utilities needed by the trades during construction, including electrical power, water, and telephone. 1. Provide a source of temporary electrical.power of adequate size for the construction procedures. a. Electrical pole and service shall comply with OSHA and other safety requirements and the requirements of the power company. b. Make the electrical power available to the trades as needed. c. Provide extensions to the various parts of the building as needed. d. Provide junction boxes in such an arrangement that distribution boxes are available within 75' of any part of the structure. 2. Provide temporary water supply. Extend water to the construction site and maintain source until such time that the permanent water supply can be extended to the site. 3. Provide telephone service to the site and install telephones inside the Contractor's and the Engineers office. B. Make arrangements with the local utility company, comply with utility company's requirements and pay for the utility costs during construction. C. Make utilities available to the trades during construction. 3.00 EXECUTION • 3.01 LOCATION OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Locate all temporary facilities in an area that will not interfere with any work to be performed under this contract. B. Construct and install signs at locations as required by applicable regulatory agencies or as selected by the Owner. Install informational signs at the height of optimum visibility, on ground -mounted poles, or attach to temporary structural surfaces. I3.02 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS A. Arrange for a professional sign painter to paint signs as shown by Owner's template and specified herein. Mount signs at locations selected by the Owner's Representative. Maintain these signs until the project has been completed. B. Do not install any other signs at the construction site, except as specified herein. Contractors may install a sign not greater that 48" x 36" on the side of their construction office, or the side of the office or trailer may have the companies name or identification permanently and neatly applied. C. TEMPORARY SIGNS A. .PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS a. Provide two (2) project identification signs of the size, lettering, and construction indicated by the Owner. Owner will provide a template for the signs. b. Apply one (1) coat of primer and one (1) coat of exterior paint to exposed supports, framing, and sign surface material. Paint graphics in styles, sizes, and colors selected by the Owner. Temporary Facilities DTN01444 01510-3 3.03 TEMPORARY LIGHTING A. Once the building is "shelled -in", provide temporary lighting inside the building. 1. Lighting shall be adequate to perform work within any space. , 2. Lights shall be left in position in such a manner that every space has temporary light at all times. 3. Temporary lights may be removed once the permanent lighting is in service. B. Provide portable flood lights at any time that work will be performed outside the structure at night. Provide adequate lighting to provide sufficient light at any location work is being performed. 3.04 CONSTRUCTION FENCE Install and maintain a construction fence around the construction site [around the storage yard] , as necessary. Fence may be wood picket or chain link construction. Provide gates with padlocks. 3.05 REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Remove temporary buildings, shed, and utilities at the conclusion of the project and restore the site to original condition or finished in accordance with the drawings. B. Remove informational signs upon completion of construction. C. Remove project identification signs, framing, supports, and foundations upon completion of the project 3.06 MAINTENANCE AND JANITORIAL SERVICE A. Maintain signs and supports in a neat, clean condition. Repair damages to structures, framings, or signs. B. Repair any damage to permanent structures or finishes caused by placement or removal of temporary signage. END OF SECTION Temporary Facilities 01610-4 DTN01444 01668 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL DURING CONSTRUCTION 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED Obtain permits and furnish labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to provide erosion and sediment control during construction including furnishing, installing and maintaining erosion and sediment control structures and procedures and the proper removal when no longer required. 1.02 SUBMITTALS Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS and shall include: A. Copies of approved permits. 1,03 NPDES PERMIT In accordance with the most current federal NPDES requirements for Storm Water Discharge from Construction Sites as published in the Federal Register, Contractor shall prepare and submit a Notice of Intent, prepare a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) and implement the plan during construction. The Notice of Intent (NOI) must be submitted prior to clearing and grubbing. One copy of the NOI shall be provided to the Owner. The SWPPP must be prepared prior to the submittal of the NOL The SWPPP must be on file at the ' construction site and be available upon request to EPA, State or local agencies, and Owner. The Contractor shall be responsible for implementing, updating and modifying per regulatory agency requirements, inspection, and monitoring the SWPPP. The Contractor shall retain records or copies of all reports by this permit for a period of at least three (3) years from date of Final Completion. ■ For assistance in filling out the NOI or preparing the SWPPP, Contractor shall contact the EPA. A. TEMPORARY DRAINAGE PROVISIONS Contractor shall provide for the drainage of storm water and such water as may be applied or discharged on the site in performance of the work. Drainage facilities shall be adequate to prevent damage to the work, the site, and adjacent property. Existing drainage channels and conduits shall be cleaned, enlarged, or supplemented as necessary to carry all increased runoff attributable to Contractor's operations. Dikes shall be constructed as necessary to divert increased runoff from entering adjacent property (except in natural channels), to protect Owner's facilities and the work, and to direct water to drainage channels or conduits. Ponding shall be provided as necessary to prevent downstream flooding. 1 B. EROSION CONTROL Contractor shall prevent erosion of soil on the site and adjacent property resulting from his construction activities. Effective measures shall be initiated prior to the commencement of clearing, grading, excavation, or other operation that will disturb the natural protection. Contractor shall be responsible for establishment, maintenance, and applicable removal of proper erosion control measures. Such erosion control measures shall conform to Federal, state and/or local erosion control regulations and shall consist of measures that are generally accepted as adequate erosion control by the engineering profession. Erosion and Sediment Control During Construction 01668-1 DTNO1444 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS; CODES AND ORDINANCES Comply with the local codes and ordinances. If local codes and ordinances require more stringent or additional erosion and sediment control measures during construction, Contractor shall provide such measures. END OF SECTION Erosion and Sediment Control During Construction DTN01444 01568-2 01656 DISINFECTION OF POTABLE WATER FACILITIES ' 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Disinfect the pipeline to comply with the standards for potable water of the regulatory agency of jurisdiction. Potable water is defined as any water that has been filtered, disinfected or otherwise treated to meet regulatory standards B. Disinfect piping systems that are used to convey water, solutions, or chemicals to the potable water facilities. C. Test water from the disinfected system per regulatory standards to verify that water is acceptable. Repeat procedure if tests do not meet standards. ' D. Provide appurtenances required so that water samples can be taken at each end of the pipeline, and at all blow off assemblies and air/vacuum valve assemblies. e E. Perform disinfection and disposal in accordance with Section 01030, SPECIAL PROCEDURES. F. Potable water from the 54-inch pipeline may be required at the Lake Ray Roberts Treatment I Plant (constructed by others). The Contractor shall cooperate with the Owner and other Contractors in allowing the 54-inch line to transport water to the plant. ' 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. LIQUID CHLORINE: Meeting the requirements of AWWA B-301. B. CALCIUM HYPOCHLORITE: Meeting the requirements of AWWA B-300. 3.00 EXECUTION ' 3.01 NEW FACILITIES L A. During construction keep basins, pipe, fittings, equipment, and appurtenances free from dirt and debris. 1. Seal the open ends of pipe with water -tight plugs when pipe is not being laid. 2. Pump water from trenches before removing the plug when water accumulates in the trench.. 3. Remove all construction debris and broom sweep the pipeline. ' B. Complete hydrostatic test of the line prior to or in conjunction with disinfection. C. Flush pipelines. After disinfection, the minimum quantity of water used for flushing must exceed the capacity of the line to insure that clean water has traversed the entire length of pipe. D. Disinfect facilities per the following procedures of AVMA: Disinfection of Potable Water Facilities DTNO1444 01666-1 1. Water Mains C651 2. 'After disinfection, do not leave the disinfection water in the pipeline for a long period of . time. E. Fill the system with potable water. Test the water to see that it meets the requirements of the regulatory agency of jurisdiction for potable water. Monitor the system for two (2) days. If water test fails to meet the prescribed standards, repeat the disinfection process until water meets quality standards for disinfection. F. Provide necessary piping and appurtenances required so that water samples can betaken at each end of the pipeline and at all blow off assemblies and air/vacuum valve assemblies. 3.02 REPAIRS OR CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES A. Clean and sterilize the interior surfaces of new piping, fittings, equipment, and appurtenances to be installed in an existing potable water system or connected to an existing system. B. Clean and sterilize the existing pipe or facilities for a minimum distance of 3 pipe diameters back from the ends of the pipe. Plug the ends of the line when.work is not being performed on the pipe. C. Perform sterilization by swabbing each item with a concentrated chlorine solution. 1. Each piece is to be disinfected prior to being assembled for installation in the existing ,pipe. 2. Disinfect each piece just prior to assembly to help prevent re -contamination. 3. Plug the ends of the assembly until a new item is to be added to the assembly. 4. Store disinfected materials on blocks to prevent contact with the ground. 3.03 DISPOSING OF HEAVILY CHLORINATED WATER The environment to which the chlorinated water is to be discharged shall be inspected. If there is any question that the chlorinated discharge will cause damage to the environment, then a reducing agent shall be applied to the water to be wasted to neutralize the chlorine residual remaining in the water. The reducing agent shall be sulfur dioxide, sodium bisulfate or approved equal. The Contractor shall obtain discharge permits as required by Regulatory Authorities. See Section 0.1030, SPECIAL PROCEDURES for details regarding system start-up, testing, disinfection and disposal. The Contractor shall be responsible for all costs related to disposal of water. END OF SECTION Disinfection of Potable Water Facilities DTN01444 01656-2 11 11 ' 01666 HYDROSTATIC TEST 1.00 GENERAL ' After the pipe has been laid and backfilled, each valved or plugged section of newly laid pipe shall be ' subjected to hydrostatic pressure test by raising the pressure to the required "Test Pressure". At his option and expense, the Contractor may install plugs and bulkheads at intermediate locations for the purpose of testing shorter lengths of pipe. The Contractor shall install all plugs and bulkheads where required for testing at his own expense. The Owner will provide water for filling the pipeline for the hydrostatic test and disinfection. The Contractor will provide the necessary piping, connection, pressure reducing and backflow prevention e services. The Contractor shall leave the pipeline full of potable water upon completion of the hydrostatic test and disinfection process. Water required for re -testing of the pipeline shall be purchased from the Owner at published rates. 2.00 PRODUCTS. 2.01 MAKEUP WATER DEFINED Makeup water is defined as the quantity of water to be pumped into the newly laid pipe, or any valved. section of it, necessary to maintain the specified test pressure after the pipe has been filled with water and the air expelled. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 DURATION OF TEST The duration of each pressure test shall be eight (8) hours. 3.02 TEST PRESSURE The pipeline shall be tested at the pressure shown on the Plans. 3.03 PROCEDURE See Section 01030, SPECIAL PROCEDURES for more detail regarding procedures for filling and testing the line. The Contractor may test the pipeline in sections when all the pipe in the section is at least 7 days old and has been completely backfilled. If thrust blocking is used on the pipeline, provide certified strength tests of the concrete prior to hydrostatic tests. The test shall be made against valves when available, or by placing temporary plugs and bulkheads in the pipe, and filling the line slowly with water. Care shall be used to see that all air vents are open during the filling. After the line, or section thereof has been completely filled, it shall be allowed to stand under a slight pressure for at least 48 hours to allow the lining to absorb what water it will and to allow the escape of air from any air pockets. During this period, the bulkheads, valves, manholes and connections shall be examined for leaks. If any are found, these shall be stopped or, in the case of valves in the main line or bulkheads, provision shall be made for measuring the leakage during the test. The water necessary to maintain the test pressure shall be measured through a meter or by means satisfactory to the Engineer. . Contractor shall furnish all necessary equipment and make tests at his expense. Before applying the specified test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipe. In the event it is necessary to expel air from high points other than where air valves are provided, the Contractor may ' Hydrostatic Test DTNO1444 01666-1 I tap the line for this purpose and afterwards tightly plug the tap. These taps must be made by the pipe manufacturer and approved by the Engineer. No extra compensation will be made for these taps. 3.04 EXAMINATION UNDER PRESSURE During the last six hours of the test, the entire route of the pipeline shall be inspected to locate any leaks or breaks. Any defective joints, cracked or defective pipe, fittings, or valves discovered in consequence of this pressure test shall be removed and replaced with sound material and the test shall be repeated until satisfactory results are obtained. Any and all noticeable leaks shall be repaired regardless of whether the actual leakage is within the allowable. 3.05 PERMISSIBLE MAKEUP WATER No pipe installation will be accepted until or unless the make up water is less than 10 gallons per mile per 24 hours per inch of nominal diameter of pipe. END OF SECTION Hydrostatic Test DTN01444 01666-2 , 11 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED Comply with requirements of the General Conditions and specified administrative procedures in closing out the Construction Contract. 1.02 SUBMITTALS Submit affidavits and releases on forms shown in Section 01800, FORMS. 1.03 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Submit written notification that the work or designated portion of the work is substantially complete to the Engineer when the work is considered to be substantially complete per the General Conditions. Include a list of the items remaining to be completed or corrected before the project will be considered to be complete. ' B. Engineer shall visit the project site to observe the work within a reasonable time after notification is received to determine the status of completion. C. Engineer shall issue notification to the Contractor that the work is either substantially complete or that additional work must be performed before the project may be considered substantially complete. ' 1. Engineer shall notify the Contractor in writing of items that must be completed before the project can be considered substantially complete. a. Correct the noted deficiencies in the work. b. Issue a second written notice with a revised list of deficiencies when work has been completed. c. Engineer shall revisit the site and the procedure shall begin again. 1 2. Engineer shall issue a tentative Certificate of Substantial Completion to the Owner when the project is considered to be substantially complete. Certificate shall include a tentative list of items to be corrected before final payment. a. Owner will review and revise the list of items and notify the Engineer of any i' objections or other items that are to be included in the list. b. Engineer shall prepare and send to the Contractor a definite Certificate of Substantial Completion with a revised tentative list of items to be corrected or completed. c. Review the list and notify the Engineer in writing of any objections within 10 days of receipt of Certificate of Substantial Completion. ' 1.04 FINAL INSPECTION A. Submit written certification in the form indicated in Section 01800, FORMS when the project is complete and: 1. Contract Documents have been reviewed. 2. Work has been completed in compliance with the Contract Documents. 3. Equipment and systems have been tested per Contract Documents and are fully e operational. 4. Final Operations and Maintenance Manuals have been provided to the Owner and all operator training has been completed. Contract Closeout 01700-1 DTNO1444 5. Specified spare parts and special tools have been provided. 6. Work is complete and ready for final inspection. B.. Engineer shall make an inspection with the Owner and appropriate regulatory agencies to determine the status of completeness within a reasonable time after the receipt of the Certificate. C. Engineer shall issue notice that the project is complete or notify the Contractor that work is not complete or is, defective. 1. Submit the request for final payment with Closeout submittals described in Paragraph 1.07 if notified that the project is complete and the work is acceptable. 2. Upon receipt of notification from the Engineer that work is incomplete or defective, take immediate steps to remedy the stated deficiencies. Send a second certification to the Engineer when work has been completed or corrected. 3. Engineer shall re -visit the site and the procedure will begin again. 1.05 REINSPECTION FEES A. Pay fees to the Owner to compensate the Engineer for reinspection of the work required by the failure of the work to comply with the claims of status of completion made by the Contractor. B. Owner may withhold the amount of these fees from the Contractor's final payment. C. Cost for additional inspections will be billed to the Owner by the Engineer for the actual hours required for the inspection and preparation of related reports in accordance with the following rates: Principal in Charge $178/hr Project Manager $153/hr Project Engineer $113/hr Design Engineer $96/hr Engineering Technician $88/hr Clerk $48/hr 1.06 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS TO THE ENGINEER A. Record Drawings per Section 01040, PROJECT ADMINISTRATION. B. Keys and keying schedule. C. Warranties and bonds. D. 'Evidence of payment or release of liens on the form indicated in Section 01800, FORMS and as required by the General Conditions. E. Consent from Surety to Final Payment. F. Equipment installation reports on equipment. G. Shop drawings, record data, Operations and Maintenance Manuals, and other submittals as required by the Contract Documents. Contract Closeout 01700-2 DTNO1444 i H. Specified spare parts and special tools. I. Certificates of Occupancy, operating certificates, or other similar releases required to allow the Owner unrestricted use of the work and access to services and utilities. J. Evidence of final, continuing insurance, and bond coverage as required by the Contract Documents. 1.07 FINAL PAYMENT REQUEST A. Submit a preliminary final payment request. This request is to include adjustments to the Contract Amount for. 1. Approved Change Orders 2. Allowances not previously adjusted by Change Order 3. Unit prices 4. Deductions for defective work that has been accepted by the Owner 5. Penalties and bonuses 6. Deductions for liquidated damages 7. Deductions for reinspection payments pet. Paragraph 1.05 8. Other adjustments B. Engineer shall prepare a final Change Order, reflecting the approved adjustments to the contract amount which have not been covered by previously approved Change Orders. C. Submit the final application for payment per the General Conditions, including the final Change Order. 1.08 WARRANTIES, BONDS, AND SERVICES AGREEMENTS A. Provide warranties, bonds, and service agreements required by Section 01300, SUBMITTALS or by the individual sections of the specifications. B. The date for the start of warranties, bonds, and service agreements is established per the General Conditions. C. Compile warranties, bonds, and service agreements and review these documents for ' compliance with the Contract Documents. 1. Each document is to be signed by the respective manufacturer, supplier, and subcontractor. 2. Each document is to include: a. The product or work item description b. The firm, with the name of the principal, address, and telephone number ' c. Scope of warranty, bond or services agreement d. Date, duration, and expiration date for each warranty bond and service agreement e. Procedures to be followed in the event of a failure f. Specific instances that might invalidate the warranty or bond D. Submit two (2) copies of each document to the Engineer for review and transmittal to the Owner. ' 1. Submit duplicate sets. 2. Documents are to be submitted on 8-1/2" x 11" paper, punched for a standard three-ring binder. Contract Closeout 01700-3 DTNO1444 3. Submit each set in a commercial quality three-ring binder with a durable and cleanable plastic cover. The title 'Warranties, Bonds, and Services Agreements", the project name and the name of the Contractor are to be typed and affixed to the cover. E. Submit warranties, bonds and services agreements: 1. At the time of final completion and before final payment. 2. Within 10 days after inspection and acceptance for equipment or components placed in service during the progress of construction. 1.09 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES Claims and disputes must be resolved prior to recommendations of final payment. Acceptance and final payment by the Contractor will indicate that any outstanding claims or disputed issues have been resolved to the full satisfaction of the Contractor. END OF SECTION Contract Closeout 01700-4 DTN01444 J 1 01730 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Prepare a complete and detailed Operation and Maintenance Manual for each type and model of equipment or product furnished and installed under this contract. B. Prepare the manuals in the form of an instruction manual for the Owner. The manual is to be suitable for use in providing operation and maintenance instruction. C. Provide complete and detailed information specifically for the products or systems provided for this project. Include the information required to operate and maintain the product or system. D. Manuals are to be in addition to any information packed with or attached to the product when delivered. This information is to be taken from the product and provided as an attachment to the manual. E. Provide all information in Operation and Maintenance Manuals to Owner in electronic format. 1.02 SUBMITTALS Submit manuals in accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS. Attach to each manual a.copy of the Operation and Maintenance Manual Review Form as shown in Section 01800, FORMS with pertinent information completed. 1.03 GUARANTEES Provide copies of the Manufacturer's warranties, guarantees, or service agreements in accordance with Section 01700, CONTRACT CLOSEOUT. 1 2,00 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS ' A. Print manuals on heavy, first quality paper. 1. Paper shall be 8-1/2" X 1 V paper. ' a. Reduce drawings and diagrams to 8-1/2" X 11" paper size. b. When reduction is not practical, fold drawings and place each separately in a clear, super heavy weight, top loading polypropylene sheet protector designed for ring binder use. Provide a typed identification label on each sheet protector. 1 2. Punch paper for standard three-ring binders. B. Place manuals in Wilson Jones 385 Line D-Ring Dubllock Presentation Binders. 1. Binders are to have clear front, back, and spine covers. 2. Sheet lifters are to be provided. 3. Minimum size is 2" capacity. Maximum size is 3" capacity. C. Provide tab indexes for each section of the manual. 1. Indexes are to be constructed of heavy-duty paper with a reinforced binding edge and punched with 9/32" holes to fit the binders. Operation and Maintenance Manuals DTN01444 01730-1 2. Index is to have clear insertable tabs for a typed insert. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 MANUAL ORGANIZATION AND CONTENTS , A. Provide a Table of Contents listing each section of the manual for each product or system. 1. Identify each product or system using the nomenclature shown in the Contract Documents. 2. Assign a number and letter to each section in the manual. a. Assign a number to each product or system. The number is to correspond to the Owner's equipment numbering system or other system designated by the Engineer. b. A cross reference is to be provided for the Owner's numbering system and designations for equipment indicated in the Contract Documents. c. The letter assigned will represent the part of the manual, consistent with the manual contents as required by Paragraphs3.02, 3.03, and 3.04. 3. Provide index tabs for each section in the manual. 4. The designation on each index tab is to correspond to the number and letter assigned in the Table of Contents. B. Include only the information that pertains to the product described. Annotate each sheet to: 1. Clearly identify the specific product or component installed. 2. Clearly identify the data applicable to the installation. 3. Delete reference to inapplicable information. C. Supplement manual information with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate relations of component parts of equipment and systems, and control and flow diagrams. D. Identify each manual by placing a printed cover sheet in the front cover of the binder and as the first page in the manual. The first page is to be placed in a clear polypropylene sheet protector. The information on first page and the cover page are to include: 1. Name of Owner 2. Project Name 3. Volume number 4. The Table of Contents for that volume E. Insert the Table of Contents into the spine of each manual. F. Manuals for several products or systems may be provided in the same binder. 1. Sections for each product or system must be included in the same binder. 2. Sections must be in numerical order from volume to volume. G. Correlate the data into related groups when multiple binders are used.. H. Fill binders to only 3/4 of its indicated capacity to allow for addition of materials to each binder by the Owner. 3.02 EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS MANUAL CONTENT Manual shall provide the following information: A. A description of the unit and component parts. Operation and Maintenance Manuals DTN01444 01730-2 1 LJ ' B. Operating instructions for startup, normal operations, regulation, control, shutdown, emergency conditions, and limiting operating conditions. C. Maintenance instructions including assembly, installation, alignment, adjustment, and checking instructions. D. Lubrication schedule and lubrication procedures. Include a cross reference for recommended lubrication products. ' E. Troubleshooting guide. F. Schedule of routine maintenance requirements. G. Description of sequence of operation by the Control Manufacturer. ' H. Warnings for detrimental maintenance practices. ' I. Parts lists including: 1. Part numbers for ordering new parts 2. Assembly illustrations showing an exploded view of the complex parts of the product ' 3. Predicted life of parts subject to wear 4. List of the Manufacturer's recommended spare parts, current prices with effective date and number of parts recommended for storage ' 6. Directory of a local source of supply for parts with company name, address, and telephone number 6. Complete nomenclature and list of commercial replacement parts tJ. Outline, cross section and assembly drawings, engineering data, test data, and performance curves. ' K. Control schematics and point to point wiring diagrams prepared for field installation, including circuit directories of panel boards and terminal strips. ' L. List of identification nameplates installed on equipment and valve identification. M. Other information as may be required by the individual sections of the specifications. 3.03 LIST OF SERVICE ORGANIZATIONS Provide a directory of authorized service organizations with company name, address, telephone number, and the contact person for warranty repair. END OF SECTION Operation and Maintenance Manuals 01730-3 DTN014" 11 ' 01800 FORMS 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED ' Use the forms following this section for contract administration, making submittals and documentation of test results. A single copy of these forms with project information inserted will be provided to the Contractor at the pre -construction conference. Make additional copies of the forms as required. ' Contractor may substitute computer generated forms with the approval of the Engineer if these forms include the same information, statements and certifications and the same general format as the forms included in this section. Forms included are listed below: 1. Consent of Surety Company to Final Payment 2. Consent of Surety Company to Reduction of,or Partial Release of Retainage. 3. Consent of Surety Company to Payment Procedures ' 4. Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims 5. Contractor's Modification Request 6. Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens 7. Notification by Contractor 8. Payment Request Forms 1. Attachment "A" - Tabulation of Values for Original Contract Work Performed. 2. Attachment "B" - Tabulation of Values for Approved Change Orders ' 3. Attachment "C" - Tabulation of Values for Materials on Hand 4. Attachment "D" - Project Summary 9. Pressure Pipe Test Report 10. Request for Information 11. Submittal Transmittal 12, Certificate of Substantial Completion END OF SECTION 1 Forms ' DTNO1444 01800-1 ra CONSENT OF SURETY COMPANY I V I-INAL I -A YMtN I (4.50 / J PROJECT: PROJECT NUMBER: OWNER: CONTRACTOR: ENGINEER: Freese & Nichols, Inc. The Surety Company, on bond of the Contractor listed above for the referenced project, in accordance with the Contract Documents, hereby approves final payment to the Contractor, and agrees that final payment to the Contractor shall not relieve the Surety Company of any of its obligations to the Owner under the terms of the Contract and as set forth in said Surety Company's bond. In witness whereof, the Surety Company has hereunto set its hand this day of 0 Title Address: . Attach Power of Attorney Surety Company Authorized Representative r� M:ISPECSIFORMCONSENT OF SURETY TO FINAL PAYMENT.dw irma FREESE - NICHOLS CONSENT OF SURETY COMPANY TO REDUCTION OF OR PARTIAL RELEASE OF RETAINAGE (4.86 / ) PROJECT: PROJECT NUMBER: OWNER: CONTRACTOR: ENGINEER: Freese & Nichols, Inc. The Surety Company, on bond of the Contractor listed above for the referenced project, in accordance with the Contract Documents, hereby approves a reduction of or partial release of retainage to the Contractor in the amount of and agrees that payment of this amount to the Contractor shall not relieve the Surety Company of any of its obligations to the Owner under the terms of the Contract and as set forth in said Surety Company's bond. LJ 1 I In witness whereof, the Surety Company has hereunto set its hand this [] 1 LI 1 a Title: Address: Attach Power of Attorney day Surety Company Authorized Representative 20_ MASPECSTORMSkOONSENT OF SURETY TO RELEASE OF RETAINAGEAW rM CONSENT OF SURETY COMPANY TO PAYMENT PROCEDURES tg.ao r PROJECT: PROJECT NUMBER: OWNER: CONTRACTOR: ENGINEER: Freese & Nichols, Inc. The Surety Company, on, bond of the Contractor listed above for the referenced project in accordance with the Contract Documents, hereby approves schedule of values, payment request form and method of payment for the referenced project. In witness whereof, the Surety Company has hereunto set its hand this day Surety Company Authorized Representative Title Address: Attach Power of Attorney OF SURETY CO" PAYMENT PROCEDURES.d= FREESE-NICHOLS 1 1 CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT OF PAYMENT OF DEBTS AND CLAIMS (4. / ) PROJECT: PROJECT NUMBER: OWNER: CONTRACTOR: ENGINEER: Freese & Nichols, Inc. The Contractor, in accordance with the Contract Documents, hereby certifies that, except as listed below, all obligations for all materials and equipment furnished, for all work labor, and services performed, and for all known indebtedness and claims against the Contractor for damages arising in any manner in connection with the ' performance of the Contract referenced above for which the Owner or his property might in any way be held responsible have been paid in full or have otherwise been satisfied in full. EXCEPTIONS: (If none, write °NONE". The Contractor shall furnish a bond, acceptable to the Owner, for each exception.) CONTRACTOR BY TITLE Subscribed and sworn to before me this Notary My Commission Expires: day of , 20 M:ZPECS%FORMSWFFIDAVrr OF PAYMENT OF DEBTS AND CLAIMS.dw FREESE•lOCNOLB CONTRACTOR'S MODIFICATION REQUEST (4.421 ) PROJECT: PROJECT NUMBER: OWNER: CONTRACTOR: ENGINEER: Freese & Nichols, Inc. DESCRIPTION: NOTIFICATION BY CONTRACTOR NO. The Contractor proposes to make the additions, modifications, or deletions to the Work described in the Contract Documents, as shown in Attachment "A" and requests that you take the following action: ❑ Notify us that you concur that this change does not require a change in Contract time or amount. and issue a Field Order. ❑ Issue a Change Order for performing the described change. Change in Contract amount is indicated in the attached detailed cost breakdown of labor, materials, equipment and all other costs associated with this change. Impacts on Contract Time are shown in the attached revised schedule. ❑ Authorize the Contractor to proceed with the described change. Payment will be requested at the unit price bid. ❑ Authorize the Contractor to proceed with the change under the time and materials provisions of the Contract. By: Date: CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S RESPONSE We respond to your request as follows: ❑ We concur that this is a no cost or time change. See attached/forthcoming Field Order No. _/ comments. ❑ Your proposal is recommended to the Owner. See attached/forthcoming proposed Change Order. ❑ Proceed with the change at the unit price bid. ❑ Proceed with the change under the time and materials provisions of the Contract. ❑ Additional information is required to evaluate this request. Provide information as described in the attached comments and resubmit. ❑ Contractor's Modification Request is not accepted. 0 MASPECSTORMS\CONTRACTOR MODIFICATION REQUESTA00 Date: I CONTRACTOR'S MODIFICATION REQUEST ATTACHMENT A 1 e i I I I 1 e 1 MASPECSWORMSVCONTRACTOR MODIFICATION REOUEST.doc CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT OF RELEASE OF LIENS J PROJECT: PROJECT NUMBER: OWNER: CONTRACTOR: ENGINEER: Freese & Nichols, Inc. The Contractor, in accordance with the Contract Documents, and in consideration forthe full and final payment to the Contractor for all services in connection with the project, does hereby waive and release any and all liens, or any and all claims to liens which the Contractor may have on or affecting the project as a result of its contracts) for the Project or for performing labor and/or furnishing materials in any way connected with the construction of any aspect of the project. The Contractor further certifies and warrants that all subcontractors of labor andlor materials for the Project, except as listed below, have been paid in full for all labor and/or materials supplied to, for, through or at the direct or indirect request of the Contractor prior to, through and including the date of this affidavit. EXCEPTIONS: (If none, write "NONE". The Contractor shall fumish a bond, acceptable to the Owner, for each exception.) CONTRACTOR By Title Subscribed and sworn to before me this Notary Public: My Commission Expires: day of 20 ' MASPECSIFORMSINFFIDAW OF RELEASE OF LIENS.doo rM FREESE - NICHOLS NOTIFICATION BY CONTRACTOR PROJECT: OWNER: CONTRACTOR: ENGINEER: Freese & Nichols, Inc. PROJECT NUMBER: DESCRIPTION: NO.: NOTIFICATION IS GIVEN OF THE FOLLOWING: ❑ Concrete Placement Notice ❑ Electrical Observation Request ❑ Concrete Testing Request ❑ Mechanical Observation Request ❑ Soils Testing Request ❑ Facility Shutdown Request ❑ Mechanical Testing Request ❑ Request to Work Outside Regular Hours ❑ Structural Observation Request ❑ Other (See Below) Date When Work is to be Accomplished: Description: Requested by: Date: RESPONSE TO NOTIFICATION: Response by: Date: M:ISPECSTORMSWOTIFICATION BY CONTRACTORAx I 1 I 1 i II II If Elm FREESE • NICHOLS PAYMENT REQUEST (4.511 1 PROJECT: PROJECT NUMBER: OWNER: CONTRACTOR: ENGINEER: Freese & Nichols, Inc. PAYMENT PERIOD FROM: TO: ESTIMATE NO.: SUMMARY OF PAYMENT ESTIMATE VALUES FROM ATTACHED. TABULATIONS Original Contract Amount Approved Change Orders Current Contract Amount Total Value of Original Contract Performed (Attachment "A" consisting of_ pages) Extra Work on Approved Change Orders (Attachment'B" consisting of_ pages) Total Value of Work to Date Less Amount Retained at_% Net Amount Earned on Contract Less Amount of Previous Payments BALANCE DUE THIS STATEMENT Percentage of Contract Paid to Date The undersigned Contractor certifies that all work, including materials on hand, covered by this Periodical Payment has been completed or delivered and stored in accordance with the Contract Documents, that all amounts have been paid by him for work, materials, and equipment for which previous Periodical Payments were issued and received from the Owner, and that the current payment shown herein is now due. Contractor: By Date Subscribed and swom to before me this day of 20 Notary Public: My Commission expires: Recommended for Payment By: Approved for payment by: Freese and Nichols, Inc. [Owner] [Name] Date [Name] Date Approved for Payment by: Approved for payment by: [Owner] [Owner] [Name] Date [Name] Date II M:WECSIFORMSTAYMENT REQUESTAw 62LU - m . § o . ( w . � A e 0 - w °�! . )(§ . .� . |m■ � mm . a . � o � ■, � � � � \/k \ \ . k . � 2 c k § LL ■ o - | § � e . � 0 § " A .. � ,§1]§ § . § )LLI z�Z ■ Q �0.§kw ) §2 0 \ § I I if 11 11 I |�§ m §00 t§� o 0|� . a \§\ 0 � . . .LU � a � _ zQ . k( cs r�. \k| . i \ z ] / . w '0 �w B B E .. a . w �..§� z /G 12 z °-� kok � j aBv� � . ? a 1 1 1 LL OJO w cw�Z rS g o Z ui w w w 0zo � m - w r a Oa wy 05�Q O�W N >W f � W O � F U . >O= Z U C a a N LL F- o w •z $ O 0 06 a N 2 > a w w U) U. O N ft w O 0 LL IL ° r Q w z Q' w E O w 'wF-z � �• �:OZ moo: W a0Uw Q IL as 2 PROJECT: OWNER: CONTRACTOR: ENGINEER: Freese & Nichols, Inc. PAYMENT PERIOD FROM: CONTRACT TIME SUMMARY Date of Notice to Proceed Original Contract Duration Original Date of Contract Substantial Completion Original Date of Contract Final Completion Approved Time Extensions Current Contract Duration Current Date of Contract Substantial Completion Current Date of Contract Final Completion Days Charged to Project to Date Days Remaining in Contract Percent of Current Project Duration Current Scheduled Completion Date - Project is (Ahead/Behind) Schedule CONTRACT COST SUMMARY Original Contract Amount Approved Change Orders Current Contract Amount Contract Earnings to date on Original Contract Earnings on Approved Change Orders Materials on Hand Total Current Project Amount Earned Percent of Contract Earned to Date Retainage Amount Paid to Date Percent of Contract Paid to Date MISPECSTORMSTAYMENT REQUESTAm ATTACHMENT "D" PROJECTSUMMARY PROJECT NUMBER: ESTIMATE $ Days Days Days Days Days Days I EM0012 FREESE • NIGHOLS H 1 H 1 e 1 PRESSURE PIPE TEST REPORT (4. / ) PROJECT: OWNER: CONTRACTOR: ENGINEER: Freese & Nichols, Inc. DATE: PROJECT NUMBER: . REFERENCE DATA: No.: Description: Specification Section No.: Page No.: Par. No.: Entitled: Sheet No.: Detail Designation: Drawing Attached: ❑ Yes ❑ No PIPELINE IDENTIFICATION: System Fluid: Pipe Size: Pipe Material: Identification No.: LOCATION: Structure: N/S Coord.: ENV Coord.: Station: Elev.: Test Section: From: To: Test Fluid Test Pressure Allowable Pressure Loss/Fluid Make-up Test Time Required Test No. Test Time Initial Pressure Final Pressure Pressure Change Fluid Added Test Pass/Fail Tested By Date I MISPECSTORMSkPIPELINE PRESSURE TEST REPORTAOC I i rM FREESENi10NOL8 REQUEST FOR INFORMATION (4.14/ ) PROJECT: OWNER: CONTRACTOR: ENGINEER: Freese & Nichols, Inc. PROJECT NUMBER: REFERENCE DATA: Specification Section No.. Page No. Paragraph No. Drawing No. Detail description: CONTRACTOR REQUESTS: ❑ Information ❑ Interpretation for the items described below or in the attached material referenced below: ❑ Clarification CONTRACTOR'S PROPOSED SOLUTION: REQUESTED BY: DATE: ENGINEER'S RESPONSE: ❑ Information ❑ Interpretation for the items described above or in the attached material referenced: ❑ Clarification RESPONSE BY: DATE: FOR INFORMATIONAw - ' ®® FREESE - NICHCXS SUBMITTAL TRANSMITTAL f4. / I PROJECT: PROJECT NUMBER: OWNER: CONTRACTOR: ARCHITECTIENGINEER: Freese & Nichols, Inc. REFERENCE DATA: Contractor's Submittal No. Specification Section: Plan Sheet No.: Description: CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION: 1 hereby certify that this submittal has been reviewed by the Contractor and is in strict conformance with the Contract Documents as modified by Addenda, Change Orders and Field Orders. CERTIFIED BY: DATE: TYPE # DESCRIPTION #SENT #RET'DT°A� CMR Contractors Modification Request ❑ Approved ❑ Approved As Corrected ❑ Not Approved ❑ Revise & Resubmit ❑ Filed As Received ❑ Final Distribution ❑ Change Order Issued ❑ Field Order Issued ❑ Recommended For Approval ❑ Returned W/O Review ❑ Add'I Information Required ❑ Cancelled ❑ See Review Comments ❑ Pending Change Order CTR Certified Test Report EIR Equipment Installation Report O&M Operation & Maintenance Manual NBC Notification By Contractor PCM Proposed Contract Modification PR Payment Request PP Project Photographs RD Record Data RFI Request For Information SAM Sample SCH Schedule Of Progress SD Shop Drawing 44 DATE RECEIVED BY DATE RETURNED BY COMMENTS: DISTRIBUTION _ REVIEW NO SENT TO. _ NO. SENT TO. DEPT. BY DATE SENT DATE RETD MASPECSIFORMV SUBMrTAL TRANSMITTAL .doc CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION PROJECT: PROJECT NUMBER: OWNER: CONTRACTOR: ENGINEER: Freese and Nichols, Inc. The work performed under this contract has been inspected by authorized representatives of the Owner, Contractor and Engineer and the Project (or part of as described below) is declared to be substantially complete in accordance with the Contract Documents on the date indicated below. A tentative list of items to be corrected is appended to this certificate as Attachment "A". The failure to include an item on the list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The following items are considered to be substantially complete as of this the day of 20 Recommended By FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. By Approved By [OWNER] go Date Date Approved By [CONTRACTOR] Date CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION ATTACHMENT A ' SITEWORK I I ' 02202 PIPELINE EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL ' 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED Furnish labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to excavate and backfill as required for the construction of the facilities to the line, grade and extent indicated. ' 1.02 SUBMITTALS Submittals be in accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS shall include: shall and A. Certified test reports for embedment material, course gravel, and flexbase. Certified Test Reports shall be from an independent laboratory. Test reports shall include sieve analysis, Atterburg limits, Soil Classification, and Soil Resistivity Tests for Embedment Material. ' 1.03 STANDARDS The applicable provisions of the following standards shall apply as if written here in their entirety: ' A. American Society for Testing and Materials standards: ASTM C33 Specifications for Concrete Aggregates ASTM D698 Test Methods for Moisture -Density Relations of Soils and Soil Aggregate Mixtures, Using 5.5-lb Rammer and 12 Inch Drop ASTM D2487 Classifications of Soils for Engineering Purposes ' ASTM D2488 Description and Identification of Soils ASTM D4253 Maximum Index Density and Unit Weight of Soils Using a Vibratory Table ASTM D4254 Test Method for Minimum Index Density of Soils and Calculations of Relative Density ' ASTM G57 Method for Field Measurement of Soil Resistivity Using the Wenner Four - Electrode Method B. American Water Works Association publications: AWWA C200 Steel Water Pipe 6" and Larger AW WA C303 Standard for Concrete Pressure Pipe - Bar -Wrapped Steel Cylinder Type C. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Standard Specifications for Construction of Highways, Streets and Bridges, latest edition. t1.04 JOB CONDITIONS A. CLASSIFICATION OF EXCAVATION. Excavation shall be "unclassified" and involves the removing of the necessary materials to provide the trench to the required width and depth. The Contractor, prior to submitting a ' proposal, must satisfy himself as to the actual sub -surface conditions. No extra or separate payments shall be made for rock, dewatering, or any other condition. ' Pipeline Excavation and Backfill' DTNO1444 02202-1 1 B. CITY, COUNTY, AND PRIVATE ROAD CROSSINGS ' Where the work is in the right-of-way of City, County, State, and privateiy owned roads, the Owner will secure the necessary permits and easements for the work. Work to be performed within the limits of the public right-of-way shall be in full accordance with the.requirements of 1 the easements and permits and as requested by the City, County, State, or private owner. Provide temporary access and detours for roads and driveways cut-off during pipe laying operations. ; C. PROTECTION OF EXISTING STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES 1. Prior to the start of construction and preparation of pipe layout sheets, the Contractor ' shall communicate with the local representative of the utility companies including, but not limited to the oil companies, gas company, electric company, telephone company, water utilities, sanitary sewer utilities, and any other public and private utility companies in the location of the proposed construction in order to obtain the assistance of the utility ' companies in locating utility lines and in the avoidance of conflicts with utility lines. The Contractor shall uncover and determine the elevation and location of conflicts well ahead of the manufacture of the pipe. The Engineer has shown the approximate location of , existing utilities as determined from field surveys and record data from utility companies. The fact that some utilities are not shown or are incorrectly shown in no way relieves the Contractor from his responsibility to locate all existing utilities. No additional ' compensation will be considered for lowering or raising the pipe grade to accommodate existing utilities. Minimum clearance between existing utilities and existing pipelines is 2 vertical feet, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. 2. Where excavation endangers adjacent structures and utilities, the Contractor shall, at his , own expense, carefully support and protect such structures and/or utilities so that there shall be no damage. Costs of temporarily or permanently relocating the conflicting utilities shall be borne by the Contractor and included in the bid price for main line pipe , without extra Compensation from the Owner. 3. If in the opinion of the Engineer, concrete backfill is necessary for the support of utility lines crossing trenches or pipe lateral restraint, the Engineer may direct 2,000 psi , concrete backfill to be used. Payment shall be made to the Contractor at the unit price bid for the installation of such quantity of the concrete backfill as directed by the Engineer. 1.05 MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT , Following the certification of completion by the Engineer, maintain paved surfaces, unpaved trench surfaces, fences, curbs, sidewalks, and gutters, for a period of twelve (12) months thereafter. The Contractor shall repair settlement, potholes, cracking, pavement, etc. Material ' and labor required for the maintenance shall be supplied by the Contractor, and the work shall be done in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. If the Contractor damages vegetation doing repairs during the twelve (12) month warranty period, he shall restore vegetation and maintain it ' until the vegetation is re-established. 2.00 PRODUCTS ' 2.01 MATERIALS A. CONCRETE EMBEDMENT, CAP, BLOCKING, AND ENCASEMENT: Where concrete ' embedment, cap, blocking, or encasement is indicated or requested by the Engineer, it shall be 2,000 psi compressive strength, unless otherwise indicated. B. FLOWABLE FILL: Flowable fill shall be as specified in Section 02257, CONTROLLED LOW ' STRENGTH MATERIAL. Pipeline Excavation and Backfrlt" DTN01444 02202-2 I i I 1 I 1 1 C. GRANULAR EMBEDMENT AND, BACKFILL: Granular embedment material shall be sandy gravel or blended sand and crushed rock, free from large stones, clay, and organic material. Embedment material shall be a soil classification of GW, GP, SW, or SP as determined by ASTM D2487. The embedment material shall be such that when wet, the fine material shall not form mud or muck. The embedment material shall be composed of tough durable particles, reasonably free from thin, flat and elongated pieces, and of suitable quality to insure permanence in the trench. The P.I. of the fines shall not exceed 3. Light weight aggregate is not acceptable for granular embedment. Material used for granular embedment shall have a resistivity of not less than 5000 ohms/cm as measured by ASTM G57. Granular embedment material shall be compacted to 95% of maximum index density as determined by ASTM D4253. Granular embedment material shall be cohesionless material meeting the following gradation requirements: Sieve Size Sq. Openings Amount Passing Percent by Weight 1 /2" 100 3/8" 85 - 100 No. 4 10 - 30 No. 8 0 - 10 No. 16 10 - 5 D. PIPE CLASSIFICATION a. For the purpose of this specification, "rigid pipe" shall be defined as the following: 1) All Diameters of Prestressed Concrete Pressure Pipe (AWWA C301). 2) Twenty-four inch (24") and smaller diameter Bar -Wrapped Concrete Cylinder Pipe (AWWA C303). 3) All Diameters of Ductile Iron Pipe (AWWA C151). b. For the purpose of this specification, "semi -rigid pipe" shall be defined as the following: 1) All Diameters Steel Water Pipe ,(AWWA C200). 2) Twenty-seven inch (27") and larger diameters of Bar -Wrapped Concrete Cylinder Pipe (AWWA C303). E. COARSE GRAVEL: Coarse gravel embedment shall be used where directed by the Engineer. The Contractor may use coarse gravel embedment for other situations at no additional cost to the Owner. It shall be crushed stone or gravel and in compliance with ASTM C33 for Coarse Concrete Aggregate. Gradation shall be ASTM C33 No. 57, No. 67 or as follows: Sieve Size Sq. Openings Amount Passing by Weight 1" 95 - 100 3/4" 55 - 85 1 /2" 25 - 50 . No.4 0-5 F. BACKFILL MATERIAL: This material shall consist of soil material with a liquid limit (LL) less than or equal to 40, a plasticity index (PI) less than or equal to 20, a maximum of 70% passing the No. 200 mesh sieve, a minimum of 80% passing the No. 4 mesh sieve, 100% passing a 1.5" square mesh sieve. The material shall be free of organic or other deleterious materials. Pipeline Excavation and Backfill 02202-3 DTNO1444 1 G. SELECT MATERIAL: Selected or processed excavated trench material free from rock fragments and clods larger than 2" greatest dimension. The select material shall be free of organic materials. Select materials shall be free of sharp or angular materials which could damage the pipe coating. H. ORDINARY BACKFILL MATERIAL: Trench excavated material free from rock fragments and clods larger than 6" greatest dimension. The ordinary material shall be free from organic materials. I. FLEXIBLE BASE COURSE: Complying with Item 247 of the Texas Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Construction of Highways, Streets, and Bridges, latest edition, Type A, Grade 1 or 2, Flexible Base (Crushed Stone) or Type D, Grade 4 or 5 (Caliche). J. HOT MIX ASPHALT CONCRETE (HMAC):. Complying with Item 340 of the Texas Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction of Highways, Streets, and Bridges, latest Edition. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 TRENCH EXCAVATION A. GENERAL 1. Excavate trenches to the alignment, width, and depth as indicated or as required for the proper installation of the pipe. Brace the trench and/or dewater the trench if necessary so that the workmen may work therein safely. 2. Comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and orders of any public body having jurisdiction for the safety of persons or property or to protect them from damage, injury or loss. Comply with the requirements of Section 02220, TRENCH SAFETY. 3. Dewater excavations so that the work is performed in the "dry". Bailing, pumping, and dewatering shall be at the Contractors expense. When directed by the Engineer, use coarse gravel instead of ordinary embedment material under the pipe to provide for the free drainage and flow of water in the pipe trench, where it is necessary, in order to keep the water level below the pipe barrel and bell holes for joints. The water removed from trenches shall be conducted to natural drainage ways, drains, or storm sewers in such a manner as to prevent damage to adjacent property or to the public. Pumps of ample capacity and in duplicate must be provided to insure that once an excavation is made dry, the water is kept down until that part of the work under construction is completed. No additional compensation will be made for pumping, draining, or any other dewatering activity. Payment for coarse gravel shall be made to the Contractor at the unit price bid for the installation of such quantity as directed by the Engineer. 4. It is intended that the line be laid to the depth of cover as shown on the plans. The minimum depth of cover shall be maintained at all locations. The approximate ground profile and the top of pipe profile show a relationship intended by the Engineer. The precise and detailed pipe layout is to be prepared by the Contractor and submitted to the Engineer for information and review after existing utility locations are verified. The responsibility for the workability of the detailed layout remains with the Contractor. High points shall be located at air valves and the pipe sections containing air valves shall have a horizontal grade. Where unforeseen existing utilities or other conditions warrant a revised grade during construction, the Contractor shall submit a revised pipe layout to the Engineer for approval. No intermediate "highs'" or "lows" will be allowed in the pipe grade Pipeline Excavation and Backfill DTN01444 02202-4 I n i 1. 1 IJ without the approval of the Engineer. No additional compensation will be made for adjustments in line and grade. In some cases, the pipe grade was chosen based upon possible erosion (uncovering) conditions. In most cases the pipeline has a positive or negative slope to aid in venting air bubbles. It is the Engineer's intent that these criteria be maintained in the detailed layout by the Contractor. B. PIPE TRENCH 1. For the purpose of this specification, the "pipe zone" shall be defined as the zone from the bottom of the trench to 6" above the top of the pipe. 2. The trench walls in the "pipe zone" shall be vertical. The minimum trench width shall be pipe O.D. plus 24 inches. The maximum trench width shall be pipe O.D. plus 36 inches. 3. Trench walls above the pipe zone may be laid back or benched where room permits as necessary to meet the requirements of OSHA. 4. Where the character of the trench walls is loose, unstable, saturated soft clays, quicksand, or otherwise unable to provide adequate side support to maintain the required pipe deflection, the Contractor shall modify the backfill to keep the pipe within the limits of the specified deflection. The Contractor shall widen the trench excavation one pipe diameters on each side of the pipe. The trench shall then be backfilled with coarse gravel to the top of the pipe. The coarse gravel shall be compacted to 95% maximum density as measured by ASTM D4253. Care shall be used so that the exterior pipe coating is not damaged. Concrete encasement, soil cement, or some other method approved by the Engineer, may be used in lieu of this procedure. Payment shall be made to the Contractor at the unit price bid for the installation of such quantity of coarse gravel as directed by the Engineer. C. PIPE FOUNDATION 1. Excavate the trench to an even grade so that the full length of the pipe barrel is supported and joints make up properly. Excavate the trench to the line and grade indicated and as directed by the Engineer. Grades shall be uniform between high points and low points to eliminate intermediate "highs and lows". 2. For 32" diameter and smaller pipe, the trench shall be "rough cut" a minimum of 4" below the bottom of the pipe. For 33" and larger pipe, the trench shall be "rough cut" a minimum of 6" below the bottom of pipe. The "rough cut" dimension shall be increased as necessary to provide a minimum clearance of 2" from the bottom of the trench to the bottom of the bells, flanges, valves, fittings, etc. 3. The entire foundation area in the bottom of all excavations shall be firm, stable material. Loose material shall be removed, leaving a clean, flat trench bottom, and material shall not be disturbed below required sub -grade except as hereinafter described. If the subgrade is soft, spongy, disintegrated, or where the character of the foundation materials is such that a proper foundation cannot be obtained at the elevation specified, ' then when directed by the Engineer the Contractor shall deepen the excavation to a depth where a satisfactory foundation can be obtained. The sub -grade shall then be brought back to the required grade with coarse gravel, thoroughly compacted to ninety five ' percent (95%) of Maximum Density in accordance with ASTM D4253. Payment for the additional coarse gravel to replace the subgrade below the pipe shall be made at the unit price bid. ' D. CORRECTING FAULTY GRADE If the trench is excavated to a faulty grade (at a lower elevation than indicated), correct the faulty grade as specified below: 1. In uniform, stable dry soils, correct the faulty grade with granular embedment material thoroughly compacted to 95% of maximum density. ' Pipeline Excavation and Backfill 02202-5 DTN01444 2. In soft spongy disintegrated soils or where necessary to allow proper drainage, correct ' the faulty grade with coarse gravel compacted to 95% of maximum density. 3. No payment will be made for coarse gravel or other materials used to correct faulty grade. E. PIPE CLEARANCE IN ROCK Remove ledge rock, rock fragments, or unyielding shale or marl to provide a clearance of of least 6" below the parts of the pipe, valves or fittings. Provide adequate clearance for properly jointing pipe laid in rock trenches at bell holes. Refill the excavation to grade with granular embedment material. F. BLASTING PROCEDURE Blasting shall not be allowed. G. BELL HOLES REQUIRED Bell holes of ample' dimension shall be dug in trenches at each joint of pipe to permit the jointing to be made properly, visually inspected, and so that the pipe will rest on the full length of the barrel. Polyurethane coated steel pipe shall have the joints excavated to a sufficient depth to allow proper cleaning, application, testing and inspection of field applied coating system. H. CARE OF SURFACE MATERIAL FOR REUSE Surface materials such as top soil in its natural state, suitable for reuse in restoring the excavated surface, shall be kept separate from the general excavation material. The top 12" of the trench backfill shall be considered topsoil. A minimum of twenty feet width of topsoil shall be excavated and stockpiled. The width shall be large enough to provide a suitable volume of topsoil to cover all excavated and backfilled areas. Save the topsoil to be used as backfill of the top 12" of the trench after pipe laying. I. MANNER OF PILING EXCAVATED MATERIAL Place excavated material so that work is not endangered or interferes with public traffic. Do not place excavated material over buried pipelines or existing utilities unless adequate provisions are made to protect those pipelines and/or utilities. Roads and driveways must be kept open in every case. Keep drainage channels clear of obstructions or make other satisfactory provisions for drainage. J. TRENCHING BY MACHINE OR BY HAND The use of trench digging machinery is approved except in places where operations of same will cause damage to existing structures above or below ground, in which case employ hand methods. K. OPEN TRENCH The Owner's Representative shall have the right to limit the amount of trench which may be opened or partially opened at any time in advance of the completed line; and also the amount of trench left not backfilled. Not over 500' of trench in open country or pasture land shall be opened at any one time, and not more than 150' of trench in populated areas shall be left open unless otherwise permitted in writing by the Owner. Backfill and/or protect trenches as. necessary to prevent injury to livestock, adjacent property, and the public. Trenches left open overnight in public areas shall be fenced with adequate construction fencing. The Owner may require that no trenches be left open ovemight in streets or populated areas. Pipeline Excavation and Backfill 02202-6 DTN01444 LJ I 1 3.02 i 1 1 I 1 I U 1 L. STRUCTURAL EXCAVATION Excavation shall extend a sufficient distance from walls and footings to allow for form installation and inspection, except where concrete for walls and footings is authorized or required to be deposited directly against excavated surfaces. Where excavation, through the fault of the Contractor, is made below the elevation specified or directed by the Engineer, restore the excavation to the proper elevation with lean concrete or other approved material at the Contractor's expense. BACKFILLING OF TRENCHES OUTSIDE ROADWAYS A. GENERAL This section of the specification is intended to cover the requirements for trench backfill where trench is in open fields, unimproved alleys, fields, and other similar open areas, except public and private roadways. B. TIME OF BACKFILLING Backfill operations shall immediately follow pipe jointing, joint coating application, and curing.. C. BRACED AND SHEETED TRENCHES Remove sheeting and shoring as backfilling operations progress. Incorporate methods so that a good bond is obtained between the backfill material and the undisturbed trench walls. D. PROTECTION OF PIPE DURING BACKFILLING OPERATIONS Take the necessary precautions to protect the pipe during backfilling operations. Take care to prevent damage to the pipe or to the pipe coating, and repair any damaged pipe before being "covered up Backfill the trench to prevent the deformation or otherwise deflection of the cylindrical shape of the pipe by more than the allowable pipe deflection as specified elsewhere. Use methods such as stulling or ellipsing as necessary. E. SITE AND PREPARATION In addition to clearing and grubbing of brush and trees along the right-of-way for this project, alteration to the topography shall be done if indicated on the Plans, at the locations and to the extent shown. BACKFILL PROCEDURE IN THE PIPE ZONE 1. Compact embedment material to the specified density. Place embedment material in three (3) lifts. Place the first lift of embedment material to a depth slightly above the bottom of pipe grade and leave an uncompacted zone directly below the pipe so that the pipe will settle into the material under the pipe. Lay pipe on this material to the indicated grade. Provide bell holes to permit the pipe to rest on the full length of the barrel and to permit joint make-up and coating. 2. Place the second lift of embedment material, uniformly on both sides of the pipe to an elevation of four tenths (0.4) of the outside diameter of the pipe, taking precautions not to disturb the pipe alignment. Compact the second lift of embedment material to the specified density to produce a uniformly blended and compacted backfill. Give special attention to assure the material flows under the pipe haunches. 3. Place the third lift of the embedment to the top of the pipe zone and compact to the specified density, simultaneously and evenly on both sides of the pipe. Be careful not to put a heavy load directly on the pipe. 4. The methods and materials used to accomplish the specified density will be observed to confirm that satisfactory results are being obtained. _This may require the removal of pipe Pipeline Excavation and Backrll DTNO1444 02202-7 1 joints to observe the results and make density tests. Pipe laying shall not be commenced until satisfactory results are achieved by the proposed methods. G. BACKFILL PROCEDURE ABOVE PIPE ZONE 1 Backfill above the pipe zone to approximately 12" below surface grade shall be with ordinary backfill material. 2. Mechanical compaction shall be utilized. Water jetting and flooding will not be allowed. Place the backfill material above the pipe zone in lifts not exceeding 18" loose depth and compacted to 90% Standard Proctor density. In industrial areas, developed property, and cultivated property, compact the backfill to 95% Standard Proctor density. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage which may occur to the pipe. H. SURFACE MATERIAL REPLACEMENT 1.. The top 12" of the trench backfill shall be composed of the original surface material or topsoil excavated from the trench. Place the topsoil over the consolidated trench backfill material and neatly round over the trench to a sufficient height to allow settlement to grade after consolidation. Grade the surface to allow drainage in the same manner as existed prior to construction. 2. Top soil shall not contain rocks or clods larger than those adjacent to the trench in the undisturbed condition. I. BACKFILL AROUND STRUCTURES 1. After completion of foundations, walls, etc., remove forms and clean excavation of debris or other objectionable matter prior to placing backfill. 2. In areas where structures such as slabs or pipes are to be constructed on backfill, backfill shall be lean concrete or flowable fill as indicated. J. INSPECTION AND TEST PITS 1. Excavate test pits after the backfill has been placed and compacted in the pipe zone for the purpose of taking field density tests and inspecting the haunch areas under the pipe for voids. 2.. Excavate the test pits to a depth and area of sufficient size to allow the inspector to visually inspect the haunch area of the pipe for voids or loose material next to the pipe and to make a field density test. Provide a safety trench shield to protect the inspector while in the pit 3. After inspection, backfill and compact the test pit area in accordance with the applicable specification herein. 4. Dig one (1) test pit for inspection of each days work if deemed necessary or may be required more or less frequently as determined by the Owner's representative. Repair and replace areas which are found not to be in compliance with the specification requirements, until satisfactory results are consistently and uniformly attained. 5. Special attention shall be given to assure that the material flows under the pipe haunches. The Contractor's method and procedures used to accomplish this will be carefully observed to confirm that satisfactory results are being achieved. This may require the removal of pipe joints to observe the results and make density tests. Pipe laying shall not begin until satisfactory results are achieved by the Contractor's proposed method. 3.03 BACKFILL PROCEDURE FOR PUBLIC AND PRIVATE ROADS A. CITY AND COUNTY ROADS (OPEN -CUT STEEL CASING INSTALLATIONS) At all City and County Roads the carrier pipe will be placed in a steel casing installed by open -cut method, as shown on the plan and detail sheets. Trench excavation, pipe laying, 1 1 1 U 1 I 1 Pipeline Excavation and Backfill 02202-8 ' DTNO1444 and other general requirements shall be as indicated for trenches outside roadways. Backfill in the pipe zone shall be flowable fill where indicated on the plans. Backfill material above the pipe zone for existing roads including City Roads, County Roads, and any proposed roads as ' indicated shall consist of Class 4 earth fill material for the full depth of the trench to subgrade as indicated. Compact the backfill to 95% Standard Proctor Density. Install flowable fill or cement stabilized base material for a minimum depth of 2 feet below bottom of surface course as indicated. Replace flexbase roads with a minimum of 8" of flexbase material compacted in one lift to 95% Standard Proctor Density. Replace asphalt paved roads with 2" of HMAC or the existing HMAC thickness, whichever is greater. Saw -cut asphalt roads prior to placement of HMAC. B. PRIVATE ROADS AND DRIVES Private Roads and Drives will not require installation of a casing pipe, however, will be governed by the requirements of this section and the details of the construction plans. Trench excavation, pipe laying, and other general requirements shall be as indicated for trenches ' outside roadways. Backfill material above the pipe zone for existing Private Drives and Roads as indicated shall consist of flexible base material for the full depth of the trench to the bottom of the surface course as indicated.. Compact the backfill to 95% Standard Proctor Density. Replace flexbase roads and drives with a minimum of 8" of flexbase material compacted in one lift to 95% Standard Proctor Density. Replace asphalt paved roads and drives with 2". of HMAC or the existing HMAC thickness, whichever is greater. Replace concrete drives with 3,500 psi concrete reinforced equal or better than existing. Saw -cut asphalt roads and drives prior to placement of HMAC. Cut concrete roads back to expose reinforcing prior to replacing concrete paving, leaving existing reinforcing exposed as dowels into new concrete paving. Backfill and compact unimproved field roads as per the backfill requirements for open areas, except compact the full trench depth to 95% Standard Proctor Density. C. 2" HMAC OVERLAY AT COUNTY ROADS t Where called for on the Plans, install 2-inch HMAC surface course overlay. Materials and installation shall comply with Item 340 - HOT MIX ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT of the Texas.Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction of Highways, Streets, and Bridges, latest Edition. At the limits of the new HMAC surface course overlay, mill the existing pavement to a depth of 1" and taper back milling to the existing pavement surface over a distance of 10 feet. Thoroughly clean existing pavement, surface to the satisfaction of the Owner's Representative. Apply a tack coat to the cleaned surface. HMAC overlay shall be 2" thickness of Type "D" fine -graded surface course. Transition HMAC to match existing pavement surface over 10 foot milling transition taper 3.04 MAINTENANCE OF SURFACES A. ROCK AND ORGANIC MATERIAL EXCLUSION Rock and organic material removed from the trench excavated material shall be removed from the right-of-way at the Contractor's expense. B. DEFICIENCY OF BACKFILL -BY WHOM SUPPLIED Any deficiency in the quantity of material for backfilling the trenches or for filling depressions caused by settlement shall be supplied by the Contractor at his expense. Make-up material shall be approved by the Owner's representative. Pipeline Excavation and Backrill 02202-9 DTN01444 C. RESTORATION OF SURFACES Replace surface material and restore paving, curbing, sidewalks, gutters, shrubbery, fences, grass or turf, and other surfaces disturbed, to a condition equal to or better than that which existed prior to the beginning of work. D. SEEDING AND SODDING 1. Provide sodding at disturbed residential or commercial lawns, where indicated on the drawings, and where requested in wrifing by the Owner. Provide seeding in TxDOT right- of-way, street and county road right-of-way, where indicated on the drawings, and where requested in writing by the Owner. Provide hydro -mulch seeding where indicated on the drawings, and where requested in writing by the Owner. 2. Where seeding is specified, it shall be done between August 15 and June 15. Use sodding in lieu of seeding between June 15 and August 15. Seeding and sodding shall immediately follow backfill and cleanup unless otherwise specified. 3. Surfaces for seeding or sodding shall have a minimum of 12" of topsoil. Apply pelleted or granular fertilizer with a minimum analysis of 16-8-8 at a rate of 400 pounds per acre or equivalent rate if other analysis fertilizer is used. 4. Water seeded and sodded areas as necessary to obtain grass coverage of 95% of area, with no bald areas larger than 10 square foot. 5. Perform seeding and sodding in accordance with the following items of the Texas Department of Transportation Standard Specifications: Item 162 Sodding for Erosion Control 162.3.5(a) Bermuda Grass - Spot Sodding 162.3.6 Block Sodding 162.3.8 Mulch Sodding Item 164 Seeding for Erosion Control Item 166 Fertilizer 6. Planting of Native Texas Grasses shall be performed at those locations called for in the plans. All other requirements of this specification for seeding shall apply in these locations. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner's Representative the types of Native Texas Grasses to be seeded. 3.05 CLEAN AND ADJUST Remove surplus pipeline materials, tools, rubbish, trees, and temporary structures, and leave the construction site clean, to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Grade the surface, and re-establish drainage. Removal of rock and other excess excavated material and general leveling and grading of the Right -of -Way surface to a presentable appearance shall proceed so as to not be further than 2,500' behind the backfilling operations. The Contractor shall be responsible for location of sites for disposal of excess material and the Owner shall make no additional payment for expenses incurred in such disposal. END OF SECTION Pipeline Excavation and Backfill DTN01444 02202-10 11 02220 TRENCH SAFETY • 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. This specification consists of the basic requirements which the Contractor must comply with in order to provide for the safety and health of workers in a trench. This specification is for the purpose of providing minimum performance specifications, and the Contractor shall develop, design, and implement the trench safety system. The Contractor shall bear the sole responsibility for the adequacy of the trench safety system and providing "a safe place to work' for the workman. B. Should the trench safety protection system require wider trenches than specified elsewhere, the Contractor shall be responsible for the costs associated with determining adequacy of pipe bedding and class, as well as, purchase and installation of alternate materials. C. The Contractor shall also be responsible for prevention of damage to adjacent utilities, structures, slopes, embankments, landscaping, and all other facilities. The Contractor shall employ rigid shoring, if necessary, to protect adjacent structures, slopes, etc. 1.02 STANDARDS A. The following standard shall be the minimum governing requirement of this specification and is hereby made a part of this specification as if written in its entirety. B. Occupational Safety and Health Standards - Excavations (29CFR Part 1926), U.S. Department of Labor, latest edition. C. Comply with the applicable Federal, State, and local rules, regulations, and ordinances. END OF SECTION Trench Safety DTN01444 02220-1 02266 EARTH FILL CLASSIFICATIONS 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED This section of the specifications describes the various classes of Earth Fill. All of the classes of Earth Fill contained in this specification may not be used on this project. The classes of Earth Fill used on this project are shown on the drawings or specified in other sections of the specifications. This specification section does not include specifications for placement and compaction of Earth Fill. Specifications for placement and compaction of Earth Fill are include_ d in other sections of t the specifications and/or shown on the drawings. 1.02 STANDARDS Soil materials shall be classified into the appropriate class of Earth Fill shown below according to • ASTM D-2487 "Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes" or other appropriate methods as designated by the Engineer. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS; CLASSIFICATIONS A. CLASS 1 EARTH FILL: Limited to clays and sandy clays classified as CH material with a liquid limit greater than or equal to 50, a plasticity index greater than or equal to 25, and a minimum of 60% passing the No. 200 sieve, which are free of organic materials. B. CLASS 2 EARTH FILL: Limited to clays and sandy clays classified as CH and CL materials with a coefficient of permeability less than or equal to 1.0 x 10-7 cmisec, a liquid limit greater than or equal to 30, a plasticity index greater than or equal to 15, and more than 50% passing the No. 200 sieve, which are free of organic materials. C. CLASS 3 EARTH FILL: Consist of any materials classified as CH, CL, SM, SP, SP-SM, SC, and GC, which have a minimum plasticity index of 4, which are free of organic materials. D. CLASS 4 EARTH FILL: Consist of materials which are classified as SP, SM, SC, CL, or dual classifications thereof, which have a liquid limit less than or equal to 35 and a plasticity index of a minimum of 4 and a maximum of 15, which are free of organic materials. E. CLASS 5 EARTH FILL: Consist of materials classified as SP or SP-SM which have a plastcity index less than or equal to 4 and a maximum of 12% passing the No. 200 sieve, which are free of organic materials. (Class 6 through Class 11 reserved) F. CLASS 12 EARTH FILL: Consist of soils suitable for topsoil which are relatively free of stones or other objectionable debris, which have sufficient humus content to readily support vegetative growth. The suitability of soils for topsoil shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. Earth Fill Classifications DTNO1444 END OF SECTION 02255-1 I I i Ll I r 11 I 1 I I 1 02257 CONTROLLED LOW -STRENGTH MATERIAL (FLOWABLE FILL) 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED Furnish labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to place and mix a flowable mortar fill, consisting of Portland Cement, fine aggregate, fly ash, and water in the proper proportions as specified hereinafter. Controlled Low -Strength Material (Flowable Fill) shall be used to bed and backfill around piping and utilities where indicated. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. DESIGN CRITERIA; CONCRETE PROPORTIONS AND CONSISTENCY Concrete shall be proportioned to give the necessary workability and strength and.shall conform to the following governing requirements. Fine 28Day Min. Cement Aggregate' Max. Water Max. Fly Ash Compressive Lbs: Per Lbs. Per Lbs. Per Lbs:-per Stren h- si Cu. Yd. Cut Yd. Cu. Yd. Cu.-Yd.11. 70 - 150 50 2,720 290 150 Fluidity of the flowable mortar shall be measured by the Corps of Engineers flow cone method, according to their specification CRD-C611-80. Prior to filling the flow cone with Flowable mortar, the mixture shall be passed through a 1/4 inch screen. Time of efflux shall be approximately 12 seconds. B. FACTORYTESTING The Contractor shall be responsible for the design of the material. A trial mix shall be designed by an independent testing laboratory, retained by the Contractor. The testing laboratory shall submit verification that the materials and proportions of the trial mix design meets the requirement of the specifications. Concrete mix additive such as "Darafill" manufactured by Grace Construction Products or equal products may be required to achieve the low strength and the flowability requirements. In lieu of trial mix design, Contractor may submit a mix design used successfully in previous similar work, for similar materials for approval by Engineer. The Contractor shall not make changes in materials, either gradation, source, or brand, or proportions of the mixture after having been approved, except by specific approval of the Engineer. C. PRE -JOB TESTING Pre -job testing for excavatability with actual equipment and intended configuration of concrete sample is required. The testing equipment and configuration of concrete sample shall be determined by the Owner's representative. D. OWNER TESTING It is the responsibility of the Contractor to achieve and maintain the quality of material required by this section of the specifications. However, the Owner may secure the services of an independent testing laboratory to verify the quality of the concrete. The Owner shall have the right to require additional testing, strengthening, or replacement of concrete which has failed to meet the minimum requirements of this section. Controlled Low -Strength Material (Flowable Fill) DTNO1444 02257-1 1 1.03 SUBMITTALS Submit trial mix design on material. 1.04 STANDARDS AND REFERENCES Materials shall meet recommendation for mix design and placement, as published by National Ready Mixed Concrete Association. The applicable provisions of the following references and standards shall apply to this section as if written herein in their entirety. A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Publications: ASTM C-33 "Specifications for Concrete Aggregates" ASTM C-40 "Test Method for Organic Impurities In Fine Aggregates For Concrete' ASTM C-150 "Specification for Portland Cement" ASTM C-618 "Specification for Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete" B. Federal Specifications (Fed Spec): COE CRD-C611-80 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. CEMENT: Portland Cement conforming to the specifications and test for Type I Portland Cement of the American Society for Testing and Materials, Designation C-150. B. FINE AGGREGATE: Fine aggregate consisting of natural, washed and screened sand having clean, hard, strong, durable, uncoated grains complying with the requirements for ASTM C-33. The sand shall generally be of such size that all will pass a %" inch sieve, at least 95% pass a 1/4" inch screen and at least 80% pass a No. 8 sieve. Aggregate shall not contain strong alkali, or organic material which gives a color darker than the standard color when tested in accordance with ASTM Specification Designation C-40. C. FLY ASH/POZZOLANS: Fly ash shall be an ASTM C618, Class "C" fly ash. The fly ash may be used in controlled low -strength material, D. WATER: Water for concrete shall be clean and free from oil, acid, alkali, organic matter or other harmful impurities. Water which is suitable for drinking or for ordinary household use will be acceptable for concrete. Where available, water shall be obtained from mains of a waterworks system. E. ADDITIVE: "Darafill" may be required to meet these specifications. 2.02 MIXES A. In the determination of the amount of water required for mix, consideration shall be given to the moisture content of the aggregate. The net amount of water in the mix will be the amount added at the mixer; plus the free water in the aggregate; and minus the absorption of the aggregate, based on a thirty (30) minute absorption period. No water allowance shall be made for evaporation after batching. I L J i I t I I U i I Controlled Low -Strength Material (Flowable Fill) 02257-2 , DTN01444 1 B. The methods of measurement of materials shall be such that the proportions of water to cement can be closely controlled during the progress of the work and easily checked at any time by the Owner's representative. To avoid unnecessary or haphazard changes in consistency, the aggregate shall be obtained from sources which will insure a uniform quality and grading during any single days operation and they shall be delivered to the work and handled in such a manner that the variation in moisture content will not interfere with the steady production of concrete of reasonable degree of uniformity. Sources of supply shall be approved by the Owner's representative. C. All material shall be separately and accurately measured. Measurement may be made by weight or by volume, as determined by the Contractor; however; all equipment for measurement of materials shall be subject to approval by the Owner's representative. D. The proportions of the mix shall be such as to produce material that can be placed readily into the void area without spading or vibrating, and without segregation or undue accumulation of water or ' laitance of the surface. E. When additive is contained in the concrete mix, the additive ingredients, proportions and placement of the additive shall be per manufacturer's recommendations. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Contractor shall give the Owner's representative sufficient advance notice before starting to place material in any area, to permit inspection of the area, and preparation for pouring. 1 B. Conduct the operation of depositing and compacting the material so as to form a compact, dense, impervious mass. C. Flowable mortar shall be placed to the depth shown on the plans. The fill shall be brought up uniformly to the top of excavation elevation. Placement of mortar fill shall then cease and the fill protected from traffic for a period of 72 hours. D. The material shall be placed against undisturbed trench walls, and shall not be placed on or against frozen ground. E. Material shall be placed in lifts or other measures shall betaken to prevent pipe flotation. Material shall be allowed to harden before placing next lift. 1 END OF SECTION 1 Controlled Low -Strength Material (Flowable Fill) DTN01444 02257-3 02271 RIPRAP AND BEDDING MATERIAL 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED Furnish labor, materials, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to produce and place the riprap and bedding material. 1.02 SUBMITTALS Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS and shall include certified test reports for soundness, gradation, and unit weight. 1.03 STANDARDS Sampling and testing of material shall be in compliance with the latest revision of the following except where specifically modified: ASTM C-88 "Standard Specification for Soundness of Aggregates by Use of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate" ASTM C-127 "Standard Specification for Specific Gravity and Absorption of Coarse Aggregates" ASTM C-136 "Standard Specification for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates" 1.04 DELIVERY AND STORAGE; RIPRAP STOCKPILE Riprap temporarily stockpiled for construction purposes shall be located in an area approved by the Owner. Riprap materials shall not be located so as to block or restrict equipment and vehicle access to existing structures. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. RIPRAP 1. Stone for riprap shall be durable and of a suitable quality to insure permanence in the structure and in the climate which it is to be used. The stone shall be free from cracks, seams, and other defects which would tend to increase unduly its deterioration from natural causes and shall be reasonably well graded between the prescribed limits as specified herein. 2. Riprap shall have a minimum unit weight of one hundred forty-five (145) pounds per solid cubic foot based upon the bulk specific gravity (saturated surface dry) when tested in accordance with ASTM C-127. A minimum of one (1) bulk specific gravity (saturated surface dry) shall be performed on riprap material delivered to the site. 3. Riprap shall have a loss of less than eighteen (18%) percent after five (5) cycles when tested for soundness in magnesium sulfate in accordance with ASTM C-88. The test shall be run using particles passing a 271/2" sieve and retained on a 1-1/2" sieve. After final drying, the material shall be screened over the 1-1/4" sieve. A minimum of one (1) soundness in magnesium sulfate test shall be performed on dprap material delivered to the site. 4. Riprap gradation shall be as shown on the drawings. Riprap and Bedding Material 02271-1 DTN01444 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 FOUNDATION PREPARATION Trim and dress areas on Which bedding and riprap are to be placed to conform to cross sections shown on the drawings within an allowable tolerance of plus or minus 6" from the theoretical slope lines and grades. 3.02 RIPRAP PLACEMENT A. Place stone for riprap on the blanket in such manner as to produce a reasonably well -graded mass of rock with the minimum practicable percentage of voids, and construct within the specified tolerance to the lines and grades shown on the drawings or staked in the field. A tolerance of plus 6" or minus 0 from the slope lines and grades shown on the drawings shall be allowed in the finished surface of the riprap. Place riprap to its full course thickness at one operation. Distribute the larger stones evenly and conform the entire mass of stones in their final position to the specified gradation. B. The finished riprap shall be free from objectionable pockets of small stones and clusters of larger stones' Place riprap loads along horizontal rows and progress up the slope. Place each load against previously placed riprap. Placing riprap in layers shall not be permitted. Placing riprap by dumping from top of slope, dumping into chutes, or by similar methods likely to cause segregation of the various sizes shall not be permitted. The desired distribution of the various sizes of stones throughout the mass shall be obtained by methods of placement which produces the specified results. Rearrange individual stones by mechanical equipment or by hand to the extent necessary to obtain a reasonably well graded distribution of stone sizes. Maintain the riprap protection until accepted and replace any material displaced by any cause to the lines and grades shown on the drawings. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL; TESTING The Contractor shall be responsible for providing all testing to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Gradation testing of the riprap and bedding materials shall be performed on all the materials within a 10' x 10' square area designated by the Engineer. Gradation tests shall be representative of no greater than one-third of the material placed. The Contractor shall bear all costs, including additional testing, of the correction of materials which fail to meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. END OF SECTION Riprap and Bedding Material 02271-2 DTN01444 02314 PIPELINES CROSSING HIGHWAYS AND STREETS BY TUNNELING OR OPEN CUT 1.00 GENERAL ' 1.01 WORK INCLUDED Furnish labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to install pipe casings or tunnel liners by tunneling or open cut as specified. This section sets forth the requirements for utility lines crossing roadways using tunneling or open cut. ' 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.' DESIGN CRITERIA ' 1. TUNNEL LINER PLATE The tunnel liner plate shall be designed by the Manufacturer in accordance with the methods and criteria as specified in AASHTO Standard Specifications for Highway ' Bridges, Section 16 for tunnels, crossings and roadways and AREA for tunnels, crossings and railroads. Soil parameters shall be determined by the Tunnel Liner Plate Manufacturer. The tunnel liner plate shall be designed to allow a maximum deflection of .3%. The thickness of the tunnel liner plate specified herein is the minimum acceptable and shall be increased as necessary to obtain adequate joint strength, stiffness, buckling strength, and resistance to deflection. B. INSTALLER'S QUALIFICATIONS Installation shall be by a competent, experienced contractor or sub -contractor. The installation contractor shall have a satisfactory experience record of at least three (3) years ' engaged in similar work of equal scope. C. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS Lateral or vertical variation in the final position of the tunnel liner from the line and grade established by the Engineer shall be permitted only to the extent of 1" in 10', provided that such variation shall be regular and only in the direction that will not detrimentally affect the function of the carrier pipe. U 1 II 11 1.03 SUBMITTALS Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS and shall include: A. Record drawings of the tunnel liner plate and fasteners from the tunnel liner plate manufacturer. Record drawings shall include calculations for the design of the tunnel liner plate sealed by a licensed Professional Engineer. Record drawings are for record purposes only and will not be reviewed or approved by the Engineer. B. Certificate of Adequacy of Design for the tunnel liner plate. C. Certified Test Reports indicating proposed cellular grout mix is in compliance with the requirements of this specification. D. Record Data describing the Contractor's proposed tunneling operation and installation of mainline pipe. Pipeline Crossing Highways and Streets by Tunneling or Open Cut DTNO1444 02314-9 1.04 STANDARDS AWWA C-206 "Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe" AWWA C-210 "Liquid Epoxy Coating Systems for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines" AASHTO M-190 "Bituminous Coated Corrugated Metal Culvert Pipe and Pipe Arches" AASHTO Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges, latest edition. ASTM A-36 "Structural Steel" ASTM A-123 "Zinc (Hot Dipped Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products" ASTM A-135 "Electric - Resistance - Welded Steel Pipe" ASTM A-139 "Electric - Fusion (Arc) - Welded Steel Pipe" ASTM A-153 "Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware" ASTM A-307 "Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 PSI Tensile" ASTM A449 "Quenched and Tempered Steel Bolts and Studs" ASTM A-569 "Steel, Carbon, Hot -Rolled Sheet and Strip, Commercial Quality" ASTM A-570 "Hot Rolled Carbon Steel Sheet and Strip, Structural Quality" ASTM C-76 "Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe" ASTM D-4254 'Test Methods for Minimum Index Density of Soils and Calculation of Relative Density" ASTM C-827 "Change in Height at Early Ages of Cylindrical Specimens from Cementitious Mixtures" CRD-C621-83 "Corps of Engineers Specification for Non -Shrink Grout" 1.05 DELIVERY AND STORAGE Store tunnel liner plates according to the manufacturer's instruction. Avoid damaging coating during loading, transportation, unloading, or installation. Store liner plates so that they do not pond or hold water. 1.06 JOB CONDITIONS; PERMITS AND EASEMENT REQUIREMENTS A. Where the work is in the public right-of-way, the Owner will secure the appropriate permits or easements. The Contractor shall observe regulations and instructions of the right-of-way Owner as to the methods of performing the work and take precautions for the safety of the property and the public. Negotiations and coordination with the right-of-way Owner shall be carried on by the Contractor, not less than two (2) weeks prior to the time of his intentions to begin work on the right-of-way. B. Comply with the requirements of the permit and/or easement, a copy of which is included in the Appendix. The work within the Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Right -of - Way and Denton County Right -of -Way shall comply with the Right -of -Way Owner's applicable specifications. If required by the Right -of -Way Owner, obtain Protective Liability Insurance in the amount required by the particular company or other insurance as is specified in the permit at no cost to the Owner. Acquire a permit, agreement, or work order from the right-of-way Owner as is required. C. Construction along roads shall be performed in such manner that the excavated material be kept off the roads at all times, as well as, all operating equipment. Construction shall not interfere with the operations of the roads. Pipeline Crossing Highways and Streets by Tunneling or Open Cut 02314-2 ,. DTN01444 'LJ ' D. Barricades, warning signs, and flagmen, when necessary and specified, shall be provided by the Contractor. eE. No blasting shall be allowed. F. Existing pipelines are to be protected. The Contractor shall verify location and elevation of any pipe lines, cables, etc. before proceeding with the construction and plan his construction so as to avoid damage to the existing pipe lines, cables, etc. Verification of location of existing utilities shall be the complete responsibility of the Contractor. Any relocation, repair, ' etc. of existing utilities shall be in accordance with the requirements of the utility owner, all at the expense of the Contractor. Contractor may with the Owner's approval, extend tunneling operation to avoid utilities, at no additional cost to the Owner. 2.00 PRODUCTS 1 i I 2.01 MATERIALS A. TUNNEL LINER PLATES: Corrugated metal tunnel liner plates shall be galvanized and asphalt coated; made from steel sheets conforming to the requirements of ASTM A-569. Tunnel liner plate width shall not exceed 18 inches. Material to be galvanized shall be zinc coated in accordance with ASTM A-123, except that the zinc shall be applied at a rate of 2.0 oz. per square foot on each side. Asphalt coating shall be applied in the plant in accordance with AASHTO M-190. Tunnel liner plates and fasteners shall comply with the requirements of AASHTO Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges. Liner plates shall be punched for bolting on both longitudinal and circumferential seams, fabricated to permit complete erection from the inside of the tunnel. Bolts and nuts shall be galvanized to conform to ASTM A-153. Plates shall be of uniform fabrication and those intended for one size tunnel shall be interchangeable. Welding of tunnel liner plate shall not be allowed. The material used for the construction of these plates shall be new, unused, and suitable for the purpose intended. Workmanship shall be first class in every respect. Minimum thickness of tunnel liner plate shall be as follows: ; Y untie iaaie erg mow" 4 an e1 prner ,_" i t i> s.-�Mmimum°t= iThickness�,<,< l,' `''+ anger mere .� . 'FMfrnmum}Titic(cne s B. STEEL PIPE: Steel casing pipe shall have a minimum yield strength of 35,000 psi. Casing shall meet ASTM A-36, ASTM A-570, ASTM A-135, ASTM A-139, or approved equal. Pipe shall be coated and lined with coal tar epoxy in accordance with AW WA C-210 or approved equal. Pipe joints shall be welded in accordance with AW WA C-206. After pipe is welded, coating and lining shall be repaired. Unless specified otherwise, the minimum wall thickness of steel casing pipe shall be 0.5". 2.02 MIXES A. CEMENT MORTAR: Consisting of one (1) part cement to two (2) parts clean sand with sufficient water to make a thick workable mix. B. PRESSURE GROUT MIX: Comprised of 1 cubic foot of cement and 3.5 cubic feet of clean fine sand with sufficient water added to provide a free flowing thick slurry. If desired to maintain solids in the mixture in suspension, one cubic foot of commercial grade bentonite may be added to each 12 to 15 cubic feet of the slurry. Pipeline Crossing Highways and Streets by Tunneling or Open Cut 02314-3 DTN014" . C. CELLULAR GROUT MIX: The cellular grout shall be a low -density, non -shrink grout composed of Type II Portland cement, water, and a preformed foam. The cellular grout shall have the following characteristics: 1. Minimum 28-day Compressive Strength = 1000 psi 2. Slurry (Wet) Density = 50 to 60 pcf 3. Cement = Type II, per ASTM C150 4. Water = Potable 5. Foam = Per ASTM C869 6. Water/Cement Ratio = O.56b to 0.60 2.03 MANUFACTURED PRODUCTS A. TUNNEL LINER: Manufactured by Contech, Commercial Shearing, Inc., or approved equal. B. MORTAR BANDS: Concrete cylinder pipe and mortar coated steel pipe shall have thickened outside mortar bands. Mortar bands shall properly position the pipe within the casing or tunnel liner. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES A. EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL OF ACCESS PITS 1. Do not allow excavation over the limits of the tunnel as specified. Trench walls of access pits adjacent to the tunnel face shall be truly vertical. Shore the trench walls as necessary to protect workmen, the public, structures, roadways, and other improvements. No dirt from a pit excavation shall be placed on a roadway or roadway shoulder. All equipment and stockpiled dirt shall meet the safety clear zone distances in accordance with the current Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) requirements. Where circumstances necessitate the excavation of a bore pit closer to the edge of pavement than set forth by current TxDOT requirements, the Contractor shall install adequate barricades and warning devices to protect the traveling public. All pits shall be kept dry and free of standing water. 2. Pipe embedment in areas which have been excavated for access pits shall be flowable fill. There shall be a minimum of 9" of flowable fill on both sides of the pipe for the entire limits of the access pit excavation. Backfill and embedment in the pipe zone shall be as shown on the typical section for flowable fill in the construction plans. 3. Unless flowable fill or concrete encasement is used, excavations within the right-of-way and not under surfacing shall be backfilled and consolidated by tamping in 6" horizontal layers to 95% of maximum density as measured by ASTM D-698. Surplus material shall be removed from the right-of-way and the excavation finished to original grades. Backfill pits immediately after the installation of the carrier pipe is completed. If carrier pipe is not installed immediately after casing pipe installation, the access pits shall be temporarily backfilled until installation of carrier pipe. 4. Where seeding or sodding is disturbed by excavation or backfiliing operations, such areas shall be replaced by seeding or sodding as specified. 5. The Contractor shall contact TxDOT prior to excavation of any bore pit an adequate amount of time before work begins to familiarize himself with the TxDOT requirements. Pipeline Crossing Highways and Streets by Tunneling or Open Cut DTN01444 02314-4 B. INSTALLING CARRIER PIPE IN TUNNELS 1. Pipe to be installed within the tunnel liner shall meet the requirements for the type of pipe as specified. Where indicated, place, align, and anchor guide rails inside the casing. If guide rails are used, place cement mortar on both sides of the rails. 2. Pull or skid pipe into place inside the casing. Lubricants such as flax soap or drilling mud may be used to ease pipe installation. Do not use petroleum products, oil or grease for this purpose. 3. After installation of the carrier pipe, mortar inside joint and prepare outside of the joints as applicable. Verify electrical discontinuity between the carrier pipe and tunnel liner. If continuity exists, remedy the short prior to applying cellular grout. 4. After carrier pipe installation is complete, the annular space between the carrier pipe and tunnel liner shall be completely filled with cellular grout. The Contractor shall take precautions to prevent flotation of the carrier pipe during grouting. The exterior joints of mortar coated steel or concrete cylinder pipe are not required to be mortared if flex-protex is used. Exterior joint coating (heat shrink sleeves) is required for polyurethane coated pipe. Provide necessary bulkheads as recommended by the cellular grout supplier. If pressure is used to apply grout, verify the maximum allowable pressure with the carrier pipe manufacturer, and do not exceed this pressure. C. FREE -AIR SYSTEM If required by OSHA standards, free -air systems shall be installed and maintained. D. INSTALLATION OF PRESSURE GROUT MIX 1. Install pressure grout mix in the void space between the outside of the tunnel liner and the excavation. For tunnel liner plate, install pressure grout mix at the end of each work day or more often as conditions warrant. 2. Unless specified otherwise, install pressure grouting through grout fittings for the tunnel liner plate. Grout fittings shall be fabricated into tunnel liner plate at a maximum spacing of 6' (6' max spacing longitudinally and 6' max spacing circumferentially). Remove and plug grout fittings after pressure grouting. 3. Install pressure grout from the low end for all crossings where grout fittings are not used. Seal the low end and pressure grout until grout is extruded from the opposite end. 3.02 CROSSINGS INSTALLED WITH TUNNEL LINER PLATE A. Install the tunnel liner plates to the limits indicated and as specified in AASHTO Standards Specifications for Highway Bridges, Section II-25, Steel and Concrete Tunnel Liners. Assemble steel liner plates into circumferential rings. Liner plates shall be of the type to permit segments to be installed completely from inside the tunnel or bore. B. Accurately maintain the face of the excavation inside the tunnel so as to allow the absolute minimum of void space outside the liner plate. Maintain a maximum of 1/2" tolerance between the outside of the liner plate and the excavation wherever possible. The tunnel diameter shall not be greater than 2" larger than the liner O.D. C. Liner plate installation shall proceed as closely as possible behind the excavation. Excavation shall at no time be more than 6" ahead of the required space to install an individual tunnel liner plate. Use breast plates, poling boards or other suitable devices to maintain accurate excavation with the minimum of unsupported excavation at any time. Tunnel liner plate shall not be allowed to deflect vertically during installation. Pipeline Crossing Highways and Streets by Tunneling or Open Cut DTN01444 02314-5 3.03 CROSSINGS WITH CASING INSTALLED BY OPEN CUT This article covers the requirements for the construction of crossings where pipe casing is required for installation by the open cut method. Excavation, backfill, and embedment of casing pipe shall be as specified in Section 02202, PIPELINE EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL. All other requirements shall be as specified herein. END OF SECTION Pipeline Crossing Highways and Streets by Tunneling or Open Cut DTN01444 02314-6 , 1 02488 HYDRO -MULCH SEEDING ' 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED Furnish labor, material, equipment and incidentals necessaryto prepare the ground, furnish and - install fertilizer and hydromulching seed or a mixture of seed of the kind specified in areas ' disturbed by the construction operations. 1.02 SUBMITTALS Submittals shall be in accordance with 01300, SUBMITTALS and shall include: A. Texas Testing Seed Label B. Specification of fertilizer to be used 1.03 STANDARDS The applicable provision of the following standard shall apply as if written here in its entirety: Texas Seed Law 1.04 GUARANTEES ' The Contractor shall fertilize and reseed any area which fails to survive for a period of one year from the date the project is accepted by the Owner. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 . MATERIALS A. GENERAL Seed used must carry, a Texas Testing Seed label showing purity and germination, name, type of seed, and that the seed meets all requirements of the Texas Seed Law. Seed furnished shall be of the previous season's crop and the date of analysis shown on each tag shall be within nine (9) months of the time of delivery to the project. Each variety of seed shall be furnished and delivered in separate bags or containers. B. SEED The specified seed shall equal or exceed the following percentages of purity and germination: Corrimon;Name. Puritw. Germination Common Bermuda Grass Gulf Coast Annual Rye 1 95% 95% 90% 90% C. MULCH The mulch shall be natural cellulose fiber mulch produced from grinding clean, whole wood chips, or fiber produced from ground newsprint with a labeled ash content not to exceed 7%. The mulch shall be designed for use in conventional mechanical planting, hydraulic planting of seed or hydraulic mulching of grass seed, either alone or with fertilizers and other additives. The mulch shall be such that, when applied, the material shall form a strong, moisture - retaining mat without the need of an asphalt binder. The mulch shall be "Conwed" or approved equal. Hydro -Mulch Seeding 02488-1 DTNO1444 D. FERTILIZER Peleted or granulated type fertilizer of the composition for the season of the year at which applied shall be used: 1. Early season (April 1-June 1) 21-0-0 2. .Normal season (June 1-Sept 1) 10-10-5 3. Late season (Sept 1-Nov 1) 6-12-12 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION After the areas disturbed by construction operations have been backfilled and completed to the original pre -construction lines and grades shown on the plans and as provided for in other items of this contract, perform hydromulch seeding in accordance with the requirements hereinafter described. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. CULTIVATION Cultivate areas to be seeded to a depth of at least 4". Cultivate the seedbed sufficiently to reduce the soil to a state of good tilth when the soil particles on the surface are small enough and lie closely enough together to prevent the seed from being covered too deep for optimum germination. Cultivation of seedbed Will not be required in loose sand where depth of sand is 4" or more. Maintain the cross-section previously established throughout the process of cultivation and any necessary reshaping shall be done prior to any planting of seed. B. PLANTING SEASON AND APPLICATION RATES 1. Perform planting between the dates specified for each type except when specifically authorized in writing. The seeds planted per acre shall be of the type specified with the mixture, rate, and planting dates as follows: 2. Common Bermuda Grass - hulled, twenty (20) pounds per acre - February through August or a combination of 3. Common Bermuda Grass - unhulled, fifteen (15) pounds per acre and Gulf Coast Annual Rye - unhulled, fifteen (15) pounds per acre - August through February. 4. Apply fertilizer uniformly at the average rate of four, hundred (400) pounds per acre. C. HYDRO -MULCH (CELLULOSE FIBER) SEEDING Uniformly distribute the fertilizer, seed or seed mixture, in the quantity specified over the areas to be seeded. Mechanical equipment shall be such that all varieties of seed as well as fertilizer may be distributed at the same time, provided that each component is uniformly applied at the specified rate. When seed and fertilizer are to be distributed as a water slurry, apply the mixture to that area to be seeded within 30 minutes after all components are placed in the equipment. Upon completion of planting the seed, spread cellulose fiber mulch uniformly over the area at the following rates: Clay soils with flat surface - min. 2500 Ibs/acre Clay soils with slope surfaces - min. 3000 Ibs/acre The rates are given in dry weight of mulch per acre. A mulching machine, approved by the Engineer, shall be equipped to eject the thoroughly wet mulch material at a uniform rate to provide the mulch coverage specified. D. MAINTENANCE Water the planted area at such times as necessary for a period of one (1) month after final acceptance of the project by the Owner. Fertilize and reseed any area which fails to survive for a period of one (1) month from the date the project is accepted by the Owner. END OF SECTION Hydro -Mulch Seeding 02488-2 DTN01444 ' 02614 BAR -WRAPPED CONCRETE CYLINDER PIPE 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED Furnish labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to install bar -wrapped concrete cylinder pipe and fittings, and specials, including connections and appurtenances as required for the proper installation and function of the system as indicated herein. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. EXPERIENCE REQUIREMENTS Finished pipe shall be the product of one (1) manufacturer which has had not less than 5 years successful experience manufacturing pipe of the types and sizes indicated. Pipe Manufacturing - operations (pipe, fittings, lining, coating) shall be performed at one (1) location. B. FACTORYTESTING 1. The Owner reserves the option to have an independent testing laboratory, at the Owner's expense, inspect pipe and fittings at the Pipe Manufacturer's plant. The Owner's testing laboratory and Engineer shall have free access to the Manufacturer's plant. The pipe manufacturer shall notify the Owner, in writing, at least two (2) weeks ahead of pipe fabrication as to start of fabrication and fabricating schedule so that the Owner can advise the Manufacturer as to Owner's decision regarding tests to be performed by an independent testing laboratory. In event the Owner elects to retain an independent testing laboratory to make material tests and weld tests, it is the intent that the tests be limited to one (1) spot testing of each category unless the tests do not show compliance with the standard. If these tests do not show compliance, the Owner reserves the right to have the laboratory make additional tests and observations. ' 2. The Owner will require the Manufacturer to furnish mill test certificates on reinforcing steel or wire, steel plate, and cement. The Manufacturer shall perform the tests described in AW WA C-303, for all pipe, fittings, and specials. ' 3. Absorption test. A water absorption test shall be performed on samples of cured mortar coating taken from each working shift. The mortar coating samples shall have been cured in the same manner as the pipe. A test value shall consist of the average of a minimum of three samples taken from the same working shift. The test method shall be in accordance with ASTM C497, Method A. The average absorption value for any test shall not exceed 9 percent and no individual sample shall have an absorption exceeding 11 percent. 4. Strength of Coating: Tests shall be made of cured mortar coating for the purpose of qualifying the mortar coating machine and the mortar mix design. One inch (1") cubes 1 shall be tested in accordance with ASTM C-109. The equivalent cylinder compressive strength of the mortar (0.74 times the cube strength) shall be not less than 5,500 psi in 28 days. C. MANUFACTURER'S TECHNICIAN FOR PIPE INSTALLATION During the construction period, the Pipe Manufacturer shall furnish the services of a factory ' trained, qualified, job experienced technician assistant as necessary in pipe laying and pipe jointing. This technician shall assist and advise the Construction Contractor in his pipe laying operations and shall instruct construction personnel in proper joint assembly and joint inspection procedures. The technician is not required to be on -site full time; however, the technician shall Bar -Wrapped Concrete Cylinder Pipe 02614-1 DTNO1444 be on -site during the first two weeks of pipe laying and thereafter as requested by the Engineer, Owner, or Contractor. 1.03 SUBMITTALS Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01301, SUBMITTALS and shall include: Prior to the fabrication of the pipe, submit fabrication and laying drawings to the Engineer as shop drawings. Shop drawings shall include a complete description of the pipe offered, including cuts, tabulated layout and pertinent design data. Shop drawings shall reference stationing on the plan/profile sheets and shall incorporate changes necessary to avoid conflicts with existing utilities and structures and adjustments necessary to make tie-ins. Details for the design and fabrication of all fittings and specials and provisions for thrust shall be included. 2. Prior to delivery of the pipe to the project site, the Manufacturer shall furnish an affidavit certifying that all pipe, fittings, and specials, and other products and materials furnished, comply with this specification and AWWA C303. Copies of results of factory tests and mill certificates for steel and cement shall be provided, including chemical and physical test results for each heat of steel. 3. Certified test reports for factory and field welder certification. 1.04 STANDARDS Except as modified or supplemented herein, bar -wrapped concrete cylinder pipe shall conform to the applicable requirements of the following standard specifications, latest edition. ANSI/NSF "Standard 61" AW WA C-303 "Standard for Concrete Pressure Pipe - Bar -Wrapped, Steel Cylinder Type" AVWVA M-9 Manual: "Concrete Pressure Pipe" ASTM A-33 "Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates" ASTM A-570 "Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Carbon, Hot Rolled, Structural Quality" ASTM C-144 "Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar' ASTM C-150 "Specification for Portland Cement" ASTM D-698 "Test for Moisture -Density Relations for Soils" 1.05 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. PACKING The pipe shall be prepared for shipment to afford maximum protection from normal hazard of transportation and allow pipe to reach project site in an undamaged condition. Pipe damaged in shipment shall not be delivered to the project site unless such damaged pipe is properly repaired. 2. Pipes shall be carefully supported during shipment and storage. Pipe, fittings, and specials shall be separated so that they do not bear against each other in transmit. Ship pipe on padded bunks with tie -down straps. Store pipe on padded skids, sand or dirt berms, tires, or other suitable means to protect the pipe.from damage. Each length of pipe Bar -Wrapped Concrete Cylinder Pipe 02614-2 DTNO1444 36-inch and larger shall be internally supported and braced with stulls to maintain a true circular shape. Internal supports shall consist of steel or timber stulls firmly wedged and secured so that the stulls remain in place during handling. Pipe shall be rotated so that one stull is vertical. Stulls shall not be removed until pipe is set to final grade. 3. Deliver, handle, and store pipe in accordance with the Manufacturer's recommendations to protect coating systems. B. MARKING FOR IDENTIFICATION Each joint of pipe and each fitting shall have plainly marked on one end, the class for which it is designed, the date of manufacturer, and the identification number. The top centerlines shall be marked on all specials. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. CEMENT: Cement for use in concrete and mortar shall be Type I Portland Cement conforming to ASTM C150. B. AGGREGATES: Aggregates for concrete lining and coating shall conform to ASTM C-33. C. SAND: Sand used for inside and. outside joints shall be of silica base, conforming to ASTM C- 144. D. SPECIAL COATING: Pipe to be laid in casing shall have two (2) built-up rings or mortar each approximately 2' long and slightly higher than the pipe bell to prevent pipe being supported by the bell. Rings to beat the quarter points of the pipe section. E. STEEL: Steel shall meet the requirements of AWWA C-303. Steel shall be homogeneous and shall be suitable for field welding. F. THREADED OUTLETS: Where outlets or taps are threaded, furnish and install brass bushings and plugs for the outlet size indicated. 2.02 MIXES; CEMENT MORTAR Cement mortar used for pipe joints shall consist of one (1) part Portland Cement to two (2) parts clean, fine, sharp silica sand, mixed with water. Exterior joint mortar shall be mixed to the consistency of thick cream. Interior joint mortar shall be mixed with as little water as possible so that the mortar is very stiff, but workable. Cement shall be ASTM C-150, Type I. Sand shall conform to ASTM C-144. Cement mortar used for patching shall be mixed as per cement mortar for inside joints. Water for cement mortar shall be treated and suitable for drinking water. ' Bonding agent for interior joints and pipe patching shall be Probond Epoxy Bonding Agent ET-150, parts A and B, Sikadur 32 Hi -Mod or approved equal. 2.03 MANUFACTURED PRODUCTS A. PIPE ' 1. GENERAL Pipe, specials and fittings shall be designed, manufactured, and tested in accordance with the applicable requirements of AWWA C-303 and AWWA M-9, and the special requirements of this specification. Bar -Wrapped Concrete Cylinder Pipe 02614-3 DTN01444 2. PIPE DESIGN CRITERIA Sizes and pressure classes (working pressure) shall be as shown on the drawings. For the purposes of pipe design, the working pressure shall be 1.0 times the pressure class. The working pressure plus transient pressure shall be equal to 1.5 times the pressure class specified. Fittings, specials and connections shall be same class as the associated pipe. Pipe and fittings shall be clearly marked with the pressure class and piece number to permit easy identification in the field. Pipe design shall be based on trench conditions and design pressure class specified. Pipe shall be designed according to the methods indicated in AWWA C-303 and AWWA Manual M-9 for trench construction, using the following parameters: a) Unit Weight of Fill (w) = 130pcf b) Live Load = AASHTO HS 20 c) Live Load = Coopers E 80 at railroad d) Trench Depth = As indicated e) Coefficient Ku' = 0.150 f) Trench Width (Bd) as indicated. g) Bedding Conditions = As indicated h) Soil Reaction Modulus (E') = 1,500 i) . Coefficient k = 0.090 j) Maximum steel stress at working pressure = 18,000 psi k) Maximum calculated deflection (Dx) = 1.0% Trench depths indicated shall be verified after existing utilities are located. Vertical alignment changes required because of existing utility or other conflicts shall be accommodated by an appropriate change in pipe design depth. In no case shall pipe be installed deeper than its design allows. 3. PROVISIONS FOR THRUST a. Thrusts at bends, tees, plugs, or other fittings shall be resisted by restrained joints. Thrust at bends adjacent to casing shall be restrained by welding joints through casing and a sufficient distance each side of casing. No thrust restraint contribution shall be allowed for pipe in casing, unless the annular space in the casing is filled with cellular grout. b. Restrained joints shall be used for a sufficient distance from each side of the bend, tee, plug, or other fitting to resist thrust which will be developed at the design pressure of the pipe. For the purpose of thrust restraint, design pressure shall be 1.5 times pressure class (working pressure). Restrained joints shall consist of welded joints. In areas where restrained joints are used for thrust restraint, the pipe shall have adequate cylinder thickness to transmit the thrust forces. For welded joints, if the thickness of the steel cylinder adjacent to the welded joint is greater than or equal to 0.1875 inches, the joints to be welded shall be prepared by trimming the spigot in the shop. C. Thrust restraint design shall be the complete responsibility of the pipe manufacturer. The length of pipe with welded joints, the pipe cylinder thickness necessary to resist thrust forces, and all other provisions necessary for thrust restraint shall be determined by the pipe manufacturer, in accordance with the following: 1) The Weight of earth (We) shall be calculated as the weight of the projected soil prism above the pipe. 2) Soil density = 110 pcf (maximum value to be used). Bar -Wrapped Concrete Cylinder Pipe 02614 4 DTNO1444 3) Coefficient of friction = 0.3 (maximum value to be used). 4) The above applies to unsaturated soil conditions. In locations where ground water is encountered, the soil density shall be reduced to its buoyant weight for the backfill below_ the water table, and the coefficient of friction shall be reduced to 0.25. 5) For horizontal bends, the minimum length of pipe to be restrained shall be calculated as follows: For deflections less than 600, L = P A sin (n/2) f (We + Wp + Ww) .. For deflections greater than 600, L=PA(1-cosh) f(We +Wp+Ww) L = Length of pipe to be restrained P = 1.5 times working pressure A = Cross sectional area of pipe steel cylinder I.D. n = Deflection angle We = Weight of earth Wp = Weight of pipe Ww = Weight of water f = Coefficient of friction 4. INSIDE DIAMETER The inside diameter, including the cement mortar lining, shall be a minimum of the nominal diameter of the pipe specified. B. JOINT WRAPPERS: Similar and equal to those manufactured by Mar -Mac Manufacturing Company. C. INSULATED CONNECTIONS AND FLANGE GASKETS: Insulating connections and flange gaskets shall meet the requirements as specified in Section 15640, JOINT BONDING AND ISOLATION. D. FLEXIBLE JOINT COUPLINGS AND EXPANSION JOINTS: See Section 15136, MISCELLANEOUS VALVES AND PIPELINE APPURTENANCES. E. JOINT BONDS: See Section 15640, JOINT BONDING AND ISOLATION. F. PIPE ENDS: The standard pipe end shall include carnegie steel joint ring and a continuous solid rubber ring gasket as per AW WA Manual M-9 and AWWA C-303. Welded joints shall be provided where necessary for thrust restraint. Harnessed joints and flanged joints shall be. provided where indicated on the plans. Harnessed joints may be used in lieu of welded joints adjacent to structures, if approved by the Engineer. G. FLANGES: Flanges shall conform to ANSI Drilling of class equal to or greater than the pipe class, unless otherwise specified, and shall match class of valves or appurtenances which are attached. Drilling pattern shall match pattern of valve or fitting which will be attached. Bar -Wrapped Concrete Cylinder Pipe 02614-5 DTN01444 H. BEND FITTINGS: All bend fittings shall be long radius to permit easy passage of pipeline pigs. I. NUTS AND BOLTS: All nuts and bolts shall be stainless steel. Use an anti -seize compound during installation. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. GENERAL 1. Install pipe, fittings, specials, and appurtenances as specified herein, as specified in AWWA Manual M-9 and in accordance with Pipe Manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Lay pipe to the lines and grades as indicated. Completed pipe installation shall have a - maximum 1% deflection measured diametrically. B. PIPE HANDLING 1. Haul, pipe, fittings, valves and other accessories to the job site. At all times handle the pipe with care to avoid damage. Load and unload pipe using hoists or cranes as specified below. Under no circumstances shall they be dropped. 2. At all times handle pipe with wide nonabrasive slings, wire ropes, belts or other equipment designed to prevent damage to the coating, and keep this equipment in such repair that its continued use is not injurious to the coating. The use of tongs, bare pinch -bars, chain slings, or pipe hooks without proper padding or any other handling equipment which the Engineer deems to be injurious to the coating shall not be permitted. Provide adequate spacing of pipe supports to prevent cracking or damage to the cement mortar lining. 3. Carefully observe the pipe for cracking and check the inside lining and coating, and should cracking occur, take immediate steps to protect the pipe. Have the Pipe Manufacturer repair any joint of pipe that has shrinkage cracks with a width of 1/16" or greater in the inside lining by using an approved method. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the pipe is not suitable for repair, reject, plainly mark; and remove the pipe from the project site. 4. Have the Pipe Manufacturer repair any joint of pipe that has exterior coating cracks larger than 0.005" (a hairline) by using an approved method: If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the pipe is not suitable for repair, reject, plainly mark, and remove the pipe from the project site. 5. Remove, replace or reject any disbonded lining or coating. Apply bonding agent to patch area. A patch larger than 100 square inches or 12" inches in greatest dimension shall not be accepted. Adequately cure patches. 6. Provide the proper implements, tools, equipment and facilities for safe and convenient prosecution. of the work. Lower pipe, fittings, specials, valves, etc. into the trench by means of a crane or other machine. Do not roll or dump into the trench. The crane shall be of a sufficient size for handling the pipe, and shall lift and lower the pipe at a slow rate of speed. The crane shall be capable of stopping the lifting operation at any point without producing a shock or otherwise jerking or vibrating the pipe. 7. Keep the pipe clean during the laying operation and free of sticks, dirt, and trash. At the close of each operating day, effectively seal the open end of the pipe using a gasketed night cap. Bar -Wrapped Concrete Cylinder Pipe 02614-6 DTN01444 D. PIPE JOINTING 1. GENERAL Thoroughly clean the bell and spigot rings before laying each joint of pipe by brushing and wiping. If any damage to the protective coating on the metal has occurred, repair the damage before laying the pipe. Lubricate the gasket and the inside surface of the bell with an approved lubricant (flax soap) which will facilitate the telescoping of the joint. Tightly fit together sections of pipe and exercise care to secure true alignment and grade. When a joint of pipe is being laid, place the gasket on the spigot ring and enter the spigot end of the pipe into the bell of the adjoining pipe and push into position. The inside joint space between ends of the pipe sections shall have an opening within the tolerances as recommended by the Pipe Manufacturer. No "blocking up" of pipe orjoints will be permitted, and if the pipe is not uniformly supported or the joint not made up properly, remove the joint and properly prepare the trench. After joining, check the position of the gasket with a feeler gauge. If the gasket is out of position, disassemble the joint and repeat the joint laying procedure. For interior welded joints, complete backfill before welding. After welding, apply the interior joint coating. 2. EXTERIOR JOINTS: Make the exterior joint by placing a joint wrapper around the pipe and secure in place with two (2) metal straps. The wrapper shall be 9" wide for pipe 36" and larger, and 7" wide for smaller pipe, hemmed on each side. The wrapper shall be fiberglass reinforced or burlap cloth, with lengths encircling the pipe, leaving enough opening between ends to allow the mortar to be poured inside the wrapper into the joint. Fill the joint with mortar from one side in one (1) continuous operation until the grout has flowed entirely around the pipe. During the filling of the joint, pat or manipulate the sides of the wrapper to settle the mortar and expel any entrapped air. Leave wrappers in place undisturbed until the mortar has set-up. 3. INTERIOR JOINTS: Upon completion of backfilling of the pipe trench, fill the inside joint recess with a stiff cement mortar. Prior to placing of mortar, clean out dirt or trash which has collected in the joint, and moisten the concrete surfaces of the joint space by spraying or brushing with a wet brush. Where the mortar joint opening is one inch or wider, such as where trimmed spigots are required, apply a bonding agent to mortar and steel surface prior to placing joint mortar. Ram or pack the stiff mortar into the joint space and take extreme care to insure that no voids remain in the joint space. After the joint has been filled, level the surfaces of the joint mortar with the interior surfaces of the pipe with a steel trowel so that the surface is smooth. Interior joints of pipe 24" and smaller shall have the bell buttered with mortar, prior to inserting the spigot, such -that when the spigot is pushed into position it will extrude surplus mortar from the joint. The surplus mortar shall be struck off flush with the inside of the pipe by pulling a filled burlap bag or an inflated ball through the pipe with a rope. 4. WELDED JOINTS: Thirty-six inch and smaller pipe shall be welded from the outside using the following procedures: a) Telescope together the joints to be welded with a rubber gasket as specified above and align perfectly with the adjacent section of pipe. Accomplish welding by laying a filler rod between the steel bell of one (1) section and the steel spigot of the other, and welding the bell to the outside of the spigot. Use no less than three (3) complete passes to make the weld. When the joint weld is completed, pour the exterior joint with mortar as specified above. After all sections are in final position, Bar -Wrapped Concrete Cylinder Pipe 02614-7 DTN01444 fill the interior joint as specified above. Welded joints shall meet the requirements of AWWA Manual M-9. b) Forty-two. inch. and larger pipe shall be welded from the inside, using the following procedures: Joint spigots shall be trimmed where the stress in the gasket groove exceeds 12,000 psi due to axial thrust load. Trim the joint ring behind the gasket groove. After the adjacent pipe sections are aligned and tack welded, weld the bell to the spigot with a full fillet weld. Welded joints shall meet the requirements of AW WA Manual M-9. When the joint weld is completed, grout the inside joint, pour the exterior joint with mortar as specified above. c) General weld requirements shall be as follows: 1) Weld joints in accordance with the AW WA C-206 for Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe. Unless otherwise specified, welds shall be full circle fillet welds. 2) Adequate provisions for reducing temperature stresses shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 3) After the pipe have been joined and properly aligned and prior to the start of the welding procedure, the spigot and bell shall be made essentially concentric by jacking, shimming, or tacking to obtain clearance tolerance around the periphery of the joint. In no case shall the clearance tolerance be permitted to accumulate. 4) Before welding, thoroughly clean pipe ends.. Weld pipe by machine or by the manual shielded electric are process. Welding shall be performed so as not to damage lining or coating. Cover the coating as necessary to protect from welding. 5) Furnish labor, equipment, -tools and supplies, including shielded type welding rod. Protect welding rod from any deterioration prior to its use. If any portion of a box or carton is damaged, reject the entire box or carton. 6) In all hand welding, the metal shall be deposited in successive layers. For hand welds, not more than 1/8" of metal shall be deposited in each pass. Each pass except the final one, whether in butt of fillet welds, shall be thoroughly bobbed or peened to relieve shrinkage stresses and to remove dirt, slag, or flux before the succeeding bead is applied. Each pass shall be thoroughly fused into the plates at each side of the welding groove or fillet and shall not be permitted to pile up in the center of the weld. Undercutting along the side shall not be permitted. 7) Welds shall be free from pin holes, non-metallic inclusions, air pockets, undercutting and/or any other defects. 8) If the ends of the pipe are laminated, split or damaged to the, extent that satisfactory welding contact cannot be obtained, remove the pipe from the line. 9) Furnish each welder employed with a steel stencil for marking the welds, so that the work of each welder may be identified. Have each welder stencil the pipe adjacent to the weld with the stencil assigned to him. In the event any welder leaves the job, his stencil shall be voided and not duplicated if another welder is employed. Bar -Wrapped Concrete Cylinder Pipe 02614-8 DTN01444 I I 11 U 1 n 1 I F, 10) Use only competent, skilled and qualified workmen. Each welder employed by the Contractor shall be required to satisfactorily pass a welding test in accordance with AVWVA C-206 before being allowed to weld on the line. 11) After each welder has qualified in the preliminary tests referred to above, inspections shall be made of joints in the line. Any welder making defective welds shall not be allowed to continue to weld. Dye penetrant tests in accordance with ASTM E165, or magnetic particle tests, shall be performed by the Contractor under the supervision and inspection of Owner's Representative or an independent testing laboratory, retained by the Owner, on all welded joints. Welds that prove to be defective will be replaced or repaired, whichever is deemed necessary by the Engineer, at Contractor's expense. 12) If the Contractor disagrees with the Engineer's interpretation of welding tests, test sections may be cut from the joint for physical testing. The Contractor shall bear the expense of repairing the joint, regardless of the results of physical testing. The procedure for repairing the joint shall be approved by the Engineer before proceeding. E. PROTECTION OF BURIED METAL Protect buried ferrous metal such as flanges, nuts, bolts, dresser couplings, etc. by applying two wraps of Trenton No. 2 wax tap, and encasing it with flowable fill. PATCHING Excessive field -patching of lining or coating shall not be permitted. Patching of lining or coating will be allowed where area to be repaired exceeds 100 square inches or has dimensions greater than 12". In general, there shall not be more than one patch on either the lining or the coating of any one joint of pipe. 2. Wherever necessary to patch the pipe, make patch with cement mortar as previously specified for interior joints. Apply a bonding agent to a clean, dry surface prior to cement mortar patch. Do not install patched pipe until the patch has been properly and adequately cured and approved for laying by the Engineer. Promptly remove rejected pipe - from the site. G. PIPE BEDDING AND BACKFILL Pipe bedding and backfill shall be as specified in Section 02202, PIPELINE EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL. Remove sheeting and shoring in a manner such that a good bond is achieved between the backfill material and the undisturbed trench walls. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Perform a hydrostatic test as specified in Section 01666, HYDROSTATIC TEST. Bar -Wrapped Concrete Cylinder Pipe DTNO1444 END OF SECTION 02614-9 02626 STEEL PIPE 1.00 GENERAL ' 1.01 WORK INCLUDED Furnish labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to install motor coated steel pipe or polyurethane coated steel pipe, fittings, and specials as specified and as required for the proper installation and function of the pipe. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE tA. EXPERIENCE REQUIREMENTS Pipe shall be the product of one manufacturer which has had not less than five (5) years successful experience manufacturing pipe of the particular type and size indicated. Pipe manufacturing operations (pipe, fittings, lining, coating) shall be performed at one (1) location unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. The lining shall be shop applied spun cement mortar lining. The manufacturer shall be certified under S.P.F.A. quality certification program ' for steel pipe and accessory manufacturing. B: OWNER TESTING AND INSPECTION Pipe may be subject to inspection by an independent testing laboratory, which, laboratory shall be selected and retained by the Owner. Representatives of the laboratory or the Engineer shall have access to the work whenever it is in preparation or progress, and the Pipe Manufacturer shall provide proper facilities for access and for inspection. The Pipe Manufacturer shall notify the Owner in writing, a minimum of two (2) weeks prior to the pipe fabrication so that the Owner may advise the Manufacturer as to the Owner's decision regarding tests to be performed by an independent testing laboratory. Material, fabricated parts, and pipe, which are discovered to be defective, or which do not conform to the requirements of this specification shall be subject to rejection at any time prior to Owner's final acceptance of the product 2. The inspection and testing by the independent testing laboratory anticipates that production of pipe shall be done over a normal period of time and without "slow downs" or other abnormal delays. In the event that an abnormal production time is required, and the Owner is required to pay excessive costs for inspection, then the Contractor shall be required to reimburse the Owner for such laboratory costs over and above those which would have been incurred under a normal schedule of production as determined by the Engineer. C. FACTORY TESTING The Manufacturer shall perform all tests as required by the applicable AWWA standards and as listed herein. Shop -applied cement mortar linings shall be tested in accordance with AWWA.C-205. POLYURETHANE COATING The polyurethane coating shall be tested in accordance with AW WA C-210. The thickness of the coating shall be tested in accordance with SSPC PA2. The coating system applied to the pipe shall. be tested for holidays according to the procedures Steel Pipe 02626-1 DTNO1444 outlined in NACE RP0188 using a wet sponge holiday tester or a high voltage spark tester (operating at 100 volts per mil), for the dry film thickness specified of 30 mil. 2. HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE TESTING a) Each joint of pipe shall be hydrostatically tested prior to application of lining or coating. The internal test pressure shall be that which results in a fiber stress equal to 75% of the minimum yield strength of the steel used. Each joint of pipe tested shall be completely watertight under maximum test pressure. As a part of testing equipment, the Pipe Manufacturer shall maintain a recording pressure gauge, reference number of pipe -tested, etc. The pipe shall be numbered in order that this information can be recorded. b) Fittings shall be fabricated from hydrostatically tested pipe. Fittings shall be tested by hydrostatic test, air test, magnetic particle test, or dye penetrant test. Air test shall be made by applying air to the welds under 10 pounds per square inch pressure and checking for leaks around and through welds with a soap solution. 3. CHARPY.V-NOTCH TEST Each heat of steel shall be tested to verify minimum impact values of 25 ft-lb at 300F. 4. MILL CERTIFICATION The Owner will require the Manufacturer to furnish mill test certificates on reinforcing steel or wire, steel plate, and cement. The Manufacturer shall perform the tests described in AW WA C-200, for all pipe, fittings, and specials. 5. ABSORPTION TEST FOR MORTAR COATING Absorption test. A water absorption test shall be performed on samples of cured mortar coating taken from each working shift. The mortar coating samples shall have been cured in the same manner as the pipe. A test value shall consist of the average of a minimum of three samples taken from the same working shift. The test method shall be in accordance with ASTM C497, Method A. The average absorption value for any test shall not exceed 9 percent and no individual sample shall have an absorption exceeding 11 percent. 6. STRENTH TEST FOR MORTAR COATING Strength of Coating: Tests shall be made of cured mortar coating for the purpose of qualifying the mortar coating machine and the mortar mix design. One inch (1 ") cubes shall be tested in accordance with ASTM C-109. The equivalent cylinder compressive strength of the mortar (0.74 times the cube strength) shall be not less than 5,500 psi in 28 days. D. MANUFACTURER'S TECHNICIAN FOR PIPE INSTALLATION. During the construction period, the Pipe Manufacturer shall furnish the services of a factory trained, qualified, job experienced technician to advise and instruct as necessary in pipe laying and pipe jointing application. The technician is not required to be on -site full time; however, the technician shall be on -site during the first two weeks of pipe laying and thereafter as requested by the. Engineer, Owner, or Contractor. The pipe manufacturer shall provide services of polyurethane coating manufacturer's representative and a representative from the heat shrink joint manufacturer for a period of not less than 1 week at beginning of 02626-2 Steel Pipe DTNO1444 actual pipe laying operations to advise Contractor and Owner regarding installation, including but not limited to, handling and storage, cleaning and inspecting, coating repairs, field applied coating, heat shrink installation procedures and general construction methods and how they may affect pipe coating. The Manufacturer's Representative shall be required to return if, in the opinion of the Engineer, the polyurethane coating or the Contractor's construction methods do not comply with contract specifications at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.03 SUBMITTALS Submittals shall include: 1. Prior to the fabrication of the pipe, submit fabrication and laying shop drawings to the Engineer. Drawings shall include a schematic location -profile and a tabulated layout schedule, both of which shall be appropriately referenced to the stationing of the proposed pipeline as shown on the plan -profile sheets. Drawings shall be based on the plans and specifications and shall incorporate changes necessary to avoid conflicts with existing utilities and structures. Drawings shall also include full details of reinforcement, and dimensions for pipe and fittings. Details for the design and fabrication of all fittings and specials and provisions for thrust restraint shall be included. Where welded joints are required, drawings shall include proposed welding requirements and provisions for thermal stress control. 2. Prior to shipment of the pipe, the Pipe Manufacturer shall submit the following: a) A Certificate of Adequacy of Design stating that the pipe to be fumished complies with AW WA C-200, AW WA C-205, AW WA C-210, AW WA C-222, and these specifications. b) Copies of results of factory hydrostatic tests shall be provided to the Engineer. c) Mill certificates, including chemical and physical test results for each heat of steel. d) Polyurethane coating manufacturer's and heat shrink sleeve catalog sheets and technical information. e) A Certified Test Report from the polyurethane coating manufacturer indicating that the coatings were applied in accordance with manufacturer's requirements and in accordance with this specification. f) Certified test reports for welder certification for factory and field welds. g) ' Certified test reports for cement mortar tests. 1.04 STANDARDS Except as modified or supplemented herein, the steel pipe, coatings, fittings, and specials shall conform to the applicable requirements of the following standard specifications, latest edition: ANSI/NSF Standard 61 AWWA C-200 "Steel Water Pipe 6 Inches. and Larger" AW WA C-205 "Cement -Mortar Protective Lining and Coating for Steel Water Pipe 4 Inches and Larger - Shop -Applied" AW WA C-206 "Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe" Steel Pipe 02626-3 DTN01444 AW WA C-207 "Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service - Sizes 4 Inches thru 144 Inches" AW WA C-208 "Dimensions for Steel Water Pipe Fittings" AW WA C-210 "Liquid -Epoxy Coating Systems for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines AW WA C-216 . "Heat Shrinkable Cross -Linked Polyolefin Coatings for the Exterior of Special Sections, Connections, and Fittings for Steel Water Pipelines" AW WA C-222 "Polyurethane Coatings for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines and Fittings" AAWA C-602 "Cement -Mortar Lining of Water Pipelines - 4 In. and Larger - In -Place" AWWA M11 Manual: "Steel Pipe - A Guide for Design and Installation" ASTM C-33 "Specifications for Concrete Aggregates" ASTM C-35 "Specifications for Inorganic Aggregates for Use in Gypsum Plaster" ASTM C-150 "Specifications for -Portland Cement" ASTM E-165 "Practice for Liquid Penetrant Inspection Method" SSPC-SP-1 Steel Structures Painting Council - Solvent Cleaning SSPC-SP-10 Steel Structures Painting Council - Near -White Blast Cleaning SSPC-PA2 Steel Structures Painting Council - Measurement of Dry Paint Thickness with Magnetic Gages SSPC-PA Steel Structures Painting Council - A Guide to Safety /Guide 3 in Paint Application SSPC-PS Steel Structures Painting Council - A Guide for /Guide 17 Selecting Urethane Painting Systems ASTM D16 "Paint, Vamish, Lacquer, and Related Products" ASTM 522 "Mandrel Bend Test of Attached Organic Coatings" 1.05 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. PACKING 1. The pipe shall be prepared for shipment to afford maximum protection from normal hazard of transportation and allow pipe to reach project site in an undamaged condition. Pipe damaged in shipment shall not be delivered to the project site unless such damaged pipe is properly repaired. 2. Pipes shall be carefully supported during shipment and storage. Pipe, fittings, and specials shall be separated so that they do not bear against each other, and the whole load shall be securely fastened to prevent movement in transit. Ship pipe on padded bunks with tie -down straps approximately over stulling. Store pipe on padded Steel Pipe 02626-4 DTN01444 I II II 1 I I I 1 I I skids, sand or dirt berms, tires, or other suitable means to protect the pipe from damage. Each end of each length of pipe, fitting, or special and the middle of each. pipe joint shall be internally supported and braced with stulls to maintain a true circular shape. Internal stulls shall consist of timber or steel firmly wedged and secured so that stulls remain in place during storage, shipment, and installation. Pipe shall be rotated so that one stull remains vertical during storage, shipment and installation. Stulls shall not be removed until pipe is laid and set to. grade. 3. Deliver, handle, and store pipe in accordance with the Manufacturer's recommendations to protect coating systems. B. MARKING FOR IDENTIFICATION Each joint of pipe and each fitting shall have plainly marked on one end, the class for which it is designated, the date of manufacturer, and the identification number. The top centerlines shall be marked on all specials. 2.00. PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. EXTERIOR POLYURETHANE COATING Polyurethane Coating shall meet the requirements of AV VA C-222. Use a Coating Standard ASTM D16 Type, V system which.is a 2-package polyisocyanate, polyol-cured urethane coating. The components are mixed in 1:1 ratio at time of application. The components shall have balanced viscosities in their liquid state and shall not require agitation during use. The plant -applied coating shall be CORROPIPE II TX15 as manufactured by Madison Chemical Industries Inc., or equal Future Coatings. The coating manufacturer shall have a minimum of five (5) years experience in the production of this type coating. The cured coating shall have the following properties: 1. Conversion to Solids by Volume: 97 percent plus or minus 3 percent. 2. Temperature Resistance: Minus 40 degrees F and plus 130 degrees F. 3. Minimum Adhesion: 500 psi, when applied to steel pipe which has been blasted to comply with SSPC-SP10. 4. Cure Time: For handling in 1 minute at 120 degrees F, and full cure within 7 days at 70 degrees F. 5. Maximum Specific Gravities: Polyisocyanate resin, 1.20. Polyol resin, 1.15. & Minimum Impact Resistance: 80 inch -pounds using 1-inch diameter steel ball. 7, Minimum Tensile Strength: 2000 psi. B. Hardness: 55 plus. or minus 5 Shore D at 70 degrees F. 9. Flexibility Resistance: ASTM D522 using 1-inch mandrel. Allow coating to cure for 7 days. Perform testing on test coupons held for 15 minutes at temperature extremes specified above. 10. Dry Film Thickness: 30 mils B. EXTERIOR POLYURETHANE COATING FOR SPECIALS, FITTINGS, REPAIR AND CONNECTIONS The shop -applied and field -applied coating shall be CORROPIPE-II TX15, and CORROPIPE- II TX Touch -Up, respectively, as manufactured by Madison Chemical Industries or equal ' Future Coatings. The shop -applied and field -applied coating shall have the properties specified in paragraph 2.01A. Mix and apply polyurethane coatings in accordance with the coating manufacturer's recommendations. ' Steel Pipe 02626-5 DTNO1444 C. CEMENT MORTAR LININGS Cement mortar linings shall be shop -applied for pipe sizes 90-inch and smaller. Shop -applied cement mortar linings shall conform to the requirements of AW WA C-205 with the following modifications: Sand used for cement mortar shall be silica sand. Curing of the linings shall conform to the requirements of AW WA C-205. D. CEMENT MORTAR COATING The outside mortar coating shall be shop applied, and shall be in accordance with AWAA C205. Pipe to be laid in casing shall have two built-up rings of mortar each approximately 2' long and slightly higher than the pipe bell to prevent pipe being supported by the bell. Rings to be at the quarter points of the pipe section. Mortar coating reinforcing shall be electrically continuous with the steel cylinder. E. FLANGE NUTS AND BOLTS All nuts and bolts shall be stainless steel. Use an anti -seize compound during installation. F. STEEL Steel shall meet the requirements of AW WA C-200 and shall be of continuous casting. Steel shall be homogeneous and shall be suitable for field welding, fully killed and fine austenitic grain size. G. BEND FITTINGS All bend fittings shall be long radius to permit easy passage of pipeline pigs. H. THREADED OUTLETS Where outlets or taps are threaded, furnish and install brass bushings for the outlet size indicated. OUTLETS FOR WELD LEADS The Contractor may use outlets for access for weld leads. Outlets shall be welded after use. Outlet configuration shall be approved by the Engineer. J. FLEXIBLE JOINT COUPLINGS See Section 15136, MISCELLANEOUS VALVES AND APPURTENANCES. 2.02 MIXES A. MORTAR FOR INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR JOINTS Mortar shall be one part cement to two parts sand. Cement shall be ASTM C-150, Type I. Sand shall be of sharp silica base. Sand shall be plaster sand meeting ASTM C-35. Exterior joint mortar shall be mixed to the consistency of thick cream. Interior joint mortar shall be mixed with as little water as possible so that the mortar is very stiff, but workable. Water for cement mortar shall be treated and suitable for drinking water. B. MORTAR FOR PIPE PATCHING FOR SHOP -APPLIED CEMENT MORTAR LINING Steel Pipe 02626.6 DTN014" '- Mortar for patching shall be as per interior joints. ' C. BONDING AGENT Bonding agent for cement mortar lining patching shall be Probond Epoxy Bonding Agent ET- 150, parts A and B; Sikadur 32 Hi -Mod, or approved equal. 2.03 MANUFACTURED PRODUCTS . A. PIPE 1. PIPE DESIGN a) Steel pipe shall be designed, manufactured, and tested in conformance with AWWA C-200, AWWA Manual M-11, and with the criteria specified herein. Sizes and pressure classes (working pressure) shall be as shown on the drawings. For the purpose of pipe design, the transient pressure plus working pressure shall be 1.5 times the working pressure class specified. Fittings, ' specials, and connections shall be designed for the same pressures as the adjacent pipe. Pipe design shall be based on trench conditions and the design pressure in accordance with AWWA Manual M-11; using the following • parameters: 1) Unit Weight of Fill (W) = 130pcf 2) Live Load = AASHTO HS 20 3) Live Load = Coopers E80 at Railroads 4) Trench Depth = As Indicated 5) Deflection Lag Factor - (DI) =1.1 6) Coefficient K = 0.10 7) Maximum -Calculated Deflection - Dx = 2% (Polyurethane Coated Steel Pipe) 8) Maximum Calculated Deflection - Dx = 1 % (Mortar Coated Steel Pipe) 9) Soil Reaction Modulus - (E) = 1,500 (Typical Trench Section) b) The fittings and specials shall be designed in accordance with AW WA C-208 ' and AVWVA Manual M-11 except that crotch plates shall be used for outlet reinforcement for all Pressure Diameter Values, PDV, greater than 6,000. c) Where the pipe requires additional external support to achieve the specified maximum deflection, the Contractor and pipe supplier will be required to furnish alternate methods for pipe embedment. No additional compensation will be made to the Contractor by the Owner where this method is required. d) Trench depths indicated shall be verified after existing utilities are located. Vertical alignment changes required because of existing utility or other conflicts shall be accommodated by an appropriate change in pipe design depth. In no case shall pipe be installed deeper than its design allows. 2. PROVISIONS FOR THRUST a) Thrust at bends, tees, or other fittings shall be resisted by restrained joints. Thrust at bends adjacent to casing shall be restrained by welding joints through the casing and a sufficient distance each side of the casing. No thrust restraint contribution shall be allowed for pipe in casing unless the annular space in the casing is filled with grout. Steel Pipe 02626-7 DTN01444 b) Restrained joints shall be used a sufficient distance from each side of the bend, tee, plug, or other fitting to resist thrust which develops at the design pressure of the pipe. For the purposes of thrust restraint, design pressure shall be 1.5 times the working pressure class. Restrained joints shall consist of welded joints. c) The length of pipe with restrained joints to resist thrust forces shall be determined by the Pipe Manufacturer in accordance with AWWA Manual M-11 and the following: 1) The Weight of Earth shall be calculated as the weight of the projected soil prism above the pipe. 2) Soil Density = 110 pcf (maximum value to be used). 3) Coefficient of Friction = 0.20 (maximum value to be used for polyurethane coated steel pipe). Coefficient of Friction = 0.30 (maximum value to be used for mortar coated steel pipe) 4) The above applies to unsaturated soil conditions. In locations where ground water is encountered, the soil density shall be reduced to its buoyant weight for all backfill below the water table, and the coefficient of friction shall be reduced to 0.15 for polyurethane coated steel pipe and 0.25 for mortar coated steel pipe. 5) For horizontal bends, the length of pipe to be restrained shall be calculated as follows: For n less than 600 L = P A sin (n/2) f(We +Wp+Ww) For n greater than 600 L = P A (1 - cosh) f (We + Wp + Ww). L = Length of pipe to be restrained P = 1.5 times working pressure A = Cross sectional area of pipe steel cylinder I.D. n = Deflection angle We = Weight of earth Wp = Weight of pipe Ww = Weight of water f = Coefficient of friction 3. INSIDE DIAMETER The inside diameter, including the cement -mortar lining, shall be a minimum of the nominal diameter of the pipe specified, unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. Steel Pipe 02626-8 DTNO1444 4. WALL THICKNESS The minimum pipe wall steel thickness shall be 0.125" or pipe O.D./230, whichever is greater for pipe and fittings, with no minus tolerance. Where indicated on the plans, pipe and fittings shall have thicker steel, pipe wall. The minimum steel wall thickness shall also be such that the fiber stress shall not exceed 50% of the minimum yield strength of the steel, nor the following, at the specified working pressure. Maximum Stress at Pipe Type Working Pressure Polyurethane Coated Steel 23,000 psi Mortar Coated Steel 18,000 psi Pipe which is placed in casing or tunnel or that is located in the pump station shall have a minimum pipe wall steel thickness of 0.25" or pipe O.D./144, whichever is greater. Pipe, fittings, and specials shall be designed such that the maximum stresses in the pipe due to thrust loading will not exceed 1 %000 psi nor 50% of the steel yield strength at the thrust design pressure (1.5 times working pressure). 5. SEAMS Except for mill -type pipe, the piping shall be made from steel plates rolled into cylinders or sections thereof with the longitudinal and girth seams buttwelded or shall be spirally formed and butt welded. There shall be not more than two (2) longitudinal seams. Girth seams shall be butt welded and shall not be spaced closer than 6' except in specials and fittings. 6. JOINT LENGTH Maximum joint length shall not exceed 50'. Maximum joint length of steel pipe installed in casing shall not exceed 25'. B. JOINT WRAPPERS FOR MORTAR COATED STEEL PIPE Joint wrappers shall be similar to those manufactured by Mar -Mac Manufacturing Company. C. HEAT SHRINK SLEEVES FOR POLYURETHANE COATED STEEL PIPE Heat shrink sleeves shall meet AWWA C216, as manufactured by Canusa, Rachem, or approved equal. D. JOINT BONDS, INSULATED CONNECTIONS, AND FLANGE GASKETS See Section 15640, JOINT BONDING AND ISOLATION. E. BEND FITTINGS All bend fittings shall be long radius to. permit passage of pipeline pigs. Steel Pipe 02626-9 DTN01444 PIPE ENDS Pipe ends shall be either rolled spigot rubber gasket joint, camegie-shape rubber gasket joint, lap welded slip joints, butt strap joint, flanged joint,'or flexible coupled joint. Pipe ends shall be welded or harnessed where indicated and as necessary to resist thrust forces. RUBBER GASKET JOINTS Joints shall conform to AWWA C-200 standard. The joint shall consist of a flared bell end formed and sized by forcing the pipe over a plug die or by expanding on segmental dies. The spigot end shall be a rolled spigot or carnegie shaped steel joint ring in accordance with AWWA C-200 and as shown in AWWA Manual M11, 3rd edition. The welded area of bell and spigot pipe ends shall be checked after forming by the dye penetrant or magnetic particle methods. The difference in diameter between the I.D. of bell and the O.D. of spigot shoulder at point of full engagement with an allowable deflection shall be no more than .00" to .04" as measured on the circumference with a diameter tape. The gasket shall have sufficient volume to approximately fill the area of the groove and shall conform to AWWA C-200. The joint shall be suitable for the specified pressure and a deflected joint with a pull of 3/4". Joints shall be of clearances such that water tightness shall be provided under all operating and test conditions with a pipe diameter deflection of 3%. 2. LAP WELDED SLIP JOINT a) Lap welded slip joint shall be provided in all locations for pipe larger than 60" and where joints are welded for thrust restraint. Ends of pipe, fittings, and specials for field welded joints shall be prepared with one (1) end expanded in order to receive a plain end making a bell and plain end type of joint Clearance between the surfaces of lap joints shall not exceed 118" at any point around the periphery. b) In addition to the provisions for a minimum lap of 1-1/2" as specified in AWWA ,C-200, the depth of bell shall be such as to provide for a minimum distance of 1" between the weld and the nearest tangent of the bell radius when welds are to be located on the inside of the pipe. c) Lap welded slip joints shall be welded from the inside for pipe diameters 42" and larger. Lap welded slip joints may be welded on the inside or outside for pipe diameters smaller than 42". 3. FOR FITTINGS WITH FLANGES Flanged joints shall be provided at connections to valves and where indicated. Ends to be fitted with slip-on flanges shall have the longitudinal or spiral welds ground flush to accommodate the type of flanges provided. Pipe flanges and welding of flanges to steel pipe shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C-207 and AW WA C-206. Pipe flanges shall be of rated pressure equal to or greater than the adjacent pipe class. Flanges shall match the fittings or appurtenances which are to be attached. 02626-10 Steel Pipe DTN01444 4. FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS Flexible couplings shall be provided where specified. See Section 15136, MISCELLANEOUS VALVES AND PIPELINE APPURTENANCES. Ends to be joined by flexible couplings shall be of the plain end type, prepared as stipulated in AVWVA C-200. In addition, the welds on ends to be joined by couplings shall be ground flush to permit slipping the coupling in at least one (1) direction to clear the pipe joint. Harness bolts and lugs shall comply with AVWVA Manual M-11. 5. BUTT STRAP CLOSURE JOINTS Where necessary to make closure to pipe previously laid, closure joints shall be installed using butt strap joints in accordance with AVWVA C-206 and applicable provisions of this specification. G. FACTORY -APPLIED EXTERIOR POLYURETHANE COATINGS Surface Preparation a. Remove deposits of oil, mud, weld splatter, water, dust, grease or other contaminates prior to application of coating. b. Wire wheel or blast exterior surfaces in accordance with SSPC-SP10; to a hear -white metal blast cleaning with a 2.5 MIL angular profile in bare steel. 2. Equipment: Two -component, 1:1 mix ratio, heated airless spray unit 3. Temperature:. Minimum 5 degrees F above dew point temperature. The temperature of the surface shall not be less than 60 degrees F during application. 4. Humidity: Heating of pipe surfaces may be required to meet requirements of 2.01A if relative humidity exceeds 80 percent. 5. Do not thin or mix resins; use as received. Store resins at a temperatureabove55 degrees F at all times. 6. Application: Applicator shall be approved by the coating manufacturer and conform to coating manufacturer's recommendations. Apply directly to pipe to achieve a total (DFT) dry film thickness of 30 mils. Multiple -pass, one coat application process is permitted provided maximum allowable recoat time specified by coating manufacturer is not exceeded. The main line pipe shall have a cutback at time of application so that there is approximately 3-inches of bare steel on either side of the location of the future weld. The cutback area shall be sandblasted in the shop to facilitate easier field surface preparation. The exterior bare steel area of the pipe shall be adequately protected during pipe handling and shipment. Recoating: Recoat only when coating has cured less than maximum time specified by coating manufacturer. When coating has cured for more than recoat time, brush - blast or thoroughly sand coating surface. Blow -off cleaning using clean, dry, high pressure compressed air. 8. Curing: Do not handle pipe until coating has been allowed to cure, per manufacturer's recommendations. Steel Pipe 02626-11 DTN01444 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. GENERAL 1. Install steel pipe, fittings, specials, and appurtenances as specified and required for the proper functioning of the completed pipe line. Install pipe, fittings, and specials in accordance with the Manufacturer's recommendations and AW WA Manual M-11. Pipe shall be laid to the lines and grade indicated. Just before each joint of polyurethane coated steel pipe is lowered into the ditchit is to be inspected and tested for holidays. All damaged areas and holidays are to be repaired before the pipe is lowered into the trench. 2. The requirements of the specifications under Section 02202, PIPELINE EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL govern for the excavation and backfilling of trenches for laying steel pipe, fittings, and specials. Maximum allowable pipe deflection is limited to 1 % for mortar coated steel pipe and 2% for polyurethane coated'steel pipe. 3. Keep the pipe clean during the laying operation and free of sticks, dirt, animals, and trash, and at the close of each operating day, effectively seal the open end of the pipe against the entrance of water using a gasketed night cap. Do not lay pipe in water. 4. Install bonds at all pipe joints, other than welded joints or insulated joints. B. PIPE HANDLING Pipe shall be handled at all times with a minimum of two wide non-abrasive slings, belts or other equipment designed to prevent damage to the coating or lining. The equipment shall be kept in such repair that its continued use is not injurious to the coating. The spacing of pipe supports required to handle the pipe shall be adequate to prevent cracking or damage to the lining or coating. C. LINE UP AND BENDS 1. Line up pipe for joining so as to prevent damage thereto. Thoroughly clean the bell and spigot ends of each joint of pipe of foreign matter, rust and scale before placing spigot into bell. 2. Where abrupt changes in grade and direction occur, the Contractor shall employ special shop fabricated fittings for the purpose. Field cutting the ends of the steel pipe to accomplish angular changes in grade or direction of the line shall not be permitted. D. PIPE LAYING - RUBBER GASKET JOINTS Join rubber gasket joints in accordance with the Manufacturer's recommendations. Clean bell and spigot of foreign material. Lubricate gaskets and bell and relieve gasket tension around the perimeter of the pipe. Engage spigot as far as possible in bell, allowing for 1" gap for inside joint grouting after any joint deflection. Joint deflection or pull shall not exceed the manufacturer's recommendation. Check gasket with feeler gauge all around the pipe. 02626-12 Steel Pipe DTN01444 I E. PIPE LAYING - WELDED JOINTS 1 i I I 11 1 O 1 I I 1 Steel Pipe DTNO1444 Weld joints in accordance with the AW WA C-206 for Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe. Contractor shall provide adequate ventilation for welders and for Owner's representative to observe welds. Unless otherwise specified, welds shall be full circle fillet welds. Welding shall be completed before application of field applied joint coating. If welded joints are Carnegie type, see the requirements for welding in Section 02614, BAR WRAPPED CONCRETE CYNLINDER PIPE. 2. Adequate provisions for reducing temperature stresses shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 3. After the pipe have been joined and properly aligned and prior to the start of the welding procedure, the spigot and bell shall be made essentially concentric by shimming or tacking to obtain clearance tolerance around the periphery of the joint. In no case shall the clearance tolerance be permitted to accumulate. 4. Before welding, thoroughly clean pipe ends. Weld pipe by machine or by the manual shielded electric arc process. Welding shall be performed so as not to damage lining or coating. Cover the polyurethane coating as necessary to protect from welding. 5. Furnish labor, equipment, tools and supplies, including shielded type welding rod. Protect welding rod from any deterioration prior to its use. If any portion of a box or carton is damaged, reject the entire box or carton. 6. In all hand welding, the metal shall be deposited in successive layers. For hand welds, not more than 1/8" of metal shall be deposited in each pass. Each pass except the final one, whether in butt or fillet welds, shall be thoroughly bobbed or peened to relieve shrinkage stresses and to remove dirt, slag, or flux before the succeeding bead is applied. Each pass shall be thoroughly fused into the plates at each side of the welding groove or fillet and shall not be permitted to pile up in the center of the weld. Undercutting along the side shall not be permitted. 7. Welds shall be free from pin holes, non-metallic inclusions, air pockets, undercutting and/or any other defects. 8. If the ends of the pipe are laminated, split or damaged to the extent that satisfactory welding contact cannot be obtained, remove the pipe from the line. 9. Furnish each welder employed with a steel stencil for marking the welds, so that the work of each welder may be identified. Have each welder stencil the pipe adjacent to the weld with the stencil assigned to him. In the event any welder leaves the job, his stencil shall be voided and not duplicated if another welder is employed. 10. Use only competent, skilled and qualified workmen. Each welder employed by the Contractor shall be required to satisfactorily pass a welding test in accordance with AW WA C-206 before being allowed to weld on the line. 11. After each welder has qualified in the preliminary tests referred to above, inspections shall be made of joints in the line. Any welder making defective welds shall not be allowed to continue to weld. Dye penetrant tests in accordance with ASTM E165, or magnetic particle test shall be performed by the Contractor under the supervision and inspection of the Owner's Representative or an independent testing laboratory, on all full welded joints. Welds 02626-13 that are defective will be replaced or repaired, whichever is deemed necessary by the Engineer, at the Contractor's expense. 12. If the Contractor disagrees with the Engineer's interpretation of welding tests, test sections may be cut from the joint for physical testing. The Contractor shall bear the expense of repairing the joint, regardless of the results of physical testing. The procedure for repairing the joint shall be approved by the Engineer before proceeding. F. INSIDE JOINT GROUTING FOR PIPE WITH PLANT -APPLIED MORTAR LINING Upon completion of backfilling of the pipe trench, fill the inside joint recess with a stiff cement mortar. Prior to placing of mortar, clean out dirt or trash which has collected in the joint, and moisten the concrete surfaces of the joint space by spraying or brushing with a wet brush. Where the mortar joint opening is one inch or wider, such as where trimmed spigots are required, apply a bonding agent to mortar and steel surface prior to placing joint mortar. Rare or pack the stiff mortar into the joint space and take extreme care to ensure that no voids remain in the joint space. After the joint has been filled, level the surfaces of the joint mortar with the interior surfaces of the pipe with a steel trowel so that the surface is smooth. Interior joints of pipe 24" and smaller shall have the bell buttered with mortar, prior to inserting.the spigot, such that when the spigot is pushed into position it will extrude surplus mortar from the joint. The surplus mortar shall be struck off flush with the inside of the pipe by pulling a filled burlap bag or inflated ball through the pipe with a rope. G. EXTERIOR JOINT PROTECTION FOR POLYURETHANE COATED STEEL PIPE 1. GENERAL Buried pipe joints shall be field coated after pipe assembly in accordance with AW WA C216, using Heat Shrink Sleeves. Width of heat shrink sleeve shall be sufficient to overlap the polyurethane coating by a minimum of 3-inches. Overlapping of two or . more heat shrink sleeves to achieve the necessary width will not be permitted. 2. HEAT SHRINK SLEEVES a. Primer: Provide as recommended by the sleeve manufacturer. b. Filler Mastic: Mastic filler shall be provided for all bell and spigot and coupling type joints. Size and type shall be as recommended by the sleeve manufacturer for type of pipe and joint. C. Joint Coating: Cross -linked polyolefin wrap or sleeve with a mastic sealant, 85- mils total thickness, suitable for pipeline operating temperature, sleeve material recovery as recommended by the manufacturer. High recovery sleeves shall be provided for bell and spigot and coupling style joints with a minimum of 50- percent recovery. Sleeve length shall provide a minimum of 3-inches overlap onto intact pipe coating on each side of the joint. Width to take into consideration shrinkage of the sleeve due to installation and joint profile. d. Manufacturers: Canusa, Raychem, or approved equal. 3. INSTALLATION a. Clean pipe surface and adjacent coating of all mud, oil, grease, rust, and other foreign contaminates with a wire brush in accordance with SSPC-SP2, Hand Tool Cleaning, or SSPC-SP3, Power Tool Cleaning. Remove oil or grease Steel Pipe 02626-14. DTN01444 ' contamination by solvent wiping the pipe and adjacent coating in accordance with SSPC-SP1, Solvent cleaning. Clean the full circumference -of the pipe and a minimum of 6-inches onto the existing coating. b. Remove all loose or damaged pipe coating at joint and either repair the coating as specified herein or increase the length of the joint coating, where reasonable ' and practical. C. Complete joint bonding of pipe joints before application of joint coating. d. Joint bonds shall be low profile bonds and all gaps and crevices around the bonds shall be filled with mastic sealant. e. Store sleeves in shipping box until use is required. Keep dry and sheltered from exposure to direct sunlight. Store off the ground or concrete floors and maintain at a temperature between 60OF and 100OF as recommended by the sleeve manufacturer. f. Metal surface shall be free of all dirt,. dust, and flash rusting prior to sleeve application. g. Preheat pipe uniformly to 140°F to 160OF or as recommended by the sleeve manufacturer. Monitor pipe temperature using a surface temperature gauge, ' infrared thermometer, or color changing crayons. Protect preheated pipe from rain, snow, frost, or moisture with tenting or shields and do not permit the joint to cool. h. Prime joint with specified primer and fill all cracks, crevices, and gaps with mastic filler in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations for the full circumference of the pipe. i. Apply heat shrink sleeve when it is at a minimum temperature or 60O F and while maintaining the pipe temperature above the preheat temperature ' specified. Apply sleeve in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and center the sleeve over the joint to provide a minimum of 3-inches overlay onto the existing pipe coating. heaters or wrap j. Apply heat to the sleeve using either propane fire infrared around heaters. Hold flame a minimum of 6-inches from the sleeve surface. Periodically roll the coating on the pipe surface. Heat from the center of the ' sleeve to the outer edge until properly seated, then begin in the opposite direction. Monitor sleeve for color change, where appropriate, or with ' appropriate temperature gauges. k. Completed joint sleeve shall be fully bonded to the pipe and existing coating surface, without voids, mastic beading shall be visible along the full circumference of the sleeve, and there shall be no wrinkling or excessive burns on the sleeves. Sleeves which do not meet these requirements shall be removed and the joint recoated as directed by the Engineer. Minor repairs may be repaired using heat shrink sleeve repair kits. 1. Allow the sleeve to cool before moving, handling, or backfilling. In hot climates, provide shading from direct sunlight. Water quenching will be allowed only e when permitted by the sleeve manufacturer. Steel Pipe 02626-15 DTN01444 2 PROTECTION OF BURIED METAL Buried ferrous metal such as bolts and flanges which cannot be protected with factory or field -applied polyurethane coatings or heat shrink sleeves shall be coated with two wraps of wax tape and encased in flowable fill. REPAIR AND FIELD TOUCHUP OF POLYURETHANE COATING 1. Apply Madison CORROPIPE TX II Touchup Polyurethane Coating or equal Futura Coating for repair and field touch-up of polyurethane coating. 2. Repair Procedure - Holidays: a. Remove all traces of oil, grease, dust, dirt, etc. b. Roughen area to be patched by sanding with rough grade sandpaper (40 grit). C. Apply a 30 mil coat of repair material described above. Work repair material into scratched surface by brushing or rolling in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. d. Retest for Holiday. 3. Repair Procedure - Field Cuts or Large Damage: a. Remove burrs from field cut ends or handling damage and smooth out edge of polyurethane coating: b. Remove all traces of oil, grease, dust, dirt, etc. . C. Roughen area to be patched with rough grade sandpaper (40 grit). Feather - edges and include overlap of 2 inches of roughened polyurethane in area to be patched. d. Apply a 30 mil coat of repair material described above, in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Work repair material into scratched surface by brushing. Feather edges of repair material into prepared surface. Cover at least 1 inch of roughed area surrounding damage, or adjacent to field cut. e. Test repairs for Holidays. Steel Pipe 02626-16 DTN01444 I J. EXTERIOR JOINT PROTECTION FOR MORTAR COATED STEEL PIPE J I 1 I II II I ; 11 3.02 1 LFI Make the exterior joint by placing a joint wrapper around the pipe and secure in place with two (2) metal straps. The wrapper shall be 9" wide for pipe 36" and larger, and 7" wide for smaller pipe, hemmed on each side. The wrapper shall be fiberglass reinforced or burlap cloth, with lengths encircling the pipe, leaving enough opening between ends to allow the mortar to be poured inside the wrapper into the joint. Fill the joint with mortar from one side in one (1) continuous operation until the grout has flowed entirely around the pipe. During the filling of the joint, pat or manipulate the sides of the wrapper to settle the mortar and expel any entrapped air. Leave wrappers in place undisturbed until the mortar has set-up. K. PATCH OF MORTAR COATING Have the Pipe Manufacturer repair any joint of pipe that has exterior coating cracks larger than 0.005" (a hairline) by using an approved method. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the pipe is not suitable for repair, reject, plainly mark, and remove the pipe from the project site. Remove, replace or reject any disbonded coating. Apply bonding agent to patch area. Excessive field -patching of coating shall not be permitted. Patching will not be allowed where area to be repaired exceeds 100 square inches or has dimensions greater than 12". In general, there shall not be more than one patch on either the lining or coating on any one - joint of pipe. A patch larger than 100 square inches or 12" in greatest dimension shall not be accepted. Adequately cure patches. L. PATCH OF LINING (PLANT OR FIELD) 1. Repair cracks larger than 1/16". Pipes with disbonded linings will be rejected. Excessive patching of lining shall not be permitted. Apply bonding agent to patch area. Patching of lining shall be allowed where area to be repaired does not exceed 100 square inches and has no dimension greater than 12". In general, there shall be not more than one (1) patch in the lining of any joint of pipe. 2. Wherever necessary to patch the pipe, make the patch with the mortar indicated. Do not install patched pipe until the patch has been properly and adequately cured and unless approved by the Engineer. HYDROSTATIC TEST Perform a hydrostatic test in accordance with Section 01666, HYDROSTATIC TESTS. Steel Pipe DTNO1444 END OF SECTION 02626-17 e 02720 BIODEGRADABLE EROSION CONTROL MATS ' 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. The Biodegradable erosion control mats are a straw fiber matrix for the purpose of erosion control and revegetation as described herein. B. This work shall consist of furnishing and installation of the erosion control mats, including fine grading, blanketing, stapling, and miscellaneous related work, in accordance with these standard specifications and at the location(s) identified on Plans or designated by Engineer. ' This work shall include all necessary materials, labor, supervision and equipment for installation of a complete system. 1,12 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS Erosion control mats shall provide a temporary biodegradable cover material to reduce erosion and enhance revegetation. ' 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data on materials for erosion control mats. B. Submit product samples. C. Any alternative system submitted for approval shall include complete design data, including test evidence of compliance to the essential design parameters of Project and reference installations similar in size and scope to that specified for project. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Erosion control mats shall be furnished in rolls and wrapped with suitable material to protect against moisture and extended ultraviolet exposure prior to placement. Each roll shall be labeled to provide identification sufficient for inventory and quality control purposes. B. Erosion control mats shall be free of defects that would interfere with the proper installation or impair the performance. C. Erosion control mats shall be stored by Contractor in a manner which protects them from damage by construction traffic.. 2.00 PRODUCTS- 2.01 EROSION CONTROL MATS Erosion control mats shall be made of straw or straw/coconut fibers together with a photodegradable netting to form a three-dimensional matrix. Fibers shall be free of weed seed, and interlocked to form a mat, and shall be evenly distributed over the entire area of the mat. 2.02 STAPLES Staples shall be U-shaped, 11 gauge steel wire and shall be 1 inch wide by 6 inches long or 2 inch wide by 8 inches long. ' Biodegradable Erosion Control Mats DTN01444 02720-1 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 MAT SUPPLIER REPRESENTATION Contractor shall coordinate with the mat supplier for a qualified representative of the mat supplier to be present at the job site on the start of installation to provide technical assistance as needed. Contractor shall remain solely responsible for the quality of installation. 3.02 SITE PREPARATION A. Before placing erosion control mat, the subgrade shall be inspected by Contractor to ensure that it has been properly compacted; has been graded smooth; has no depressed, void soft or uncompacted areas; is free from obstructions, such as tree roots, projecting stones or other foreign matter, and has been seeded. Contractor shall not proceed until all unsatisfactory conditions have been remedied. B. Contractor shall fine grade the subgrade by hand dressing where necessary to remove local deviations. C. No vehicular traffic shall be permitted directly on the mats. 3.03 SLOPE INSTALLATION A. Erosion control mats shall be installed as directed by the Engineer in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. The extent of erosion control mats shall be as shown on Plans. B. Erosion control mats shall be oriented in vertical strips and anchored with staples. Adjacent strips shall be abutted to allow for installation of a common row of staples. Horizontal joints between erosion control mats shall be overlapped sufficiently for a common row of staples ("shingled") with the uphill end on top. C. Erosion coshall located control mat shall be stapled to bottom of the trench. Backfill and compact the trench. D. Where terminating at gabion protection, slope erosion control mat shall overlap geotextile sufficiently for a common row of staples. E. Note: Topsoiling, seeding, and fertilizing is not included in this section. 3.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE Erosion control mats shall not be defective or damaged. Any such problems shall be corrected by Contractor at no cost to Owner and to the satisfaction of Engineer. 3.05 CLEAN-UP At the completion of this scope of work, Contractor shall remove from the job site and properly dispose of all remaining debris, waste materials, excess materials, and equipment required of or created by Contractor. Disposal of waste materials shall be solely the responsibility of Contractor and shall be done in accordance with applicable waste disposal regulations. END OF SECTION Biodegradable Erosion Control Mats DTN01444 02720-2 ' 02767 GABIONS 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED Furnish labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary, including gabion fabric, rock, connections, diaphragms, geotextile fabric and all items necessaryfor construction of gabion structures as specified herein. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. GABIONS Proper connecting or tying of all joints and the gabions being filled to their maximum density with a minimum amount of voids is critical to the performance of the gabions. Any work not meeting the implied quality of the specifications shall be rejected. B. GEOTEXTILE FABRIC The geotextile shall be designed to allow passage of water while retaining insitu soil without clogging. A competent laboratory must be maintained by the producer of the geotextile at the point of manufacture to insure quality control in accordance with ASTM testing procedures. The laboratory shall maintain records of its quality control results and provide a manufacturer's certificate upon request to the OWNER prior to shipment. The certificate shall include: 1. Name of manufacturer 2. Chemical composition 3. Product description 4. Statement of compliance to specification requirements 5. Signature of legally authorized official attesting to the information required 1.03 SUBMITTALS Submittals to the OWNER shall include: 1. Manufacturer's certification - Galvanized Steel Wire 2. Manufacturer's certification - PVC Coating 3. Manufacturer's certification - Geotextile Fabric 1.04 STANDARDS The following documents, used as standards, are to be considered a part of these specifications by reference: ASTM A-90 ASTM A-185 ASTM A-641 ASTM A-853 ASTM A-974-97 Gabions DTNO1444 "Weight of Coating on Iron and Steel Articles with Zinc or Zinc -Alloy Coatings". "Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement". "Zinc Coated (Galvanized) Carbon Steel Wire". "Steel Wire, Carbon, for General Use". "Welded Wire Fabric Gabions and Gabion Mattresses (Metallic -Coated or Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Coated)". 02767-1 ASTM A-975-97 ASTM D-1242 ASTM D-4992 ASTM D-5312 ASTM D-5313 ASTM G-8 ASTM G-20 ASTM G-23 1.05 JOB CONDITIONS "Double -Twisted Hexagonal Mesh Gabions and Revet Mattresses (Metallic - Coated Steel Wire or Metallic -Coated Steel Wire with Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Coating)". "Resistance of Plastic Materials to Abrasion". "Evaluation of Rock to be Used for Erosion Control". "Evaluation of Durability of Rock for Erosion Control Under Freezing and Thawing Conditions". "Evaluation of Durability of Rock for Erosion Control Under Wetting and Drying Conditions". "Cathodic Disbonding of Pipeline Coatings". "Chemical Resistance of Pipeline Coatings". "Operating Light -Exposure Apparatus (Carbon -Arc Type) With and Without Water for Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials". Gabion structures shall consist of rectangular, compartmented wire baskets filled with stone used to build earth retaining and erosion control structures as shown on the drawings. The wire mesh used to construct the gabions shall be uniform square or hexagonal shaped wire mesh with openings having nominal dimensions not to exceed 4'/ inches. Gabions shall be manufactured to conform to one of the types specified herein and shallbe furnished as specified within a dimension tolerance of plus or minus five (5) percent. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. GABION WIRE: Wire for gabion fabrication and connection shall be either hot dipped galvanized, or PVC coated hot dipped galvanized steel as designated on the plans. The galvanized wire shall be equal to or exceed ASTM A-641, class 3, soft temper wire and shall have a minimum tensile strength of 60,000 psi and an elongation of not less than 12%. The wire sizes specified are minimum sizes for the wire after galvanizing and before coating with PVC. All testing of wire diameters shall be prior to fabrication. Wire description Nominal Thickness Wei ht of Zinc Galvanized mesh wire 0.120" 0.80 oz./ Galvanized mesh wire w/ PVC coating 0.106" 0.80 oz./fF Selvedge wire 0.153" 0.90 oz./ft2 Selvedge wire w/ PVC coating 0.133" 0.85 oz./fe Tie wire 0.087" 0.70.oz./fe Tie wire w/ PVC coating 6.087" 0.70 oz./fe B. PVC COATING: When required, PVC coating of wire shall be accomplished using fusion - bonded PVC or extruded and bonded PVC material. The wire coating shall have a nominal thickness of 0.0216 inches and a minimum thickness of 0.015 inches, colored black, grey or silvery, and conform to the following: 1. Abrasion resistance - ASTM D-1242, with a maximum weight loss of 19g. 2. Corrosion resistance - ASTM G-8, with a maximum disbondment diameter of 45 mm using 90 days, 1.5 volts, and 3% solution. Gabions 02767-2 DTN01444 3. Chemical resistance - ASTM G-20, with no coating loss using 45 days at 21 ° C, 3 molar NaOH, saturate Ca(OH)2. 4. Weatherometer - ASTM G-20, using 2000 hours surface chalk. C. SPIRAL CONNECTORS: Preformed steel wire spiral connectors shall meet the same specifications as the wire used in the mesh and shall be utilized per the manufacturer's specifications. D. FASTENERS: Alternative fasteners such as hog ring fasteners shall be not be allowed. E. GABION ROCK: The rock used to fill the gabion structures shall be hard, durable, well graded rock from 4" to 8" in size and meet the requirements of Item 2.1.8(a)(1) of the NCTCOG Standard Specifications. The rock shall have a specific gravity of at least 2.40. Prior to placing the rock, samples shall be delivered to the project site and shall be approved for gradation and appearance by the ENGINEER. F. CRUSHED STONE BACKFILL MATERIAL: The crushed rock used to backfill the gabion structures shall be well graded rock from 1" to 2" in diameter and meet the requirements of Item 2.1.8(b) of the NCTCOG Standard Specifications. G. GEOTEXTILE FABRIC; Non -woven fabric, consisting of U.V. stabilized polypropylene fabrics, formed into a stable network by needle punching. The geotextile fabric shall be inert to commonly encountered chemicals and hydrocarbons, mildew and rot resistant, resistant to ultraviolet light exposure, insect and rodent resistant, and conform to the properties in the following table. The average roll minimum value (weakest principal direction) for strength properties on any individual roll tested from the manufacturing lot or lots of a particular shipment shall be in excess of the average roll minimum (weakest principal direction) stipulated herein. Test Requirements: Physical Properties Average Roll Minimum Value Grab Tensile Strength* 90 ASTM D-4632 (lbs.) Elongation at Failure* 50 ASTM D-4632 (%) Mullen Burst Strength 135 ASTM D-3786 (psi) Permeability - k 0.1 ASTM D-4491 (cm/sec.) Water Flow Rate 140 ASTM D-4491 (gal/min/ftz) AOS(095) mm, ASTM D-4751 0.15 Trapezoid Tear Strength* 40 ASTM D-4533 (lbs.) Puncture Resistance 45 ASTM D-4833 (Ibs) * Weakest Principal Direction Gablons 02767-3 DTN01444 11 2.02 FABRICATIONS A. Gabion mesh shall be fabricated in such a manner as to be non -raveling and designed to ' provide the required flexibility and strength. 1. TWISTED WIRE MESH: Twisted wire mesh shall consist of a uniform, hexagonal - shaped wire mesh, woven in double twist pattern and shall conform to ASTM A975- 97. The perimeter edges of the twisted wire mesh shall be woven around a reinforcing wire in a manner designed to prevent slippage, and the edges of the mesh shall be securely selvedged. All corners shall be reinforced by heavier wire. All wires shall be galvanized prior to twisting. . 2. WELDED WIRE MESH: Welded wire mesh shall consist of a uniform, square pattern wire. mesh with a resistance weld at each connection and shall conform to ASTM A974-97. Each welded connection shall have a minimum shear strength in accordance with ASTM A-185. Preformed steel wire spiral connectors with a 3" pitch shall be used to assemble and interconnect empty gabion baskets. Tie wire may be used in lieu of spiral connectors. All wires shall be galvanized. B. Gabions are to be of single unit construction that when assembled will form a rectangular gabion with a minimum thickness of 12 inches. The base, ends, lids, sides and diaphragms shall be connected in such a manner that strength and flexibility at the point of connection is approximately equal to that of the mesh. The gabion unit may be pre -fabricated or assembled in the field. When the length of the gabion unit exceeds its width, the gabion shall be divided by diaphragms into cells of equal lengths, using the same mesh as the body of the gabion unit. Diaphragms shall be secured in the proper position on the base section. 3.00 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Gabion baskets shall be assembled at the site as per the manufacturer's instructions. Pre - assembled gabion baskets may be used in lieu of performing field assembly. Care should be taken during the gabion basket assembly and installation to prevent damage to the wire coatings. Any damage shall be repaired promptly in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations or replaced with undamaged gabion baskets. B. After excavation to grade has been performed, the geotextile fabric shall be placed as shown on the plans. Adjacent pieces of geotextile fabric shall be overlapped a minimum of eighteen (18) inches. The geotextile shall be secured, when necessary, by pins or other suitable means before placing the gabion baskets. No stakes shall be placed through geotextile material. Excess geotextile fabric protruding beyond the finished gabion baskets shall be trimmed. C. Gabion baskets shall be placed in position empty and shall. be tied together, each to its neighbor along all connecting edges in order to form a continuous connecting structural unit. Tying shall be in the same manner as that used to assemble the baskets and shall produce a joint that is as strong as the body of the mesh. Stagger the vertical joints between gabions of adjacent rows and layers by at least one cell length. Gabions DTN014" 02767-4 ' D. Twisted wire mesh gabions three feet high that are to be placed in a straight row are to be ' stretched in the following manner prior being tied to the adjacent gabion baskets. Tie together approximately 100 feet of gabion baskets end to end. Secure one end of the row by tying to gabions baskets already filled, or fill the end gabion with stone, and then stretch the baskets sufficiently to remove kinks. A frame or other suitable means shall be used to avoid deformation of the end cell when stretching the gabions. The baskets shall not be ' overstretched. While maintaining tension, tie the row of baskets to its neighbor and then fill with stone. Welded wire mesh gabions do not require stretching, but connecting wire and fasteners shall be attached during the filling operation to preserve the strength and shape of the gabion structure. E. The gabion baskets may be filled by machine with sufficient additional hand work to accomplish a maximum density and a minimum amount of voids. Care shall be taken when placing the rock into the gabion baskets to insure that the gabions are not damaged or bent. Vertical outside surfaces shall be placed by hand with large select stone in order to achieve the best appearance. Baskets are to be filled in 12-inch layers in order to install a looped inner tie wire in each cell connecting to front and back faces every 12 inches of vertical height in any unsupported face. Individual cells may not be filled more than one foot above any adjacent cell unless looped inner tie wires run in both directions. ' F. When each gabion basket has been filled to its maximum, which is slightly higher than the sides, and -the surface leveled with a minimum amount of voids, the lids shall be pried down and over with a bar until the edge of the lid and edge of the basket are together. The heavy projecting wire on the lid shall be twisted around the heavy wire on the sides two complete turns. The lid shall then be tied to the edges and tops of diaphragms in the same manner as the baskets are assembled so that the finished joint is as strong as the body of the mesh. The lids of the gabion baskets shall also be tied together, each to its neighbor along all ' connecting edges to insure the formation of a continuous connecting structural unit. Special attention shall be given that all projecting sharp ends of wire are turned in on the completed ' gabion basket. G. Gabion baskets may be cut to form curves or bevels. Retying shall be in a manner to produce a closed cell and shall be in the same manner as the assembly. Excess mesh wire ' shall be cut off or shall be tightly and neatly laced down. ' END OF SECTION [J []- 1 Gabions 02767-5 DTN01444 I 1] DIVISION 3 CONCRETE I I n I p 1 03305 CONCRETE ' 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED ' Furnish labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to place and mix concrete, consisting of Portland Cement, fine aggregate, coarse aggregate, admixtures, and water in the proper proportions as specified hereinafter. Reinforced concrete shall have a minimum strength ' of 3,500 psi at 28 days; concrete for blocking, cradle, or encasement shall have a minimum strength of 2000 psi at 28 days. 1 1.02 I 1 1 1 11 1 1] QUALITY ASSURANCE A. DESIGN CRITERIA; CONCRETE PROPORTIONS AND CONSISTENCY 1. Concrete shall be proportioned to give the necessary workability and strength and shall conform to the following governing requirements: � � �M-� �'� �f-�t m.�dlm .yr sT~•.i L c' {'--w Yi � s:?i�%�t� Z�iT+"Y �qii i`y-T i �- ��a' -�'Ai'r�i- �ompressrve z aFGoatser aGals )?er_r x 3� a r Usek r SNengfla psis a �yy lnches00 �i`lci 11Y w0- ` 3.500 5.5 1'Y2" 5.25 4-6 Vaults and concrete pavement 2,000 4.0 1'/" 7.0 4 1 Encasement 2. In no case shall the amount of coarse material be such as to produce harshness in placing and honeycombing in the structure once forms are removed. The proportions of fine and coarse aggregate shall be such that the requirements of the following table are complied.with: t �IAaxrmum Si a of Coarser 'p" ,h AggFe atero ARatrolof CoarsexAggFeg to to Fare' zw- H <"2Y. 2�Ag9Ia9aterotrBasis}of�tDry°ands, �a s �' .!'6. x -ec+t ._'✓5:1d�. - Minimum Maximum 1" and Over 1.0 2.0 B. FACTORY TESTING' The Contractor shall be responsible for the. design of the concrete. A trial mix shall be designed by an independent testing laboratory, retained by the Contractor and approved by the Owner. The testing laboratory shall submit verification that the materials and proportions of the trial mix design meets the requirement of the specifications. In lieu of trial mix design, Contractor may submit a mix design used successfully in previous similar work, for similar materials for approval by Engineer. The Contractor shall not make changes in materials, either gradation, source, or brand, or proportions of the mixture after having been approved, except by specific approval of the Engineer. C. OWNER TESTING: It is the responsibility of the Contractor to achieve and maintain the quality of concrete required by,this section of the specifications. However, the Owner may, at his option and at his expense, secure the services of an independent testing laboratory to verify the quality of the concrete. The Owner shall have the right to require additional testing, Concrete DTNO1444 03305-1 I 1.03 strengthening, or replacement of concrete which has failed to meet the minimum requirements of this section of the specifications. SUBMITTALS Submittals shall include: A. Shop Drawings for: 1. Trial mix design 2. Manufacturer's literature on "approved equal" materials B. Certified Test Reports for: 1. Materials used in the trial mix design 2. Seven (7) day and 28-day compressive strength tests results. C. Record data of manufacturer's literature on specified materials. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. CEMENT: Portland Cement conforming to the Specifications and tests for Type I Portland Cement of the American Society for Testing Materials, Designation CA 50. B. FINE AGGREGATE: Fine aggregate consisting of natural, washed and screened sand having clean, hard, strong, durable, uncoated grains complying with the requirements for ASTM C-33. The sand shall generally be of such size that all will pass a 3/8" sieve, at least 95% pass a 1/4" screen and at least 80% pass a No. 8 sieve. Aggregate shall not contain strong alkali, or organic material which gives a color darker than the standard color when tested in accordance with ASTM Specification Designation C-40. C. COARSE AGGREGATE: Evenly graded and consisting of sound, washed and screened gravel, free of clay.balls, or clean, crushed stone, having clean, hard, strong, durable, uncoated particles free from dust, clay balls, injurious amounts of soft, friable, thin, elongated, or laminated pieces, alkali, organic, or other deleterious matter. Coarse aggregates shall comply with ASTM C-33, Size 467. D. REINFORCING STEEL: New billet steel, deformed bars, conforming to ASTM A-615, Grade 60. E. ADMIXTURES: Concrete of 3000 psi or stronger shall contain air -entraining admixtures and when job conditions require, water reducing and set controlling admixtures may be used. Only admixtures specified herein may be used. 1. AIR -ENTRAINING ADMIXTURE: Comply with ASTM C-260. The total average air content shall be in accordance with recommendations ACI 211.1; 4.5%+ 1.0% for 1-1/2" maximum size aggregate. 2. WATER REDUCING ADMIXTURE: Comply with ASTM C-494, Types A and D only. Accurately measure and add to the mix in accordance with the Manufacturer's recommendations. 3. SET RETARDING ADMIXTURES: Retarders may be used if approved by the Engineer. Comply with ASTM C-494, Types B and D only. Accurately measure and add to the mix in accordance with the Manufacturer's recommendations. Concrete 03305-2 DTN01444 O 11 II I I F. WATER: Water for concrete shall be clean and free from oil, acid, alkali, organic matter or other harmful impurities. Water which is suitable for drinking or for ordinary household use will be acceptable for concrete. Where available, water shall be obtained from mains of a ewaterworks system. G. EXPANSION JOINTS: Bituminous type preformed expansion joint filler complying with ASTM D-994, in the thickness specified. ' H. EXPANSION JOINT SEALANT: Two (2) component non -sag polysulfide base elastometric ' sealing compound conforming to Fed. Spec. TT-S-00227E, Type II., Class B. 1. PVC WATERSTOPS: Joints with waterstops shall be made with a polyvinylchloride waterstop incorporating galvanized steel wire along both edges; Paul Murphy Plastics Company's Wirestop, 6" wide; Wirestop Type FR-6380, for construction joints: Conforming to the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers' Waterstop Specification CRD-0572-74. J. SHEET CURING MATERIAL: Conforming to ASTM C171. 1. Waterproof paper 2. Polyethylene film 3. White burlap -polyethylene film K. MEMBRANE CURING COMPOUNDS: Membrane curing compound conforming to ASTM C309; having -a color to indicate coverage when applied; non -staining; applied according to the manufacturer's recommendations. No curing compound shall be used on walls which are to receive a plaster mix finish. When tested according to ASTM C156, the curing compound shall provide a film which has retained, within the specimen, the following percentages of ' moisture present when the curing compound was applied: 1. At least 97% at the end 24 hours. 2. At least 95% at the end of three (3) days. ' 3. At least 91 % at the end of seven (7) days. L. NON -SHRINK GROUT: Non -Shrink Non -Metallic Grout: Pre -mixed, non -staining, non -shrink grout, Masterfiow 713 Grout by Master Builders, Inc. 2.02 MIXES A. In the determination of the amount of water required for mix, consideration shall be given to the moisture content of the aggregate. The net amount of water in, the mix will be the amount added at the mixer, plus the free water in the aggregate; and minus the absorption of the aggregate, based on a 30 minute absorption period. No water allowance shall be made for evaporation after batching. B. The methods of measurement of materials shall be such that the proportions of water to ' cement can be closely controlled during the progress of the work and easily checked at any time by the Engineer or his representative. To avoid unnecessary or haphazard changes in consistency, the aggregate shall be obtained from sources which will insure a uniform quality ' and grading during any single day's operation and they shall be delivered to the work and handled in such a manner that the variation in moisture content will not interfere with the steady production of concrete of reasonable degree of uniformity. Sources of supply shall be approved by the Owner's representative. Concrete DTN01444 03305-3 C. All material shall be separately and accurately measured. Measurement may be made by weight or by volume, as may be elected by the Contractor; however, all equipment for measurement of materials shall be subject to approval by the Owner's representative. D. The proportions of the mix shall be such as to produce concrete that can be puddled readily into the comers and angles of the forms and around the reinforcing without excessive spading or vibrating, and without segregation or undue accumulation of water or laitance on the surface. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION; ALUMINUM AND STEEL ITEMS A. Where aluminum anchors, aluminum shapes, or aluminum electrical conduits are embedded - in concrete, contact surfaces shall be painted with zinc chromate primer. The paint shall be allowed to thoroughly dry before the aluminum is placed in contact with the concrete. B. Aluminum surfaces to be placed in contact with concrete, wood, or masonry construction, except where the aluminum is to be embedded in concrete, shall be given a heavy coat of an alkali -resistant paint before installation. The paint shall be applied as it is received from the Manufacturer without the addition of any thinner. C. Steel or other ferrous metal to be mounted on or placed in contact with dry/cured concrete such as piping, access manholes, electrical switchgear, etc., shall have contact surfaces coated with bituminous paint in accordance with previous paragraph. 3.02 INSTALLATION; PLACING CONCRETE A. Remove mill scale before placing reinforcing steel and keep bars clean until concrete is placed. Place the steel in the forms as specified and maintain in place. B. Give the Owner's representative sufficient advance notice before starting to place concrete in any unit of the structure to permit inspection of the forms, the reinforcing steel placement, and preparation for pouring. Unless authorized by the Owner's representative, no concrete shall be placed in any unit prior to the completion of the formwork and the placement of the reinforcement for that unit. C. The sequence of placing concrete shall be as provided on the Plans or in the Specifications. Conduct the operation of depositing and compacting the concrete so as to form a compact, dense, impervious mass of uniform texture, which will show smooth faces on surfaces. Regulate the placing so that the pressures caused by the plastic concrete shall not exceed the loads used in the design of forms. 3.03 CURING CONCRETE A. Careful attention shall be given by the Contractor to the proper curing of the concrete. The curing methods shall use sheet materials conforming to ASTM C-171 or membrane curing compound conforming to ASTM C-309. Membrane curing is not permitted on surfaces to be rubbed or on surfaces on which additional concrete, mortar or terrazzo is to be applied. B. Unless the curing method is otherwise noted or specified, the curing method shall be selected by the Contractor and submitted to the Owner's representative for approval. Concrete 03305.4 DTN01444 0 11 of II of I I I I U I 0 3.04 NON -SHRINK GROUT Place Grout according to manufacturer's directions. 3.05 SCHEDULES; FINISHING Exterior exposed surfaces shall be given finish as scheduled herein: Structure Finish All New Concrete Light Broom Finish END OF SECTION Concrete DTN01444 03305-5 = l ■�I 1 1 .1 11 I I I I 15101 GATE VALVES 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED Furnish labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to install resilient seated gate valves and appurtenances, including valve boxes, operators, bolts, nuts and gaskets. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 1. M&H 2. Mueller 3. U.S. Pipe 4. Valmatic B. TESTING Test all gate valves in accordance with AW WA C-500. 1.03 SUBMITTALS Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS and shall include: 1. Shop drawings 2. Operation and Maintenance manuals 1.04 STANDARDS The applicable provisions of the following standards shall apply as if written here in their entirety: ANSI/NSF Standard 61 ANSI B16.1 "Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings" AW WA C-111 'Rubber -Gasket Joints" AW WA C-500 "Gate Valves for Water and Sewage Systems" AW WA C-509 'Resilient Seated Gate Valves for Water and Sewage Systems" ASTM A-126 "Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings" ASTM A-536 "Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings Gate Valves DTN01444 15101-1 11 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURED PRODUCTS A. GATE VALVES Gate valves 3" through 30" in size shall be in accordance with applicable portions of AWWA C-509. Valve class shall be suitable for the pressure class of the adjacent pipe in which it is installed (up to 200 psij. All valves shall be resilient seated gate valves with a non -rising stem. 2. Gate valves 2-1/2" and smaller shall be bronze, non -rising stem with wedge disc and screwed ends for 300 psi W.O.G. working pressure. Valves shall have a handwheel operator. Bronze gate valves shall be Crane No. 437, Mueller No. H-10914 or approved equal. B. GATE: Gate for resilient seated valves shall be cast iron with EPDM rubber -seat compound bonded to the valve gate. Seats shall be resistant to damage from chlorine or chloramines. C. OPERATORS: Operators shall turn counterclockwise to open the valve and shall have a non -rising stem. Valves for buried service shall have a 2" square nut operator and shall be installed with extension stems where required to extend operating nut to within 12" of the finished grade. Where valves are mounted horizontally, they shall have a non -rising stem with an enclosed Bevel gear. Bevel gear shall be grease lubricated. D. STEM AND SEAL: The non -rising stem shall be bronze with inside screw. Shaft seal shall employ O-rings or V-type packing. E. VALVE BOXES: Valves for buried service shall be supplied with cast iron valve boxes. Valve boxes shall be of the three (3) piece cast iron extension type, Mueller or Clow. The three (3) pieces shall consist of the top section, center section, and base plus the cover. Raised letters in the cover shall read "WATER". F. FLANGED ENDS: Valves shall have flanges in compliance with ANSI B16.1, and flange pressure rating shall be suitable for the pressure class of the adjacent mainline pipe to which it is installed (up to 200 psi). Contractor shall coordinate flange drilling required with appurtenances. Where shown on the drawings, valves shall have mechanical joint ends. G. VALVE COATING: External and internal surfaces of the valve body and bonnet of resilient seated gate valves shall have a fusion bonded epoxy coating, complying with ANSI/AWWA C-550, applied before assembly. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION Carefully handle and lower buried valves into position to prevent damage to any part of the valves. Place the valve in the proper position with stem truly vertical or horizontal as shown on the plans and securely hold until connections have been made. Furnish stainless steel flange bolts, nuts, and gaskets. The Contractor shall be responsible for adjusting the valve boxes to the proper length to conform with the ground surface. Gate Valves DTN01444 15101-2 1 3.02 CORROSION PROTECTION Gate valves shall be wrapped with Trenton No. 2 wax tape. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Upon completion of installation of the equipment, an acceptance test to verify the satisfactory operation of each unit shall be conducted. The test shall be conducted in a manner approved by _ and in the presence of the Engineer. The unit shall be checked for general operation and leakage. - The unit must perform in a manner acceptable to the Engineer before final acceptance will be made by the Owner. 1 END OF SECTION I 1 I Gate Valves DTN014" I 15103 BUTTERFLY VALVES i I I I I I 1 I 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED Fumish labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to design, manufacture, assemble, test, and install butterfly valves. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS ACCEPTABLE VALVE MANUFACTURERS Mueller DeZurik Pratt M&H Clow C&B K-Flo Valmatic B. EXPERIENCE REQUIREMENTS The Manufacturer shall have had successful experience in manufacturing tight -closing, rubber - seated butterfly valves for this type service in the sizes indicated. The Manufacturer shall have at least 10 years experience in the manufacture of these valves. C. MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE FOR STARTUP AND TESTING The Valve Vendor or Manufacturer shall provide the services of a competent service technician for an indefinite period of time as required to insure proper adjustment, installation, operation of the valve and making field acceptance tests. The technician shall instruct the Owners personnel in the proper care, maintenance, adjustment, and operation of the equipment and shall issue a written certification that the equipment has been properly installed and operates satisfactorily. The technician shall also be on site during field pipe pressure testing and start-up. The technician shall be factory trained and have a minimum of five years, experience in the installation and adjustment of valves. D. TESTING Test all butterfly valves in accordance with AWWA C-504. E. ASSEMBLY Valve and limit switches (where specified) shall be completely assembled and wired at the factory, adjusted for correct seating, and tested in accordance with AW WA C-504. Factory operational testing and adjustment shall be performed on each valve with the valve shaft in the horizontal position. Repeat seating of each valve disc shall be certified with two fully open to fully closed cycles minimum. Provide certification before shipping valves. ' 1.03 SUBMITTALS Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS and shall include: A. SHOP DRAWINGS ' Shop drawings shall include a list of similar installations which have been in service a minimum of three years, catalog data, materials of construction, weights, dimensions, and assembly drawings, which show seat orientation, operator and extension stem orientation, and field wiring diagrams. Butterfly Valves 15103-1 DTN01444 B. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS Manuals shall be preparedby the Equipment Manufacturer and shall also incorporate appropriate final certified shop drawings and wiring diagrams. Manuals may have the Manufacturer's standard instructions, but shall be supplemented as necessary to cover any special feature not included in standard material. O & M Manuals shall include valve installation and adjustment procedures and troubleshooting procedures. C. TEST REPORTS 1. Certified test reports showing compliance with AWWA, ANSI, and ASTM standards including hydrostatic tests, operational tests, and all other tests required by the applicable standards. 2. Equipment Installation Report for all valves. 1.04 STANDARDS The applicable provisions of the following standards shall apply as if written here in their entirety: AVVWA C-504 "Standard for Rubber -seated Butterfly Valves" AW WA C-540 "Standard Specification for Power -Actuating Devices for Valves and Sluice Gates" AW WA C-550 "Standard for Protective Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants" ASTM A48 "Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings" i I 11 11 ASTM A-126 "Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings" . ASTM A-276 "Standard Specifications for Stainless Steel Bars" "Standard , ASTM A-536 Specification for Ductile Iron Castings" ASTM B-148 "Standard Specifications for Aluminum Bronze Coatings" ' ANSI B16.1 "Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Fittings" ANSI/NSF Standard 60/61 ' NEMA National Electric Manufacturers Association ;. 1.05 GUARANTEES A. Vendor shall warrant the equipment furnished under this specification for a period of three (3) ' years against defects in materials and workmanship and operational failure. B. In the event of failure of any part or parts of the equipment during the three years of service, provided that the equipment has been operated and maintained in accordance with good practice, the Vendor shall furnish, deliver, and install the defective part or parts at his own expense. C. The first three years of service shall be interpreted as the 36-month period following the , installation, adjusting, and acceptance testing, and the start of actual operation of the equipment, or 42 months following delivery of the equipment, whichever comes first. ' Butterfly Valves 15103-2 DTNO1444 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURED PRODUCTS A. GENERAL: Butterfly valves supplied under this Contract shall be of the tight -closing, rubber -seated type with rubber seats that are securely attached to the valve disc or body. Valves shall be bubble -tight at rated pressures with flow in either direction and shall be satisfactory for applications involving valve operation after long periods of inactivity. Butterfly valves shall conform to the design, strength, testing and performance requirements of AW WA C-504, AW WA C-540 and AW VA C-550. Valves may have the rubber seat mechanically attached to the body or the disc. B. BUTTERFLY VALVES 1. VALVE BODIES: Valve bodies shall be constructed of cast iron ASTM A-126, Class B or ASTM A-48, Class 40 or ductile iron in accordance with ASTM A-536, Grade 65/45/12. Valve class shall be suitable for the pressure class of the adjacent pipe in which it is installed or as shown in the valve list herein. Valve shall have flanged ends with.ANSI flanges suitable for the appropriate pressure rating of the valves as indicated in Section 3.03. Two (2) trunnions for shaft bearings.shall be integral with each valve body. Pressure class of valve shall be . permanently marked on valve. 2. VALVE DISCS: Valve discs shall be cast iron conforming to ASTM A-126, Class B, aluminum bronze conforming to ASTM B-148 or ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65/45/12. There shall be no external ribs cast transverse to the flow path. 3. VALVE SHAFTS: Valve shafts shall be turned, ground and polished, constructed of stainless ' steel conforming to ASTM A-276 with diameters as required in AVWVA C-504. Valve shafts may consist of a one-piece unit extending completely through the valve disc, or may be of the "stub shaft" type, which comprises two separate shafts inserted into the valve disc hubs. If of the "stub shaft' construction, each stub shaft shall be inserted into the valve disc hubs for a distance of at least 1-1/2 shaft diameters. The shaft shall be tightly connected to the disc using tapered or wedged keying devices. 4. VALVE SEATS: Valves shall have EPDM rubber resilient seats or other chloramine resistant ' - material approved by the Owner, to provide tight shut off at the pressure specified. The mating seat surface shall be ASTM A-276, 18-8 stainless steel or a 95% pure nickel overlay. 5. VALVE BEARINGS: Valve shall be fitted with sleeve -type bearings. Bearings shall be of corrosion -resistant and "self -lubricated" materials that will not deteriorate natural or synthetic ' rubber. 6. VALVE SHAFT SEALS: Where shafts project through the valve bodies for operator connection, a split-V or O-ring type shaft seal shall be provided, suitable for buried service ' requiring no gland adjustment. 7. VALVE POSITION INDICATOR: The valve shall have an indicator which will indicate the valve position. The indicator shall be permanently match -marked at the factory to indicate full e open and full closed position. 8. VALVE BOXES: Where indicated, valves shall have valve boxes. Valve boxes shall shall three piece cast iron extension type, Mueller No. 10380, or Clow F2450. The three pieces shall consist of the top section, center section, and base plus the cover. Raised letters in the cover shall read "Water". C. MANUAL OPERATORS 1. Manual operators shall have all gearing totally enclosed and shall be pre -lubricated or grease packed and suitable for buried service. Operators shall be of the worm gear or traveling nut link and lever type with field adjustable stops to prevent over travel in the open or closed positions. The direction of the manual rotation shall be clockwise to close. ' 2. , Operators for buried valves shall have an extended stem with a 2" square operating nut within 12" of the finished grade. Provide a cast iron valve box to enclose the operating stem. Valve box shall be 3-piece extension type equal to Mueller No. 10380 or Clow F2450. For valves Butterfly Valves 15103-3 DTN01444 which are installed with the shaft vertical, provide a bevel gear for vertical operation of the operating nut. Operators for exposed valves shall be provided with a valve position indicator. 3. Where indicated, manual operator and valve shall be suitable for being retrofitted with a motor operator at a future date. D. COATING Valves shall be coated in accordance with AW WA C-550. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION Install valves in piping with valve shaft truly vertical (unless otherwise shown on the plans) and with the disc seat adjustment facing the thrust harness. Wrap buried valves with two wraps of Trenton No. 2 wax tape and encase with flowable fill. Use stainless steel flange nuts and bolts for all butterfly valves. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Upon completion of installation of the butterfly valves an acceptance test shall be conducted to verify the satisfactory operation of the valves. The test shall be conducted in a manner approved by and in the presence of the Engineer. The valves must perform in a manner acceptable to the Engineer before final acceptance will be made by the Owner. 3.03 SCHEDULES; VALVES The schedule below is intended to show valve performance requirements and may not include all valves, which is the responsibility of the Contractor. y �SlzeEandt t a � Pressure 6 ` ' " , Tiye Operato# Posifionrof �lLoca#aon3� : y �Erids SS ' �MazLFlow k s 4Valve'Shaflz � 3 xf�atiti`" .�. .giv%� R.... i u- ."d�t ..dE .3 ,.u..�tGit1�."a.ueix'".+� STA 31+72 54" FLG Buried 200 psi 65 MGD Manual Vert. Isolation STA 79+36 54" FLG Buried 200 psi 65 MGD Manual Vert. Isolation STA 105+65 54" FLG Buried 200 psi 65 MGD Manual, Vert. fsolation STA 144+15 54" FLG Buried 200 psi 65 MGD Manual Vert Isolation STA 171+69 54" FLG Buried 200 psi 65 MGD Manual Vert. Isolation STA 218+40 54" FLG Buried 200 psi 65 MGD Manual Vert. Isolation STA 267+20 54" FLG Buried 200 psi 65 MGD Manual Vert. Isolation . STA 325+70 54" FLG Vault 175 psi 65 MGD Manual' Vert. Isolation Butterfly Valves 16103.4 , DTN01444 1 'J 11 1 11 U U �Y`' r r �a"`F s �: Ss:eand�1 zX,•' •�.'t� Serfi Vioe4 E PresSure�tw a`'a r ^+ M Flcaw'T``'' a ��i -ar.K �li'�ti3eSitlOnnOOffi`. e O eratOr s z7; 1ry.�_`G�.^,hSe. Y Ends"U.I Yt l rn _ _"..:� . .. a» ,..�� •_.:�.::. _ � �. �I3aiimg STA 385+00 54" FLG Buried 150 psi 65 MGD Manual Vert. Isolation STA 405+18.44 Buried 42" FLG 150 psi 65 MGD Manual Vert. Isolation STA 404+83.96 Buried (30" outlet) 30" FLG 150 psi 30 MGD Manual Horiz. Isolation 54" Butterfly Valve at Station 325+70 shall have a manual operator suitable for being retrofitted with a motor operator at a future date. END OF SECTION 1 Butterfly Valves 15103-5 DTN01444 1 I 1 16117 AIR RELEASE AND AIR AND VACUUM VALVES 1 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED Furnish labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to install air release and air and vacuum valves of the sizes and types indicated. Furnish the necessary isolating valves and piping. 1 1.02 SUBMITTALS - Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01300, CONTRACTOR'S SUBMITTALS and shall include: 1 1. Shop drawings 2. Operations and Maintenance Manuals 1 3. Certified Factory Test Results 1.03 STANDARDS 1 ANSI/NSF Standard 61 AWWA C512 Air Release, Air/Vacuum and Combination Air Valves for Water Works Service 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURED PRODUCTS 1 A. GENERAL 1 1. Each air valve shall have a cast iron body, bronze, or stainless steel trim and stainless steel float Float shall be baffled to prevent air from blowing valve closed until air is exhausted. 1 2. Valve body, float, etc., shall be designed for a working pressure and shall seat at a minimum pressure shown in the Valve Schedule, Paragraph 3,03. The minimum operating pressure shown is under Steady State Conditions, and does not include minimum surge pressures. 3. Air valves shall be manufactured by the Valve and Primer Corporation (APCO) or Cla- Val Company (Valmatic). 1 4. Top of valve assembly to be flanged for Connection to Vent Piping. Valve inlet shall be N.P.T. for 2" and smaller valves. Valve inlet shall be ANSI flange for 3" and larger 1 valves. Flange rating shall equal or exceed the maximum working pressure. B. COMBINATION AIR VALVES (CAV) 1 1. Combination air valves shall be heavy duty air and vacuum valves with a 2" air release valve. 2. Combination air valves shall be designed to release accumulations of air at high points 1 within a pipeline by exhausting large volumes of air as the pipeline is being filled and by releasing accumulated pockets of air while the pipeline is in operation and under 1 Air Release and Air and Vacuum Valves 15117-1 DTN01444 1 pressure. Combination air valves shall also be designed to permit large volumes of air ' to enter the pipeline during pipeline drainage. 3. Combination air valves shall be the custom combination duplex body type with standard air and vacuum valve piped to a separate standard air release valve with a , shut-off valve in between. The standard air and vacuum valve shall be tapped and provided with a one (1) inch drain pipe with gate valve and tumed-down elbow. Combination Air Valves shall be Apco Model 1800 with Air Release Valve Model 200, or Approved Equal. Air Release Valve orifice shall be sized by the manufacturer for the appropriate working pressures. 1 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION ' Carefully handle and install valves vertically in such a manner as to prevent damage to any part of the valves. Installation shall be in accordance with the Manufacturer's instructions. Provide nuts, bolts, and where applicable. gaskets 3.02 TAGGING Valves shall be permanently tagged with a brass tag indicating the model number, working pressure rating, and station location. 3.03 SCHEDULE ' The following schedule is intended to show valve performance requirements and may not show all valves, which is the responsibility of the Contractor. ' Station Location Size Type Working Minimum Pressure.(PSI) Pressure (PSI) 11 + 45 6- CAV 200 50 56 + 00 6- CAV 200 50 70 + 00 6- CAV 200 50 132 + 30 6- CAV 200 50 ' 182 + 00 6' CAV 200 50 205 + 05 6- CAV 175 50 237 + 00 B. CAV 175 50 ' 280 + 00 6' CAV 200 50 320 + 00 6' CAV 200 50 392 + 50 6' CAV 150 50 , END OF SECTION ' Air Release and Air and Vacuum Valves 15117-2 DTN01444 r� 15136 MISCELLANEOUS VALVES AND APPURTENANCES 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED Furnish labor, materials, equipment and incidental necessary to install miscellaneous valves. 1.02 SUBMITTALS Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS and shall include: 1. Record drawings 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 CORPORATION STOPS Corporation stops shall be bronze with tapered plug and flat key operator. Unless otherwise indicated, stops shall be equal to Mueller H-10046 with iron pipe thread on inlet and outlet, of the size indicated. 2.02 STEEL BOLTED (DRESSER) COUPLINGS FOR PLAIN -END PIPE Where dresser couplings are indicated, furnish and install a gasketed, sleeve -type coupling meeting AWWA C219, with a pressure rating as indicated on the drawings. A. The pipe couplings shall be of a gasketed, sleeve -type with diameter to properly fit the pipe. Each coupling shall consist of one (1) steel middle ring, of two (2) steel followers, two (2) rubber - compounded wedge section gaskets and sufficient trackhead steel bolts to properly compress. the gaskets. Field joints shall be made with this type of coupling. The middle ring and followers of the coupling shall be true circular sections free from irregularities, flat spots, or surface defects. They shall be formed from mill sections with the follower -ring section of such design as to provide confinement of the gasket. After welding, they shall be tested by cold expanding a minimum of 1% beyond the yield point. B. The coupling bolts shall be of the elliptic -neck, track -head design with rolled threads. The manufacturer shall supply information as to the recommended torque to which the bolts shall be tightened. All bolt holes in the followers shall be oval for greater strength. C. The gaskets of the coupling shall be composed of a crude or synthetic rubber base compounded with other products to produce a material which will not deteriorate from age, from heat, or exposure to air under normal storage conditions.. It shall also possess the quality of ' resilience and ability to resist cold flow of the material so that the joint will remain sealed and tight indefinitely when subjected to shock, vibration, pulsation and temperature or other adjustments of the pipeline. D. The couplings shall be assembled on the job in a manner to ensure permanently tight joints under all reasonable conditions of expansion, contraction, shifting and settlement. The coupling shall be Dresser Style 38, Smith Blair Style 411, or Baker Series 200. 1 2.03 INSULATED (DRESSER) COUPLINGS FOR PLAIN -END PIPE A. Couplings shall meet the basic requirements of Specification section 2.02. In addition, insulating and insulating -reducing couplings shall provide electrical insulation between the pipes being joined. ' Miscellaneous Valves and Appurtenances DTN01444 15136-1 e 1. One end of the coupling shall have a wedge-shaped gasket which will electrically bond the pipe end to the middle ring. The bond shall be molded into the tip of the gasket and shall not be rendered ineffectual by corrosion or deterioration. 2. The other and of the coupling shall have a plastic insulating sleeve to fit over the pipe end,, and a wedge-shaped gasket of an insulating -compounded rubber. The rubber gasket shall have a skirt extending under the follower, the combination of which insulates the follower, middle ring and the pipe end so that electric current will not pass from one pipe joint to the next. At the option of the manufacturer, a plastic follower insulator may be substituted for the rubber skirt. a. Follower insulator and pipe -end insulator shall be made of a tough inert plastic material which is resistant to attack from acids, alkalis, drip oils, water and sunlight. B. Each coupling shall pass a resistance test of 5,000 megohms after being set assembled on the pipe for 72 hours. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION Carefully handle and install valves and appurtenances in a manner that prevents damage to any part of the unit. Install items in accordance with the Manufacturers instructions. Perform an electrical continuity check at insulated connections prior to filling the piping with water, to verify there are no shorts across the insulated connection. Verify size, type, location, pressure rating, and connections of all pipe and fittings with equipment suppliers, where applicable. END OF SECTION Miscellaneous Valves and Appurtenances DTN01444 15136-2 ' A CORROSION PROTECTION DESIGN LAKE RAY ROBERTS 54" WATER PIPELINE CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS SPECIFICATION SECTION 15640 JOINT BONDING AND ELECTRICAL ISOLATION ia*�177: 1 1 CORRPRO COMPANIES, INC. HOUSTON, TEXAS FEBRUARY, 2002 FEB 7 '2002 ENGINEERING DENTON WATER UTILITIES JOINT BONDING AND LAKE RAY ROBERTS PIPELINE ELECTRICAL ISOLATION SECTION 15640 JOINT BONDING AND ELECTRICAL ISOLATION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Joint bonding requirements for electrical continuity along coated steel and bar - wrapped concrete cylinder pipe (AWWA C-303). B. Electrical isolation devices for installation at connections to existing piping, at laterals, at cased crossings and at tunnels. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 15641 - Corrosion Control Test Stations. B. Section 15642 — Specification for Magnesium Anode Cathodic Protection Systems 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM D 1248 -Polyethylene Plastics Molding and Extrusion Material. B. AWWA C207 - Steel Pipe Flange for Waterworks Service. C. AWWA M9 Manual - Pretensioned Concrete Pressure Pipe. D. ANSI B16.1 - Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings._ E. ANSI B16.5 -'Pipe Flange and Flanged Fittings. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals: Submittals shall conform to the requirements of Section 01300 - Submittals. B. Catalogue Cuts: Manufacturer's catalog cuts shall be submitted for each item. The . catalog cuts shall include the manufacturer's name and shall provide sufficient information to show that the materials meet the requirements of the drawings and specifications. Where more than one item or catalog number appears on a catalog cut, clearly identify the item proposed. C. Test Results: Electrical continuity and flange isolation test results shall be submitted to the owner or its designated representative. 15640 February, 2002 Page 1 of 9 DENTON WATER UTILITIES JOINT BONDING AND LAKE RAY ROBERTS PIPELINE ELECTRICAL ISOLATION 1.05 QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide .manufacturer's certification that all electrical continuity bonding meets the requirements of the drawings and specifications. Reference certification to applicable section of specifications and applicable standard detail. B. Provide manufacturer's certification that all isolation devices meet the published material specifications. C. All materials, fabrication, and installations are subject to inspection and testing by the owner or its designated representative. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 DESCRIPTION OF MATERIALS A. Joint bonding and electrical isolation materials to be incorporated into the project include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Electrical continuity bonds. 2. Flange isolation assemblies. 3. Casing spacers. 4. End seals: 2.02 ELECTRICAL CONTINUITY BONDS A. Applications: Required applications for electrical continuity bonding includes the ' following: 1. Bonding across bolted joint assemblies. 2. Bonding across gasketed joint assemblies. B. Preparation of Bar -wrapped Concrete Pipe and Mortar Coated Steel Pipe for bonding: 1. General:. a. Fabrication: Use Bar -wrapped Concrete pipe, or Mortar Coated Steel pipe for this project that has been fabricated in such a manner as to establish electrical continuity between metallic components of pipe and joints. b. Acceptable Methods: Establish electrical continuity as indicated in drawings and specifications. 15640 February, 2002 Page 2 of 10 DENTON WATER UTILITIES JOINT BONDING AND LAKE RAY ROBERTS PIPELINE ELECTRICAL ISOLATION 2. Criteria for Electric Continuity: a. Tensile Wire: Pipe manufacturer shall obtain a resistance no greater than 0.03 ohms between any wire and steel joint ring at end of pipe farthest from that wire. Manufacturer shall state values obtained and method measurement. b. Internal Pipe; Joint Components: Pipe manufacturer shall obtain resistance of less than 0.03 ohms between any component and steel pipe cylinder. 3. Steel Cylinder Continuity: a. Establish continuity of all joint components and steel cylinder. These components include the following: 1) Anchor socket brackets. 2) Anchor socket. 3) Spigot ring. 4) Bell ring. b. If mechanical contact does not provide a resistance of less than 0.03 ohms between components, tack weld component to provide electrical continuity.. C. Preparation of Polyurethane Coated Steel Pipe for Bonding: Bonding wires are not required for welded steel -pipe. d. Electrical Bond Clip: Three ASTM_366 steel bonding clips, each approximately 0.19 inches thick, 2.5 inches long, and 1.0 inches wide, shall be welded with 1/8-inch fillet welds to the bell and spigot of adjacent non -welded bar -wrapped concrete cylinder pipe or mortar coated steel pipe with rubber gasketed joints. Manufacture clips to maintain continuity regardless of small deflections of finished (mortared) joints. e. Electrical Bond Strap: Solid copper strap, 12-inch long by 1-1/4- inch wide by 1/16-inch thick, equivalent to 1/0 AWG wire, with two punched holes for thermite welding to the pipe. Welding of bond to pipe shall be with the thermite weld mold recommended by the bond manufacturer. Strap bond shall be as manufactured by Continental Industries or approved equal. Use copper straps for non -welded joints on polyurethane -coated steel pipe. 15640 February, 2002 Page 3 of 10 DENTON WATER UTILITIES JOINT BONDING AND LAKE RAY ROBERTS PIPELINE ELECTRICAL ISOLATION f. Electrical Bond Wires: As per the client's request, use bond wires where bond clips or bond straps are not practical. Electrical bond wires shall be a minimum No. 2 AWG, seven strand, copper cable, furnished with THHN insulation. One inch of THHN insulation shall be removed from each end of the bond wire. The minimum number of bond wires shall be provided as shown on drawings. 2.03 FLANGE ISOLATION A. Applications: Required applications of dielectric flange isolation assemblies include but are not limited to the following: 1. At selected locations where new piping is mechanically connected to existing piping.. 2. At selected below -grade to aboveground piping transitions. B. For bar -wrapped concrete pipe or mortar coated steel pipe, provide electrical isolation by installing insulating kits, composed of: Insulating Gasket: a. For piping sized 30 inches in diameter and greater, provide Pyrox G-10 with nitrile seal, Type "E" LineBacker gasket as manufactured by Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc., or approved equal. . b. For piping sized between 12 inches and 24 inches in diameter, provide Phenolic PSI with nitrile seal, Type "E" LineBacker gasket as manufactured by Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc., or approved equal. C. Alternately, provide plain -faced phenolic gasket, as manufactured by Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc., or approved equal. Place phenolic gasket between two full-faced gaskets. Provide cloth - inserted rubber gasket material, 1/8 inch thick in accordance with AWWA C207. Use factory cut gaskets of proper dimensions. 2. Sleeves and Washers: a. For piping sized 30 inches in diameter and greater, provide full length mylar sleeves with Pyrox G-10 washers, double washer sets as manufactured by Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc., or approved equal. b. For piping sized between 12 inches and 24 inches in diameter, provide full length mylar sleeves with Phenolic washers, double washer sets as manufactured by Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc., or approved equal. C. For steel pipe, provide electrical isolation through installation of the following materials: 15640 February, 2002 Page 4 of 10 ' DENTON WATER UTILITIES JOINT BONDING AND LAKE RAY ROBERTS PIPELINE ELECTRICAL ISOLATION Insulating Gasket: a. For piping sized 30 inch in diameter and greater, provide Pyrox G- 10 with nitrile seal, Type "B" LineBacker gasket as manufactured by Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc., or approved equal. b. For piping sized between 12 inches and 24 inches in diameter, provide Phenolic PSI with nitrile seal, Type "E" LineBacker gasket as manufactured by Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc., or approved equal. C. Alternately, provide a plain -faced phenolic gasket, as manufactured by Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc., or approved equal. Place phenolic gasket between two full-faced gaskets. Provide cloth -inserted rubber gasket material, 1/8 inch thick in accordance with AWWA C207. Use factory cut gaskets of proper dimensions. 2. Sleeves and Washers: a. For piping sized 30 inches in diameter and greater, provide full length mylar sleeves with Pyrox G-10 washers, double washer sets as manufactured by Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc., or approved equal b. For piping sized between 12 inches and 24 inches in diameter, provide full length mylar sleeves with Phenolic washers, double washer sets as manufactured by Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc., or approved equal. D. Coatings for buried isolation flanges shall be Densyl Tape system manufactured by Carboline, consisting .of Densyl Mastic, Densyl Paste, and Densyl Tape, or approved equal. E. The inside of isolation joints shall be coated with epoxy for_ a distance of 2 diameters in each direction from the joint. 2.04 CASING SPACERS A. For 42-inch and smaller water or wastewater piping installed in tunnels or cased crossings, install casing spacers between the piping and the casing or tunnel liner to provide electrical isolation. B. Inside diameter of casing or tunnel liner must be 4 inches greater in diameter than the outside diameter of the piping. In the case of mechanically coupled piping, the casing must be a minimum of 4 'inches greater in diameter than the outside diameter of the coupling at its largest point. C. For welded steel pipe 12-inch diameter and smaller, use injection molded polyethylene insulators, Model PE as manufactured by Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. or approved equal. 15640 February, 2002 Page 5 of 10 DENTON WATER UTILITIES JOINT BONDING AND LAKE RAY ROBERTS PIPELINE ELECTRICAL ISOLATION D. For all other pipe materials 12 inch diameter and smaller, use 8 inch wide steel insulators with 2 inch wide glass reinforced runners, Model C8G-2 as manufactured by Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. or approved equal. E. For all piping sizes between 12-inch and 42-inch diameter, use 12 inch wide steel insulators with 2 inch wide glass reinforced runners, Model C12G-2 as manufactured by Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. or approved equal. F. The casing spacer manufacturer shall design and certify the casing spacers for the intended pipeline loads. 2.05 CASING END SEALS A. For all piping less than 24 inch diameter, use hard rubber seals, Model PL Link Seal as manufactured by the Thunderline Corporation or approved equal B. For all piping 24 inch diameter and greater, use pull -on, 1/8 inch thick, synthetic rubber end seals, Model C, as manufactured by Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. or approved equal. C. Casing End Seals shall be as shown on the plans for the 54-inch pipeline. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL CONTINUITY BONDS A. Inspection: Use continuous bond wires with no cuts or tears in the insulation covering the conductor. B. General: Attach bond wires or bond straps at required locations by thermite welding process. Attach bond clips by arc -weld process. C. Thermite Welding Methods: Perform thermite welding of bond wires and bond straps to piping in the following manner: 1. Clean and dry pipe to which wires or straps are to be attached. 2. Use grinding wheel to remove all coating, mill scale, oxide, grease, and dirt from an area approximately 3 inches square. Grind surface to bright metal. 3. Remove approximately 1 inch `of insulation from each end of wire to be thermite welded to -pipe, exposing clean, oxide -free copper for welding. 4. Select proper size thermite weld mold as recommended by manufacturer. Place wire or strap between graphite mold and the prepared metal surface. 5. Place metal disk in bottom of mold. 6. Pour thermite weld charge into the mold. Squeeze bottom of cartridge to spread ignition powder over charge. 15640 .February, 2002 Page 6 of 10 DENTON WATER UTILITIES JOINT BONDING AND LAKE RAY ROBERTS PIPELINE ELECTRICAL ISOLATION 7. Close mold cover and ignite starting powder with flint gun. 8. After exothermic reaction, remove thermite weld mold and gently strike weld with a hammer to remove weld slag. Pull on wire or strap to assure a secure connection. If weld is not secure or the bond breaks, repeat procedure with new wire or strap. 9. If weld is secure, coat all bare metal and weld metal with Kop-Coat. Cover coated weld with a plastic weld cap. D. Post -Installation Inspection: Post -installation inspection of all electrical continuity bonds shall be made through a visual examination of each thermite weld connection for strength and suitable coating prior to backfilling. In addition, perform one or more of the following tests: 1. Circulate current through pipe using DC power supply. Calculate resistance through known length of pipe. Resistance must not exceed 150% of theoretical resistance for pipe and bonds. 2. Measure resistance through "select bonded joints with a digital low resistance ohmmeter (DLRO). Resistance of 0.001 ohms or, less is acceptable. 3. Position a CSE. at a stationary location adjacent to bonded pipeline. Impress a temporary current on pipe. Record static, current -applied, and instant "off' pipe -to -soil potential readings along the pipe relative to the stationary CSE. a. Static potential measurements referenced to stationary CSE must be nearly identical along the pipe to indicate electrical continuity. b. Instant "off' potentials referenced to stationary CSE must be nearly identical along pipe to indicate electrical continuity. C. The difference between the instant "off' and the static potential referenced to stationary CSE must be equal at each point of contact to pipe to indicate electrical continuity. 4. If any of the above procedures indicates a poor quality bond connection, rebond the joint. 5. Record results and submit to the owner or its designated representative for approval prior to backfrlling. E. Backfnlling of Bonded Joints: 1. Perform backfnlling of bonded piping in manner that prevents damage to the bonds and all connections to the metallic structures. 15640 February, 2002 Page 7 of 10 DENTON WATER UTILITIES JOINT BONDING AND LAKE RAY ROBERTS PIPELINE ELECTRICAL ISOLATION a. Use appropriate backfill material to completely cover the electrical bond. b. Provide protection so that future construction activities in the area will not destroy the bonded connections. 2. If construction activity damages a bonded connection, install new bond wire or strap. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF FLANGE ISOLATION DEVICES A. Placement: Install isolation joints at the locations shown on the drawings. B. Assembly: Place gasket, sleeves, and washers as recommended by the manufacturer. Follow manufacturer's recommendations for even tightening to proper torque. C. Testing: Immediately after an insulating fitting has been installed, test electrical isolation with a Gas Electronics model; 601 meter. Fully document test results. D. Painting: Do not use metal base paints on insulating fittings. E. Encapsulation: Encapsulate below -grade isolation joints with the Carboline Densyl tape system, or approved equal, after the isolation joint has been tested for effectiveness. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF CASING. SPACERS A. Assemble and securely fasten 'casing spacers to the pipeline to be installed in casings or tunnels. B. There must be no inadvertent metallic contact between casing and carrier pipe. The distance between spacers shall ensure that the pipe is adequately supported throughout its length, particularly at the ends, to offset settling and possible electrical shorting. The end spacer must be within 6 inches of the end of the casing pipe, regardless of size of casing and pipe or type of spacer. used. Install spacers on PVC pipe at the insertion line to prevent over -insertion of the spigot into the bell. C. Grade the bottom of the trench adjacent to each end of the casing to provide a firm, uniform and continuous support for the .pipe. If the trench requires some backfill to establish the final trench bottom grade, place the backfill material in 6- inch lifts and each layer compacted. D. After the casing or tunnel liner has been placed, it shall be pumped dry and shall remain so until the casing spacers and end seals are installed. E. Install casing spacers in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. All subcomponents shall be correctly assembled, evenly tightened, and remain free from damage during tightening of the insulators and pipe insertion. 15640 February, 2002 Page 8 of 10 , DENTON WATER UTILITIES JOINT BONDING AND LAKE RAY ROBERTS PIPELINE ELECTRICAL ISOLATION F. Insulator Spacing: 1. Maximum distance between spacers to be 10 feet for pipe sizes 6 inches and smaller, and 6 feet for pipe sizes greater than 6 inches. 2. If the casing or pipe is angled or bent, the spacing should be reduced. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF END SEALS A. Assemble hard rubber Link -Seals around the pipe and slide into the annular space between the pipe and casing. Evenly tighten the bolts to provide a positive seal. B. Place pull -on synthetic rubber end seals on the pipe and pull over the end of the casing. Securely fasten stainless steel bands. C. For 54-inch pipelines, install brick bulk heads as indicated on the drawings. 3.05 TESTING OF JOINT CONTINUITY BONDS AND INSULATED JOINTS A. General: After the completion of the continuity bonding of individual joints but before the pipe is backfilled, each bonded joint shall be tested for electrical continuity. B. A DC current shall be impressed on the pipe on one side of the joint under test using a portable 12-volt battery and a driven ground rod. The battery shall be connected such that the positive terminal is connected to the ground rod and the negative terminal is connected to the pipe, section under test. The magnitude of ' test current is not important as long as it causes a change in pipe -to -soil potential ' on the section of pipe that is in the test current circuit. C. The pipe -to soil potential shall be measured on each side of the insulated joint - using a high impedance voltmeter and portable copper/copper sulfate reference ' electrode with the test current "on" and "off. D. A joint is considered electrically continuous if the "on" and "off potentials are the same on either side of the joint under test. E. This same procedure shall be used to test individual insulated joints except that the ' joint is considered insulated if the pipe -to -soil potential is not the same when measured on each side of the joint when the test current is "on". ' 3.06 CASED CROSSING ISOLATION TESTS A. Immediately after the pipe has been installed in the casing, but prior to connecting the line or grouting the annulus, perform an electrical continuity test to determine whether the casing is in fact insulated from the pipe. The continuity check shall. be fully documented and approved by the owner or its designated representative prior to backfilling. 15640 ' February, 2002 Page 9 of 10 DENTON WATER UTILITIES LAKE RAY ROBERTS PIPELINE JOINT BONDING AND ELECTRICAL ISOLATION B. If the electrical isolation between pipe and casing is not effective, the cause shall be immediately investigated, and the situation remedied. Under no circumstances shall a shorted casing be backfilled. END OF SECTION 9 - 15640 February, 2002 Page 10 of 10 A CORROSION PROTECTION DESIGN LAKE RAY ROBERTS 54" WATER PIPELINE CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS SPECIFICATION SECTION 15641 CORROSION CONTROL TEST STATIONS �� CORRPRO COMPANIES, INC. HOUSTON, TEXAS FEBRUARY, 2002 CII VED FEB 7 2v02 NGINEERING 7 1 1 1 I i 1 1 APPENDIX E 1 SPECIFICATION SECTION 15641 CORROSION CONTROL TEST STATIONS DENTON WATER UTILITIES CORROSION CONTROL LAKE RAY ROBERTS PIPELINE TEST STATIONS ' SECTION 15641 CORROSION CONTROL TEST STATIONS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Test station materials and installation requirements. B. Locations requiring test stations are adjacent to manholes, major pipeline crossings, cased crossings and tunnels, and below -grade isolation joints. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 15640 - Joint Bonding and Electrical Isolation. B. Section 15642 — Specification for Magnesium Anode Cathodic Protection Systems. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM D1248 - Polyethylene Plastic Molding and Extrusion Material. B. NACE RP-0169 - Recommended Practice, Control of External Corrosion on Underground or Submerged Metallic Piping Systems. Concrete Pressure Pipe. C. AWWA M9 Manual - Pretensioned D. UL 83 - Thermoplastic Insulated Wires. . E. UL 486A - Wire Connectors for Use with Copper Conductors. 1.04 SUBMITTALS 1 I 1 A. Submittals shall conform to the requirements of Section 01300 - Submittals. B. Catalogue Cuts: Manufacturer's catalog cuts shall be submitted for each item. The catalog cuts shall include the manufacturer's name and shall provide sufficient information to show that the materials meet the requirements of the drawings and specifications. Where more than one item or catalog number appears on a catalog cut, clearly identify the item proposed. C. Drawings: As -built drawings of the corrosion control test stations shall be maintained by the Contractor during installation and construction. Drawings shall be revised to show exact locations of all wiring, connections, and terminal boxes. All items of equipment and material shall be properly identified. The original as -built drawings shall be submitted to the owner or its designated representative. February, 2002 1 15641 Page 1 of 6 DENTON WATER UTILITIES CORROSION CONTROL LAKE RAY ROBERTS PIPELINE TEST STATIONS 1.06 QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide manufacturer's certifications that all components of the corrosion control test stations meet the requirements of the drawings and specifications. The certification shall reference the applicable section of the specifications and the applicable standard details. B. The drawings for the corrosion control test stations are diagrammatic and shall not be scaled for exact locations, unless scales ,are explicitly stated on the specific drawing. Field conditions, non-interference with other utilities or mechanical and structural features shall determine exact locations. Contractor shall note other existing utilities in the area and during excavation, shall not damage these utilities. Any damaged utilities shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the owner at the Contractor's expense. C. All materials, fabrication, and installations are subject to inspection and testing by the owner or its designated representative. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 FLUSH MOUNT TEST STATIONS A. Test stations shall consist of test wires, a terminal box and a traffic box as shown on the drawings. B. The terminal box shall be a five terminal Big Fink as manufactured by Cott Manufacturing Company or approved equal. C. The Precast Concrete traffic box shall be an 8.75-inch diameter I-RT with a cast iron cover marked "CP Test" as manufactured by Brooks Products, Inc or approved equal. D. Install a marker sign adjacent to all flush -mounted test -stations. 2.02 ABOVE -GRADE TEST STATIONS A. At test station locations where flush mounted structures cannot be installed, an above - grade test station shall be used, and placed such that possible damage from vandalism, traffic, etc. is minimized. B. The test station shall be a five terminal Big Fink as manufactured by Cott Manufacturing or approved equal. C. Terminal boxes shall have a lockable, corrosion -proof plastic cover and shall be mounted on a 5-foot length of 3-inch diameter galvanized steel conduit. D. The test station shall be installed adjacent to a permanent structure, if available, for physical protection. 2.03 REFERENCE ELECTRODES A. The reference electrode shall be a copper/copper sulfate Permacell Plus, double membrane, ceramic cell in a geomembrane package as manufactured by Corrpro Companies, Inc. or approved equal. 15641 February, 2002 Page 2 of 6 I -1 I 1 DENTON WATER UTILITIES CORROSION CONTROL LAKE RAY ROBERTS PIPELINE TEST STATIONS B. The electrode shall be equipped with No. 14 AWG stranded copper wire with blue HMWPE insulation of suitable length to attach to the terminal board of the test station. 2.04 TEST STATION LEAD WIRES A. Test station lead wires of all sizes shall have TW, THW or THHN insulation. B. Type insulation shall be color coded based upon connection to underground structures: 1. Water piping: white. i2. Foreign structures: red. 3.. Steel casings: yellow. C. -All terminal boards shall be wired by the installer as shown on the drawings.. 2.05 THERMITE WELD EQUIPMENT A. Charges and Molds: Weld charges and mold size shall be specified by the manufacturer for the specific surface configuration. Use only the correct charges for the specific application. Welding charges and molds shall be Erico, Cadweld or Continental Industries, Thermoweld. B. Weld Coating: Coating for all welds shall be Kop-Coat as manufactured by Carboline or approved equal. Cover coated weld with a plastic weld cap. PART 3 EXECUTION ' 3.01. APPLICATIONS A. Required applications of corrosion control test stations include locations where future testing is anticipated for the following reasons: I. Testing to determine the effectiveness of the installed cathodic protection systems and to allow for startup adjustments. ' 2. Testing to determine interference effects from and on adjacent or crossing foreign underground structures. 3. Testing to determine sources and magnitude of stray d-c currents and required mitigative measures. 4. Periodic monitoring to determine status of existing cathodic protection systems, stray current, and foreign line influence. B. Install test stations at each of the locations scheduled on the drawings. As a minimum, test stations are required at each of the following locations: 1. At all major underground metallic pipeline crossings. 15641 February, 2002 Page 3 of 6 I DENTON WATER UTILITIES CORROSION CONTROL LAKE RAY ROBERTS PIPELINE TEST STATIONS 2. At all cased crossings and tunnels (both ends). 3. At all underground isolation flanges. 4. At all anode groundbed locations. 3.02 GENERAL A. Locate test stations adjacent to manholes where possible. If a flush mounted test station is not feasible in a particular location, then an above -grade test station may be used, subject to approval by the owner or its designated representative. B. Use continuous test station lead wires without cuts or tears in the insulation. C. Locate test stations as close to directly over the pipe as possible. If the pipe is installed under a road, place the test station at the curb for easy access. D. Attach test lead wires to the pipe by thermite welding.. E. Attach test wires to the pipe prior to backfilling. F. Use color coded test wires as indicated on the drawings. G. Wire test station terminal board configurations as shown on the drawings. H. At foreign pipeline crossing test stations, the owners of the pipeline must be notified and must give permission before the test leads are connected to their pipeline. The owner should have a representative present. 3.03 FLUSH -MOUNT TEST STATIONS A. Install flush -mount test stations as shown on the drawings. B. Sufficient slack shall be coiled beneath the test station to allow for soil settlement and to prevent damage to the leads during backfilling. Additional slack shall be left to allow for withdrawal of the terminal board a minimum of 18 inches above the top of the precast concrete traffic box for test purposes. C. Install flush -mount test stations with permanent copper/copper sulfate reference electrodes where indicated on the drawings. 1. Install reference electrode approximately 12-inches from the pipe. 2. Compact native soil by hand around the electrode. The balance of the backfill shall be select granular backfill material. 3. Saturate the backfilled reference electrode with 5 gallons of water. D. Set test stations installed outside areas of permanent paving materials in a Portland cement concrete pad. The concrete pad shall be a minimum of 24 inches square and no less than 4 inches thick. 15641 February, 2002 Page 4 of 6 DENTON WATER UTILITIES CORROSION CONTROL LAKE RAY ROBERTS PIPELINE TEST STATIONS 3.04 ABOVE -GRADE TEST STATIONS A. Install above -grade test ,stations where a flush mounted test station cannot be located. Use and location of above -grade test stations shall be approved by the owner or its designated representative. B. Locate test station adjacent to a permanent structure (e.g. a power pole), if available, for physical protection. C. Coil sufficient slack beneath the test station to allow for soil settlement and to prevent damage to the leads during backfilling. D. Set.test stations in a Portland cement concrete anchor. The concrete anchor shall be a minimum,of 12 inches in diameter and no less than 2 feet thick. 3.05 TEST LEAD WIRE ATTACHMENT A. Attach test leads to the pipe by thermite welding directly to the pipe for steel or to an "L" bracket for CCP. See drawings. B. The pipe to which the wires are to be attached shall be clean and dry. C. When connecting directly to the pipe, use a grinding wheel to remove all coating, mill scale, oxide, grease, and dirt from an area approximately 3 inches square. . Grind the surface to bright metal. D. The wires to be thermite welded to the pipe shall have approximately 1 inch of insulation removed from each end, exposing clean, oxide -free copper for welding. E. Using the proper size thermite weld mold as recommended by the manufacturer, place the wire between the graphite mold and the prepared metal surface. Use a copper sleeve ' crimped over the wire for all No. 12 AWG wires. F. Place the metal disk in the bottom of the mold. G. Pour the themvte weld charge into the mold. Squeeze the bottom of the cartridge to spread ignition powder over the charge. H. Close the mold cover and ignite the starting powder with a flint gun. I. After the exothermic reaction, remove the thermite weld mold and gently strike the weld with a hammer to remove the weld slag. Pull on the wire to assure a secure connection. If the weld is not secure or the wire breaks, repeat the procedure. J. If the weld is secure, coat all bare metal and weld metal with Kop-Coat. Cover the coated weld with a plastic weld cap. 3.06 POST INSTALLATION BACKFILLING OF TEST STATION - LEAD WIRES. A. Protect test station wires to,prevent damage to the wire insulation and conductor integrity during backfilling. 15641 February, 2002 Page 5 of 6 DENTON WATER UTILITIES CORROSION CONTROL LAKE -RAY ROBERTS PIPELINE TEST STATIONS B. After completion of the backfilling of the test wires to the pipe, verify the connection by recording a pipe -to -soil potential. C. Replace any test wire found to have a high resistance connection. END OF SECTION February, 2002 15641 Page 6 of 6 11 LA CORROSION PROTECTION DESIGN LAKE RAY ROBERTS 54" WATER PIPELINE CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS SPECIFICATION SECTION 15642 MAGNESIUM ANODE CATHODIC PROTECTION SYSTEM PREPARED BY CORRPRO COMPANIES, INC. HOUSTON, TEXAS FEBRUARY, 2002 EFEB77'22002 ENGINEERING ' DENTON WATER UTILITIES CATHODIC PROTECTION LAKE RAY ROBERTS PIPELINE FOR PIPELINES SECTION 15642 ' MAGNESIUM ANODE CATHODIC PROTECTION SYSTEM PART GENERAL 1 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Requirements for magnesium anodes to cathodically protect bar -wrapped concrete ' cylinder pipe (AWWA C- 303), mortar coated steel pipe or polyurethane coated steel pipe. A. Work performed under this specification shall consist of providing all supervision, labor, 1 equipment and materials as well as providing all operations necessary to install and test the required cathodic protection system components for the exterior surfaces of the 54" and 30" inch Lake Roberts Water Transmission Main. The work shall be performed in accordance with the provisions of the specifications, applicable plans, codes and standards, and subject to other terms and conditions for the project. B. Cathodic protection components shall be as shown on the project drawings for the 54" and 30" inch Lake Roberts Water Transmission Main. The cathodic protection system shall include but not be limited to the following: 1. Materials and installation. 2. Post -installation survey. 3. Final Report C. Applications: Required applications of cathodic protection include buried water piping an appurtenances. References to concrete cylinder pipe shall be interpreted as pre - tensioned AWWA Type C303 concrete cylinder pipe. 1.02 REFERENCES A. NEC 70 - National Electrical Code ' B. NACE RP-0169-96 - Recommended Practice, Control of External Corrosion on Underground or Submerged Metallic Piping Systems. C. UL 83 — Thermoplastic -Insulated Wires. D. UL 486A —Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use With Copper Conductors. ' 1.03 QUALITY CONTROL A. Installer Qualifications: Cathodic protection installer shall have a minimum of 5 years of documented experience in the type of cathodic protection work required for the project. February, 2002 15642 Page 1 of 8 DENTON WATER UTILITIES CATHODIC PROTECTION LAKE RAY ROBERTS PIPELINE FOR PIPELINES B. Cathodic Protection Tester: Cathodic protection tester shall be present during the installation of all anodes, field splices, and thermite welding.. All testing shall be completed by a NACE International certified corrosion technologist. C. All materials, fabrication and installations are subject to inspection and testing by the owner or its designated representative. E. The drawings for the cathodic protection system are diagrammatic and shall not be scaled for exact locations unless scales are explicitly stated on the specific drawing. Field conditions, non-interference with other utilities or mechanical and structural features shall determine exact locations. Contractor shall note other existing utilities in the area. Care shall be taken during excavation not to damage these utilities. Any damaged utilities shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the City of Denton at the Contractor's expense.. PART ANODES 2.01 SACRIFICIAL ANODES - MAGNESIUM A. Magnesium Anodes: 48-pound, prepackaged, high potential magnesium anodes shall be used. The metallurgical composition of the magnesium anodes shall be as follows: Element PerceICom osi�tion ntO1 Aluminum —0 Maximum Manganese 0.50 to 1.3 Copper 0.02 Maximum Nickel 0.001 Maximum Iron 0.03 Maximum Other - (each) 0.05 Maximum Other - (total) 0.30 Maximum Magnesium Balance B. Magnesium Anode Current Capacity: Magnesium anodes shall have a current capacity of I no less than 500 amp -hours per pound of magnesium. C. Anode Backfill Material: Chemical backfill material shall be used around all galvanic anodes installed. Backfill shall provide for a reduced contact resistance to earth, provide for. a uniform environment surrounding the anode, retain moisture around the anode, and prevent passivation of the anode. FA All galvanic anodes shall come prepackaged in a backfill material conforming to the following composition: a. Ground hydrated gypsum: 75 percent b. Powdered bentonite: 20 percent C. Anhydrous sodium sulfate: 5 percent. The backfill shall have a grain size such that 100 percent is capable of passing through a 20-mesh screen and 50 percent is retained by a 100-mesh screen. The backfill mixture shall completely surround the anode within a cotton bag. February,2002 15642 Page 2 of 8 J 11 I 1 r I [.] 11 1 1 1 i 1 11 1 DENTON WATER UTILITIES CATHODIC PROTECTION LAKE RAY ROBERTS PIPELINE FOR PIPELINES 4. For standard cast magnesium ingots, the weight of backfill required shall be as follows: Anode Weight Backfrll Weight Total Weight ounds. Pounds Pounds 48 48 9 D. Anode Lead Wires: 1. The standard lead wire for a magnesium anode shall be a 20-foot length of No. 12 AWG solid copper wire with type TW insulation. E. Lead Wire Connection to Magnesium Anode: 1. Magnesium anodes shall be cast with a galvanized steel core with the weight of the core not to exceed 0.10 pounds per linear foot. 2. One end of the anode shall be recessed to expose the core for the lead wire connection. 3. The lead wire shall be silver -soldered to the core and the connection fully insulated by filling the recess with an electrical potting compound. 2.02 SPLICING TAPE Tape used for taping anode lead wire to anode -header cable connections shall be Scotch 33 vinyl electrical tape and Scotch 130C rubber splicing tape, as manufactured by Scotch, 3M, or approved equal. Taped splices shall be covered with a coating of Scotchkote electrical coating. 2.03 CRIMPING LUGS Crimping lugs used to connect the anode lead wire to anode header cable shall be copper compression crimpit Catalog No. YC10C10 as manufactured by Burndy or approved equal. 2.04 ANODE HEADER CABLE Anode header cables routed between the anode groundbed and the test stations shall be #10 AWG stranded copper conductors with type HMWPE insulation (Black). 2.05 TEST STATIONS A. The test stations shall be seven terminal, flush -to -grade, type NM-7 with cast iron lockable lid as manufactured by C. P. Test Services or approved equal. B. If the area is not paved, the test station shall be installed in a 6" x 12" x 12" square concrete pad. 1 February, 2002 15642 Page 3 of 8 DENTON WATER UTILITIES CATHODIC PROTECTION LAKE RAY ROBERTS PIPELINE FOR PIPELINES 2.06 SHUNT A. Monitoring shunt shall be a 0.01-ohm Type RS shunt as manufactured by Holloway or approved equal. B. Two shunts are required in each test station. 2.07 TEST LEAD WIRE A. Test station lead wires shall be #12 1 AWG stranded copper cable with type THW insulation (white). 2.08 PERMANENT REFERENCE ELECTRODE A. The permanent reference electrode shall be a copper/copper sulfate Permacell, Model IHRP-802 as -manufactured by Harco Technologies or approved equal. B. The permanent reference electrode shall be equipped with No. 14 AWG stranded copper wire with blue HMWPE insulation of suitable length to attach to the terminal board of the test station. C. The permanent reference electrode shall have a minimum design life of 15 years and a stability of 5 millivolts under a 3.0 microamp load. 2.09 THERMITE WELD EQUIPMENT Materials required for thermite welding and coating of the welds are described in the following sections. A. Charges and Molds: Weld charges and mold size shall be as specified by the manufacturer for the specific surface configuration. Care shall be taken during installation to be sure correct charges are used. Welding charges and molds shall be the product of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the production of such materials. B. Weld Coating: Coating for all welds shall be Kop-Coat as manufactured by Carboline or approved equal. The coated weld shall be covered with a plastic weld cap. PART 3 CATHODIC PROTECTION SYSTEM INSTALLATION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF SACRIFICIAL ANODES A. Both the 54" diameter bar -wrapped concrete cylinder pipe and the 54" diameter mortar coated steel pipe options shall need fifty-two (52) anode beds each having a groups of ten (10), 48-pound magnesium anodes, installed at 790 feet spacing along the route of the pipeline. The total number of anodes required is 520. B. The 54" diameter polyurethane coated carbon steel pipe option shall need thirty-two (32) anode ground anode beds each having a groups of ten (10), 48-pound magnesium anodes, February, 2002 15642 Page 4 of 8 DENTON WATER UTILITIES CATHODIC PROTECTION LAKE RAY ROBERTS PIPELINE FOR PIPELINES be installed at 1,295 feet spacing along the route of the pipeline. The total number of anodes required is 320. C. Placement: Each anode shall be installed vertically in an 8 inch diameter by 10 foot deep hole as shown on the project drawings. Centerline of the anode shall be a minimum of 10 feet from the centerline of the pipe. Anodes shall be installed within the pipeline right- of-way as far away from the waterline as possible. D. Anodes shall be installed on 10-foot centers. E. Augured Hole: The hole diameter shall easily accommodate the anode, F. Backfilling: After the hole is augured, the packaged anode shall be lowered into the hole and the soil shall be firmly tamped around the package so that it is in intimate contact with the package. G. Anode Lead Wire: Lead wires from the anodes shall be run underground at a minimum depth of 24 inches. Each anode lead wire shall be connected to an anode header cable as indicated on the project drawings. H. Handling: Anodes shall be handled in a manner that will avoid damaging anode materials and wire connections. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF PERMANENT REFERENCE ELECTRODE (AT EACH TEST STATION) A. Location: One permanent copper/copper sulfate reference electrode shall be installed of each test station location and shall be within 6" of the pipe at pipe depth. The reference electrode shall be prepared and installed in strict accordance with the manufacturers recommendations B. Placement: The permanent reference electrode may be placed in the same ditch with the water line and carefully covered with the same soil as the pipeline backfill. C. Lead Wire: The permanent reference electrode lead wire shall be protected during backfill operations and routed to the test station along with the waterline test leads and anode ground bed cables. 3.03. INSTALLATION OF WIRE AND CABLE A. Depth: All underground wire and cable shall be installed at a minimum of 24 inches below final grade with a minimum separation of 6 inches from other underground structures.- B. Anode Header Cable: Each anode lead wire shall be connected to a #10 AWG/HMWPE header cable which shall be routed into a flush -to -grade test station. C. Anode Lead Wire To Header Cable Connection: Each anode lead wire to header cable connection shall be made using a copper compression connector. Each connection shall February, 2002 15642 Page 5 of 8 DENTON WATER UTILITIES CATHODIC PROTECTION LAKE RAY ROBERTS PIPELINE FOR PIPELINES be taped using rubber tape, vinyl tape and coated with Scotchkote electrical coating as shown on the project drawings. D. Anode Connection -To -Pipeline: Each group of ten (10) anodes_ shall be connected to the pipeline through a test station. Each group of ten anodes will be divided into two groups of five (5) anodes. Each group having it's own header cable routed to the test station. A 0.01 ohm shunt shall be used to connect each anode header cable to the pipeline as shown on the project drawings. E. A 3" wide, yellow, non -detectable warning tape labeled "Cathodic Protection Cable Buried Below" shall be buried at a depth of 18" below the surface and along the length of all cp cable trenches. 3.04 TEST LEAD WIRE ATTACHMENT A. Test lead cables shall be attached -to the pipe by thermite welding. B. The pipe to which the wires are to be attached shall be clean and dry. C. A grinding wheel .shall be used. to remove all coating, mill scale, oxide, grease and dirt from the tank over an area approximately inches square. The surface shall be cleaned to bright metal. D. The wires to be thermite welded to the pipe shall have approximately 1 inch of insulation removed from each end, exposing clean, oxide -free copper for welding. E. Using the proper size thermite weld mold as recommended by the manufacturer, the wire shall be placed between the graphite mold and the prepared metal surface. All wires No. 12 AWG size shall use a copper sleeve crimped over the wire. F. The metal disk shall be placed in the bottom of the mold. G. The cap from the weld charge container shall be removed and the contents poured into the mold. Squeeze the bottom of the weld charge container to spread ignition powder over the charge. H. Close the mold cover and ignite the starting powder with a flint gun. The mold should be held firmly in place until all of the charge has burned and the weld has cooled slightly. I. Remove the thermite weld mold and gently strike the weld with a hammer to remove the weld slag. Pull on the wire to assure a secure connection. If the weld is not secure or the wire breaks, repeat the procedure. J. If the weld is secure, coat all bare metal and weld metal with Kop-Coat. The coated weld shall be covered with a plastic weld cap. February,2002 15642 Page 6 of 8 DENTON WATER UTILITIES CATHODIC PROTECTION LAKE RAY ROBERTS PIPELINE FOR PIPELINES 3.05 FLUSH -TO -GRADE TEST STATIONS A. Flush -to -grade test stations shall be installed as shown on the drawings. Test stations shall be installed in a 6" x 12" x 12" square concrete pad. B. Sufficient slack shall be coiled beneath the test station to allow for soil settlement and to prevent damage to the leads during backflling. Additional slack shall be left to allow for withdrawal of the terminal board a minimum of 12" above the top of the concrete pad for test purposes. 3.06 POST INSTALLATION BACKFILLING OF CABLES A. General: During the backfilling operation, cables shall be protected to prevent damage to the wire insulation and conductor integrity. 3.07 POST INSTALLATION TESTING OF THE CATHODIC PROTECTION SYSTEMS A. General: As soon as possible after the cathodic protection equipment has been installed, the system shall be inspected, energized and adjusted. B. Energization: The energizing of the cathodic protection system shall be performed by a . corrosion engineer hired by the contractor to achieve compliance with the referenced corrosion control standards set forth by NACE International and/or AWWA. C. Method: The Corrosion Engineer shall: 1. Measure native state structure -to -soil potentials along the waterline using the permanent reference electrodes at each anode test station prior to energizing the cathodic protection system. 2. Energize the cathodic protection system by connecting each magnesium anode. groundbed to the pipeline leads in the test station junction box. Record each anode groundbed current using the 0.01-ohm shunt. 3. Allow 3 weeks for the pipeline to polarize. 4. Adjust, if necessary, the cathodic protection current output in each anode test station to satisfy the criteria of a minimum of 100 millivolts of polarization or an "Instant Off' potential at least as negative as -850 millivolts CSE. 6. Record all final current outputs measured at each test station. 7. Verify that all electrical isolation devices are operating properly including flange isolators, and casing spacers. 8. Verify that interference does not exist with foreign structures. Perform joint tests with owners of the foreign structure and mitigate any interference detected. Foreign line test stations have been provided to facilitate the interference testing and installation of any necessary resistance bonds. It is the corrosion engineers responsibility to coordinate the interference testing with the owners of foreign structures. February,2002 15642 Page 7 of 8 DENTON WATER UTILITIES CATHODIC PROTECTION LAKE RAY ROBERTS PIPELINE FOR PIPELINES D. Verification and Responsibilities 1. Contractor shall correct, at his expense, any deficiencies in materials or installation procedures discovered during the post -installation inspection. 2. Corrosion Engineer shall provide written documentation of any deficiencies discovered during the post installation inspection. E.. Equipment: All cathodic protection testing instruments shall be in proper working order and calibrated according to factory specifications. F. Report: The results of all commissioning procedures along with documentation of anode groundbed current outputs, pipe -to -soil potentials, results of interference testing, results of insulated joint tests and as built drawings shall be compiled in a final report and furnished to the owner along with operating and maintenance instructions. February, 2002 15642 Page 8 of 8 9 1 1 APPENDIX A TXDOT AND TMPA PERMIT APPLICATIONS 1 1 11 I l i 1 I '. FORM 1023 I 1 'J APPROVAL TO: City of Denton 601 East Hickory City Hall East Suite B Denton TX 76205- Attn: Frank Payne Hwy No: FM 2153 Control: 2248 Section: 01 Maintenance Section: 04 Denton County Date: 02/05/02 The Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) offers no objection to the location on the right-of- way of your proposed 54" TREATED WATER line as shown on the accompanying drawings and notice dated 01/24/02 except as shown below. It is expressly understood that the TxDOT does not purport, hereby, to grant any right, claim, title, or easement in or upon this highway; and it is further understood that the TxDOT may require the owner to relocate this line, subject to provisions of governing laws, by giving thirty (30) days written notice. You are requested to notify this office prior to commencement of any routine or periodic maintenance which requires pruning of trees within the highway right -of- way, so that we may provide specifications for the extent and methods to govern in trimming, topping, tree balance, type of cuts, painting cuts and clean up. These specifications are intended to preserve our considerable. investment in highway planting and beautification, by reducing damage due to trimming. The installation shall not damage any part of the highway and adequate provisions must be made to cause minimum inconveniences to traffic, and adjacent property owners. In the event the Owner fails to comply with any or all of the requirements as set forth herein, the State may take such action as it deems appropriate to compel compliance. SPECIAL PROVISIONS: • Water & Pressure Sewer Pipelines • Crossing By Tunneling EXTEND TUNNEL/LINER FROM ROW TO ROW • General Utility Specifications • Trench Excay. & Pit Locations • Specifications For Backfill Revegetation Special Provisions: In order to minimize erosion and sedimentation resulting from the proposed installation, the project area will be revegetated • in accordance with.TxDOT's Standard Specification Item 164 which specifies the appropriate grass seed mix to be used. All applicants must contact and/orpermit with local governments prior to start of construction. Please notify PHIL SIMONS TELEPHONE (940) 387-1324 forty-eight (48) hours prior to starting construction of the line in order that we may have a representative present. PERMIT NO. 20020205005 By: TeAas Department of Transportation 11 0 a 1 J 1 i aeaaamanl snr"...uam Fonn 1023 (Rev. 3M) (Elaevank versian GSD.EPC W.M WhmZ Page l of 3 clliill Notice of Proposed Installation Utility Line on. Non -Controlled Access Highway FEB - j ' 110: 113 -1 nil log 43 To the Texas Transportation Commission clo District Engineer Texas Department of Transportation Dallas , Texas Formal notice is hereby given that . City of Company proposes to place a 54-Inch T line within the right-of-way of Farm to Mar Texas as follows: (give location, length, gener Date January 24, 2002 County Proposed 54-Inch pipeline will cross FM 2153 sixty-five (65) feet south of the most northerly intersection of Burger Road and FM 2153. Crossing will be approximately 70 feet in length. Crossing will be constructed with casing installed by tunnel. Casing material will be galvanized corrugated metal tunnel liner plate conforming to ASTM A569 with an inside diameter of 69 inches. Cartier pipe will be either concrete cylinder pipe, polyurethane coated steel pipe, or mortar coated steel pipe, maximum operating pressure of 200 psi. The line will be constructed and maintained on the highway right-of-way as shown on the attached drawing and in accordance with the rules, regulations and policies of the Texas Department of Transportation (xDOT), and all governing laws, including but not limited to the "Federal Clean Water Act; the "National Endangered Species Act,' and the "Federal Historic Preservation Act." Upon request by TxDOT, proof of compliance with all governing laws, rules and regulations will be submitted to TxDOT before commencement of construction. Our firm will use Best Management Practices to minimize erosion and sedimentation resulting from the proposed installation, and we will revegetate the project area as indicated under "Revegetation Special Provisions." Our firm will ensure that traffic control measures complying with applicable portions of the Texas Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices will be installed and maintained for the duration of this installation. The location and description of the proposed line and appurtenances is more fully shown by complete sets of drawings Attached to this notice. Construction of this line will begin omor afterthe 1st day of March 12002 By_ signing below, I certify that I am authorized to represent the Firm listed below, and that the Firm agrees to the conditions/provisions included in this permit. Firm C/7Y OF MAJ ' By (Print) F You � per. Signature >� ' Title &R� Q.PW1Av672A7-0 e Add ress_6ZYIVAtf-ERST. CV i. 1114XC � ��re tar ,D��yrotir, TX 7�ZoS ' Phone No. �9Zc�t��-eqlG 1 2164 NOFTN aL Ii 4000' 9000' ��0Y° RAY ROBERTS LAKE IL NORMAL POOL ELEVATION 692.5. 'S6 BEGIN PRO, A r3l-631 ft h CAK PO f \\\\ / `,P \ I sADY SH RES \I POP 1.045 LOCATION ,MAP :2 9;. TRDiIT R& p w z z w 4 0 0 04 f + + '-69'0 =.W E31 0 IL 5 W RUNE 90" .31- STEEL I TUNNEL LINER VERIZON o XL PI STA 34+01,44 x BURGER ROAD PX NNL/V 0156 N 71759*7.066 A=90'14'58" LT. IN 7175880.79 .j C 2�7251.947 605.374 E 2407173.19 Y'npZ NOTES: ONE 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIPr DEPTH AND LOCATION OF ALL UTILITIES PRIOR TO MANUFACTURING OF PIPE. 2. CONSTRUCTION IN FM 215.3 ROW AND FM 425 ROW SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE PATH GENERAL PROJECT NOTES. SPECIFICATIONS AND T)(DOT PERMITS 3. NOTIFY TXDOT 48 HOURS PRIOR TO STARTING CONSTRUCTION. SEE APPROVED PERMIT FOR CONTACT INFORMATION. 0 10' 20' so' 4. CONTRACT PLANS. SPECIFICATIONS AND APPROVED PERMITS SHALL BE KEPT ON SITE THROUGH THE MEMEM-mmmff MmEw c c mom MEN —A ME 111MMOMMM' mmmollom — 32+00 32+40 32+80 334 -- 33+60 34+00 | §| . } �) (§ 8 / {�- j � { , §[I | k h |F Ell / \ | ; §, W . . I zz ` - ! 7 �\ d� ) / !! film aDETA e 1 I t 1. GENERAL - No dirt from a trench or pit excavation shall be placed on the roadway or shoulders. All equipment and stockpiled dirt shall meet the safety clear zone distances listed below or have adequate barricades and warning devices to protect the traveling public. Topsoil shall be kept separate from other excavation material, and be replaced in accordance with "SPECIFICATIONS FOR BACKFILL." ' All pits and trenches shall be kept free from standing water. if trenches and/or bore pits are left open for extended periods of time without a continuous progression of work, the utility will be required ' to backfill the trench and/or bore pits. Any other pit will not be left open for more than a forty-eight (48) hour period. 1 I 1 In all excavations where sloughing is likely to occur, shoring will be utilized to prevent damage to the highway structure (s). The utility agency or contractor shall be responsible for maintaining trench excavation protection as required by provisions of Part 1926, Subpart P - Excavations, Trenching and Shoring of OSHA Standards. 2. TRENCHING — Longitudinal installations must be placed as near a uniform alignment .to the right of way line as possible. Trenching machine or backhoe may be used. A backhoe--will be required'if.a uniform alignment can't be maintained by use of a trenching machine. 3. SAFETY CLEAR ZONE DISTANCES - Minimum clear zone distances required for trench excavations and bore pit locations are as follows. A. Thirty (30) ft from the edge of pavement (Traveled Lane) of high-speed (More than 40 mph), high volume (More than 750 vehicles per day) highways. B. Sixteen (16) ft*.from the edge of pavement of high-speed, low volume (Less than 750 vehicles per day) highways. C. Sixteen (16) ft* from ramps. D. Ten (10) ft* for low -speed (40 mph or Jess).highways. E. Ten (10) ft* for any paved intersecting side streets. * Five (5) ft MINIMUM from the edge of any shoulder. For CURBED Hiahways. A. Thirty (30) ft from the back of curb for high-speed highways. B. Five (5) ft from the back of curb, plus any additional distance to clear sidewalks, for low speed highways. C. Five (5) ft from the back of curb for intersecting side street. T.DM-Doom Di.i l w ySp.-T.�Aft Jul LSSIY9 11 ' BACKFILLING ,1 1. GENERAL - As soon as practical, all portions of the excavation ' shall be backfilled. Trenches and pits shall be backfilled with the from material obtained the excavation or from other sources. Backfill material will be free from stones of such size as to interfere with compaction; free from large lumps which will not break down readily under compaction; and free from frozen lumps, wood or other extraneous material. The.TxDOT Inspector may reject any material containing more ' than twenty (20) percent by weight of material retained on a three (3) inch sieve. The portion of top soil removed from the original excavation shall be ' replaced, as nearly as feasible, in its original position. ' 2. DEPTH OF LIFTS - That portion of backf ill below the top of pipe shall be placed in uniform layers not to exceed eight (8) inches in depth (loose measurement). Backfill above the top of pipe shall be placed layers not to exceed ten (10) inches in depth (loose measurement). If the backfill-is to support a portion of roadway or embankment, then the material will be 1 placed in uniform layers not to exceed eight (8) inches in depth (loose measurement). 3. PROCEDURE FOR COMPACTION - Each layer of backf ill material, if dry, shall be wetted uniformly to the moisture content required to obtain a density comparable with the adjacent undisturbed soil and shall be compacted to that density by means of mechanical tampers or rammers. The use of rolling equipment of the type generally used in ' compacting embankments will be permitted on portions which are accessible to such equipment. Water jetting or.pondiag will not be permitted. Special care shall be taken to ensure thorough compaction of material placed under the haunches of the pipe. ' Cohesionless .materials, such as sand, may be used for general backfilling purposes. Compaction of cohesionless materials shall be done with vibratory equipment. 4. RESTORATION -OF RIGHT OF WAY - Prompt replacement of sod, removal ' of debris, and any other restoration necessary to restore the right of ..way to a condition equal to that which existed prior to the utility installation will be required. In areas of,ero"jWf<wthe use of stabilized backfill.may be required. :Should .settlement or erosion occur within six(6) months of the utility installation, the utility agency will be required to reshape, reseed, and/or resod the area. ' r.DDT•D.u..0. Uili�Y She • l.ddJl /1, - 1 ' WATER AND SANITARY SEWER INSTALLATIONS 1. GENERAL - Longitudinal water and sanitary sewer pipelines shall be placed on uniform alignment three (3) to ten (10) feet from the right of way line. The minimum depth of cover shall be twenty-four (24) inches for non -plastic lines and thirty (30) inches for plastic , lines. If a nonmetallic line is installed, a durable metal wire or. other device shall be concurrently installed for detection purposes. Each line may be installed with enough vertical flexibility to prevent excessive stresses, however, horizontal "snaking" of the line is prohibited. The utility agency shall place identification markers at the right of way line in sufficient number for longitudinal installations and at each highway crossing. All paved side streets crossed by a longitudinal line within TxDOT right of way must be installed as outlined in item f2 below. ' 2. CROSSINGS - Highway crossings are to be installed at or near right angles to highway and must be installed with an encasement pipe. Encasement pipe is also to be installed under normal center medians and is to extend from the top of backslope for cut sections and five (5) feet beyond the toe of slope for fill sections, unless an additional length is required as outlined in the "TRENCH EXCAVATION AND PIT LOCATION" specification. ' All crossings Aindar.,_."isting pavement must` -be installed as outlined in the "CONSTRUCTION OF HIGHWAY CROSSINGS BY BORE" Specification. The depth of cover for crossings shall be twenty-four (24) inches for non -plastic pipe and thirty (30) inches for plastic pipe under ditches. The encasement pipe must be a minimum of 'eighteen (18) inches or 1/2 the diameter of the pipe, whichever is greater, below the bottom of the pavement structure.. The encasement shall consist of a steel pipe around and outside the ' carrier pipe and support the load of the ground above the pipe, the highway, and the superimposed loads thereon, including construction equipment. The strength of the encasement pipe shall equal or exceed the structural requirements for highway drainage culverts covered under ASTM specifications. 3. ABODE GROUND APPURTENANCES - Fire hydrants, air release valves, and other similar appurtenances shall be located at or near the right of way line. All fire hydrants will be equipped with breakaway bases and should not be located in the sidewalk. ' T.[=-D.➢.. Muie 1 M144 =t, 3, . W.i..M I IPumps, wells, and other structures associated with lift stations and pump stations will not be permitted within the of way. limits of TxDOT right 1 4. MANHOLES - The outside diameter of the manhole chimney at ground level shall not exceed thirty-six (36) inches. The inside diameter of the. manhole for lines up to twelve (12) inches shall not exceed four (4) feet. For any increase in line size greater than twelve (12) inches the manhole may be increased a like amount. The manhole cover shall be installed flush with the ground, meet HS-20 load requirements, and weigh at least 175 pounds. r II 11 T.D=-DAI. D6,,ja ` Why Spec • Waal% 3nm ' CONSTRUCTION OF HIGHWAY CROSSING BY TUNNEL 1. GENERAL - Where the characteristics of the soil, size of the proposed pipe, and/or other factors make -the use of tunneling more satisfactory than boring, a tunnel may be used in place of boring. At no time shall the tunneling operation interfere with the traveling public. The safety of the traveling public and maintaining the integrity of the roadway is the primary concern. ' 2. PIT LOCATIONS - No excavation for pits will be allowed to be any closer to the edge of pavement (travel lane) than as outlined in the "TRENCH EXCAVATIONS AND PIT LOCATION". specification. If the required clear zone distance is. closer than outlined in the above mentioned specification, then appropriate traffic control devices such as barricades, signs, barrel mounted guard fence, and/or concrete traffic barriers will be required as deemed necessary by the TxDOT inspector. No excavated material will be stored closer to the traveled way than ' the pit. Allpits and trenches shall be backfilled immediately after the installation of the pipe has been completed and all excess material will be removed from the right of way. 3. METHOD OF INSTALLATION - Galvanized tunnel liner plates shall be utilized and be adequate to support the load of the highway and superimposed loads thereon, including that of construction machinery. The liner plates shall be of the type to permit segments to be installed from inside the tunnel. Each successive ring of liner shall ' not be more than eighteen (18) inches measured parallel to the longitudinal axis of the tunnel. e Liner plates shall be installed as closely as possible behind the excavation, which at no time shall be more than six (6) inches ahead of the required space to install an individual plate. Breast plates, ' poling boards, or other suitable devices shall be used to maintain the excavation with a minimum of unsupported excavation at any time. The excavated face of the tunnel wall shall not be greater than two ' (2) inches larger than the outside diameter of the liner. All voids outside the tunnel liner shall be filled through plugs in the liner plate by pressure grouting the length of the tunnel with a mixture ' consisting of two (2) cubic foot of cement per seven (7) cubic feet of sand, with sufficient water to provide a free flowing thick slurry. The and, spacing of the grout plugs shall be ten (10) feet. Five (5) percent air entraining agent shall' be used. Pressure grouting shall. be completed at the end of each work day, or more often when conditions warrant. The carrier pipe shall be restrained in a manner to prevent horizontal or -vertical movement. ' T.Dar-an.. D6UW REV inm wow 3PM-T.1 FORM 1023 I r I APPROVAL TO: City of Denton 601 East Hickory City Hall East Suite B Denton TX 76205- Attn: Frank Payne Hwy No: FM 428 Control: 0081 Section: 05 Maintenance Section: 04 Denton County Date: 02/05/02 The Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) offers no objection to the location on the right-of- way of your proposed 54" TREATED WATER line as shown on the accompanying drawings and notice dated 01/24/02 except as shown below. It is expressly understood that the TxDOT does not purport, hereby, to grant any right, claim, title, or easement in or upon this highway; and it is further understood that the TxDOT may require the owner to relocate this line, subject to provisions of governing laws, by giving thirty (30) days written notice. You are requested to notify this office prior to commencement of any routine or periodic maintenance which requires pruning of trees within the highway right -of- way, so that we may provide specifications -for the extent and methods to govern in trimming, topping, tree balance, type of cuts, painting cuts and clean up. These specifications are intended to preserve our considerable investment in highway planting and beautification, by reducing damage due to trimming. The installation shall not damage any part of the highway and adequate provisions must be made to cause minimum inconveniences to traffic, and adjacent property owners. In the event the Owner fails to comply with any or all of the requirements as set forth herein, the State may take such action as it deems appropriate to compel compliance. ' SPECIAL PROVISIONS: * General Utility Specifications * Water & Pressure Sewer Pipelines * Trench Excay. & Pit Locations * Crossing By Tunneling * Specifications For Backfill * APPROVAL SUBJECT TO CHANGES AS NOTED ON PLANS. EXTEND TUNNELILINER FROM ROW TO ROW * Revegetation Special Provisions: In order to minimize erosion and sedimentation resulting from the proposed installation, the project area will be-revegetated * in accordance with TxDOT's Standard Specification Item 164 which specifies the appropriate grass seed mix to be used. ' All applicants must contact and/or permit with local governments prior to start of construction. Please notify PHIL SIMONS TELEPHONE (940) 387-1324 forty-eight (48) hours prior to starting construction of the line in order that we may have a representative present. Texas De artment of Transportation By. tPE PERMIT NO. 20020205006 ti -ty Supervisor - a as -strict I I I 1 11 Notice of Proposed Installation ae.en Utility Line on Non -Controlled Access Highway Form 1023 (Rev. 3W) 02ge lc(2 version GSGEPC Word 8� [ Pa9eaf- ? FLU — I �;�j I ,�� 112 To the Texas Transportation Commission Date January 24, 2002 clo District Engineer Texas Department of Transportation Dallas , Texas Formal notice is hereby given that City of Denton Company proposes to place a 54-Inch Treated W. line within the'dght-of-way of Farm to Market Road Texas as follows: (give location, length, general design, Proposed 54-Inch pipeline will cross FM 428 two thousand four hundred and seventy (2,470) feet south of the intersection of Elm Bottom Circle and FM 428. Crossing will be approximately 185 feet in length. Crossing will be constructed with casing installed by tunnel. Casing material will be galvanized corrugated metal tunnel liner plate conforming to ASTM A569 with an inside diameter of 69 inches. Carrier pipe will be either concrete cylinder pipe, polyurethane coated steel pipe, or mortar coated steel pipe, maximum operating pressure of 200 psi. ' The line will be constructed and maintained on the highway right-of-way as shown on the attached drawing and in accordance with the rules, regulations and policies of the Texas Department of Transportation (rxDOT), and all governing laws, including but not limited to the "Federal Clean Water Act," the "National Endangered Species Act," and the "Federal 1 1 I I 17 L I_ Historic Preservation Act." Upon request by TxDOT, proof of compliance with all governing laws, rules and regulations will be submitted to TxDOT before commencement of construction. Our firm will use Best Management Practices to minimize erosion and sedimentation resulting from the proposed installation, and we will revegetate the project area as indicated under 'Revegetation Special Provisions." Our firm will ensure that traffic control measures complying with applicable portions of the Texas Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices will be installed and maintained for the duration of this installation. The location and description of the proposed line and appurtenances -is more fully shown by complete sets of drawings attached to this notice. Construction of this line will begin on or after the 1st day of March , 2002 By signing below, I certify that I am authorized to represent the Firm listed below, and that the Firm agrees to the conditions/provisions included in this permit. Firm C/ry of 0eNTaN By (Print) AYNE Fe Signature e Title r�NCrlti 1GE�/ �Gf T To .. _. nzu7—oAi� mil Phone No. i 0160 )ENTON POP 66.000 ®C.i �� NORTN LIZ 6 ® 0 r � 0 c.5 '-a000 RAY ROBERTS LAKE J 2164 \�{/J \ NORMAL POOL ELEVATION 692.5. 216 9E 228 v J o0-C s LOCATION MAP All 1 !O \ I 1 y 1 1 S PIAN Nlp 3—SHE ��;i;;,� 1. GENERAL - No dirt from a trench or pit excavation shall be placed on the roadway or shoulders. All equipment and stockpiled dirt shall meet the safety clear zone distances listed below or have adequate barricades and warning devices to protect the traveling public.. Topsoil shall be kept separate from other excavation material, and be replaced in accordance with "SPECIFICATIONS FOR BACKFILL." All pits and trenches shall be kept free from standing water. If trenches and/or bore pits are left open for extended periods of time without a continuous progression of work, the utility will be required to backfill the trench and/or bore pits. Any other pit will not be left open for more than a forty-eight (48) hour period. In all excavations where sloughing is likely to occur, shoring will be utilized to prevent damage to the highway structure(s). The utility -agency or contractor shall be responsible for maintaining trench excavation protection as required by provisions of Part 1926, Subpart P - Excavations, Trenching and Shoring of.OSHA Standards. 2. TRENCHING - Longitudinal installations must be placed as near a uniform alignment .to the right of way line as possible. Trenching machine or backhoe may be used. A backhoe will be required 'if. a uniform alignment can't be maintained by use of a trenching machine. 3. SAFETY CLEAR ZONE DISTANCES - Minimum clear zone distances required for trench excavations and bore pit locations are as follows. For UNCURBED Hiahways, A. Thirty (30) ft from the edge of pavement (Traveled Lane) of high-speed (More than 40 mph), high volume (More than 750 vehicles per day) highways. B. Sixteen (16) ft* from the edge of pavement of high-speed, low volume (Less than 750 vehicles per day) highways.. C. Sixteen '(16) ft* from ramps. D. Ten (10) ft* for low -speed (40 mph or less) highways. E. Ten (10) ft* for any paved intersecting side streets. * Five (5) ft MINIMUM from the edge of any shoulder. For CURBED Highways. A. Thirty (30) ft from the back of curb for high-speed highways. B. Five (5) ft from the back of curb, .plus any additional distance to clear sidewalks, for low speed highways. C. Five (5) ft from the back of curb for intersecting side street. Tx O -D, Dh„i, UWky Spee. T"m BACKr LLING 1. GENERAL - As soon as practical, all portions of the excavation shall be backfilled. Trenches and pits shall be backfilled with the material obtained from the excavation or from other sources. Backfill material will be free from stones of such size as to interfere with compaction; free from large lumps which will not break down readily under compaction; and free from frozen lumps, wood or other extraneous material. The TxDOT Inspector may reject any material containing more than twenty (20) percent by weight of material retained on a three (3) inch sieve. The portion of top soil removed from the original excavation shall be replaced, as nearly as feasible, in its original position. 2. DEPTH OF LIFTS - That .portion of backfill below the top of pipe shall be placed in uniform layers not to exceed eight (8) inches in depth (loose measurement). Backfill above the top of pipe shall be placed layers not to exceed ten (10) inches in depth (loose measurement). If the backfill is to support a portion of roadway or embankment, then the material will be placed in uniform layers not to exceed eight (8) inches in depth (loose measurement). - 3. pROCEDURE FOR COMPACTION - Each layer of backfill material, if dry, shall be wetted uniformly to the moisture content required to obtain a density comparable with the adjacent undisturbed soil and shall be compacted to that density by means .of mechanical tampers or rammers. The use of rolling equipment of the type generally used in compacting embankments will be permitted on portions which are accessible to such equipment. water jetting or-ponding will not be permitted. Special care shall be taken to ensure thorough compaction of material placed under the haunches of the pipe. Cohesionless. materials, such as backfilling purposes. Compaction done with vibratory equipment. sand, may be used for general of cohesionless materials shall be 4. RESTORATION OF RIGHT OF WAX - Prompt replacement of sod, removal of debris, and any other restoration necessary to restore the right of way to a condition equal to that which existed prior to'the utility installation will be required. In areas of erosion, the use of stabilized backfill may be required. Should settlement or erosion occur within six(6) months of the utility installation, the utility agency will be required to reshape, reseed, and/or resod the area. nnor.alr. Di.u:e - mw Ihili.y 5P . B"hMl WATER AND SANITARY SEWER INSTALLATIONS 1. GENERAL - Longitudinal water and sanitary sewer pipelines shall be placed on uniform alignment three (3) to ten (10) feet from the right of way line. The minimum depth of cover shall be twenty-four (24) inches for non -plastic lines and thirty (30) inches for plastic lines. If a nonmetallic line is installed, a durable metal wire or other device shall be concurrently installed for detection purposes. Each line may be installed with enough vertical flexibility to prevent ' excessive stresses, however, horizontal "snaking" of the line is prohibited. ' The utility agency shall place identification markers at the right of way line in sufficient number for longitudinal installations and at each highway crossing. e All paved side streets crossed by a longitudinal line within TxDOT right of way must be installed as outlined in item #2 below. 2. CROSSINGS - Highway crossings are to be installed at or ear right angles to highway and must be installed with an encasement pipe. Encasement pipe is also to be installed: under normal center medians and is to'extend from the top of backslope for.cut sections and five (5) feet beyond the toe of slope for fill sections, unless an ' additional length is required as outlined in the "TRENCH EXCAVATION AND PIT LOCATION" specification.' All crossings under existing pavement must be installed as outlined ' in the "CONSTRUCTION OF HIGHWAY CROSSINGS BY BORE" Specification. The depth of cover for crossings shall be twenty-four (24) inches for ' non -plastic pipe and thirty (30) inches for ,plastic pipe under ditches. The encasement pipe must be a minimum of eighteen (18) inches or 1/2 the diameter of the pipe, whichever is greater, below ' the bottom of the pavement structure. The encasement shall consist of a steel pipe around and outside the ' carrier pipe and support the load of the ground above,the pipe, the highway, and the superimposed loads thereon, including construction _ equipment. The strength of the encasement pipe shall equal or exceed the structural requirements for highway drainage culverts covered under ASTM specifications. ' 3. ABOVE GROUND APPURTENANCES - Fire hydrants, air release valves, and other similar appurtenances shall be located at -or near the right of way line. All fire hydrants will be equipped with breakaway bases and should not be,located in .the sidewalk.. ' TXDM-D.D Mtga I 3nm =w Sp. W. d53 Pumps, wells, and other structures associated.with lift stations and pump stations will not be permitted within the limits of TxDOT right of way. 4. MANHOLES - The outside diameter of the manhole chimney at ground level shall not exceed thirty-six (36) inches. The inside diameter of the manhole for lines up to twelve (12) inches shall not exceed four (4) feet. For any increase in -line size greater than twelve (12) inches the manhole may be increased a like amount. The manhole -cover shall be installed flush with the ground, meet HS-20 load requirements, and weigh at least 175 pounds. 1 a ' T.DOT-Dallis D6,Aca 3nm Why SFc - WamdSS CONSTRUCTION OF HIGHWAY CROSSING BY TUNNEL 1. GENERAL - Where the characteristics of the soil, size of the proposed pipe, and/or other factors make the use of tunneling more satisfactory than boring, a tunnel may be used in place of.boring. At no time shall the tunneling operation interfere with the traveling public. The safety of the traveling public and maintaining the integrity of the roadway is the primary concern., ' 2. PIT LOCATIONS - No excavation for pits will be allowed to be any closer to the edge of pavement (travel lane) than as outlined in the ' "TRENCH EXCAVATIONS AND PIT LOCATION" specification. If the required clear zone distance is closer than outlined in the above mentioned specification, then appropriate traffic control devices such as barricades, signs, barrel .mounted guard fence, and/or concrete traffic barriers will be required as deemed necessary by the TxDOT inspector. ' No excavated material will be stored closer to the traveled way than the pit. --All pits and trenches shall be backfilled immediately after the installation of the pipe has been completed and all excess material will be removed from the right of way. 3. METHOD OF INSTALLATION - Galvanized tunnel, liner plates shall be ' utilized and be adequate to support the load of the highway_ and superimposed loads thereon, including that of construction machinery. The liner plates shall be of the type to permit segments to be ' installed from inside the tunnel. Each successive ring of liner shall not be more than eighteen (18) inches measured- parallel to the longitudinal axis of the tunnel. ' Liner plates shall be installed as closely as possible-behind'the excavation, which at no time shall be more than six (6) inches ahead of the required space to install an individual plate. Breast plates, poling boards, or other suitable devices shall be used to maintain the excavation with a minimum of unsupported excavation at any time. ' The excavated face of the tunnel wall shall not be greater than two (2) inches larger than the outside diameter of the liner. All voids outside the tunnel liner shall be filled through plugs in the liner ' plate by pressure grouting the length of the tunnel with a mixture consisting of two (2) cubic foot of cement per seven (7) cubic feet of sand, with sufficient water to provide a free flowing thick slurry. The maximum spacing of the grout plugs shall be ten (10) feet. Five ' (5) percent air entraining agent shall be used. Pressure grouting shall be completed at the end of each work day, or more often when conditions warrant. - The carrier pipe shall be restrained in a manner to prevent horizontal or vertical movement. ' nnor-^ dw a RV 117w wuy s,.. -r,mma LICENSE AGREEMENT RELATING TO ENCROACHMENT ON -EASEMENT Date: February 5, 2002 File Code: T1302-D8 To: Frank G. Payne Engineering and Capital Projects Administrator City of Denton 601 E. Hickory, Suite B Denton, Texas 78205 Re: Lake Ray Roberts 54 inch Pipeline Crossing TMPA North Denton -Denton Arco 138kV Electric Transmission Line (T1302-D8) Dear Sirs: The City of Denton (hereinafter referred to as User), has requested permission to use the area within the boundaries of Texas Municipal Power Agency's ("TMPA") North Denton -Denton Arco 138 kV Power Line Easement, located in Denton County, Texas, for the construction of Lake Ray Roberts 54 inch Pipeline improvements crossing and..encroaching on TMPA's 138 KV transmission line. TMPA is agreeable to the construction of the Lake Ray Roberts 54 inch Pipeline improvements hereinafter referred to as the "encroaching facility", if the encroaching facility is located and described as shown on the attached drawing, marked Exhibit "A" and incorporated herein, and subject to the following terms and conditions: 1. It is understood and agreed that TMPA holds easement rights on the property involved; therefore, User will be required to obtain whatever rights and permission, other than TMPA's, that are necessary. This letter agreement shall extend to and be binding upon User and its heirs, successors, and assigns, and is not to be interpreted as a waiver of any rights held by TMPA under its easement. 2. To the extent allowable by law, User agrees to defend, indemnify and hold TMPA, its officers, directors, agents, and employees harmless against any and all claims, lawsuits, judgments, costs, and expenses for personal injury (including death), property damage or other harm for which recovery of damages is sought, suffered by any person or persons that may arise out of or be occasioned by any negligent act or omission of User in performing the work referred to above, its officers, agents, associates, employees, or sub - consultants; except that the indemnity provided for in this paragraph shall not apply to any liability resulting from the sole negligence of. TMPA, its officers, agents, employees or separate contractors, AND IN THE EVENT OF JOINT AND CONCURRENT NEGLIGENCE OF BOTH THE USER AND TMPA, RESPONSIBILITY AND INDEMNITY, IF ANY, SHALL BE APPORTIONED COMPARATIVELY IN ACCORDANCE WITH EACH PARTY'S PERCENTAGE OF RESPONSIBILITY, WITHOUT, HOWEVER, WAIVING ANY GOVERNMENTAL IMMUNITY, INCLUDING ANY LIMITATION OF LIABILITY UNDER THE TEXAS TORT CLAIMS ACT, OR OTHER DEFENSES AVAILABLE TO THE PARTIES UNDER TEXAS LAW. The provisions of this paragraph are solely for the benefit of the parties hereto and are not intended to create or grant any rights, contractual or otherwise, to any person or entity. The obligation of User in this paragraph to defend and indemnify TMPA shall not be a debt of User within the meaning of Article 11, Section 5, Texas Constitution, and accordingly shall not be payable from taxes, but shall be payable solely from water or other utility system revenues. 2002ENCROACHMENT-Denton 64" Pipeline Page 1 of 4 I 3. Use of draglines or other boom -type equipment in connection with any work to be performed on the TMPA easement by User, its employees, agents, representatives or contractors must comply with Chapter 752, Texas Health and Safety Code, the National ' Electrical Safety Code and any other applicable safety or clearance requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in no event shall any equipment be within 15 feet of the TMPA power lines situated on the aforesaid property. User must notify the Supervisor of Transmission, Tom Chambers, at (936) 873-1125 or (936) 225-8614 (cell phone), 48 hours prior to beginning construction or the use of any boom -type equipment on the TMPA easement. ' 4. It is expressly understood and agreed that if the property has transmission or distribution facilities located thereon, User shall not, except for the encroaching facility and construction signs in connection with the encroaching facility, place upon the premises any ' improvements including but not limited to, building, light standards, fences, shrubs, trees or signs unless approved in writing by TMPA. 5. It is agreed that no trash dumpsters, toxic substances or flammable material will be allowed on the easement. 6. TMPA will not be responsible for any costs of construction, operation and maintenance of User's encroaching facility. It is further agreed that TMPA shall not._be liable for any damage to the encroaching facility herein agreed to as a result of TMPA's use pursuant to its easement. Any TMPA property damaged or destroyed by User or its agents shall be repaired or replaced by TMPA at User's expense and payment is due upon User's receipt of an invoice from TMPA. 7. Blasting is not permitted on the TMPA right of way. 8. Grading shall be done in order to leave the right of way in as near as possible to present condition. Spoil dirt and all trash shall. be removed from the right of way. Slopes shall be graded so that TMPA vehicles may transit the right of way when required to maintain TMPA's facilities. 9. Shoring shall be required where approved excavation is within 10 feet of a structure and shall extend 20 feet each side of the centerline of the structure. Shoring shall be sufficient to withstand the added load of the structure and its footing. Ditches shall not be left open for extended periods of time. Except when pipe or underground facilities are installed, shoring shall be removed and ditches properly back filled as soon as practical. Backfill shall be thoroughly tamped. Water tamping shall not be permitted within this area. 10. The TMPA right of way shall be protected from washing and erosion by a method approved by TMPA. ' 11. Construction equipment and .materials shall not be stored on the. right of way during construction. 12. It is understood and agreed that, in case of default by User or its agents in any of the terms and conditions herein stated and such default continues for a period of thirty (30) days after TMPA provides written notice to User of such default, TMPA may at its election forthwith terminate this agreement and upon such termination all of User's rights hereunder shall cease and come to an end. This agreement shall also terminate upon the abandonment of the encroaching facility. 1 13. All notices that are sent to the parties under this Agreement -shall be sent to the following addresses: 20UENCROACHMENT-Denton 54" Pipeline '. Page 2 of 4 a. City of Denton Attn: Engineering and Capital Projects Administrator 601 E. Hickory, Suite B Denton, TX 78205 b. Texas Municipal Power Agency Attn: Land Supervisor P.O. Box 7000 Bryan, Texas 77805 If the foregoing terms and conditions are acceptable to the City of Denton, please have the original and a copy of this letter agreement signed and returned to me at Texas Municipal Power Agency, P.O. Box 7000, Bryan, Texas 77805 within 30 days for final approval by TMPA. This letter agreement shall be effective only after final approval. by TMPA. Yours very truly, Hubert Nelson Land Supervisor TEXAS MUNICIPAL POWER AGENCY BY: TITLE: DATE: CITY OF DENTON M. TITLE: DATE: -Denton 54" Pipeline Page 3 of 4 STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF GRIMES § This instrument was acknowledged -before me on this , 2002, by Gary Parsons, the General Manager of the Texas Municipal Power Agency, a municipal corporation, on behalf of said corporation. Notary Public, State of Texas Name (Printed or Typed) My Commission Expires: STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF § This instrument was acknowledged before me on this 2002, by , the of the City of Denton, Texas, a municipal corporation, on behalf of said corporation. Notary Public, State of Texas Name (Printed or Typed) My Commission Expires: 2002ENCROACHMENT•Denton 54" Pipeline Page 4 of 4 I I 1 r 1 II 1 1 0 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 ®oo 0 ":�1�•' �II�IIIII��iI�III�I�I��I�I�IIIIC�II�lll�lllllllf�IIIIIII�� I��IIII��IUI�I��lllll�llld�lll��llllllllllll�l��lll� � ��III��IIII�I�II�II��I�IIIII�II�IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII0111� ��al��IhIII�II�I��I�I�IIUII��l�llllllllllllllllllll��l �N�II�NI��II�I111�III�O�IIIIIIIII�I�I�Iw� , �III'� Ill�u��llllllllllllli�lllfl�� u�ll��l��►!IIIIIIIIIIIII�� II�� IIIf��U�llllll►I�illllllllll�l�ll� �� BI�I��IIIII��IIIIIIIIIII� 9 �I��illllllll� � � ��gg��pryry��q�q��ryry��ryry��prypry��NNII�IIIIule��l�l�pp��p��ppq . IOW Wlilllllll�lmm� wBtl. 1 1�191�I�II��III�1 �I�I�I�I�IIIII�I�I . 1 ��I01�II�IIIIIIIIIIII� � ,. �� 1 �II�II01��11111�� nIf�INI��ll[I�I��II�IIIIIIIIIIUn,n�11111111�101� � �IIII�I�I�III�I�DI��U��llllulll,�lll��l�l� � �B�Il�l�lllhd nialNn��iIIIII11�lIIWIW�9 II�III�� t I�inair 9®��IIIIIIIII�II►�,�IIIIII� �BI�I�fl��llllllllllll�l� �IIIII�I��I�IIIIIII�I�II� _ SEIM _ • OO+LB£ 'V1S Ol 00+£L£ 'V1S--^+^+-^M-w»-Z^ °11 'K. r wn r • W'Y` ��tla Yr �••& �� 9'lOH'.?IN•3633bf 331308d OwNVy 3M'Ud °raw �L ,on N 3NIl3dld HONI-119 S1N3808AVU 3Nb'7 °•°�Wr 9Y) 1 'NOIN3 0 x11O C�� T EY 00+Lgl 3NIlHO1VW Ir I A 6S a 9Vm.n _ rvn Mn m•v .el -I -I ' W+ / I sl rsx r 1tirM Y )Jam a d I vn�i ),r�s yc A s 1 wrs ) 1 I9 nj ZazW I SezW I a:n w I ` l i02S w EE'8 e '^ i 7 4 Ow \ ' I 1 dd��w{•r .I I 00 r b / I b8bm. n � +LL ' bbryb b�nry I �• 01 Oi SazW I 8Nry I s<SW +9L NT1m MDX ,a 1 I Q I I I R 1 m - y9t O I 1ryg� ! X W " � ,9r +rc I I IR I ' I 1 I 00+CLE 'tl1S 3NIlHO1VMl L ' u-•-ybiVY"-]Sn\x0iMl0\w\i YMYGY\OM:•Y\w'bYb ylV )Y:]YiA� I nn 'rs :uw • auu,I ao� m\ q-_ 3FF_fyJ?. �° APPENDIX B CORPS OF ENGINEERS NATIONWIDE PERMIT 12 NATIONWIDE PERMIT 12 Utility Line Activities Effective Date: June 7, 2000 Activities required for the construction, maintenance, and repair of utility lines and associated facilities in waters of the United States as follows: (i) Utility lines: The construction, maintenance, or repair of utility lines, including outfall and intake structures and the associated excavation, backfill, or bedding for the utility lines, in all waters of the United States, provided there is no change in preconstruction contours. A "utility line" is defined as any pipe or pipeline for the transportation of any gaseous, liquid, liquefiable, or slurry substance, for any purpose, and any cable, line, or wire for the transmission for any purpose of electrical energy, telephone, and telegraph messages, and radio and television communication (see Note 1, below). Material resulting from trench excavation may be temporarily sidecast (up to three months) into waters of the United States, provided the material is not placed in such a manner that it is dispersed by currents or other forces. The District Engineer may extend the period of temporary side casting not to exceed a total of 180 days, where appropriate. In wetlands, the top 6" to 12" of the trench should normally be backfrlled with topsoil from the trench. Furthermore, the trench cannot be constructed in such a manner as to drain waters of the United States (e.g., backfilling with extensive gravel layers, creating a french drain effect). For example, utility line trenches can be backfilled with clay blocks to ensure that the trench does not drain the waters of the United States through which the utility line is _ installed. Any exposed slopes and stream banks must be stabilized immediately upon completion of the utility line crossing of each waterbody. (ii) Utility line substations: The construction, maintenance, or expansion of a substation facility associated with a power line or utility line in non -tidal waters of the United States, excluding non- tidal wetlands adjacent to tidal waters, provided the activity does not result in the loss of greater than'h acre of non -tidal waters of the United States. (iii) Foundations for overhead utility line towers, poles, and anchors: The construction or maintenance of foundations for overhead utility line towers, poles, and anchors in all waters of the United States, provided the foundations are the minimum size necessary and separate footings for each tower leg (rather than a larger single pad). are used where feasible. (iv) Access roads: The construction of access roads for the construction and maintenance of utility lines, including overhead power lines and utility line substations, in non -tidal waters of the United States, excluding non -tidal wetlands adjacent to tidal waters, provided the discharge does not cause the loss of greater than V. acre of non -tidal waters of the United States. Access roads shall be theminimumwidth necessary (see Note 2, below). Access roads must be constructed so that the length of the road minimizes the adverse effects on waters of the United States and as near as possible to preconstruction contours and elevations (e.g., at grade corduroy roads or geotextile/gravel roads). Access roads constructed above preconstruction contours and elevations in waters of the United States must be properly bridged or culverted to maintain surface flows. The term "utility line" does not include activities which drain a water -of the United States, such as drainage tile or french drains; however, it does apply to pipes conveying drainage from another area. For the purposes of this NWP, at are adversely the loss of waters of the United States includes the filled area plus waters of the United States th affected by flooding, excavation, or drainage as a result of the project. Activities authorized by paragraphs (i) through (iv) may not exceed a total of acre loss of waters of the United States. Waters of the United States temporarily affected by filling, flooding, excavation, or drainage, where the project area is restored to preconstruction contours and elevations, are not included in the calculation of permanent loss of waters of the United States. This includes temporary construction mats (e.g., timber, steel; geotextile) used during construction and removed upon completion of the work. Where certain functions and values of waters of the United States are permanently adversely affected, such as the conversion of a forested wetland to a herbaceous wetland in the permanently maintained utility line right-of-way, mitigation will be required to reduce the adverse effects of the project to the minimal level. Mechanized landclearing necessary for the construction, maintenance, or repair of utility lines and the construction, maintenance, and expansion of utility line substations, foundations for overhead utility lines, and access roads is authorized, provided the cleared.area is kept to the minimum necessary and preconstruction contours are maintained as near as possible. The area of waters of the United States that is filled, excavated, or flooded must be limited to the minimum necessary to construct the utility line, substations, foundations, and access roads. Excess material must be removed to upland areas immediately upon completion of construction. This NWP may authorize utility lines in or affecting navigable waters of the United States, even if there is no associated discharge of dredged or fill material (See 33 CFR Part 322). , Notification: The permittee must notify the District Engineer in accordance with General Condition 13, if any of the following criteria are met: " (a) Mechanized land clearing in a forested wetland for the utility line right-of-way; (b) A Section 10 permit is required; - - - (c) The utility line in waters of the United States, excluding overhead lines, exceeds 500 feet; (d) The utility line is placed within a jurisdictional area (i.e., a water of the United States), and it runs parallel to a stream bed that is within that jurisdictional area; - (a) Discharges associated with the construction of utility line substations that result in the loss of greater than 4�0 acre of waters of the United States;' (f) Permanent access roads constructed above grade in waters of the United States for a distance of more than 500 feet; or - (g) Permanent access roads constructed in waters of the United States with impervious materials. (Sections 10 and 404) Note 1: Overhead utility lines constructed over Section 10 waters and utility lines that are routed in or under Section 10 waters without a discharge of dredged or fill material require a Section 10 permit; except for pipes or pipelines used to transport gaseous, liquid, liquefiable, or slurry substances over navigable waters of the United States, which are considered to be bridges, not utility lines, and may require a permit from the U.S. Coast Guard pursuant to Section 9 of the Rivers and Harbors Act of 1899. However, any discharges of dredged or fill material associated with such pipelines will require a Corps permit under Section 404. Note 2: Access roads used for both construction and maintenance may be authorized, provided they meet the terms and conditions of this NWP. Access roads used solely for construction of the utility line must be removed upon completion of the work and the area restored to preconstruction contours, elevations, and wetland conditions. Temporary access roads for construction may be authorized by NWP 33. Note 3: Where the proposed utility line is constructed or installed in navigable waters of the United States (i.e., Section 10 waters), copies of the PCN and NWP verification will be sent by the Corps to the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, National Ocean Service, for charting the utility line to protect navigation. NATIONWIDE PERMIT GENERAL. CONDITIONS The following general conditions must be followed in order for any authorization by an NWP to be valid 1. Navigation. No activity may cause more than a minimal adverse effect on navigation. 2. Proper Maintenance. Any structure or fill authorized shall be properly maintained, including maintenance to ensure public safety. - 3. Soil Erosion and Sediment Controls. Appropriate soil erosion and sediment controls must be used and maintained in effective operating condition during construction, and all exposed soil and other fills, as well as any work below the ordinary high water mark or high tide line, must be permanently stabilized at the earliest practicable date. . —3— 4. Aguatic Life Movements. No activity may substantially disrupt the movement of those species of aquatic life indigenous to the waterbody, including those species which normally migrate through the area, unless the activity's primary purpose is to impound water. Culverts placed in streams must be installed to maintain low flow conditions. 5. Eouioment. Heavy equipment working in wetlands must be placed on mats, or other measures must be taken to minimize soil disturbance. 6. Regional and ase-BY-Case Conditions. The activity must comply with any regional conditions which may have been added by the division engineer (see 33 CFR 330.4(e)) and with any case specific conditions added by the Corps or by the State or tribe in its Section 401 water quality certification and Coastal Zone Management Act consistency determination. 7. Wild and Scenic Rivers. No activity may occur in a component of the National Wild and Scenic River System; or in a river officially designated by Congress as a "study study river" for possible inclusion in the system, while the river is in an official study status; unless the appropriate Federal agency, with direct management responsibility for such river, has determined in writing that the proposed activity will not adversely affect the Wild and Scenic River designation, or study status. Information on Wild and Scenic Rivers may be obtained from the appropriate Federal land management agency in the area (e.g., National Park Service, U.S. Forest Service, Bureau of Land Management, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service). " 8. Tribal Rights. No activity or its operation may impair reserved tribal rightsJncluding, but not limited to, reserved "water rights and treaty fishing and hunting rights. 9. Water Quality. (a) In certain States and tribal lands an individual 401 water quality certification must be chi.ained or waived (See 33 CFR 330.4(c)). (b) For NWPs 12, 14, 17, 18, 32, 39, 40, 42, 43, and 44, where the State or tribal 401 certification (either generically or individually) does not require or approve a water quality management plan, the permittee must include design criteria and techniques that will ensure that the authorized work does not result in more than minimal degradation of water quality. An important component of a water quality management plan includes stormwater management that minimizes degradation of the downstream aquatic system, including water quality. Refer to General Condition 21 for stormwater management requirements. Another important component of a water quality management plan is the establishment and maintenance of vegetated buffers next to open waters, including streams. Refer to General Condition 19 for vegetated buffer requirements for the NWPs. 10. Coastal Zone Management. In certain states, an individual state coastal zone management consistency concurrence must be obtained or waived (see Section 330.4(d)). 11. Endangered Species. (a) No activity is authorized under any NWP which is likely to jeopardize the continued existence of a threatened or endangered species or a species proposed for such designation, as identified under the Federal Endangered Species Act, or which will destroy or adversely modify the critical habitat of such species. Non- federal permittees shall notify the District Engineer if any listed species or designated critical habitat might be affected or is in the vicinity of the project, or is located in the designated critical habitat and shall not begin work on the activity until notified by the District Engineer that the requirements of the Endangered Species Act have been satisfied and that the activity is authorized. For activities that may affect Federally -listed endangered or threatened species or designated critical habitat, the notification must include the name(s) of the endangered or threatened species that may be affected by the proposed work or that utilize the designated critical habitat that may be affected by the proposed work. As a result of formal or informal consultation with the FW S or NMFS, the District Engineer may add species -specific regional endangered species conditions to the NWPs. _ (b) Authorization of an activity by a nationwide permit does not authorize the "take" of a threatened or endangered species as defined under the Federal Endangered Species Act. In the absence of separate authorization (e.g., an ESA Section 10 Permit, a Biological Opinion with "incidental take" provisions, etc.) from the U.S. Fish and —4— Wildlife Service or the National Marine Fisheries Service, both lethal and non -lethal "takes" of protected species are in violation of the Endangered Species Act. Information on the location of threatened and endangered species and their critical habitat can be obtained directly from the offices of the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service and National Marine Fisheries Service or their world wide web pages at http://www.fws.gov/r9endspp/endspp.html and http://www.nfms.gov/pro[_res/esahome.html, respectively. 12. Historic Properties. No activity which may affect historic properties listed, or eligible for listing, in the National Register of Historic Places is authorized, until the DE has complied with the provisions of 33 CFR part 325, Appendix C. The prospective permittee must notify the District Engineer if the authorized activity may affect any historic properties listed, determined to be eligible, or which the prospective permittee has reason to believe may be eligible for listing on the National Register of Historic Places, and shall not begin the activity until notified by the District Engineer that the requirements of the National Historic Preservation Act have been satisfied and that the activity is authorized. Information on the location and existence of historic resources can be obtained from the State Historic Preservation Office and the National Register of Historic Places (see 33 CFR 330.4(g)). For activities that may affect historic properties listed in, or eligible for listing in, the National Register of Historic Places, the notification must state which historic property may be affected by the proposed work or include a vicinity map indicating the location of the historic property. 13. - Notification. (a) Timing: Where required by the terms of the NWP, the prospective permittee must notify the District. Engineer with a preconstruction notification (PCN) as early as possible. The District Engineer must determine if the PCN is complete within 30 days of the date of receipt and can request the additional information necessary to make the PCN complete only once. However, if the prospective permittee does not provide all of the requested information, then the District Engineer will notify the prospective permittee that the PCN is still incomplete and the PCN review process will not commence until all of the requested information has been received by the District Engineer. The prospective permittee shall not begin the activity: (1) Until notified in writing by the District Engineer that the activity may proceed under the NWP with any special conditions imposed by the District or Division Engineer; or (2) If notified in writing by the District or Division Engineer that an individual permit is required; or (3) Unless 45 days have passed from the District Engineer's receipt of the complete notification and the prospective permittee has not received written notice from the District or Division Engineer. Subsequently, the permittee's right to proceed under the NWP may be modified, suspended, or revoked only in accordance with the procedure set forth in 33 CFR 330.5(d)(2). (b) Contents of Notification: The notification must be in writing and include the following information: (1) Name, address, and telephone numbers of the prospective permittee; (2) Location of the proposed project; (3) Brief description of the proposed project; the project's purpose; direct and indirect adverse environmental , effects the project would cause; any other NWP(s), regional general permit(s), or individual permit(s) used or intended to be used to authorize any part of the proposed project or any related activity; and (4) For NWPs 7, 12, 14, 18, 21, 34, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, and 43, the PCN must also include a delineation of affected special aquatic sites, including wetlands, vegetated shallows (e:g., submerged aquatic vegetation, seagrass beds), and riffle and pool complexes (see paragraph 13(f)); (5) For NWP 7, Outfall Structures and Maintenance, the PCN must include information regarding the original design capacities and configurations of those areas of the facility where maintenance dredging or excavation is proposed. - (6) For NWP 14, Linear Transportation Crossings, the PCN must include a compensatory mitigation proposal to offset permanent losses of waters of the United States and a statement describing how temporary losses of waters of the United States will be minimized to the maximum extent practicable. —5— (7) For NWP 21, Surface Coal Mining Activities, the PCN must include an Office of Surface Mining (OSM) or state -approved mitigation plan. (8) For NWP 27, Stream and Wetland Restoration, the PCN must include documentation of the prior condition of the site that will be reverted by the permittee. (9) For NWP 29, Single -Family Housing, the PCN must also include: (i) Any past use of this NWP by the individual permittee and/or the permittee's spouse; (ii) A statement that the single-family housing activity is for a personal residence of the permittee; (iii) A description of the entire parcel, including its size, ands delineation of wetlands. For the purpose of this NWP, parcels of land measuring'/4 acre or less will not require a formal on -site delineation. However, the - applicant shall provide an indication of where the wetlands are and the amount of wetlands that exists on the property. For parcels greater than''% acre in size, a formal wetland delineation must be prepared in accordance with the current method required by the Corps. (See paragraph 13(f)); (iv). Awritten description of all land (including, if available, legal descriptions) owned by the prospective permittee and/or the prospective permittee's spouse, within a one mile radius of the parcel, in any form of ownership (including any land owned as a partner, corporation, joint tenant, co -tenant, or as a tenant -by -the -entirety) and any land on which a purchase and sale agreement or other contract for sale or purchase has been executed; (10) For NWP 31, Maintenance of Existing Flood Control Projects, the prospective permittee must either notify the District Engineer with a PCN prior to each maintenance activity or submit a five year (or less) maintenance plan. In addition, the PCN must include all of the following: (i) Sufficient baseline information so as to identify the approved channel depths and configurations and existing facilities. Minor deviations are authorized, provided the approved flood control protection or drainage is not increased; (ii) A delineation of any affected special aquatic sites, including wetlands; and, (iii) Location of the dredged material disposal site. (11) For NWP 33, TemporaryConstruction, Access, and Dewatering, the PCN must also include a restoration plan of reasonable measures to avoid and minimize adverse effects to aquatic resources. (12) For NWPs 39, 43, and 44, the PCN must also include a written statement to the District Engineer explaining how avoidance and minimization of losses of waters of the United States were achieved on the project site. (13) For NWP 39, Residential, Commercial, and Institutional Developments, and NWP 42, Recreational Facilities, the PCN must include a compensatory mitigation proposal that offsets unavoidable losses of waters of the United States or justification explaining why compensatory mitigation should not be required. (14) For NWP 40, Agricultural Activities, the PCN must include a compensatory mitigation proposal to offset losses of waters of the United States. (15) For NWP 43, Stormwater Management Facilities, the PCN must include, for the construction of new stormwater management facilities, a maintenance plan (in accordance with State and local requirements, if applicable) and a compensatory mitigation proposal to offset losses of waters of the United States. _ (16) For NWP 44, Mining Activities, the PCN must include a description of all waters of the United States adversely affected by the project, a description of measures taken to minimize adverse effects to waters of the United States, a description of measures taken to comply with the criteria of the NWP, and a reclamation plan (for aggregate mining activities in isolated waters and non -tidal wetlands adjacent to headwatersandany hard rock/mineral mining activities). (17) For activities that may adversely affect Federally -listed endangered or threatened species, the PCN must include the name(s) of those endangered or threatened species that may be affected by the proposed work or utilize the designated critical habitat that may be affected by the proposed work. (18) For activities that may affect historic properties listed in, or eligible for listing in, the National Register of Historic Places, the PCN must state which historic property may be affected by the proposed work or include a vicinity map indicating the location of the historic property. (19) For NWPs 12, 14, 29, 39, 40, 42, 43, and 44, where the proposed work involves discharges of dredged or fill material into waters of the United States resulting in permanent, above -grade fills within 100-year floodplains (as identified on FEMA's Flood Insurance Rate Maps or FEMA-approved local floodplain maps), the notification must include documentation demonstrating that the proposed work complies with the appropriate FEMA or FEMA-approved local floodplain construction requirements. (c) Form of Notification: The standard individual permit application form (Form ENG 4345) may be used as the notification but must clearly indicate that it is a PCN and must include all of the information required in (b) (1)-(19) of General Condition 13. A letter containing the requisite information may also be used. (d) District Engineer's Decision: In reviewing the PCN for the proposed activity, the District Engineer will determine whether the activity authorized by the NWP will result in more than minimal individual or cumulative adverse environmental effects or may be contrary to the public interest. The prospective permittee may, optionally, submit a proposed mitigation plan with the PCN to expedite the process and the District Engineer will consider any proposed compensatory mitigation the applicant has included in the proposal in determining whether the net adverse environmental effects to the aquatic environment of the proposed work are minimal. If the District Engineer determines that the activity complies with the terms and conditions of the NWP and that the adverse effects on the aquatic environment are minimal, the District Engineer will notify the permittee and include any conditions the District Engineer deems necessary. Any compensatory mitigation proposal must be approved by the District Engineer prior to commencing work. If the prospective permittee is required to submit a compensatory mitigation proposal with the PCN, the proposal may be either conceptual or detailed. If the prospective permittee elects to submit a compensatory mitigation plan with the PCN, the District Engineer will expeditiously review the proposed compensatory mitigation plan. The District Engineer must review the plan within 45 days of receiving a complete PCN and determine whether the conceptual or specific proposed mitigation would ensure no more than minimal adverse effects on the aquatic environment. If the net adverse effects of the project on the aquatic environment (after consideration of the compensatory mitigation proposal) are determined by the District Engineer to be minimal, the District Engineer will provide a timely written response to the applicant stating that the project can proceed under the terms and conditions of the nationwide permit. If the District Engineer determines that the adverse effects of the proposed work are more than minimal, then he will notify the applicant either: (1) That the project does not qualify for authorization under the NWP and instruct the applicant on the procedures to seek authorization under an individual permit; (2) that the project is authorized under the NWP subject to the applicant's submission of a mitigation proposal that would reduce the adverse effects on the aquatic environment to the minimal level; or (3) that the project is authorized under the NWP with specific _ modifications or conditions. Where the District Engineer determines that mitigation is required in order to ensure no more than minimal adverse effects on the aquatic environment, the activity will be authorized within the 45-day PCN period, including the necessary conceptual or specific mitigation or a requirement that the applicant submit a mitigation proposal that would reduce the adverse effects on the aquatic environment to the minimal level. When conceptual mitigation is included, or a mitigation plan is required under item (2) above, no work in waters of the United States will occur until the District Engineer has approved a specific mitigation plan. —7— (e) Agency Coordination: The District Engineer will consider any comments from Federal and State agencies concerning the proposed activity's compliance with the terms and conditions of the NWPs and the need for mitigation to reduce the project's adverse effects on the aquatic environment to a minimal level. For activities requiring notification to the District Engineer that result in the loss of greater than''/z acre of waters of the United States, the District Engineer will, upon receipt of a notification, provide immediately (e.g., via facsimile transmission, overnight mail, or other expeditious manner), a copy to the appropriate offices of the Fish and Wildlife Service, State natural resource or water quality agency, EPA, State Historic Preservation Officer (SHPO), and, if appropriate, the National Marine Fisheries Service. With the exception of NWP 37, these agencies will then have 10 calendar days from the date the material. is transmitted to telephone or fax the District Engineer notice that they intend to provide substantive, site -specific comments. If so contacted by an agency, the District Engineer will wait an additional 15 calendar days before making a decision on the notification. The District Engineer will fully consider agency comments received within the specified time frame, but will provide no response to the resource agency, except as provided below. The District Engineer will indicate in the administrative record associated with each notification that the resource agencies' concerns were considered. As required by Section 305(b)(4)(B) of the Magnuson -Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act, the District Engineer will provide a response to National Marine Fisheries Service within 30 days of receipt of any Essential Fish Habitat conservation recommendations. Applicants are encouraged to provide the Corps multiple copies of notifications to expedite agency notification. (f) Wetlands Delineations: Wetland delineations must be prepared in accordance with the current method required by the Corps. For NWP 29 see paragraph (b)(9)(iii) for parcels less than''/i acre in size. The permittee may ask the Corps to delineate the special aquatic site. There may be some delay if the Corps does the delineation. Furthermore, the 45-day period willnotstart until the wetland delineation has been completed and submitted to the Corps, where appropriate., 14. Compliance Certification. Every permittee who has received a Nationwide permit verification from the Corps will submit a signed certification regarding the completed work and any required mitigation. The certification will be forwarded by the Corps with the authorization letter. The certification will include: (a) A statement that the authorized work was done in accordance with the Corps authorization, including any general or specific conditions; (b) A statement that any required mitigation was completed in accordance with the permit conditions; and (c) The signature of the permittee certifying the completion of the work and mitigation. 15. Use of Multiple Nationwide Permits. The use of more than one NWP for a single and complete project is prohibited, except when the acreage loss of waters of the United States authorized by the NWPs does not exceed the acreage limit of the NWP with the highest specified acreage limit. For example, if a road crossing over tidal waters is constructed under NWP 14, with associated bank stabilization authorized by NWP 13, the maximum acreage loss of waters of the United States for the total project cannot exceed _ acre. 16. Water Supply Intakes. No activity, including structures and work in navigable waters of the United States or discharges of dredged or fill material, may occur in the proximity of a public water supply intake except where the activity is for repair of the public water supply intake structures or adjacent bank stabilization. 17. Shellfish Beds. No activity, including structures and work in navigable waters of the United States or discharges of dredged or fill material, may occur in areas of concentrated shellfish populations, unless the activity is directly related to a shellfish harvesting activity authorized by NWP 4. 18. Suitable Material. No activity, including structures and work in navigable waters of the United States or discharges of dredged or fill material, may consist of unsuitable material (e.g., trash, debris, car bodies, asphalt, etc.) and material used for construction or discharged must be free from toxic pollutants in toxic amounts (see Section 307 of the Clean Water Act). 19. Mitigation. The project must be designed and constructed to avoid and minimize adverse effects to waters of the United States to the maximum extent practicable at the project site (i.e., on site). Mitigation will be required when necessary to ensure that the adverse effects to the aquatic environment are minimal. The District Engineer will consider the factors discussed below when determining the acceptability of appropriate and practicable mitigation necessary to offset adverse effects on the aquatic environment that are more than minimal. (a) Compensatory mitigation at a minimum 1:1 ratio will be required for all wetland impacts requiring a PCN. Consistent with National policy, the District Engineer will establish a preference for restoration of wetlands to meet the minimum compensatory mitigation ratio, with preservation used only in exceptional circumstances. (b) To be practicable, the mitigation must be available and capable of being done considering costs, existing technology, and logistics in light of the overall project purposes. Examples of mitigation that may be appropriate and practicable include, but are not limited to: reducing the size of the project; establishing and maintaining wetland or upland vegetated buffers to protect open waters such as streams; and replacing losses of aquatic resource functions and values by creating,. restoring, enhancing, or preserving similar functions and values, preferably in the same watershed; (c) The District Engineer will require restoration, creation, enhancement, or preservation of other aquatic resources in order to offset the authorized impacts to the extent necessary to ensure that the adverse effects on the aquatic environment are minimal. An important element of any compensatory mitigation plan for projects in or near streams or other open waters is the establishment and maintenance, to the maximum extent practicable, of vegetated buffers next to open waters on the project site. The vegetated buffer should consist of native species. The District Engineer will determine the appropriate width of the vegetated buffer and in which cases it will be required. Normally, the vegetated buffer will be 25 to 50 feet wide on each side of the stream, but the District Engineer may require wider vegetated buffers to address documented water quality concerns. If there are open waters on the project site and the District Engineer requires compensatory mitigation for wetland impacts to ensure that the net adverse effects on the aquatic environment are minimal, any vegetated buffer will comprise no more than _ of the remaining compensatory mitigation acreage after the permanently filled wetlands have been replaced on a one-to-one acreage basis. In addition, compensatory mitigation must address adverse effects on wetland functions and values and cannot be used to offset the acreage of wetland losses that would occur in order to meet the acreage limits of some of the NWPs (e.g., for NWP- 39, %< acre of wetlands cannot be created to change a %= acre loss of wetlands to a '/4 acre loss; however, %= acre of created wetlands can be used to reduce the impacts of a _ acre loss of wetlands). If the prospective permittee is required to submit a compensatory mitigation proposal with the PCN, the proposal may be either conceptual or detailed. J (d) To the extent appropriate; permittees should consider mitigation banking and other appropriate forms of compensatory mitigation. If the District Engineer determines that compensatory mitigation is necessary to offset losses of waters of the United States and ensure that the net adverse effects of the authorized work on the aquatic environment are minimal, consolidated mitigation approaches, such as mitigation banks, will be the preferred method of providing compensatory mitigation, unless the District Engineer determines that activity -specific compensatory mitigation is more appropriate, based on which is best for the aquatic environment. These types of mitigation are preferred because they involve larger blocks of protected aquatic environment, are more likely to meet the mitigation goals, and are more easily checked for compliance. If a mitigation bank or other consolidated mitigation approach is not available in the watershed, the District Engineer will consider other appropriate forms of compensatory mitigation to offset the losses of waters of the United States to ensure that the net adverse effects of the authorized work on the aquatic environment are minimal. . 20. Suawnine Areas. Activities, including structures and work in navigable waters of the United States or discharges of dredged or fill material, in spawning areas during spawning seasons must be avoided to the maximum extent practicable. Activities that result in the physical destruction (e.g., excavate, fill, or smother downstream by substantial turbidity) of an important spawning area are not authorized. 21. Management of Water Flows. To the maximum extent practicable, the activity must be designed to maintain preconstruction downstream flow conditions (e.g., location, capacity, and flow rates). Furthermore, the activity must not permanently restrict or impede the passage of normal or expected high flows (unless the primary purpose of the fill is to impound waters) and the structure or discharge of dredged or fill material must withstand expected high flows. The activity must, to the maximum extent practicable, provide for retaining excess flows from the site, provide for maintaining surface flow rates from the site similar to preconstruction conditions, and must not increase water flows from the project site, relocate water, or redirect water flow beyond preconstruction conditions. In addition, the activity must, to the maximum extent practicable, reduce adverse effects such as flooding or erosion downstream and upstream of the project site, unless the activity is part of a larger system designed to manage water flows. 22. Adverse Effects From Impoundments. If the activity, including structures and work-in navigable waters of the United States or discharge of dredged or fill material, creates an impoundment of water, adverse effects on the aquatic system caused by the accelerated passage of water and/or the restriction of its flow shall be minimized to the maximum extent practicable. 23. Waterfowl Breeding Areas. Activities, including structures and work in navigable waters of the United States or discharges of dredged or fill material, into breeding areas for migratory waterfowl must be avoided to the maximum extent practicable. 24. Removal of Temporary Fills. Any temporary fills must be removed in their entirety and the affected areas returned to their preexisting elevation. 25. Designated Critical Resource Waters. Critical resource waters include, NOAA-designated marine sanctuaries, National Estuarine Research Reserves, National Wild and Scenic Rivers, critical habitat for Federally listed threatened and endangered species, coral reefs, State natural heritage sites, and outstanding national resource waters or other waters officially- designated by a State as having particular environmental or ecological significance and identified by the District Engineer after notice and opportunity for public comment. The District Engineer may also designate additional critical resource waters after notice and opportunity for comment. - - . (a) Except as noted below, discharges of dredged or fill material into waters of the United States are not authorized by NWPs 7, 12, 14, 16, 17, 21, 29, 31, 35, 39, 40, 42, 43, and 44 for any activity within, or directly affecting, critical resource waters,.including wetlands adjacent to such waters. Discharges of dredged or fill materials into waters of the United States may be authorized by the above NWPs in National Wild and Scenic Rivers if the activity complies with General Condition 7. Further, such discharges may be authorized in designated critical habitat for Federally listed threatened or endangered species if the activity complies with General Condition 11 and the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service or the National Marine Fisheries Service has concurred in a determination of compliance with this condition. (b) For NWPs 3, 8, 10, 13, 15, 18, 19, 22, 23, 25, 27, 28, 30, 33, 34, 36, 37, and 38, notification is required in accordance with General Condition 13, for any activity proposed in the designated critical resource waters including wetlands adjacent to those waters. The District Engineer may authorize activities under these NWPs only after he determines that the impacts to the critical resource waters will be no more than minimal. 26. Fills Within 100-Year Floodolains. For purposes of this general condition, 100-year floodplains will be identified through the Federal Emergency Management Agency's (FEMA) Flood Insurance Rate Maps or FEMA- approved local floodplain maps., (a) Discharges Below Headwaters. Discharges of dredged or fill material into waters of the United States resulting in permanent, above -grade fills within the 100-year floodplain at or below the point on a stream where the . average annual flow is five cubic feet per second (i.e., below headwaters) are not authorized by NWPs 29, 39, 40, 42, 43, and 44. For NWPs 12 and 14, the prospective permittee must notify the District Engineer in accordance with General Condition 13 and the notification must include documentation that any permanent, above -grade fills in waters of the United States within the 100-year floodplain below headwaters comply with FEMA or FEMA-approved local floodplain construction requirements. - 10- (b) Discharges in Headwaters (i.e., above the point on a stream where the average annual flow is five cubic feet per second). (1) Flood Fringe. Discharges of dredged or fill material into waters of the United States resulting in permanent, above -grade fills within the flood fringe of the 100-year floodplain of headwaters are not authorized by NWPs 12, 14, 29, 39, 40, 42, 43, and 44, unless the prospective permittee notifies the District Engineer in accordance with General Condition 13. The notification must include documentation that such discharges comply with FEMA or FEMA-approved local floodplain construction requirements. (2) Floodway. Discharges of dredged or fill material into waters of the United States resulting in permanent, above -grade fills within the floodway of the 100-year floodplain of headwaters are not authorized by NWPs 29, 39, 40, 42, 43, and 44. For NWPs 12 and 14, the permittee must notify the District Engineer in accordance with General Condition 13 and the notification must include documentation that any permanent, above grade fills proposed in the floodway comply with FEMA or FEMA- approved local floodplain construction requirements. —I1— The following is a list of the nationwide permits that are effective as of June 7, 2000: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44. l Aids to Navigation Structures in Artificial Canals Maintenance Fish and Wildlife Harvesting, Enhancement, and Attraction Devices and Activities Scientific Measurement Devices Survey Activities Outfall Structures and Maintenance Oil and Gas Structures Structures in Fleeting and Anchorage Areas Mooring Buoys Temporary Recreational Structures Utility Line Activities Bank Stabilization Linear Transportation Crossings U.S. Coast Guard Approved Bridges Return Water from Upland Contained Disposal Areas Hydropower Projects Minor Discharges Minor Dredging Oil Spill Cleanup Surface Coal Mining Activities Removal of Vessels Approved Categorical Exclusions State Administered Section 404 Programs Structural Discharges Stream and Wetland Restoration Activities Modifications of Existing Marinas Single -Family Housing Moist Soil Management for Wildlife Maintenance of Existing Flood Control Projects Completed Enforcement Actions Temporary Construction, Access andDewatering Cranberry Production Activities Maintenance Dredging of Existing Basins Boat Ramps Emergency Watershed Protection and Rehabilitation Cleanup of Hazardous and Toxic Waste Residential, Commercial, and Institutional Developments Agricultural Activities Reshaping Existing Drainage Ditches Recreational Facilities - Stormwater Management Facilities Mining Activities _ TEXAS NATURAL RESOURCE CONSERVATION COMMISSION 401 Water Quality Certification Conditions for Nationwide Permits r Below are the. 401 water quality certification conditions the Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission (TNRCC) added to the March 9, 2000 issuance and modification of Nationwide Permits (NWP), as described in Part III of the Federal Register (65 FR No. 47, pp. 12818-12899). These conditions were included as part of TNRCC's certification issued on June 7, 2000. Additional information regarding these conditions, in eluding descriptions of the best management practices, can be obtained from the TNRCC by contacting the 401 Coordinator, MC-150, P. O. Box 13087, Austin, Texas 78711-3087 or from the appropriate U.S. Army Corps of Engineers district office. The applicant must use at least one best management practice (BMP) from each of the following three categories of on -site water quality management. I. Erosion Control 1 Disturbed areas must be stabilized to prevent the introduction of sediment to adjacent wetlands or water bodies during wet weather conditions (erosion). At least one of the following BMPs must be maintained and remain in place until the area has been stabilized. ' o Temporary Vegetation o Blankets/Mattmg o Mulch o Sod H. Post -Construction TSS Control After construction has been completed and the site is stabilized, total suspended solids (TSS) loadings shall be controlled by at least one of the following BMPS. o Retention/Irrigation o Extended Detention Basin o Vegetative Filter Strips o Constructed Wetlands o Wet Basins 401 Water Quality Certification Conditions for Nationwide Permits Page 2 III. Sedimentation Control Prior to project initiation, the project area must be isolated from adjacent wetlands and water bodies by the use of BMPs to confine sediment. At least one of the following BMPs must be maintained and remain in place until project completion. o Sand Bag Berm o Rock Berm o Silt Fence o Hay Bale Dike o Triangular Filter Dike Dredged material shall be placed in such a manner that prevents sediment runoff into water in the state, including wetlands. Water bodies can be isolated by the use of one or more of the required BMPs identified for sedimentation control. These BMPs must be maintained and remain in place until the dredged material is stabilized. ,1 7 F1